Railway of Pakistan

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS
PAKISTAN RAILWAYS CODE FOR THE TRAFFIC DEPARTMENT

(COMMERCIAL)
Riaz Ahmad & Company

Chartered Accountants
(CHAPTERS I TO XXIV)
20 October, 2011
PAKISTAN RAILWAYS CODE FOR THE TRAFFIC DEPARTMENT (COMMERCIAL)
PREFACE
1. The first edition of this code was brought on 10th April 1939. Now, an elaborate
exercise has been carried out to revise “Pakistan Railways Code for the Traffic
Department (Commercial)” for upgraded Financial and Management Information
System, under supervision and control of Mr. Mubarik Khan, Project Director,
Project Management Unit (PMU), Ministry of Railways and expert review of Syed
Gulrez Hashmi, Additional General Manager Railways (Retired).
2. This code contains the rules and instructions for the guidance of officers and staff of
Pakistan Railways regarding railway rates and charges, booking of passengers, initial
accounts and returns for passenger traffic, collection of passenger tickets, booking
and delivery of passengers luggage, booking by passengers train of animal etc.,
booking and delivery of parcels traffic, booking of excepted articles, miscellaneous
traffic, initial coaching books and returns, booking of goods traffic, loading and
unloading of goods, booking and delivery of railway materials, claims and refunds,
initial books and returns in connection with goods traffic, lost property office,
terminal tax, traffic receipts and remittances, assisted sidings, out-agencies/city
booking agencies, station out standings.
3. The rules and orders embodied in this Code are to be followed with due care and
caution and are applicable to Pakistan Railways.
4. In case, Chief Commercial Managers or any other concerned Principal Officers

desire to make any amendment in the procedure laid down in this Code, they
should address to Member Finance through General Manager (Operations) for such
authorization in each case.
5. Contributions made by Messrs Saeed Akhtar, General Manager Operations,

Muhammad Ali, Deputy Director, (PMU) and efforts made by Riaz Ahmad &
Company, Chartered Accountants, Consultants, in accomplishing this task are highly
appreciated and placed on record.
Islamabad, Arif Azim
00-00-2012 Secretary
Ministry of Railways
Government of Pakistan
INTRODUCTORY NOTES
1. Index Letters for Codes
The following index letters are used for distinguishing the several Pakistan Railways
Codes from each other.
S for the Stores Department.

W Mechanical Department (Workshops).
A Accounts Department.
T Traffic Department (Commercial).
E Engineering Department.
G General Code.
2. Paragraph Numbers
For convenience of indexing and of reference, the paragraphs have been numbered
according to a 3/4 figure “code”, in which the last two figures give the number of the
paragraph and the remaining figures the number of the chapter. Thus paragraph 101 of
any code is paragraph 1 of chapter 1 of that code and paragraph 1421, paragraph 21 of
chapter XIV.
3. References to Paragraphs
Reference in a code to the paragraphs of any other code is made by putting the
paragraph number first, followed by the index letter of the code concerned as the suffix.
Thus 1236 T means paragraph 36 of Chapter XII of the Pakistan Railways Code for the
Traffic Department and 9 App. IT means paragraph 9 of Appendix I to the Pakistan
Railways Code for the Traffic Department.
4. References to “Forms”
The “forms” referred to in any of the Pakistan Railways Codes take the number of the
paragraph of the code in which they are described, the index letter of the code in
question being prefixed to the number of the paragraph in which the form is illustrated.
Thus T.501 is the form that is described and illustrated in paragraph 1 of Chapter V of
the Pakistan Railways Code for the Traffic Department.
INDEX
CHAPTER
DESCRIPTION
NO.
INTRODUCTORY I
RAILWAY RATES AND CHARGES II
BOOKING OF PASSENGERS —— PUBLIC TRAFFIC III
BOOKING OF PASSENGERS, WARRANTS, CONCESSION ORDERS AND

PASSES IV
INITIAL ACCOUNTS AND RETURNS FOR PASSENGER TRAFFIC V
CHECK AND COLLECTION OF PASSENGER TICKETS VI
BOOKING AND DELIVERY OF PASSENGERS’ LUGGAGE VII
BOOKING BY PASSENGER TRAINS OF ANIMALS, BIRDS AND CARRIAGES VIII
BOOKING AND DELIVERY OF PARCELS TRAFFIC IX
BOOKING OF EXCEPTED ARTICLES X
MISCELLANEOUS TRAFFIC XI
INITIAL ‘COACHING’ BOOKS AND RETURNS XII
BOOKING OF GOODS TRAFFIC XIII
LOADING OF GOODS XIV
UNLOADING AND DELIVERY OF GOODS XV
BOOKING AND DELIVERY OF RAILWAY MATERIALS XVI
CLAIMS AND REFUNDS XVII
INITIAL BOOKS AND RETURNS IN CONNECTION WITH GOODS TRAFFIC XVIII
LOST PROPERTY OFFICE XIX
TERMINAL TAX XX
1
INDEX
CHAPTER
DESCRIPTION
NO.
TRAFFIC RECEIPTS AND REMITTANCES XXI
ASSISTED SIDINGS XXII
OUT-AGENCIES / CITY BOOKING AGENCIES XXIII
STATION OUTSTANDINGS XXIV
2
LIST OF APPENDICES
APPENDIX
DESCRIPTION
NO.
PRINCIPLES GOVERNING THE IMPOSITION AND COLLECTION OF

TERMINAL TAX I
(A) SKELETON FORM OF OUT-AGENCY AGREEMENT II
(B) SKELTON FORM OF CITY BOOKING AGENCY AGREEMENT
MODEL AGREEMENT FOR ASSISTED SIDING III
3
PAKISTAN RAILWAYS

(COMMERCIAL)

CHAPTER I
20 October, 2011
CHAPTER I
INTRODUCTORY
C O N T ENT S
DESCRIPTION PAGE NO. PARA NO.
COMMERCIAL BRANCH 1.1 101 (102 — 105 Deleted)
STAFF 1.2 — 1.3 106 — 107
STATISTICS 1.3 108
MANUAL 1.3 109
DEFINITIONS 1.3 110
POWERS OF CHIEF COMMERCIAL MANAGER 1.5 111
4
CHAPTER I
INTRODUCTORY
101. The Commercial Branch: The branch is headed by Chief Commercial Manager,
who is responsible to the General Manager, Pakistan Railways, for all matters
pertaining to his branch. Commercial Branch is responsible for sale of transportation
and services provided by Pakistan Railways, and for their prompt realization of
earnings derived therefrom. Some of the important functions of the branch are:
• Claims and refunds

• Vending, Catering and Handling Contracts
• Ticket checking and frauds
• Cash collection
• Issuing policy directives to the Divisional Superintendents pertaining to the
above
The above matters are dealt by the branch through various sections:
• Agreement Section
This section deals with the execution and compliance of the agreements made
with the different parties regarding catering services, vending contracts, goods
handling contracts, etc.
• Compensation Claims Section

The cases of claims lodged on Pakistan Railways are dealt with in this section. This
section is further divided into sub-section for increasing efficiency.
Note; 1. Claims compensation up to the limit of Rupees 20,000 (twenty thousand) and
booked from station on adjoining division or from a station of the same division will be
dealt with by the Divisional Superintendent in whose jurisdiction destination falls except
Karachi Division.
Note: 2. The Divisional Superintendent Karachi will deal with all cases booked from any
station over Pakistan Railways to a station on his division of any amount. However,
sanction of the amount over Rupees 20,000 (twenty thousand) after proper process will be
referred to the Headquarters Office for final sanction / orders.
Note: 3. Compensation claims cases from Indian Railways and Iranian Railways will be
dealt with by Headquarters Office.
Note: 4. Cases of Compensation / Refunds / Waiver / Write off of the fare and freight,
demurrage, wharfage charges, etc. will be dealt with by respective officers of
Headquarters and Divisions under Schedule of Powers.
1.1
CHAPTER I
INTRODUCTORY
• Refund Section
Refunds of fare, freight, demurrage, wharfage, etc. above certain monetary limits
are dealt with in this section.
• Ticket Checking Section

This section deals with all matters relating to irregular and ticketless travelling
including management of Special Ticket Examiners.
• Outstanding Section
This section deals with the clearance of outstanding amounts like recovery of
freight, demurrage, wharfage, etc.
• Rates section
Revision of rates structure, formulation of fare and freight charges, preparation of
rate tables, quotation of rates to public are the main functions of this section.
• Statistical Commercial Section

This section deals with the formulation of budgetary proposals, preparation of
revenue statistics, periodical review of budget, etc.
• Miscellaneous Section
This section deals with different allied matters relating to coaching and goods
transportation like complaints against commercial staff, theft or loss of luggage or
goods, policy matters relating to issue of invoices and other railway documents,
warehousing, etc.
102. Deleted.
103. Deleted.
104. Deleted.
105. Deleted.
106. Staff: The Commercial Department is, by the nature of its duties, required to
remain into very close contact with the travelling public and trading community, and,
while mindful of the financial interests of the railway, has to remain alert to meet the
changing needs and demands of the latter. The closest co-operation, between the rank
and file of the department scattered over hundreds of stations and the supervisory staff
of subordinates and officers, is, therefore, called for, and the direction and control of
the large numbers of railway employees, on whose combined labour depends the
efficiency of the transportation service rendered by the railway, is another major
1.2
CHAPTER I
INTRODUCTORY
responsibility of the Chief Commercial Manager. Such direction and control is

exercised by the Chief Commercial Manager, through Divisional Officers and the
Assistants of the latter.
107. Many the employees of the Commercial Department have to carry out
‘operating‘ duties in addition to their ‘commercial‘ duties, and work, for the purpose
of the former, under the direction and control of the Operating Department. The
activities of the Commercial and Operating Departments which together constitute the
Transportation (Traffic) Department, have to be coordinated in such a manner as to
avoid duplication of work.
108. Statistics: The passenger and freight statistics compiled by Railway are designed
to assist the Chief Commercial Manager in keeping himself informed of the trends of
traffic, so that he could effectively and promptly take steps cater to fluctuations in
traffic. The organization of this office should, therefore, provide for the systematic and
intelligent analysis of the Railway’s statistics, whether compiled in his own office or in
any other.
109. Manual: The Chief Commercial Manager should lay down in a Manual the
details of organization of his own office, the procedure to be followed therein and the
nature and extent of the responsibility of the staff belonging thereto. The Manual
should also contain such rules and instructions for use by station and other staff
engaged in commercial duties as will be supplementary to and not inconsistent with
the rules in this Code.
110. Definitions: Unless the contrary is evident from the context the following terms
have been used in the Code, with the meanings shown below:
(1) “Booking Railway“ means the railway on which traffic originates.
(2) “Cross Traffic” When used with reference to a railway, means the traffic
which passes over that railway but neither originates nor terminates on it.
(3) “Day”: The railway “day“ commences and ends at midnight.
(4) “Demurrage Charges“are charges levied by Pakistan Railways for detention to

stock, beyond the authorized free time, caused either by the consignors in
loading or by the consignees in unloading consignments.
(5) “Destination Railway“ means the railway on which traffic terminates.
1.3
CHAPTER I
INTRODUCTORY
(6) “Intermediate Railway“ means any railway between the booking and the
destination railways.
(7) “Invoice“ is a document showing full particulars of consignments booked by

goods train.
(8) “Junction Invoice“ is that foil of the invoice which is sent by the booking
station to the first junction and thence to the next junction or destination, as the
case may be.
(9) “Local Traffic“ means traffic originating and terminating at stations situated
within the limits of Pakistan Railways.
(10) “Memo. Invoice“ is an invoice prepared (from the particulars available on

the wagon labels, code marks, guidance, etc.) in the absence of the
‘Through Invoice’, ‘Junction Invoice’ or Railway Receipt.
(11) “Month“: The calendar “month” begins at zero hour on the first and ends at
midnight on the last day of the month.
(12) “Paid on charges“ are the charges outstanding at the rebooking station, in
connection with consignments rebooked from that station to another. These
include (besides freight) wharfage, demurrage, etc., which may have
accrued at the rebooking station.
(13) “Period“: The calendar month is divided into three periods (namely, first to
tenth, eleventh to twentieth, and twenty first to last day of the month) to
facilitate the compilation and check of accounts both at stations and in the
Accounts Office.
(14) “Terminals“ includes charges in respect of stations, sidings, wharves, depots,

warehouses, cranes and other similar matters and of any services rendered
thereat.
(15) “Through Invoice“ is that foil of the invoice which is sent by the booking
station to the destination station in case of ‘through‘ traffic.
(16) “Through Traffic“ means traffic carried over two or more railways.
(17) “Wharfage Charges“ are the charges levied after the lapse of a certain period
of free time on consignments awaiting dispatch or those available for
delivery but not taken delivery of or not removed.
1.4
CHAPTER I
INTRODUCTORY
111. Powers of Chief Commercial Manager:- The Chief Commercial Manager has
been delegated the following powers with regard to commercial working of Pakistan
Railways:
To award, terminate and accept agreements in respect of the following:
• Dining cars, buffet cars, catering on parlour and railcars as well as refreshment
rooms on important stations
• City Booking and Out agencies and travel agencies
• Contracts for licensed porters, luggage, parcel and goods handling
• Siding agreements
• Contracts for loading and unloading goods and for other matters necessary for,
or incidental to, traffic working.
• Agreements for the interchange of traffic with foreign Railways.
• to enhance or otherwise vary the free allowance of luggage ordinarily
admissible, on market vendors’ and other return tickets issued in connexion
with periodical fairs or markets, wherever considered necessary, with a view to
meet road competition;
Financial powers exercised by the Chief Commercial Manager are:
Sr. no. Description Rupees
(a) Waiver / Write Off:

Wharfage charges 40,000
Demurrage / Detention charges 20,000
Demurrage due from handling contractors 30,000
Irrevocable debits Freight outstanding 10,000
Special Detention Charges (Foreign Traffic) 20,000
Irrevocable receipt of other charges 10,000
Irrevocable outstanding earnings 10,000
Spurious Currency Notes 5,000
Loss of Vouchers and Credits Notes / Cash 5,000
(b) Compensation
Claims for goods lost or damaged 30,000
(c) Refund of:

Fare and freight against tariff rules 15,000
Fare and freight in accordance with tariff rules 20,000
Wharfage charges 30,000
Demurrage / detention charges 20,000
1.5
PAKISTAN RAILWAYS

(COMMERCIAL)

CHAPTER II
20 October, 2011
CHAPTER II
RAILWAY RATES AND CHARGES
C O N T ENT S
MAXIMA AND MINIMA RATES AND FARES 2.1 201
PUBLICATION OF RULES, RATES AND CONDITIONS IN

TARIFFS 2.1 202
RULES AND RATES FOR THE CONVEYANCE OF MILITARY

TRAFFIC AND OF EXPLOSIVES AND OTHER DANGEROUS
GOODS 2.1 203
RATE AND FARE LISTS 2.1 204
CLASSIFICATION OF GOODS 2.2 205 — 206
ADDITIONS OR ALTERATIONS TO THE GENERAL

CLASSIFICATION 2.3 207 — 208
DIFFERENT KINDS OF RATES 2.3 209
METHOD OF ASCERTAINING A RATE 2.3 210
NOTICE OF ENHANCEMENT OF RATES 2.4 211 (212 Deleted)
ADVICES OF CHANGES IN RULES, RATES AND FARES 2.4 213
FILING OF RATE ADVICES AND CIRCULARS 2.4 214
ACCESSIBILITY TO THE PUBLIC OF RATE AND FARE

ADVICES 2.4 215
CORRECTING OF TARIFFS 2.4 216
QUOTATION OF RATES 2.4 — 2.5 217 — 219

(220 Deleted)
ROUTING OF TRAFFIC IN “LOCAL” BOOKING 2.5 221

(222 — 224 Deleted)
5
CHAPTER II
201. Maxima and minima rates and fares: In common with all public utility
undertakings, Pakistan Railways is subject to the control of the Federal Government in
respect of the rates and charges levied, and the Ministry of Railways (Railway Board)
have prescribed the maxima and minima within which limits alone, unless specially
exempted, Railway Administration may levy its rates and fares. Schedules of maximum
and minimum rates and fares and exceptions thereto are published by Railway
Administration in its Coaching and Goods Tariffs.
202. Publication of rules, rates and conditions in Tariffs: The rules, rates and conditions
in accordance with which traffic is accepted and dealt with are printed and notified to
the public and the staff by Railway Administration in Coaching and Goods Tariffs.
203. Rules and rates for the conveyance of Military traffic and of explosives and other
dangerous goods: The rules and rates for the transport of troops, military baggage and
stores, by ordinary or special trains, are contained in the Special Provisions for Military
Traffic issued by Government of Pakistan, Ministry of Railways with the consultation
and the approval of Ministry of Defence. Similarly, the rules and rates for the
conveyance by rail of explosives and other dangerous goods are embodied in the "Red
Tariff" published by the Railway Administration. Both these sets of rules and rates
should be communicated to the station staff by Railway Administration with such
subsidiary instructions as may be found necessary.
204. Rate and fare lists: Apart from the Coaching and Goods Tariffs mentioned in
paragraphs 202 and 203, the following publications are generally supplied to stations to
enable them to work out fares and freight in Local booking:
(i) Deleted;
(ii) Deleted;
(iii) Passenger fare table showing fare and distance for charge between stations
for each class for distance from 1 to 2500 kilometres;
(iv) Deleted;
(v) Deleted;
(vi) Deleted;
(vii) Deleted;
(viii) Deleted
2.1
CHAPTER II
(ix) An alphabetical list of railway stations in Pakistan including City Booking

Offices, Booking Agencies, Out-Agencies and Sidings Working in conjunction
therewith.
(x) Goods Rates Table showing rate per tonne for each scale applicable from 1
to 5000 kilometres for use in local and through booking.
(xi) Rate Tables showing charges for parcels, luggage and other coaching traffic
(except passengers) applicable in both local and through booking with foreign
railways.
(xii) Goods Tariff (part I) containing rules for acceptance, carriage and delivery of
goods; special rules, conditions, charges, etc. applicable in booking to and from
Karachi; rebate on Iranian traffic; sidings, bulk oil installations, out-agencies and
city booking agencies.
(xiii) Goods Tariff (Part II) containing rules for acceptances, carriage and delivery
of goods; special rules, conditions, charges, etc. applicable to and from Karachi,
sidings, bulk oil installations, out-agencies and city booking agencies.
(xiv) Government Tariff containing rules, rates, conditions, etc for the carriage of
Government Traffic other than Military.
(xv) Coaching Tariff containing rules for the conveyance of passengers and the
rules, rates and conditions for the conveyance, by coaching trains, of other traffic
such as luggage, parcels, animals, etc.
(xvi) Pamphlet of distance tables in kilometres.
205. Classification of Goods: All commodities offering for conveyance by goods trains
have, with the approval of the Ministry of Railways (Railway Board), been grouped into
"classes" in the General Classification of Goods. The primary object of this grouping is
to fix the maximum and minimum rate per tonne per kilometre, subject only to the
exceptions specially sanctioned by the Ministry of Railways (Railway Board).
206. The maximum of the class in which a commodity is placed is the ordinary rate per
tonne per kilometre that may be charged for that commodity exclusive of terminals,
short distance charges and tolls. The minimum of the class is the rate per tonne per
kilometre which may not be infringed without the approval of the Ministry of Railways
(Railway Board). The General Classification of goods, together with the exceptions, and
variations thereto, as sanctioned, is printed by the Pakistan Railways in the Goods Tariff
Part-II.
2.2
CHAPTER II
207. Additions or alterations to the General Classification.– Ministry of Railways is

empowered to make alterations in the General Classification or to classify a commodity
not shown in the Classification. Railway Administration however, is competent to make
any alteration in the minimum weight for charge.
208. Commodities have sometimes to be expressed by their synonyms or in vernacular

for the purpose of clearly identifying them. The classification of such commodities
under the headings shown in the tariff will not be considered as altering or adding to
the Classification provided the synonym or vernacular name is given in the tariff. A list
of all such synonyms, trade, vernacular and proprietary names of commodities together
with the classified heading in the tariff under which they are chargeable should be
given in the tariff.
209. Different kinds of rates: The rates charged for a commodity fall into following
divisions:
(i) “Class rates” are the maximum permissible rates (paragraph 206). Class rates
are sometimes quoted which are lower than these maxima rates. These are
called “adjusted class rates.”
(ii) Deleted.
(iii) “Station-to-station rates”: A station-to-station rate is a special reduced rate

for specific commodity between two specific stations. Railway Administration is
competent to quote special station-to-station rates without making reference to
the Ministry of Railways (Railway Board).
210. (a) Method of ascertaining a rate: To ascertain the rate chargeable, reference
should first be made to the Station-to-Station Rate List to see if a station—to-station rate is
quoted. If so, that is the rate chargeable, provided the conditions attached thereto are
complied with.
(b) When no station-to-station rate is found, or the conditions attached to the station-to-
station rate are not complied with, reference should be made to the Exception List to
ascertain if the commodity is charged at a class rate other than that quoted in the
General Classification of Goods, and if the conditions attached thereto are complied
with, the column bearing the corresponding number or letter in the Local Rate Tables
will give the rate chargeable
(c) If there is no entry in the Exception List, or if the conditions attached to the rates in
the Exception List are not complied with, the commodity is charged at the class rate as
entered in the General Classification of Goods.
2.3
CHAPTER II
(d) Ordinarily the class rate of a commodity is the railway risk rate. But in cases where
there is an alternative rate quoted in the General Classification of Goods the reduced
rate will apply only when the owner undertakes the risk attendant upon the carriage of
the commodity and executes the proper Risk Note (see paragraph 1322).
211. Notice of enhancement of rates: No enhancement of rates payable by the public

should be made until after 7 days notice has been given.
212. Deleted.
213. Advices of changes in rules, rates and fares: Advices of all changes in rates, fares,
classifications, rebates and conditions are notified in Supplement to Pakistan Railways
Gazette which is issued twice a month, station rate advice and special rate circular etc.
214. Filing of Rate Advices and Circulars: The Rate Advices special rate circular and
Supplement to Pakistan Railways Gazette in which changes in the rules, rates, etc. are
notified, should be carefully filed in serial order by the staff entrusted with the booking
and delivery of traffic, who should carry out the necessary corrections in their tariffs and
initial the Advice and Supplement to Pakistan Railways Gazette or Circular in token of
their having done so.
215. Accessibility to the public of Rate and Fare Advices: The files containing advices
of changes in rates and fares referred to in the previous paragraph should be kept handy
for reference by the public. A copy of all notifications affecting passenger fares should
be posted near the Booking Office window for the information of the travelling public.
216. Correcting of tariffs: As the authority for charging the rates and fares is the tariff in
force for the time being, it is of the utmost importance to keep it up-to-date by noting
therein the changes notified through Rate Advices and Supplements to Pakistan
Railways Gazette. Station Masters, Commercial Supervisor (Goods), or Commercial
Superintendent (Goods) at stations, where the Goods Office is controlled by the latter,
should frequently examine the copies of the tariff books in use and see that they are
kept up to date. A certificate to this effect should be recorded on the Outwards or
Inwards Book or any other account book on which the official whose tariffs have been
examined is employed. These certificates should be looked for and tested by Traffic or
Commercial Inspector and by Inspectors of Coaching and Goods Accounts by actual
examination of the tariff books in question and a suitable note given in the Inspection
Book and in the Inspection Report.
217. Quotation of rates: Pakistan Railways should publish in its tariff the designation of
the authority from whom authentic information in regard to the rates and conditions for
goods traffic may be had. On application from the public for the quotation of a rate,
2.4
CHAPTER II
such authority should promptly furnish the same. The probable period which the supply
of the information will take should be communicated to the person requiring the
information. Quotations made by competent authority should be of rates existing on the
day the quotation is made. When it is known that a rate is to be altered within 7 days,
the revised rate should also be quoted with the date from which it will become
effective.
218. Rates should be quoted in all rate lists or books at "per kilogram" or, "per tonne" or
"per wagon". All quotations should be in Rupees. When any wagon rates are quoted, it
should be clearly stated whether the rates apply on the full marked carrying capacity of
the wagon used or not, i.e., up to what weight the wagon rate applies and what rates
are applicable for quantities loaded in excess of that weight.
219. The rates quoted for freight should, except where otherwise specified, include
excise duty and custom examination charges, tolls, etc. where charged, as also all such
services as marking, weighing, making out receipts, loading and unloading.
220. Deleted.
Routing of traffic
221. Routing of traffic in "Local" booking: Railway Administration should issue routing
instructions showing routes by which traffic should be carried. All Local traffic should
be booked and carried in accordance with these instructions.
222. Deleted.
223. Deleted.
224. Deleted.
2.5
PAKISTAN RAILWAYS

(COMMERCIAL)

CHAPTER III
20 October, 2011
CHAPTER III
BOOKING OF PASSENGERS – PUBLIC TRAFFIC
C O N T ENT S
DESCRIPTIONS OF PASSENGER TICKETS 3.1 301
NUMBERING OF TICKETS 3.3 302
CLASSES OF PRINTED TICKETS 3.4 303
CARD TICKET 3.4 304
FORMS OF TICKETS 3.4 305
SAFEGUARDS AGAINST FAKED TICKETS 3.4 306
SUPPLY OF TICKETS AND MACHINE NUMBERED FORMS 3.4 307
ESTIMATES OF TICKETS 3.8 308
PERIOD FOR WHICH INDENTS SHOULD BE PREPARED 3.8 309
DATES FOR SUBMISSION OF INDENTS 3.9 310
PREPARATION OF INDENTS 3.9 311
EMERGENT INDENTS 3.9 312 — 312A
STOCK OF TICKETS 3.9 313
RECEIPT AND EXAMINATION OF PASSENGER CARD

TICKETS AND NUMBERED BOOKS 3.9 314
TICKET STOCK BOOK 3.10 315
METHOD OF ASCERTAINING THE NUMBER OF TICKETS

ON HAND 3.10 316
RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE CUSTODY AND CLEANLINESS

OF TICKETS 3.10 317 — 318
HANDING OVER STOCK OF TICKETS 3.10 319
6
CHAPTER III
C O N T ENT S
SURPLUS OR OBSOLETE TICKETS 3.11 320
TICKET CASES AND TUBES 3.12 321 — 323
REPLENISHING OF TICKETS FROM STOCK 3.12 324
DATING MACHINES 3.12 325 — 326
STAMP DATING OF CARD TICKETS 3.12 — 3.13 327 — 331

(330 Deleted)
ISSUE OF PRINTED CARD TICKETS 3.13 332
ISSUE OF BLANK PAPER TICKETS 3.13 333
RECORDING OF “VIA” ON PAPER TICKETS 3.13 334
CORRECTIONS IN BLANK PAPER TICKETS PROHIBITED 3.13 335

(336 — 341 Deleted)
TICKETS ISSUED OUT OF ORDER 3.14 342 — 343
NON-ISSUED TICKETS 3.14 344
“BACKING UP” OF TICKETS 3.15 345 — 346
RESERVED ACCOMMODATION 3.16 — 3.17 347 — 349
ACCEPTANCE OF CONCESSION TICKETS AS FULLY PAID

TICKETS FOR RESERVED ACCOMMODATION 3.17 350
SEASON TICKETS 3.17 351 — 352
DEPOSITS 3.17 353
RENEWAL OF SEASON TICKET 3.17 354
REFUND OF DEPOSIT 3.18 355
7
CHAPTER III
C O N T ENT S
FORFEITURE OF DEPOSIT 3.18 356
ACCOUNTAL OF SEASON TICKETS 3.18 357
COLLECTED SEASON TICKETS 3.19 358

(359 — 365 Deleted)
PAYMENT OF PASSENGER FARES 3.19 366
CONCESSION ORDERS 3.20 367
PLATFORM TICKETS 3.20 368
8
CHAPTER III
BOOKING OF PASSENGERS — PUBLIC TRAFFIC
301. Descriptions of passenger tickets: Persons intending to travel by rail should, on

payment by them of necessary fares, be furnished, in token of acknowledgment of the
amount collected from them, with vouchers which should either be card or paper
tickets. These tickets are generally of three descriptions, viz:
(i) "Printed card" tickets of the various classes on which the names of "station from" and
"station to", class and fare should be printed. These tickets should be printed and
supplied for all stations for which fifty or more tickets are issued in a year. The names of
stations from and to, class and fare should be printed in English as well as in Urdu
language.
FORM NO. T. 301(i)
PRINTED CARD TICKET
(Observe). (Reverse).
Faisalabad
Rupees…
Railways
Number
Pakistan
Serial #
Lahore
Train
Class
……
Fare
To
(ii) Deleted. ......
(iii) "Blank Paper" single journey tickets in three foils in bound book form will be
provided for use in special cases when printed card tickets are out of stock. These may
be separately issued for each class at tariff and concessional rates. Special tickets will
be issued for reserved compartments or carriages.
3.1
CHAPTER III
FORM NO T. 301 (iii)
BLANK PAPER TICKET
PAKISTAN RAILWAYS. PAKISTAN RAILWAYS. PAKISTAN RAILWAYS.

ACCOUNTS FOIL OF BLANK PAPER PASSENGER FOIL OF BLANK PAPER RECORD FOIL OF BLANK PAPER
TICKET -- LOCAL. TICKET -- LOCAL. TICKET -- LOCAL.
CLASS………………….. CLASS………………….. CLASS…………………..

(NOT TRANSFERABLE) (NOT TRANSFERABLE) (NOT TRANSFERABLE)
Sr.No. ….A 798009 Sr.No. ….A 798009 Sr.No. ….A 798009
*_____________________ Adult / *_____________________ Adult / *_____________________ Adult /

Child(ren) is / are entitled to travel from Child(ren) is / are entitled to travel Child(ren) is / are entitled to travel
_______________to from _______________to from _______________to
_______________________ via _______________________ via _______________________ via
____________________ by ____________________ by ____________________ by
**________________________train. **________________________train. passenger train.
Date of issue ___________________ Date of issue ___________________ Date of issue ___________________
20___ 20___ 20___
Fare charged Rs. _____________ Fare charged Rs. _____________ Fare charged Rs. _____________
Journey to commence on Journey to commence on Journey to commence on

____________________________ ____________________________ ____________________________
Station Master Station Master Station Master
*Here enter number of passengers in *Here enter number of passengers in *Here enter number of passengers
figure as well as in words in block figure as well as in words in block in figure as well as in words in
capital letters. capital letters. block capital letters.
Issued subject to the Rules and Issued subject to the Rules and Issued subject to the Rules and
Regulation of the Pakistan Railways. Regulation of the Pakistan Railways. Regulation of the Pakistan Railways.
3.2
CHAPTER III
(iv). “Computerized Tickets” will be issued for both reserved and current travelling from
the reservation offices and stations where computerized ticketing facilities are available.
FORM NO T. 301 (iv)
COMPUTERIZED TICKET
Ticket No .............................................
Computer No .......................................
Name ...................................................
CNIC No ................................................
Train .....................................................
Dep. Date .............Dep. Time ..............
From ......................To ..........................
Coach ....................S/B .........................
Amount RS. ............Booking Date ........
Symbol of Journey Speed & Safety. Reserved by ..........................................
Pakistan Railways
For reservation Information Passenger Ticket

Call
111-217-217
S.No. PR 02043301752 www.pakrail.com
Islamabad, Rawalpindi,
Lahore & Karachi
302. Numbering of tickets: The tickets of each description and of each class should,
in order to facilitate check and as a precaution against fraud, be machine numbered in
progressive series with consecutive numbers commencing from 000,000 to 999,999 for
each series. The progressive numbers should be printed at one end of the ticket. When
a year's supply of any one series runs to more than 999,999 tickets, tickets of the
second supply should bear the letter A, those of the third supply "B" and so on.
3.3
CHAPTER III
303. Classes of printed tickets: Card tickets and blank paper tickets should be printed
for all classes for which passenger accommodation is available on Pakistan Railways. A
list showing the different classes of passenger accommodation available on Pakistan
Railways is printed in the Pakistan Railways Coaching tariff.
304. Card Ticket: The card ticket is the easiest to deal with in the booking office, it is
most convenient to the traveller and it admits of simpler methods of accounting and
should be used, where practicable, in preference to the paper ticket.
305. Forms of tickets: (a) The form in which the various kinds of tickets should be
printed for Local booking is left to Pakistan Railways Administration. Whatever form is
adopted, it should provide for the machine numbering of tickets in progressive series
and the allotment of separate series to each kind of ticket.
(b) Deleted.
(c) Deleted.
306. Safeguards against faked tickets: In order to make the building up of faked tickets
more difficult and as a measure of protection against erasures, all card tickets should
ordinarily have a hatched background. In the case of paper tickets, the foil or foils
intended for passengers should generally be hatched.
307. Supply of tickets and machine numbered forms: Card and paper tickets, as also
all machine numbered forms, should be obtained by Station Masters on Indent (Form
No. T 307 and Form No. T 307A) from the Superintendent, Printing, or any other officer
who may be entrusted with the task. The Indents should be prepared in triplicate. Two
copies should be sent to the Assistant Superintendent Printing, from which one
acknowledged copy is returned to station and the third being retained as station record.
3.4
CHAPTER III
FORM NO. T 307

TICKET INDENT
INDENT FOR PASSENGER CARD TICKETS FOR THE QUARTER / EMERGENT

COMMENCING……………….20….
Class………………Station………......Code…………..Initial……………….
This indent consists of ……pages

Last
Printing
progressive Supplied
particulars
Remarks by Station Master, if any

Quantity allowed as per estimate
number Number of tickets indented for
Number of tickets sanctioned
Initials of Ticket Checker

Initials of ledger poster
Initials of Dispatcher
Name of station to
Commencing No.
Tickets on hand
In capital letters
When printed
Closing No.
Station code
Kilometre
Received
Quantity
M. No.
Issued
Fare
Via
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
PAKISTAN RAILWAYS
Station Stamp————————————————— ————————————————————Station.
Quarterly/Emergent Indent for passenger Tickets No……………………………….
Dated…………………………….20 .
Forwarded to Assistant Controller of Stores (Ticket Printing), Moghalpura through Incharge Ticket
Indenting Cell………........................
(Division.)
Station Stamp. Station Master.
To
F.A & C.A.O./Revenue. for verification and early return.
T.P. No.——————————————— Dated————————————20 .
—————————————————————
for Asstt. Controller of Stores,
Ticket Printing,
Moghalpura.
3.5
CHAPTER III
T.A. No. ————————————————— Dated——————————————20 .
Returned to T.P. Section duly verified for compliance.
——————————————————————
for FA & CAO/Revenue
P.R., Lahore.
T.M. No. ———————————————— Dated———————————————20 .

Returned to the Assistant Controller of Stores (Ticket Printing), MGPR, with the remarks that the
tickets enumerated in this indent were received on———————————————————————————————————————————————
—————————————— examined and entered in the Ticket
Indent Register on ———————————————————————20 .
S.M.’s Office copy of this indent has been updated according to the entries shown on this copy by
ACOS/T.P./MGPR.
———————————————————
Station Master.
Sn. 1 Small. (Station Stamp.)
1. Tickets will be obtained by the Station Master from the Stores Department on indents submitted
quarterly. Indents should be prepared with care, and with proper consideration of unusually large traffic
arising from periodical fairs or pilgrimages, to ensure a sufficient supply of tickets being kept. The stock of
tickets at stations should under no circumstances be allowed to fall under two months supply. If from any
of unforeseen cause it becomes necessary to ask for more tickets before the expiry of the quarters, an
emergent indent should be submitted in the same form, the cause of emergency being explained.
2. The Ticket Indent Book is a counterpart of the Ticket Indent in book form and is used as an office
copy.
3. The Station Master fills up columns 1 to 10,. In posting the Indent, stations should be entered in
the order in which they occur.
4. Column 11 is filled up by the office of FA&CAO Revenue and Columns 12 to 19 are filled up, by
the Ticket Printing Section.
5. Any discrepancies between the supplies advised in this form and the actual receipts should be
entered in “Remarks” column 20.
6. Before signing the receipt, the Station Master should examine every ticket as regards its class and
progressive number, as any ticket found missing after acknowledgment of receipt will have to be paid for
by him. No delay should take place in the examination of tickets and the return of the Indent duly
receipted to the Assistant Controller of Stores (Ticket Printing), Moghalpura.
3.6
CHAPTER III
FORM NO T. 307A
INDENT FOR NUMBERED BOOKS
Quantity Initials of Initials of

Description Commen Closing Quantity
indented the ledger the REMARKS.
of books. cing No. No. supplied.
for. poster. Despatcher.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAKISTAN RAILWAYS
————————————————————————————————Station.
———————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————
—————————————————————Indent for numbered books stocked by Ticket Printing Section.
———————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————
No.—————————————. dated———————————————————————————20 .
Forwarded to the Asstt. Controller of Stores/Ticket Printing. MGPR.
—————————————————————
Station Master.
No.—————————————. dated———————————————————————————20 .
Dispatched as within to Station Master on the——————————————————————————————
—————————————————————
for ACOS/TP. MGPR.
No.—————————————. dated———————————————————————————20 .
Returned to the ACOS/TP with the remarks that the numbered books enumerated herein were received
on the———————————————————————————20 . and examined and entered in Stock Book on the———————————
—————————————————20 .
—————————————————————
Station Master.
3.7
CHAPTER III
NOTES.
1. Books will be obtained by Station Masters from the Assistant Controller of

Stores/Moghalpura on indents submitted quarterly. Indents should be prepared with care and
with proper consideration of unusually large booking arising periodically to ensure a sufficient
supply of books being kept. The stock of books at station should under no circumstances be
allowed to fall under two months’ supply. If from any unforeseen cause it becomes necessary to
ask for more books before the expiry of the quarter, an emergent indent should be submitted in
the same form, the cause of emergency explained.
2. The Station Master has only to fill up the quantity required in the column “Quantity
Indented for”.
3. Any discrepancies between the supplies advised in this form and the actual receipts
should be entered in the “Remarks” column.
4. Before signing the receipt, Station Master should examine every book as regards its class
and progressive No. as any found missing after acknowledgment of receipt will have to be paid
or by him. No delay should take place in the examination of books and the return of the indent
duly receipted to Asstt. Controller of Stores, Ticket Printing, Moghalpura.
NOTE 1.——Station Master requiring numbered books other than those enumerated herein are
required to specify their demands legibly in the space provided in this form.
2.——When indenting Form T. 301 (iii), Station Master must clearly indicate the class for which
single journey blank paper tickets are required.
308. Estimates of tickets–Before preparing Indents, Station Masters should, with the
help of the Sectional Inspector of Coaching and Goods Accounts, prepare an estimate
for each kind of ticket on the basis of actual consumption. A copy of the estimate
should be sent to the Accounts Office. These estimates should be revised at least every
third year. The Commercial/Traffic Inspector at the time of visiting a station should
examine the estimate and if, he finds any abnormal fluctuations in traffic, should inform
the Divisional Superintendent so that the estimate may be revised.
309. Period for which Indents should be prepared: Indents for printed card tickets
should be prepared quarterly, half-yearly or yearly as decided by the Accounts Officer.
The tickets for different "stations to" and "classes" should, however, be indented for
quarterly, half-yearly or yearly according to the consumption of tickets for each station
or class as under:
3.8
CHAPTER III
Annual consumption Period of indent

(1) Tickets below 500 Annually.
(2) Tickets between 500 and 1,000 Half-yearly.
(3) Tickets above 1,000 Quarterly.
310. Dates for submission of Indents: In order to regulate work in the Ticket Printing
Office, regular dates should be allotted to each station for the submission of Indents.
311. Preparation of Indents: In preparing Indents for tickets it should be seen that
spellings of names of stations, the kilometres, the route and the fares are correctly
entered in the columns provided on the form. Unusually large traffic arising from
periodical fairs or pilgrimages should be specially taken into account in fixing the
demand, so as to ensure a sufficient supply of tickets at stations.
312. Emergent Indents: If the stock of tickets at a station runs low, or from any
unforeseen cause it becomes necessary for a station to ask for more tickets before the
expiry of the usual period, an emergent Indent should be submitted by stations. All such
Indents should have written on them in large letters the nature of the emergency.
312 A. Ticket indenting cells established on all the divisions are responsible for receipt,
proper check of ticket indents and to ensure the timely supply of tickets to respective
stations.
313. The stock of tickets: The stock of tickets at a station should not be allowed to
accumulate in excess of the normal requirements of the indenting period. It should not
also be allowed to fall below two month’s supply. With this end in view, blue labels
printed as follows may be inserted in the bundles of tickets for each station at a place a
little above the point where two month’s supply remains on hand, as an indication that
a requisition for the tickets is due.
Indent due
for…………class tickets
to…………station.
314. Receipt and examination of passenger card tickets and numbered books: When
fresh stocks of passenger tickets and numbered books are received, they should be
carefully examined, counted and compared by the Station Master with the entries in the
“supplied” column of the Indent. Duplicate tickets and numbered books wrongly
printed should be at once returned and the supplying officer advised of the
irregularities. At large stations, where there is Commercial Supervisor (Booking), the
check of each supply of tickets will devolve on him. All deficiencies and shortages
noticed subsequent to the acknowledgment of correct receipt of supply will be charged
to the Station Master or Commercial Supervisor (Booking) who is responsible.
3.9
CHAPTER III
Deficiencies in blank tickets will be charged for as if issued to the furthest station to
which the ticket could be made available in Local booking. In the case of machine
numbered books, a certificate to the effect that the book contains so many forms should
be given by the Station Master on the record foil of the form bearing the opening
number, and this certificate should be looked for by Traffic or Commercial Inspectors
and Sectional Inspectors of Coaching and Goods Accounts.
315. Ticket Stock Book: All stocks of tickets and machine numbered books should,
immediately after they have been counted and examined in the manner indicated in the
previous paragraph, be entered in the Ticket Stock Book (T.315).
FORM NO T. 315
TICKET STOCK BOOK
TICKET STOCK BOOK OF ………………………. STATION
Date received Date received Date received Date received
Commencing (–) (–) (–) (–)
number Indent Indent Indent Indent
Name of No……… No……….. No………. No……….
Remarks
station to
received
received
received
received
Number
Number
Number
Number
number
number
number
number
Closing
Closing
Closing
Closing
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
316. Method of ascertaining the number of tickets on hand: In order to obtain the
number of any one kind of tickets in hand, deduct the number of the last ticket issued
from “the last progressive number received”. The stock of paper tickets can be readily
ascertained as the tickets are bound in books of fixed number.
317. Responsibility for the custody and cleanliness of tickets: Station Masters or the
Commercial Superintendent (Booking) at large stations, should have charge of all
tickets. They will be held responsible for the safe custody, cleanliness and the correct
issue, in serial order, of all tickets.
318. The stock of tickets for issue in city booking offices should be held by an official
not below the rank of Senior Commercial Assistant (Booking) or, if there is no Senior
Commercial Assistant (Booking), by the Station Master, or Commercial Supervisor
(Booking) in charge of the ticket stock at the main station.
319. Handing over stock of tickets: When there is a change of Station Master (or of
Commercial Supervisor (Booking) at large stations), either permanent or temporary, a
statement of all tickets in hand giving details of station, class, commencing number,
3.10
CHAPTER III
closing number and number of tickets should be prepared in form (T. 320), checked
with the Ticket Stock Book (T. 315) and signed by both the relieving and relieved
Station Masters or Commercial Supervisor (Booking). The statement should be filed at
the station. If, through sickness or other cause, the outgoing Station Master or
Commercial Superintendent (Booking) cannot prepare the Statement, the incoming one
should do so in conjunction with his next assistant, but on return to duty the Station
Master or Commercial Supervisor (Booking) should sign it. Any deficiency in the stock
of tickets should be reported at once, by letter, to the Divisional Superintendent.
320. Surplus or obsolete ticket: Tickets rendered surplus or obsolete either as a result
of general revision of fares or otherwise should be sent to the Ticket Printing Office duly
entered in Statement in form T. 320. These forms should be prepared in quadruplicate.
Three copies along with the tickets should be sent to the Ticket Printing Office in a
sealed cover and tickets treated as non issued, the fourth being retained at the station
for record. The Ticket Printing Office will return one copy acknowledging the receipt of
the tickets to the station concerned and one copy to the Sectional Inspector of
Coaching and Goods. The acknowledgment should be filed with the station copy.
Sectional Inspectors of Coaching and Goods Accounts should check the Statement with
the Ticket Stock Book (T. 315).
FORM NO T. 320
STATEMENT OF TICKETS OR MONEY VALUE FORMS REMAINING IN HAND AT /

SENT TO THE TICKET PRINTING OFFICE BY ………….STATION AFTER THE
DEPARTURE OF………… TRAIN, ON THE ………DAY OF 20 .
Special tickets Printed card tickets
Month in
Progressive Progressive
Description of which last Month in which
Nos. Nos.
tickets or ticket sold Station last ticket sold
Remarks Class No.
money value of was to was accounted
forms accounted Book From To for From To
for No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Note 1.–Numbers of the entire books in stock to be entered in column of “Remarks.”

Note 2.–A copy of this Statement should be pasted at the end of the Ticket Stock Book. (T.315).
N.B.–All entries in this Statement should be verified by actual examination of the tickets. The signature
of Station Master to this document will render him liable for all the tickets entered in it.
.……..…….Station Master,
(Relieving).
Date sent to Ticket Printing Office…………………

……………Station Master,
(Relieved).
3.11
CHAPTER III
321. Ticket cases and tubes: As an aid to the issue of card tickets and the subsequent
booking of sales, stations are supplied with ticket cases fitted with tubes in each of
which the tickets for a station will be filled in. The tubes should be arranged according
to the geographical position of stations on the line.
322. The tubes should be brushed at least once a month to keep them clean and free
from dust and insects. Ticket cases when not in use should be locked.
323. Tickets in the tubes should be properly arranged with numbers consecutive, the
one bearing the lowest number being at the bottom. The Station Master or Commercial
Supervisor (Booking) should periodically inspect the tubes to see that they are kept in
prescribed order and are clean and free from dust. A note of these inspections should
be recorded in the Daily Trains Cash Book (T. 501) and looked for by inspecting
Officials.
324. Replenishing of tickets from stock: Constant attention should be given to the
replenishing of the tubes from stock to avoid the necessity for refilling during the course
of booking of passengers but, if the tickets in any tube run out at booking time, care
should be taken at the time of replenishing it to see that the tickets are placed in the
correct position, that they belong to the proper series and that the numbers are
consecutive.
325. Dating machines: For the purpose of dating printed card tickets, stations are
supplied with ticket-dating machines or rubber stamp which stamp the date on the
tickets. Each day before commencing to book passengers, the correct working of the
machine or rubber stamp should be tested and defects, if any, remedied. Station
Masters should see that they have sufficient ticket-dating machines or rubber stamp at
their stations so that in the event of it being necessary to issue tickets for more than one
train at a time, a machine or rubber stamp for dating tickets by each train may be
available.
326. The type used in the machine should be kept clean so that impressions on tickets
may be clear and distinct. Whenever a dating machine is out of order or type is not
sufficiently good for use, a report should be made to the Divisional Superintendent who
will arrange for repairs to be effected or for machines or types to be replaced. In the
meantime the date of issue should be written on tickets in ink.
327. Stamp dating of card tickets: All printed card tickets should, before issue, be
stamped with the date, month and year. The date should come first, then the month,
and after it the year. The date may be stamped on the face of the ticket. When the date
is represented by a single figure (1) to (9), a zero should appear immediately to its left
thus “01 Jan 2010.” As the space available at the ends of the printed card ticket is small,
3.12
CHAPTER III
code letters denoting the months may be used instead of the full names of the months.
At large station where the booking offices remain open for twenty-four hours, indicating
letter of the issuing Commercial Assistant (Booking) name should be affixed, thus K 01
Jan 2010.
328. When a train is running late and reaches a station on a later date than that on
which, according to the time table, it is due to arrive, the tickets issued to passengers by
such train should be stamped with the due and not the actual date.
329. When a ticket has been indistinctly stamped the word “illegible” should be
written beneath the date and the ticket cancelled and treated as a non-issued ticket in
the manner indicated in paragraph 344. Under no circumstances should a date once
stamped on the ticket be tampered with nor should a ticket once stamped be passed
through the dating machine a second time. Tickets bearing double impression of date
should be viewed with suspicion and brought to the notice of the Station Master.
330. Deleted.
331. Where the booking office remains open for twenty-four hours, each Commercial
staff working in shifts of duty will use the distinguish letter distributed to them denoting
their period of duty. This precaution is necessary to enable responsibility being fixed in
the event of shortages, etc.
332. Issue of printed card tickets: Before commencing to issue printed card tickets, the
Commercial Assistant (Booking) should see that the ticket at the bottom of each tube is
partly drawn out. The number of each ticket so drawn out should correspond with the
number of that description of ticket already entered in the Daily Trains Cash Book as
the "closing number" of the booking by some previous train. This will enable the
Commercial Assistant (Booking) to ascertain readily, after the departure of each train,
for what stations tickets have been issued because the tubes, from which tickets have
been issued, will have no tickets projecting.
333. Issue of blank paper tickets: In the case of blank paper tickets, the Commercial
Assistant (Booking) should work out the fares with the help of distance and fare tables
and fill in the necessary particulars in the blank spaces. In issuing these tickets, care
should be taken to write legibly and correctly the name of the station by carbon process
to which issued.
334. Recording of "via" on paper tickets: The route by which the blank paper ticket is
issued should invariably be shown in the space provided for the purpose on the ticket.
335. Corrections In blank paper tickets prohibited: Corrections in blank paper tickets
are absolutely prohibited. If, through oversight or some other cause, incorrect
3.13
CHAPTER III
particulars are entered on these tickets, they should be cancelled, treated as non-issued
and dealt with as explained in paragraph 344.
336. Deleted.
337. Deleted.
338. Deleted.
339. Deleted.
340. Deleted.
341. Deleted.
342. Tickets issued out of order: When tickets are issued out of order through a
mistake or other cause, the Accounts Office should be advised of the circumstances, by
letter. Tickets so issued should be accounted for separately in the Classification Return
(T. 515) directly under the entry of those issued to the same station in correct
progressive order. As soon as the mistake of this nature is noticed, the correct
progressive number should be reverted to, and the commencing and closing numbers
of the tickets issued out of order should be entered immediately below the correct series
in each month’s Classification return until they are reached in course of issue when a
reference to the date they were accounted for out of order should be made against
them. A note of all tickets issued out of order should be made in the Ticket Stock Book
(T. 315).
343. Frequent issues of tickets out of order by the same staff should be viewed with
suspicion.
344. Non-issued tickets: When a passenger before commencing his journey wishes to
change his ticket for one of a higher class, or for a more distant station, and pays the
difference of fare, or when a wrong ticket is issued, or when it becomes necessary to
take back a ticket which has been issued and to refund the fare, or when it becomes
necessary to cancel a printed card ticket or blank paper ticket of any description, the
original ticket should be marked "non-issued" and initialled by the Station Master or
Commercial Supervisor (Booking), and forwarded daily under free service way-bill to
the Accounts Office in a sealed cover with a Non-Issued Ticket Statement in form T.
344. If a cancelled ticket is not sent to the Accounts Office but destroyed or otherwise
improperly disposed of, the person responsible will be debited with the value of the
ticket and may render himself liable to further punishment.
3.14
CHAPTER III
FORM NO T.344
DAILY STATEMENT OF NON-ISSUED TICKETS
DAILY STATEMENT OF NON-ISSUED TICKETS OF……………….STATION FOR
DATE…………….20....... .
Name Economy
2nd Class 1st Sleeper AC Standard AC Business AC Parlour AC Sleeper
of Class
station Train No. No. No. No. No. No. No.
to number on Total on Total on Total on Total on Total on Total on Total
ticket ticket ticket ticket ticket ticket ticket
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
..……………….Station. ...........................................
Dated……….…..20 . Signature of Station Master.
..........................................
Signature of Auditor
Instructions (on reverse)

1. Deleted
2. Covers containing non-issued tickets alongwith daily statement of non-issued tickets should be sent
under free parcel way bill in the name of FA&CAO (Revenue) by all station masters or Commercial
Supervisor/Booking.
3. Cancelled Parcels Way-bills, Soldiers’ Tickets and Luggage and Horse, Carriage and Dog Tickets
should not be sent with this Statement. These should be sent complete in all foils with their respective
returns.
4. A monthly summary prepared separately for Local and Foreign traffic, should be submitted with the
Statement for the last day of the month.
345. "Backing up" of tickets: "Backing up", or endorsing tickets is strictly prohibited
except when a passenger, through illness or other valid cause, is unable to continue his
journey by the train in which he originally booked, in which case the Station Master
may make his ticket available for another train passing within 24 hours, by writing on
the back of the ticket the words “available for………..train on…………………..”,
adding the name of his station and signing his name in full with station stamp.
346. Tickets may similarly be made available in cases where passengers have been
excluded from a train for want of room. The Accounts Office should be advised at once
of the circumstance under which tickets are thus made available. Tickets issued for a
3.15
CHAPTER III
particular train should not, however, be made available for that train when the fare of
which is higher, unless the holders of such tickets pay the difference in fares.
347. Reserved accommodation: When reserved accommodation, either of carriage or

compartment, is required, a Special Ticket, form T.347, should be issued, on which
should be shown the additional fare or fares charged and the numbers of any tickets
that may have been purchased. The Special Ticket is printed in three foils, one each for
Accounts office, passenger and station record. The tickets should be machine-
numbered and supplied in bound books of twenty five tickets each. The destination
station in collecting this ticket should carefully check the charges and, if any
undercharge has been made, collect the difference.
FORM NO. T. 347
SPECIAL TICKET
(Obverse.)
PAKISTAN RAILWAYS
No………….. date……...……. SPECIAL TICKET ………….…..…Class.
From…………………………………….to…………………………………………….
………………………………….....….train………………....……………….20..........
Entitling……………....……..party to reserved accommodation, for which charges
have been made as under.
Description, number No. of Number of Number of
Fare Amount
and class of persons in compartments Seats
charged
carriage party reserved paid for*
1 2 3 4 5 6
(Rupees)
*When ordinary single journey tickets have been purchased by the passengers, the numbers of
the same SHOULD be given here, and the additional fare or fares only entered on this ticket.
.………………….
Station Master.
Before this ticket is issued, it should be ascertained that accommodation is available.
Note–This ticket is issued subject to the ordinary regulations of Pakistan Railways.
It is available for one journey only, and should be given up when demanded.
The collecting station should carefully check the charges, and if any mistake has been
made, collect the difference when necessary. However issuing station will be
responsible for the under charges.
(Reverse)
3.16
CHAPTER III
HALTING STATION
Amount charged for Station Master's.
Arrived Left Station
detention Signature
Date Train Date Train
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
348. Unless otherwise specially arranged, passenger and luggage tickets will be
issued to passengers travelling by special train under the conditions prescribed in the
Pakistan Railways Coaching Tariff; but a Special Ticket (T.347) will be issued for the
separate haulage charge.
349. Full particulars as to the composition of special trains, detentions and other
particulars should be supplied to the Accounts Office by booking and destination
stations to permit of the charges being checked.
350. Acceptance of concession tickets as fully paid tickets for reserved
accommodation: Tickets issued at concession rate (unless the terms granting the
concession state to the contrary) may be accepted as equivalent to fully paid tickets in
calculating payment for reserving accommodation in the class for which the concession
tickets are held. The total number of passengers who may travel in a reserved
compartment is limited to those entered in a Special Ticket and as many more as are
paid for. Special Tickets should not be issued for return journeys.
351. Season tickets: Monthly season tickets available between any two stations on
Pakistan railway are issued on payment of a certain number of fares together with a
deposit. The rules and conditions under which these tickets are issued and the fares to
be charged are notified in Pakistan Railways Coaching Tariff.
352. Monthly season tickets are not transferable and should not, therefore, be issued
in favour of "one man of................" or "one servant of...............”. The name of the
person in whose favour the ticket is issued should invariably be written on the ticket.
353. Deposits: The deposit realized on each new season ticket at the rates specified in
the Tariff should be accounted for either by being shown in the season ticket itself or by
the issue of a Miscellaneous Cash Note (T. 1140), reference to the Note being quoted
on the season ticket.
354. Renewal of season ticket: If the expired season ticket is collected within the time
specified in the Tariff, a new season ticket may be issued without taking a fresh deposit,
reference to the new season ticket being given on the expired ticket collected. A cross
reference to the expired ticket should also be given on the new season ticket. Tickets
should be renewed only by the station which issued them.
3.17
CHAPTER III
355. Refund of deposit: When a season ticket is returned within the time allowed in
the Tariff and is not renewed, the refund of the deposit may be made by the Station
Master, the words "deposit refunded” being written across the ticket in bold letter. In all
such cases, a receipt for the money refunded should be taken in form No. T. 355 which
should be submitted to the Accounts Office along with the daily Cash Remittance Note
as an authority for the credit taken. Alternatively the collected season ticket may be
treated as a voucher, the acknowledgement of the payee being obtained on the season
ticket which should be submitted to the Accounts Office in support of the credit taken.
The deposit should be refunded only to the person in whose favour the ticket had been
issued.
FORM NO T. 355
FORM OF RECEIPT
Received from the Station Master,…………..........,the sum of
Rs…...........……being the amount of deposit paid by me on……….........… in
connection with………. class monthly season ticket No……....….. dated…....……
from……….......... station to……........… station.
….………………………..
Signature of payee.
Date………………………
Certified that the season ticket No………………was collected on…………….and was

sent to the Accounts Office with Ticket Collectors' Report of the.........................and that
the above refund is admissible.
……………….……………..
Station Master.
356. Forfeiture of deposit: When the season tickets are not given up within the time
allowed in the Tariff, the deposits should be forfeited. The tickets, if delivered by the
holders, should be sent to the Accounts Office with the Ticket Collectors’ Report (T.
620) for the day.
357. Accountal of season tickets: The season tickets should be accounted for in the
Daily Trains Cash Book (T. 501) in the same way as other tickets. They should also be
entered daily in the Season Ticket Register to be maintained in form T. 357. Separate
pages should be allotted in this Register for each month's transactions and a copy of the
Register for each month should be submitted to the Accounts Office along with other
coaching returns.
3.18
CHAPTER III
FORM NO. T.357

SEASON TICKET REGISTER
SEASON TICKET REGISTER OF STATION FOR………….20 .

Season
Station
ticket Date on Name Amount
Date of Date of Deposit
which of Address Fare of deposit Remarks
expiry collection refunded
issued holder realized
No. Class from to
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Note : when the ticket issued is in renewal of previous one and consequently no fresh deposit is taken column 9 should be left blank and
remarks shown in column 11 giving reference .to the number and date of the previous ticket.
.................................Station ...................................
Dated ................................... Station Master
358. Collected season tickets: Season tickets, the period of currency of which has
expired should, when collected from the holders, be cancelled and sent to the
Accounts Office with other collected tickets for the day.
359. Deleted.
360. Deleted.
361. Deleted.
362. Deleted.
363. Deleted.
364. Deleted.
365. Deleted.
366. Payment of passenger fares: The charges for the conveyance of passengers
whether booked under printed card tickets or blank paper tickets should be paid for at
the time of issue of tickets either in cash or by "vouchers" or partly in cash and partly by
“vouchers." It will be the duty of the person to whom such “vouchers" are presented to
see that they are issued by the officers authorized to issue them, that they bear the
3.19
CHAPTER III
stamp of the office of issue and that so far as general appearance goes they are genuine.
If there are any erasures or alterations, or if a reasonable doubt arises as to the
genuineness of any voucher, the staff should not only refuse to issue the ticket but
should also report the matter to the Divisional Office, if necessary.
367. Concession orders: Railway Administrations allow certain concessions in

passenger traffic. The persons eligible for, the conditions applicable to, and the
authority competent to grant, each kind of concession are notified in the Coaching
Tariff. Unless stated in the concession order to the contrary, tickets for the class required
should be issued in exchange for the concession order which should be taken from the
person presenting it at the station from which the journey commences and sent to the
Accounts Office along with the Classification Return (T. 515) as an authority for
charging reduced fares.
368. Platform tickets: At stations where platform tickets are issued (to be notified by
Railway Administration), persons other than passengers should be admitted to station
platforms on the purchase by them of platform tickets. These tickets should be machine-
numbered, supplied and issued like other card tickets. The amount realized by the sale
of platform tickets should be shown separately in the Daily Trains Cash Book (T. 501)
and Station Balance Sheet (T. 1236).
NOTE.. Divisional Superintendents have discretionary powers to allow free access to platforms to
certain persons on special occasions.
(The above note has been quoted in reference to paragraph 3.90 at page 49 of Commercial Manual,
1988)
3.20
PAKISTAN RAILWAYS

(COMMERCIAL)

CHAPTER IV
20 October, 2011
CHAPTER IV
BOOKING OF PASSENGERS
WARRANTS, CONCESSION ORDERS AND PASSES
C O N T ENT S
RAILWAYS WARRANTS 4.1 401
SOLDIER'S TICKET 4.1 — 4.5 402 — 403

(404 Deleted)
CORRECT CALCULATION OF FARES 4.5 405
FAILURE TO EXCHANGE WARRANT FOR A SOLDIER'S

TICKET 4.5 406
ORDER FORMS' FOR RESERVISTS 4.5 — 4.6 407 — 410

(408 — 409 Deleted)
LEAVE CONCESSION VOUCHER, (FORM D), FOR
MILITARY OFFICERS 4.6 411
DUTY VOUCHER (FORM E) 4.6 412 — 413
HIGH OFFICIAL REQUISITION FORMS 4.7 414
POLICE WARRANTS 4.7 415
PRIVILEGE TICKET ORDER 4.8 416
ERASURES AND ALTERATIONS ON PRIVILEGE TICKET

ORDERS 4.8 417
QUOTING ON VOUCHERS REFERENCE TO TICKETS
ISSUED 4.8 418
SIGNATURE OF PERSON RECEIVING CONCESSION 4.8 419
FREE PASSES 4.8 420
LUGGAGE ALLOWANCE PERMISSIBLE ON PASSES 4.8 420(A)
EMERGENT POLICE PASSES 4.10 — 4.12 421 — 422
9
CHAPTER IV
BOOKING OF PASSENGERS
WARRANTS, CONCESSION ORDERS AND PASSES
C O N T ENT S
PERSONS TO WHOM EMERGENT POLICE PASSES MAY

BE ISSUED 4.12 423
GRANT OF FREE CONVEYANCE OR OTHERWISE TO

COMPLAINANTS, WITNESSES AND ACCUSED IN
RAILWAY CASES 4.13 424
PENALTY FOR MISUSE OF AN EMERGENT POLICE PASS 4.13 — 4.14 425 — 427
(426, 428 — 430
Deleted)
CHECK OF EMERGENT POLICE PASSES AT TICKET
CHECKING STATIONS 4.14 431 (432 Deleted)
DAILY SUBMISSION OF COLLECTED PASSES AND

REQUISITIONS 4.14 433
10
CHAPTER IV
BOOKING OF PASSENGERS, WARRANTS, CONCESSION ORDERS AND PASSES
401. Railways Warrants: Charges for the conveyance of military passenger traffic,
whether by ordinary train, Military Special train or reserved troop carriages attached to
ordinary trains, will be paid for by Railways Warrants. Four forms of Railways Warrants
are in use. PAFT-1750 is used for officers and other ranks when proceeding on
government expenses. Warrant Form PAFT-1752 is meant for individuals proceeding on
duty on government expenses. Form B (PAFT 1707) is meant for individuals and small
parties. Form C (PAFT 1707A) is used when reserved compartments, vehicles or Military
Special trains are requisitioned for and supplied. Only one Warrant will be given at the
dispatching station by the military authorities from starting point to destination. These
Warrants should be treated as cash voucher and forwarded to the Cash Office along
with the daily Cash Remittance Note.
402. Soldier's Ticket: A Soldier's Ticket in form T. 402 should be issued in exchange
for a Railways Warrant. These tickets are machine numbered and supplied in sets of
four parts i.e.; for record, Accounts, way-bill and ticket and receipt. Baggage of military
personnel and livestock are also booked on this form and for this purpose the Guard's
Way-Bill is also included in the form.
4.1
CHAPTER IV
FORM T. 402
PAKISTAN RAILWAYS
SOLDIER'S TICKET
ACCOUNTS COPY
Train………………………………………...……. Date……………………………….…20 .
From……………………………………….……….To…………………………………………..
Via…………………………………..
Passengers Accommodation provided
Particulars
Contract rates Tariff rates Total Seats Compartments
AC Class--
Officers … …
Ladies … …
Children--
Above 10 years …
Between 10 and 3 years
Reserved accommodation …
Sleeper Class--
Men … …
Ladies … …
Children--
Above 10 years …
Economy Class
Men … …
Ladies … …
Children--
Above 10 years …
2nd Class--
Troops … …
Followers ... …
ladies … …
Children--
Above 10 years …
Note.——The Station Master of the issuing station should cross out in ink all items in column I, for which
accommodation is not provided, and should endorse in ink across the face of the ticket in words, the
number of passengers of each class authorized to travel.
4.2
CHAPTER IV
PAKISTAN RAILWAYS
SOLDIER'S TICKET
PASSENGER COPY
Train………………………………………...……. Date……………………………….…20 .
From……………………………………….……….To…………………………………………..
Via………………………………………
Passengers Accommodation provided
Particulars
Contract rates Tariff rates Total Seats Compartments
AC Class--
Officers … …
Ladies … …
Children--
Above 10 years …
Sleeper Class--
Men … …
Ladies … …
Children--
Above 10 years …
Economy Class--
Men … …
Ladies … …
Children--
Above 10 years …
2nd Class--
Troops … …
Followers ... …
Ladies … …
Children--
Above 10 years …
Note.——The Station Master of the issuing station should cross out in ink all items in column I, for which
accommodation is not provided, and should endorse in ink across the face of the ticket in words, the
number of passengers of each class authorized to travel
4.3
CHAPTER IV
FOR GUARD
TROOP’S BAGGAGE, ETC., WAY-BILL
From………………………To……………….Train………………..Date………………
No. and Weight Horse box Cattle truck Wagon No.

Description No. No.
Live-stock, etc. .. ..
Troop’s baggage.. ..
SOLDIER'S TICKET
(Reverse)
Accommodation
Particulars Contract rates Tariff rates
provided
Baggage
Authorized personal baggage ..

Government baggage, such as camp equipage,
equipment and stores.
Total ..
Deduct free Railway allowance ..

Difference chargeable to Government
Excess private baggage to be paid for on the
spot by the Officer-in-charge.
Dogs No. No.
Officers' ..
..
In brake-van ..
Soldiers' ..
..
In brake-van ..
Horses
In house boxes.
Government ..
Private .. ..
In covered wagons .. ..
Animals in trucks .. ..
Guns and wagons .. ..

Ammunition .. ..
No. of Warrant…………………
…………………….
By whom issued……………………… Commercial Assistant/Booking
………………
Date…………………………………… Station Master.
4.4
CHAPTER IV
403. Before the Soldier's Ticket, mentioned in the previous paragraph, is issued, the
Station Master or booking office staff should see that the entries in the Warrant are
complete (including signature of the officer issuing the Warrant), that it bears the stamp
of the issuing office and that the officer or person travelling or officer-incharge of or
superintending the dispatch of troops has certified as to the actual accommodation
provided as entered in column 3 of the Warrant. The Station Master or Commercial
Assistant (Booking) should also point out any error or omission in number, weight or
charges to the certifying officer and get him to make the necessary corrections and
initial the same. All necessary particulars contained in the Warrant should be filled in
on the Soldier's Ticket issued in connection therewith and any special remarks made
on the Warrant should be noted on the ticket. It should also be seen that the free
allowance of baggage has been correctly calculated and that cash is duly paid for
excess baggage and other items, the freight on which is, under the rules, recoverable at
the time of booking. This is necessary as in cases of failure to recover what should be paid
in cash, no subsequent claim is admitted by the Ministry of Defence and the amount will
be debited to the station concerned. All such baggage carried in excess of the weight
allowed by the regulations and paid for in cash by the owner should be entered in the
Soldier’s Ticket.
404. Deleted.
405. Correct calculation of fares: As under the Credit Note system undercharges of
and under one rupee are not accepted by Pakistan Railways and the Ministry of
Defence, the Station Master or Junior/Senior Commercial Assistant (Booking) should be
careful to see that the freight calculations in Warrants are correctly made and entered.
406. Failure to exchange Warrant for a Soldier's Ticket: When the holder of a
warrant is detected travelling with an un-exchanged warrant at a station enroute, or at
destination, he will be treated as without ticket from that station and charges will be
recovered. In case charges are not recovered the collected warrants will be submitted
by the Special Ticket Examiner along with the returns and matter reported to the
Divisional Office and the Accounts Office/Revenue.
407. Order Forms' for Reservists: In the case of Reservists travelling on duty, an Order
Form PAFT-1781 signed by the responsible Military Officer, will be presented in lieu of
a Warrant. In return for such Order, a paper ticket will be issued, the number of which
will be noted on the Order, and the latter will then be sent as a voucher to the Cash
Office with the daily Cash Remittance Note.
408. Deleted
409. Deleted.
4.5
CHAPTER IV
410. Junior Commissioned Officers and Warrant Officers, sub-assistant surgeons,

other than those holding honorary commission and veterinary assistant surgeons of
Pakistan Army Veterinary Corps, Non Commissioned Officers and men of the Pakistan
Army Medical Corps, Personnel of the Pakistan Navy, combatant personnel of Pakistan
Air Force, non-combatants enrolled and attested of enrolled only paid from Defence
service’s estimates officers, non-commissioned officers, when travelling at their own
expense and their families limited to six individuals are, on presentation of a certificate
in Form PAFT-1720A and on payment of half fares, supplied with single journey tickets.
The certificates should be sent by the stations to the Accounts Office as authority for
issue of tickets at half fares.
411. Leave Concession Voucher, (Form D), for Military Officers: (i) All officers of
Pakistan Army serving in Military employ with the Army in Pakistan , including those of
staff, Services and Department, (ii) Departmental Officers of the Commissionery class,
irrespective of rank, (iii) Officers of Pakistan Air Force, Pakistan Navy, and (iv) Pakistan
officers and Sub-Assistant Surgeons holding honorary rank, and their families subject to
maximum of six members, when proceeding on leave at their own expense are, on
presentation of a certificate in Form PAFT—1709-A and on payment in cash of half of
Air conditioned Class fare, supplied with an Air Conditioned class ticket. All such
certificates should be collected from the holders and sent to the Accounts Office along
with the Classification Returns (T. 515) as authority for charging reduced fares.
412. Duty Voucher (Form E): Military Officers holding commission, including
honorary commission, subject to the military Act commissioned officers of the Pakistan
Navy and Pakistan Air Force, Pakistan officers of Farms Department subject to the
Pakistan Navy Act, the Department Warrant officers Departmental Non-Commissioned
officers of the MES and Farms Department when travelling by rail on duty are, on their
producing a certificate in Form E, (PAFT-1709), entitled to receive (i) AC Class ticket on
payment in cash of a half AC class fare or (ii) a first class ticket on payment in cash of
half first sleeper class fare. The ticket issued in each case will be for the class in which
the passenger is entitled to travel under the certificate, the number of the ticket being
noted on it for the information of the Accounts Office. The free allowance of baggage
will be made on the class of ticket held by a passenger travelling under these
conditions. The certificate should be sent to the Accounts Office with the Classification
Return of relevant month. The particulars of duty vouchers should be recorded against
entries concerned in the return. If Form E is not produced at the time of booking, no
refund can be claimed on subsequent presentation. The instructions given on the
reverse of the Form should be carefully read and observed before issuing the ticket.
413. Ruling fare enforced at the time of issue of tickets will be charged on Military
Warrants, Concession Orders, Privilege Tickets Orders and Passes.
4.6
CHAPTER IV
414. High Official Requisition Forms: When High Officials of Government who are
entitled to reserved accommodation travel over Pakistan Railways, they furnish the
Station Master at the starting station with a Requisition which contains a certificate by
the Official, stating that accommodation has been provided in accordance with the
Requisition. The Station Master will, in return, give the official a certificate to the effect
that a voucher has been furnished for the accommodation provided. This certificate
takes the place of Railway tickets and should be collected at the station of destination
and submitted to the Accounts Office with other collected tickets. The Requisition
obtained from the official at the station at which the journey commenced should be
submitted to the Accounts Office with the daily Cash Remittance Note. A list of all High
Officials together with the accommodation to which they are privileged is given in the
Coaching tariff.
415. Police Warrants: Police Officers travelling on duty are permitted to purchase
railway tickets by means of Police warrants. Police Officials are permitted the use of
Police warrants in connection with journeys on leave. The following rules should be
observed when tickets are thus purchased:
(i) All warrants should bear the name of the District and Province, and the
designation of the issuing officer should invariably be given. Warrants will be issued
by the Reserve Inspector or Sub-Inspector at Headquarters and by such Inspectors
and Officers in charge of Police Stations as are supplied with books for the purpose.
(ii) No one above the rank of Sub-Inspector is entitled to travel under these warrants,
and such a warrant if presented by any Police Officer above that rank should be
refused.
(iii) As members of Pakistan Railways Police are given free passes they are not
allowed to travel on these warrants. But Pakistan Railways Police may use these
warrants for the conveyance of all prisoners whether connected with Pakistan
Railways cases or not.
(iv) All entries should be in ink. All alterations should be attested, and no erasure
may be made. If any warrant is rendered illegible owing to correction or otherwise, it
should be cancelled and a fresh one issued.
(v) Great care should be taken to see that the numbers of persons shown in column 4
of the warrant are correct. In the event of the actual number travelling being less
than the number entered in column 3, the person in charge should alter the entries
in column 3 to agree with those in column 4 and should initial the alteration, or if
unable to write, he should take it to the nearest officer empowered to issue warrants
who should correct and initial it for him.
4.7
CHAPTER IV
(vi) In exchange for these warrants Special Blank Paper tickets of the class required
will be issued, the warrants being sent to the Accounts Office with the Cash
Remittance Note.
416. Privilege Ticket Order: Privilege Ticket Orders are the certificates issued by
Departmental Officers of Pakistan Railways authorizing the issue of Special Blank Paper
Tickets to Pakistan Railways servants and their families at 1/3 of the ruling fare and
without limitation of the minimum fare of the class. These should be taken from the
holders and Special Blank Paper Tickets issued in exchange at the starting station. The
Privilege Ticket Order should be sent along with the Classification Return (T. 515) as an
authority for charging reduced fares.
417. Erasures and alterations on Privilege Ticket Orders: Erasures and alterations on
Privilege Ticket Orders render them null and void. Station Masters and Commercial
Assistant (Booking) should, therefore, refuse to issue tickets on authority of such Orders
as have been erased or altered in any way, even though the entries are attested.
418. Quoting on vouchers reference to tickets issued: In all cases of warrants and
concession orders, the number and class of ticket or tickets issued should be quoted on
the voucher, a cross reference to the voucher being given on the ticket or tickets issued.
419. Signature of person receiving concession: All persons to whom tickets are issued
on concession orders should be required to state on the latter, over their signatures, the
number of tickets of each class received. In the case of Privilege Ticket Orders, the
signatures of the holders should, before issuing the ticket or tickets, be compared with
those given on the Privilege Ticket Orders and if they do not agree, the issue of the
ticket or tickets should be refused.
420. Free passes: Free passes are granted to Pakistan Railways staff and others in
accordance with the Free Pass Rules and any subsidiary orders issued. The duties of
checking staff (Ticket Collectors and Special Ticket Examiners) in the matter of
admittance of pass holders to platforms and of check and examination of their passes
will be the same as for ordinary ticket holders. All cases of misuse of passes that come to
the notice of the checking staff should be reported by latter to the administrative head of
the office to which the employee belongs and by an entry in the Ticket Collector’s
Report (T. 620) to the Accounts Office. All orders issued from time to time regarding
preferential treatment to ticket holders over pass holders, collection of passes, etc.,
should be carefully followed by the checking staff.
420(a). Luggage Allowance permissible on passes. 1. The following free luggage

allowance is permissible for each adult and half the allowance for each child over three
years and under ten years of age:-
4.8
CHAPTER IV
Air-Conditioned Sleeper 140 Kilos

Air-Conditioned / Business 100 Kilos
Air-Conditioned / Lower 70 Kilos
First Class Sleeper 70 Kilos
Economy Class 40 Kilos
Note:- The free allowance under clause (a) permissible in respect of articles which are mainly
the personal property of a pass holder. Articles for commercial purposes are not allowed to be
booked as luggage on a pass.
(i) One bicycle or one motor-cycle without a side-car of ACC, First Class Sleeper and
Economy Class pass holders may be carried free in addition to the free allowance of luggage
allowed on the pass. Two charpoys of all classes of pass holders may also be carried free in
addition to the free allowance allowed on the pass.
(ii) The Railway undertakes no responsibility for damage to bi-cycle, motor-cycles or

charpoys so carried.
(iii) The following articles will also be accepted as luggage:
1. Furniture such as chairs, table, tepoys, almirahs, sofas, couches, bedsteads, trunks and
boxes on actual weight instead of by measurement within the free allowance.
2. Ghee, if carried in tins, or other suitable vessels and provided the quantity falls within
the free allowance granted in the pass (failing which the whole quantity will be charged
at full parcel rates, disregarding the free allowance).
3. Oils, grease, paints, etc., provided these are packed in tins or in metal vessels securely
closed on all sides.
4. A child’s tricycle within the free allowance of luggage admissible on the pass. The
weight of a tricycle is to be reckoned as 20 Kgs.
5. Perambulators as part of luggage on transfer passes within the free allowance of luggage
allowed on the pass. The minimum weight for charge for collapsible and non-collapsible
perambulators is 20 Kgs and 75 Kgs respectively.
These concessions do not extend to the officials of the Post and Telegraph Department
except in cases when a cycle is entered on the pass.
In all the above instances, however, only those packages that can conveniently go under the
seats occupied by the pass holders are allowed to be taken in to the carriages.
(iv)Employees proceeding to or returning from overseas via Karachi will be allowed the
following personal luggage in all:-
4.9
CHAPTER IV
Air Conditioned Class 560 Kgs

Air Condition / Business & others 375 Kgs
This Privilege can also be extended to officers in other cases at the discretion of the Deputy
General Manager/ Railways.
(v) Articles which cannot be accepted as luggage on free passes are:-
1. Offensive articles,
2. Explosive, dangerous and inflammable articles
3. Oils, greases, ghee, paint etc if carried in packages which might due to contact
or leakage cause damage to other articles.
(vi) Luggage of a duty card pass cannot be booked in advance.
(vii) Luggage of a free pass holder may be booked on advance provided the booking is done
during the currency of the pass.
(viii) Special passes issued for luggage or animals to be carried either by passenger or goods
train must be made over to the Station Master of the station from which the luggage or
animals are to be dispatched. The Station Master will issue a receipt in the same way as for
ordinary public traffic. This receipt which may be Luggage Ticket, Horse, Carriage and Dog
Ticket, parcel receipt or goods receipt must be given up at destination at the time delivery is
claimed.
(ix) Officers when travelling on duty are exempted from the payment of ‘Left Luggage’
charges for their personal luggage deposited in Left Luggage Room.
421. Emergent Police Passes: Requisitions for Emergent Police Passes will be made on
the first and second foils of form No. T. 421 by a responsible police official, who should
be asked to enter on the back of each form the names and constabulary numbers of the
policemen, and in addition certify that the journey is being undertaken on railway duty.
These forms should be machine numbered, printed in four foils and supplied in bound
books. The first and second foils will serve the purpose of requisition and should be
signed by the person requisitioning the pass. The third foil is the free ticket to be written
and signed by the Station Master. The fourth foil is the receipt to be signed by the Ticket
Collector at destination and given to the holder of the pass. The books should be
entered in the Ticket Stock Book (T. 315) and treated like other money-value forms in
the matter of safe custody and issue.
4.10
CHAPTER IV
FORM T. 421
EMERGENT POLICE PASS
(Obverse) (Obverse)
FOR RECORD FOR RECORD
No………… No…………
REQUISITION FOR EMERGENT FREE PASS OF REQUISITION FOR EMERGENT FREE PASS OF
RAILWAY POLICE RAILWAY POLICE
Station…………….20 . Station…………….20 .
Please grant a free passenger Please grant a free passenger
from………………….……to….……………………… from………………….……to….………………………
via……………………….by…… via……………………….by……
Class……………………..for………………………..men Class……………………..for………………………..men
travelling on service. travelling on service.
..……...………………Senior G. R. P. ..……...………………Senior G. R. P.
Certified that the above accommodation Certified that the above accommodation
for……………………………men has been supplied. for……………………………men has been supplied.
………………………… …………………………
Station Master. Station Master.
Note.——(1) The name and designation of members of the Note.——(1) The name and designation of members of the
Railway Police for whom the above passage is required Railway Police for whom the above passage is required
should be noted on reverse. should be noted on reverse.
(2) This form will be kept in the Station Master’s office (2) This form will be kept in the Station Master’s office
and when necessary the Senior Railway Policeman will and when necessary the Senior Railway Policeman will
inform the Station Master of his requirements. The Station inform the Station Master of his requirements. The Station
Master will then fill in the form and take the signature of the Master will then fill in the form and take the signature of the
Senior Railway Policeman in the space allotted after which Senior Railway Policeman in the space allotted after which
the form will be made over to the Senior Railway Policeman the form will be made over to the Senior Railway Policeman
for use as a pass. The foil marked “For Accounts” should be for use as a pass. The foil marked “For Accounts” should be
submitted with the Classification Returns. submitted with the Classification Returns.
This pass should be issued to members of the This pass should be issued to members of the
Railway witnesses and complaints when they are required to Railway witnesses and complaints when they are required to
give evidence at a Police Station or to identity criminals or give evidence at a Police Station or to identity criminals or
property, etc., but in no circumstances when they are property, etc., but in no circumstances when they are
summoned to attend a court of law. summoned to attend a court of law.
(Reverse) (Reverse)
Persons Travelling
Persons Travelling
Constabulary
No. Name Designation Remarks Constabulary
No. No. Name Designation Remarks
No.
4.11
CHAPTER IV
(Obverse) RECEIPT
FOR OWNER
No………… Received Emergent Police Pass

No………..............issued from………………….....
EMERGENT POLICE PASS
………………………………………………….station.
Available by any passenger or mail train over Pakistan
Railways
NOT TRANSFERABLE Station……………………………………….Ticket

Collector……………………………...
Date………………………………………..
Pass ………………………men as named on reverse from
….………………………
To…………………………….. via……………………………
By…………………..class………………………..travelling on
service.
.………………..Station Master.
…………………….Station.
Note.——This pass should be issued to members of the

Railway Police, witnesses and complaints when they are
required to give evidence at a Police Station or to identify
criminals or property.
(Reverse)
Persons Travelling
No. Name Constabulary No. Designation Remarks
422. A Pakistan Railways Policeman applying for an emergent police pass at a station
away from his headquarters should, normally apply in uniform, the uniform being taken
as authentication of the man and his business. Where the man applying for an Emergent
Police Pass is, for any reason, not in uniform and is not known to the staff, he should be
called upon to produce the appointment card which is given on enrolment to all police
officials.
423. Persons to whom Emergent Police Passes may be issued: Emergent Police Passes
may also be requisitioned and issued for witnesses and complainants to give evidence at
a Police Station or at a place where investigation is being held or to identify criminals or
4.12
CHAPTER IV
property etc., or, in bona fide railway cases, when persons are summoned by the police
to give evidence before an investigating officer. It frequently happens in investigations
that the police associate with themselves some of the leading men of the area or clan or
religion of the suspect or complainant. These men should be treated as witnesses and
issued Emergent Police Passes accordingly.
424. Grant of free conveyance or otherwise to complainants, witnesses and accused

in Railway cases: Pakistan Railways Administration may grant free conveyance to
accused persons, complainants and witnesses in connection with cases falling under
Sections 112 and 113 only of the Railways Act, 1890. In all other cases under the Act,
whether the offence is cognizable or non-cognizable, the procedure should be as
follows:–
(a) The cost of conveyance by rail of accused persons under arrest in cases sent up by
Pakistan Railways Police should be borne by the police in conformity with the practice
obtaining in cases prosecuted by the District Police.
(b) As the travelling expenses of complainants and witnesses whether in Pakistan

Railways or other cases are payable by the Criminal Courts in accordance with the rules
in the Criminal Procedure Code no provision for the cost of conveyance of such persons
to court is necessary.
(c) If an accused person, not having been arrested, proceeds to court himself or, having
been arrested and released on bail under Section 132(2) of Railway Act, 1890, proceeds
to court on bail he pays his own expenses. Any Police Officer proceeding to court in the
capacity of witness pays his own expenses and is entitled to draw travelling allowance.
Any Pakistan Railways employee summoned to a court of law should, except in cases in
which liability for travelling allowance devolves on Railway revenues, in which cases
free passes may be issued, pay his fare to and from the station at which the court is
situated and apply to the judge or magistrate of such court for reimbursement of the
fares paid as well as for the subsistence allowance due to him.
425. Penalty for misuse of an Emergent Police Pass: If an Emergent Police Pass has been
issued for the carriage of passengers or material not covered by the rules, the party at fault
will be debited with the cost of the same.
426. Deleted.
4.13
CHAPTER IV
427. The term "actually engaged in following up criminals in connection with Pakistan
Railways cases" means:
(a) following up a clue with a view to the arrest of such a criminal;
(b) following up such a criminal who has escaped
(c) following up a clue with a view to the identification of such a criminal:

(i) as to his residence and antecedents;
(ii) as to his previous convictions; and
(d) following up a clue with a view to the recovery of stolen property known or
suspected bona fide
428. Deleted.
429. Deleted.
430. Deleted.
431. Check of Emergent Police Passes at ticket checking stations: Emergent Police Passes
should be examined at ticket checking stations and entered in the Report of blank paper
tickets examined, paragraph 611.
432. Deleted.
433. Daily submission of collected Passes and requisitions: The collected Emergent
Police Passes should be sent daily to the Accounts Office along with the collected tickets
for the day (paragraph 621) for check with the returns received from the Inspector General
of Railways Police.
4.14
PAKISTAN RAILWAYS

(COMMERCIAL)

CHAPTER V
20 October, 2011
CHAPTER V
INITIAL ACCOUNTS AND RETURNS FOR PASSENGER TRAFFIC
C O N T ENT S
DAILY TRAINS CASH BOOK 5.1 — 5.3 501 — 505
DEPOSIT OF EARNINGS OF EACH TRAIN IN STATION SAFE 5.4 506
DEFICIENCY IN CASH TO BE MADE GOOD 5.4 507 — 509
CLOSING OF TRAINS CASH BOOK FOR THE DAY 5.4 510 — 511
SUMMARY OF TRAINS CASH BOOK 5.4 — 5.6 512 — 513
PROVISION OF A SUITABLE COLUMN FOR PROGRESSIVE

TOTALS IN THE DAILY TRAINS CASH BOOK 5.6 514
‘LOCAL’ PASSENGER CLASSIFICATION 5.6 — 5.8 515 — 518

(519 Deleted)
FOREIGN’ CLASSIFICATION OF PASSENGERS 5.8 520 (521 Deleted)
RETURN OF GOVERNMENT PASSENGERS AND LUGGAGE,

ETC. 5.8 — 5.10 522 (523 Deleted)
11
CHAPTER V
501. Daily Trains Cash Book:——As already explained in paragraph 366, all tickets,
whether card or paper, issued by Station Masters or Commercial Assistant (Booking),
should be paid for at the time of issue, either in cash or by Warrants, Concession
Certificates or vouchers. The record of these issues and the amounts received for them,
as well as for other items of Coaching traffic for which the Station Master or
Commercial Assistant (Booking) is accountable (except parcels and luggage traffic at the
stations where a separate Cash Book is provided) should be made in the Daily Trains
Cash Book.
FORM T. 501
DAILY TRAINS CASH BOOK OF STATION FOR THE DAY OF 20
Fly Page Train No. .……………… Train No.

Item Commencing
Item Station Distance Rate No. Nos. Closing No of Closing No of Closing No of
No. to Km Rupees No. Pass No. Pass No. Pass
1. 1 2 3 ......................... 22
2. 2
. .
. .
. .
22. 22
Train Train 10 Days up to Monthly up to

Total No. No. Total Daily up to date date
Total No. of No of Amount date
Item
No. of Non net Amount ……… of Remarks
No.
Tickets Issued tickets whole No No No
Tickets Amount Amount day of Amount of Amount of Amount
pass pass pass
1 2 3 4 5 ……… 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
1.
2.
.
.
.
22.
Total balanced correctly Commercial Assistant/Booking………..

Station Master……….
Excess
Deficiency
Note. (a)When Booking staff / Station Master relieved from duty, he must sign on the
DTC Book shift wise.
(b) Commercial Supervisor/ Station Master should counter sign.
5.1
CHAPTER V
FORM T. 501(A)
P.R.
FLY
Page DAILY TRAINS CASH BOOK……………………………STATION
Number of tickets sold
Closing Nos. By EACH PERIOD ON TRAIN.
during the day.
Second
First period or Third period Fourth period Fifth period No. of
Station to
Item No.
Item No.
period or Number
Commencing train. No. or train. No. or train. No. or train. No. non- Total Net
Rate
train. No. of
No. issued number issues
No. of No. of No. of No. of No. of tickets
tickets. of of
Non- Non- Non- Non- Non- non-
No. No. No. No. No. tickets. tickets.
issued issued issued issued issued issued
Tickets Tickets Tickets Tickets Tickets
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
1
2
.
.
.
28
THE DAY OF 20 .
Up-to date number of tickets
Amount received by each period or train.
sold. Total Total
Up-to Total
Total Number First Second Third Fourth Fifth amount number of
Net date amount Item
number of Rate period period period period period received Passengers Remarks.
issues total for the No.
of tickets or or or or or during for the
of amount. month.
tickets non- train. train. train. train. train. the day. month.
tickets.
issued. issued No. No. No. No. No.
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. 1

2
.
.
.
28
Total balance correctly——————————————————

Excess .. .. ——————————————————
Difference .. ——————————————————
—--—— Commercial Assistant (Booking).
—————---——————————Station Master.
The Trains Cash Book is, in fact, a complete record of all the Coaching earnings of each
day. Except when, under the orders of the Pakistan Railways Administration, continuous
booking is allowed, the Station Master or Commercial Assistant (Booking) will,
immediately after the departure of each train, proceed to post up the Trains Cash Book
as described below. Where continuous booking is allowed a similar process will be
adopted, the posting being made, not only by each train, but also for each Commercial
5.2
CHAPTER V
Assistant (Booking) turn of duty, or such other period as may be specified. A list of
stations where continuous booking is allowed should be given in the Coaching tariff.
502. As stated in paragraph 332, the Commercial Assistant (Booking) before

commencing to issue tickets should partly draw out the ticket at the bottom of each
tube. The number of the ticket so drawn out should be noted down in the column
“commencing number” of the Trains Cash Book and verified with the corresponding
closing number entered for the previous period or train. After the departure of each
train or close of each period, the Commercial Assistant (Booking) should ascertain from
the tubes the various stations to which tickets have been issued. (Tubes from which
tickets have been issued will have no tickets projecting). The closing numbers of the
tickets of all such stations which will be the lowest numbers on tickets on hand, will be
posted in the appropriate column. Details of all non-issued tickets will be recorded
under appropriate columns. The Commercial Assistant (Booking) will then proceed to
work out the number of tickets sold during the day by first taking out the difference
between the commencing and closing numbers and then deducting the number of non-
issued tickets. The rate should then be entered in the column for the purpose and in the
proper train or period money column should be posted the amount arrived at by
multiplying the number of tickets sold with the rate.
503. The sale of blank paper tickets including Soldiers’, Special and Excess Fare tickets
will be ascertained from the counterfoils of paper tickets and recorded in the Trains
Cash Book below the entries of printed tickets.
504. At small stations where separate Parcels, Luggage, etc., Cash Books (T. 1204) are
not maintained, the numbers and amount of luggage tickets and outwards “Paid”
parcels sent and inwards “To-pay” parcels received and delivered up to the time of
writing up the Cash Book should be posted under the proper train money column.
505. When all the entries for the train or period have been completed, the Commercial
Assistant (Booking) should cast the total of the amount column and compare it with the
money he has in the till. The result should be shown in the Cash Book by writing under
the total:
Balance correct Rs…………………

Excess………………………..or nil
Deficiency……………..……or nil
5.3
CHAPTER V
506. Deposit of earnings of each train in station safe: The cash after having been
checked with the Trains Cash Book in the manner indicated in the previous paragraph
should be placed in the safe and, on no account, should the receipts from a train be
retained in the till after the cash has been checked with the Trains Cash Book.
507. Deficiency in cash to be made good: Deficiency in cash should be made good, at
once, from private cash and a suitable remark made both in the Trains Cash Book and
Cash Remittance Note. If the amount involved is heavy, the matter should be
investigated fully. In all such cases, a report should be made to the Divisional
Superintendent and to the Accounts Office showing the result of investigations. An
excess represents the amount collected from the travelling public and should on no
account be utilized to cover any deficiency in collection by some previous train or
period.
508. If, after closing a train’s ‘cash’ it is found, that the “deficiency” was due to a
mistake, the Commercial Assistant (Booking) should apply to the Accounts Office for
refund. Refunds in such cases will be allowed only if the remark “paid from private
cash” had been recorded in the Trains Cash Book and Cash Remittance Note.
509. In the event of Station Masters neglecting to show the actual cash receipts as
required by the rules, no subsequent request for remission of debit, nor any claim for
refund of alleged payments from private cash, will be entertained.
510. Closing of Trains Cash Book for the day: After the last train for the day has gone
out, the column of total amount received during the day from the sale of tickets, should
be filled in. At stations where Parcels and Luggage cash is not kept distinct from
Passenger’s cash, the numbers of the Inwards “To-pay” and Outwards “Paid” Parcels
Way-Bills, Luggage, etc., tickets for which money has been received during the day will
be recorded below the train entries of sale of tickets and the amount received for each
parcel will be entered in the total column. Under these, again, the Sundry earnings
collected at the station and finally any sums paid in by Officers of Pakistan Railways
Departments will be posted for transmission to the Accounts Office.
511. The total of all these entries will then be cast and checked with the actual cash
collections for the day. There should ordinarily be no difference as the train or
periodical entries will have already been checked, vide paragraph 505 but, if there is
any, it should be investigated and put right.
512. Summary of Trains Cash Book: In order to keep the accounts work at stations up to
date, the transactions under each head in the Daily Trains Cash Book should be
summarized in the Summary of Trains Cash Book (Form T. 512). The Station Master or
Commercial Supervisor (Booking) will be held personally responsible that this is done
and that the entries are correct in all respects.
5.4
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
Serial No.
16
11th.
2
Station to.
sold
Tickets
17
And so on up to 20th.
3
Class.
Rs
18
11th.
Booking Clerk.
Rate.
Second period
……………………..
Closing Nos. of
Rs
ending on the 20th
19
Amount
5
And so on up to 20th.
tickets on hand.
21th.
20
Nos. on non-
sold
issued tickets.
only
And so on up to the last day
Tickets
21
THE MONTH OF………..20………
of the month.
Nos. on unsold
Clerk; for use by
7
be used by Station
Rs
21th.
travelling Inspector
22
of Station Accounts
month
This column is not to
half tickets.
8
And so on up to the last day Commencing No.
Amount
Rs
Third period ending
23
on the last day of the
of the month. Closing No. of 1st period and
9
Total No. of non-issued and unsold half commencing No. of 2nd period.
24
tickets sent to the Accounts Office during
Total
10
the month. Nos. on non-issued tickets.
CHAPTER V
5
2
1st period No.
11
Nos. on unsold half tickets.
26
2nd period No.
12
1st.
27
3rd period No.
sold
Tickets sold
Tickets
And so on up
13
28
Total No. for the month. to 10th
Rs
10th
Rs
29
14
1st period No. 1st.

SUMMARY OF TRAINS CASH BOOK OF……………STATION FOR
Rs
30
2nd period No.

Rs
Station Master.
Amount
And so on up
Amount
First period ending on the
15
……………………..
Total for the periods of the months
to 10th
Rs
31
3rd period No.
Rs
32
Tot-al amount for the month.
5.5
FORM T.512
CHAPTER V
513. The postings under each head in the Summary of Trains Cash Book should be
made daily. At the beginning of the month the commencing numbers will be the
closing numbers of the previous month, and these should be compared with the
Classification and other returns before their dispatch to the Accounts office. At the end
of each day, the closing numbers of all printed and blank card tickets of the several
classes should be entered from the ticket tubes. The postings should be made from day
to day and attested by the Commercial Supervisor (Booking). At the close of each
period [mentioned in paragraph 110 (13)] the periodical totals should be cast. After the
Cash Book has been finally closed for the period and signed by the Commercial
Assistant/Booking, it should be checked by the Station Master or Commercial
Supervisor (Booking) in detail in respect of “closing numbers” which the Station Master
or Commercial Supervisor (Booking) should take direct from the tubes, “total number of
tickets issued”, “total number of non-issued and half tickets” and the total amount
received during the period and the certificate for each period signed in token thereof.
Where the Summary is checked periodically by the Commercial Supervisor (Booking), it
should be seen and signed by the Station Master at the end of the month. Station
Masters or Commercial Supervisor (Booking), before signing the accounts at the close of
each period or month, should personally satisfy themselves that the above instructions
have been attended to by their assistants, as they are personally responsible for all
irregularities brought to notice by Inspector of Coaching and Goods Accounts.
514. Provision of a suitable column for progressive totals in the Daily Trains Cash Book:
It is left to Pakistan Railways administrations to provide suitable columns in the Daily
Trains Cash Book (T. 501) for progressive totals. The progressive totals under each head
should be carried over from day to day under the columns provided and finally closed
at the end of each period. The periodical totals under each head should be
consolidated at the end of each month to arrive at monthly totals. The periodical and
monthly check and the recording of the certificate by the Commercial Supervisor
(Booking) or Station Master will remain and should be carried out.
515. ‘Local’ Passenger Classification: This return should be posted from the Summary of
Trains Cash Book (T. 512). It is ruled for the various kinds of tickets issued on Railways
to passengers. All stations for which printed card tickets have been supplied should be
entered either in the order of their geographical position on the line or in some other
order prescribed for the purpose. The column “Commencing numbers” should be filled
up from the “closing numbers” shown in the previous month’s Classification. The next
column will show the lowest numbers unsold, which should agree with the
commencing numbers in the following month’s Train Cash book. The total number of
the non-issued tickets should be posted in the columns provided for the purpose. The
total number of tickets sold in each class for each station should then be entered and
the calculations of fares made.
5.6
CHAPTER V
FORM T.515
(Obverse)
LOCAL CLASSIFICATION OF PASSENGERS OF………………….STATION FOR THE
MONTH OF ………………….20……..
2nd, Economy, 1st Sleeper Class.

Station to.
Closing No. of
Zone No.
No. of tickets.
Commencing
Total number
tickets during
Item No.
issued during
Net issues of
the month.
Numbers of non-
the month
Remarks *
of tickets
Amount
Via
tickets.
issued tickets
Rate
1. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Rs. Rs.
A.C Business, A.C Standard. A.C Parlour, A.C Sleeper Class.
Net
Total No. of tickets
issued during the
Number of non-issued
Closing No. of
No. of tickets.
Commencing
issues
Remarks *
tickets
Amount
of
month.
tickets.
Rate
tickets
during
the
month.
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
Rs.
NOTE 1.——The names of “Station to” should be posted in the third column in order of the stations on the
line, the “Up” direction being always observed in making this posting, that is, in the case of “Station to”
on the main line (Karachi-Peshawar) for instance the stations will be posted commencing from Karachi
onwards. This arrangement is to be maintained whether the name of “Station” to are being entered in the
sheet for “Up” or “Down” traffic.
NOTE 2.——Column No. 2 should be filled up by Station staff in accordance with Zone Code Nos. given
below:—
Zone No 0 stands for distance of 1 to 25 Kilometres.
Do No. 1 do do do 26 to 50 do.
Do No. 4 do do do 300 kilometres and above.
NOTE 4.——The above entries should be summarized and posted correctly in the Zonal Summary.
5.7
CHAPTER V
516. Tickets issued at concession rates should be entered immediately below the entry
of the tickets sold at full fares, full particulars of concession orders being given in the
remarks column. Blank paper tickets should be accounted for individually and their
details given on the face of the Classification in the respective “Class” columns below
the entries of sales of printed card tickets. Details of sales of special and monthly tickets
should be shown on the back of the Classification.
517. When there are no sales of tickets to certain stations, the lowest numbers of the
tickets in hand for each class should be entered under the column “commencing
number” in the Classification.
518. Tickets issued for a special train should be specified in a note in the Classification
and a separate statement of the total earnings from the special train showing the
composition of the special train and other particulars submitted with the Classification.
519. Deleted.
520. ‘Foreign’ Classification of Passengers.——The Foreign Classification of Passengers

should be prepared on Form No. T. 515. The procedure of posting the commencing
and closing numbers of all tickets and of accountal of blank paper tickets will be the
same as explained in paragraph 515 to 518. All Foreign traffic should be posted and
totalled separately. Finally, the figures in respect of number of passengers and amount
in the two sets of returns should be consolidated. Separate totals should be cast for each
class and a total of the whole shown. The Foreign Classification should be submitted by
such stations as have tickets for foreign lines whether there be Foreign traffic or not, in
order that progressive numbers may be checked monthly in the Accounts Office.
521 Deleted.
522. Return of Government passengers and luggage, etc.: Government passengers,

luggage, etc., booked under Soldiers’ Tickets should be entered in the Return of
Government Passengers in form T. 522. It should be prepared from the counter foils of
Soldiers’ Tickets. Before the submission of the Return to the Accounts Office its total
should be tallied with the corresponding total in the Summary of Trains Cash Book
(T.512) where one is maintained or with the amount in the “progressive total” column
of the Daily Trains Cash Book (T. 501). Particulars of un-exchanged Warrants collected
at stations should also be entered in this Return. Private baggage carried in excess of the
weight allowed by the regulations and paid for in cash by the owner should be booked
under Luggage tickets (T. 704) and accounted for in the Luggage, etc., Return (T. 1215
or T. 1216).
5.8
CHAPTER V
FORM T.522
RETURN OF (LOCAL) GOVERNMENT PASSENGERS AND LUGGAGE, ETC., BOOKED

AT ……………………..STATION DURING THE PERIOD
ENDING……………….20….
Up Traffic/Down Traffic. LOCAL
Soldiers Booked Short 1st Sleeper Class
AC Class passengers
Ticket route route passengers
No. of warrant credit-note
Children
commissioned officers.
Warrant Officers Staff
Rank and File Wives

Sergeants and non-
Direction
Station to
Particulars of via
Particulars of via
Train
Officers’ wives
Rank and File

Between 3 and 10
Officers
Date
Above 10
No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
1st Sleeper Total number of passengers

Class 2nd Class passengers Economy Class passengers
No. of soldiers’ dogs

passengers No. of horses, etc.
Children Children Children
Clerks, agents, etc..
Clerks’ and agents’

servants’ wives
Followers’ and
Followers and
Between 3 and
Between 3 and
Between 3 and
servants
wives
Above 120
Above 10
Above 10
10
10
10
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
5.9
CHAPTER V
Weight of baggage Amount of passengers, etc.
Total amount of tickets

Freight of horses, etc.
Cash included in the

Freight of baggage
Railway free allowance
Difference chargeable
foregoing total
Soldiers’ excess, i.e.,
1st Sleeper Class

Private baggage
Economy Class
to Government
Remarks
Total baggage
chargeable to
Government
2nd Class
AC Class
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
kgs. Kgs. kgs. kgs. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs.. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs.
Note.——In order to enable the Account’s Office to recover correct charges from the Military Department
for “vehicles” and “troop trains” the following information must, in all cases, be filled in——
(i) “Number” “description” “carrying capacity” and “name of the owning railway” of the vehicle
used.
(ii) Number of “men” “animals” and “quantity of baggage” loaded in each vehicle.
(iii) Whether the vehicle used is either a bogie, 4 or 6-wheeled vehicle.
(iv) In case of “troop train” running on section where gradients do not permit of sixteen vehicles
being booked it should be noted in how many portions each train is divided and how many
vehicles are attached to each portion ; the “number” and “description” of engines (whether
bankers or others) being also given.
Date sent to the Accounts Office. Commercial Assistant/Booking…………...… . .

Station Master………………………
523. Deleted.
5.10
PAKISTAN RAILWAYS

(COMMERCIAL)

CHAPTER VI
20 October, 2011
CHAPTER VI
CHECK AND COLLECTION OF PASSENGER TICKETS
C O N T ENT S
OBJECT OF CHECK AND COLLECTION OF TICKETS 6.1 601 — 603
CHECK AT JUNCTIONS AND OTHER STATIONS 6.1 604
CHECK IN RUNNING TRAINS 6.1 605
SURPRISE CHECKS 6.1 606
NIPPING OF TICKETS 6.1 — 6.2 607 — 608
TICKET CHECKING STATIONS 6.2 609 — 610
EXAMINATION OF BLANK PAPER TICKETS 6.2 611
RETURN OF BLANK PAPER TICKETS EXAMINED 6.3 612 — 614

(613 Deleted)
COLLECTION OF TICKETS 6.3 615
CANCELLATION OF COLLECTED TICKETS 6.4 616
REGISTER OF COLLECTED TICKETS 6.4 617
CUSTODY OF COLLECTED TICKETS 6.5 618
SORTING OF COLLECTED TICKETS 6.5 619
TICKET COLLECTOR'S REPORT 6.5 620
SUBMISSION TO ACCOUNTS OFFICE OF COLLECTED

TICKETS AND TICKET COLLECTOR'S REPORTS 6.6 621 (622 Deleted)
DUTIES OF SPECIAL TICKET EXAMINERS 6.6 623 — 624
CHECK OF THE WORK OF SPECIAL TICKET EXAMINERS 6.7 625
RECOVERY OF FARES 6.7 — 6.9 626 — 634
STATION STAFF TO ASSIST SPECIAL TICKET EXAMINERS 6.9 — 6.10 635 — 636
12
CHAPTER VI
C O N T ENT S
DUTIES OF GUARDS WITH REGARD TO PASSENGERS

TRAVELLING WITHOUT TICKETS 6.10 637
EARNINGS OF SPECIAL TICKET EXAMINERS 6.11 638 — 639
VERIFICATION BY INSPECTORS OF COACHING AND

GOODS (ACCOUNTS) OF THE ACCOUNTAL OF RECEIPTS 6.11 640
SPECIAL TICKET EXAMINER'S RETURNS 6.12 641
ACCOUNTAL BY STATIONS OF EARNINGS OF SPECIAL

TICKET EXAMINERS 6.12 642
EXCESS FARE TICKET 6.12 — 6.13 643 — 644

(645 Deleted)
RULES REGARDING EXCESS FARES 6.13 646
EXCESS FARE RETURNS 6.13 647
POSTING OF EXCESS FARE RETURN 6.14 648 (649 Deleted)
DISPOSAL OF CANCELLED EXCESS FARE TICKETS 6.14 650
13
CHAPTER VI
601. Object of check and collection of tickets: Passenger tickets are checked and
collected with the objective of:
(i) ensuring that every passenger is in possession of a proper ticket (or other
authority) entitling him to travel by rail or enter Pakistan Railways premises;
(ii) examining whether the tickets have been issued in conformity with
prescribed rules and instructions, and
(iii) seeing (ultimately) that the tickets have been correctly accounted for in
Pakistan Railways books.
602. To facilitate the effective check and collection of tickets, all important stations
should, as far as possible, be properly fenced or barricaded so that no person may be
able to enter or leave the platforms without having to pass through the gates and show
his ticket. Station Masters should frequently inspect the fencing and arrange to have
unauthorized outlets closed.
603. Station Masters of stations not provided with fencing should depute one or more of
their assistants when trains stop at stations, to assist the ticket collectors in seeing that
no person enters or leaves the trains without his ticket being examined.
604. Check at Junctions and other stations: Tickets held by passengers in trains will be
subjected to check at junctions, and at such other stations as may be considered
advisable, by the ticket examining staff, who will note down the particulars of all blank
paper (including soldiers') tickets and submit a report thereof to the Accounts Office.
Detailed instructions are embodied in paragraphs 609 to 614.
605. Check in running trains: The tickets held by passengers will be checked in running
trains by Special Ticket Examiners. Detailed instructions in regard to their duties are
embodied in paragraphs 623 to 642.
606. Surprise checks: Surprise checks should be carried out both at stations and in
running trains, a small squad of picked men being detailed for such duties under the
supervision of a selected subordinate. All cases of fraud, or travelling without tickets,
detected during the course of these surprise checks should be carefully examined to see
whether they have been facilitated by the defects in the existing system of checks in
force. The results of surprise checks should be used to ensure efficient working of
station staff and Special Ticket Examiners.
607. Nipping of tickets: The ticket collector posted at the entrance wicket should nip,
with a special nipper provided for the purpose, all tickets at the time of admitting
passengers to platforms. This nipper should generally be designed so as to cut a piece of
the ticket shaped thus:
6.1
CHAPTER VI
The nipping should be done carefully so that the matter printed on the ticket is not cut
out.
608. Platform Tickets should be nipped at the time of admittance of the holders to the
platform, in the same manner as passenger tickets. If any person is found with an un-
nipped Platform Ticket, the matter should be reported to the Station Master who should
institute enquiries. As Platform Tickets are available only during the stoppage of the
particular train for which issued, they should be collected before the holders leave the
station. The collected Platform Tickets should be sent to the Accounts Office daily
along with other collected tickets, paragraph 621.
609. Ticket checking stations: The junctions and ticket-checking stations at which the
tickets held by passengers should be checked vide paragraph 604 as also the number of
the special ticket nipper to be used at each station should be notified to the staff by
Pakistan Railways Administration. Station Masters of stations thus notified should
institute and maintain a thorough check of all passengers in trains and of those booked
at their stations and see that tickets are impressed with the special ticket nipper
provided.
610. The work of checking tickets at stations should be done in a manner that would
cause the least inconvenience to the passengers. All irregular or faked tickets or those
bearing any signs of having been altered in any way should be brought to the notice of
the Station Master who should, if necessary, communicate with the issuing station or
take such other action as might appear best to him. All cases of doubtful nature should
be reported to the Accounts Office.
611. Examination of blank paper tickets: All blank paper tickets (including Soldiers’,
Tourist, Special and Excess Fare Tickets and Emergent Police Passes,) should be
examined during the course of check of tickets at ticket-checking stations and should
be entered at once by the staff deputed on checking duty in the Ticket Collector's Note-
Book, form No. T. 611.
6.2
CHAPTER VI
FORM T. 611
TICKET COLLECTOR'S NOTE-BOOK
Train by Particulars of tickets examined Remarks as to
which Ticket Date of Stations route by which
Class Description
checked No. issue From To issued, etc.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
612. Return of blank paper tickets examined: The entries in the Note-Books of the
several Ticket Collectors deputed on checking duty should be consolidated and copied
daily into a return in form T. 612.
FORM T. 612
RETURN OF BLANK PAPER (INCLUDING SOLDIERS') TICKETS SEEN AND
EXAMINED AT…………………. STATION
Particulars of tickets
Train by Route
which Date Station Station by which Remarks, if
from to any
travelling No. Description Class of issued
issue
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
613. Deleted.
614. Station Masters should see that ticket collectors enter in this return all blank
paper tickets that have been examined during the day, particular care being taken to
show correctly the name of the destination station and route.
615. Collection of tickets: Station Masters are held personally responsible for making
adequate arrangements at their stations to ensure that passengers leave the platforms
only through the proper exits where they are expected to surrender or show their tickets
or passes. The efficiency or otherwise of these arrangements will be judged from the
number of uncollected tickets. In collecting tickets or passes it should be seen that
6.3
CHAPTER VI
every passenger holds a proper ticket or pass, that the ticket or pass which he holds is
for the station to which, and the train and class of carriage by which, he travels; and
that in addition to these conditions he has not exceeded the time allowed. It should also
be seen that the passenger has not travelled with excess un-booked luggage.
Irregularities in tickets noticed during the course of collection of tickets such as tickets
bearing duplicate numbers, or two different dates, etc., should be properly investigated
and a report submitted to the Divisional Superintendent and to the Accounts Office.
616. Cancellation of collected tickets: All collected card and paper tickets and free
passes should, immediately after the departure of the train by which they have been
collected, be nipped (by the person collecting them) with the special nipper supplied
for the purpose and stamped on the back with the train number and date of collection.
When they cannot be so stamped they should have the train number and date of
collection written in ink on the back. In stamp-dating collected tickets, care should be
taken to see that the date of collection is not confused with the date of issue already
stamped on the tickets. When a train is running late and reaches a station on a later
date than that on which, according to the Time-Table, it is due to arrive, the tickets
collected from passengers travelling by such train are to be stamped with the due
instead of the actual date. Should the train arrive after the dispatch of the collected
tickets for the previous day, the collections from it should be forwarded separately with
an Advice Note to the Accounts Office. On no account is a ticket to be returned from
the collecting station to the station at which the passenger commenced his journey, and
the Station Master or official of the starting station is prohibited from issuing and
forwarding a ticket to the station at which the passenger alights, in order to correct any
error made.
617. Register of collected tickets: After the collected tickets have been cancelled in the
manner indicated in the previous paragraph, they should be sorted and arranged in
order of 'station from' and in the progressive order of their numbers and entered in the
Register of Tickets Collected form T. 617.
FORM T. 617
REGISTER OF TICKETS COLLECTED AT……………..STATION ON.... 20......
Train No. Train No. Train No.
Class and Machine Machine Machine
Station
description Lowest numbers numbers numbers
from Highest Highest Highest Remarks
(Adult / No. of of of
Child) No. No. No.
tickets tickets tickets
missing missing missing
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
6.4
CHAPTER VI
618. Custody of collected tickets: All collected tickets should, from the time they are
collected to the time they are sent to the Accounts Office, be kept in safe custody and
on no account should a person not connected with their collection be allowed to have
access to them.
619. Sorting of collected tickets: After the departure of the last train for the day, the
day's collected card and paper tickets and free passes (including tickets and free passes
on which excess fares have been collected) should be sorted and arranged in the
progressive order of their numbers, and tied separately for each station with the highest
number of printed tickets of each station tied separately.
620. Ticket Collector's Report: All collected card and paper tickets (including Soldiers’
and Excess Fare Tickets, Emergent Police and Free Passes) should be entered daily in
Ticket Collector’s Report form T. 620. Details in connection with collected Excess Fare
Tickets need not be entered in the Ticket Collector’s Report. The total number of such
tickets collected would answer the purpose.
FORM T. 620
TICKETS COLLECTOR’S REPORT OF TICKETS AND PASSES COLLECTED AT*
.…………. STATION, ON ……………… DAY, THE ………………….20 …
(Obverse)
Monthly
Class and Total Soldiers
Free passes Season
Station description Lowest Highest (collected tickets
Missing tickets
from (Adult / No. No. plus
Child) missing) Issuing
Numbers Numbers Numbers
Branch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Grand Total
Total missing
*The name of the station should be stamped here.
6.5
CHAPTER VI
(Reverse)
Irregular Tickets
Station Remarks as to nature of irregularity i.e., without
date, incorrectly dated or collected at wrong
Class No.
From To stations, etc., quoting also whether excess fare
has been charged.
1 2 3 4 5
….…………………
Date sent to the Accounts Office…………….. Ticket Collector.
621. Submission to Accounts Office of collected tickets and Ticket Collector's Reports:
All collected tickets (whether printed card or paper) should be submitted daily to the
Accounts Office along with Ticket Collector's Report (T. 620). These should be sent in
bags specially provided for the purpose, by the first train carrying returns, on the day
following their collection. When there are no collected tickets to forward, the word "nil"
should be written across the Report (T. 620) and forwarded for the information of the
Accounts Office. The non-issued tickets will be sent to Accounts Office separately
booked under free parcel waybill. The owner portion of parcel waybill will be retained
by the station as record which be pasted with the record portion of the statement of
non-issued tickets for its examination by the concerned officials. In case there are no
non issued tickets on a particular date, the station will send a statement, showing Nil.
622. Deleted.
623. Duties of Special Ticket Examiners: The duties of Special Ticket Examiners are to
travel over their ‘lengths’ to check irregularities of all kinds connected with passengers
travelling without tickets, with tickets out of date or otherwise irregular, overriding or
travelling in higher class carriages than they hold tickets for, to check the luggage of
passengers at starting stations and “en route,” to see it is correctly booked and to detect
and prosecute or to report against persons who cheat or attempt to cheat Pakistan
Railways of its legitimate dues and to recover such dues. They also deal with cases of
Pakistan Railways servants found travelling irregularly and to see that tickets , passes or
other documents authorizing them to travel are not being irregularly used. The tariff
rules as to the carriage of dogs, birds, etc. should also receive attention.
624. In their dealings with the travelling public, Special Ticket Examiners should always
bear in mind that the honest passengers regard their work as unnecessary and as
involving unjustifiable harassment, and that in the performance of their duties, greatest
tact and politeness is no less essential than the necessary firmness.
6.6
CHAPTER VI
625. Check of the work of Special Ticket Examiners: The work of Special Ticket
Examiners should be checked, the arrangements being made by the Financial Adviser
and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue in consultation with the Chief Commercial
Manager. These checks should be “surprise” checks made by selected men of seniority
and standing. The result of the checks should be carefully examined by the Chief
Commercial Manager and the Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue
any defects in system disclosed rectified, and the work of the Special Ticket Examiners
suitably appraised.
626. Recovery of fares: Under Section 113 of the Railways Act, 1890, any passenger
who travels in a train without a ticket, or who, being in or having alighted from a train
refuses, or fails to deliver his ticket, or who travels in a higher class than he holds a
ticket for, or who travels beyond the station for which he holds a ticket, is liable for the
fare incurred, in addition to the excess charge mentioned in clause (3) of the Section. If
the passenger fails or refuses to pay the amount due on the demand of any Pakistan
Railways servant appointed by Pakistan Railways administration for this purpose, an
application should be made by such Pakistan Railways servant to a magistrate, who will
recover from the passenger the sum so payable as if it were a fine imposed by the
magistrate, the offence under this section being regarded a civil offence. Under this
Section, the fare may be charged from the station from which the train started but the
passenger should be given a chance of proving at what station he entered the train.
Special Ticket Examiners should demand from such a passenger the amount of fare due
and the excess charge and on collection issue an Excess Fare Ticket (T. 643).
627. Passengers travelling without tickets, detected by Special Ticket Examiners, who
decline to pay the charges due to Pakistan Railways should be handed over to the
station staff for recovery of the amount due with a report in form T. 627. These forms
should be machine numbered, printed and supplied in sets of three foils. One of the
foils should be retained by the Special Ticket Examiners and the other two made over to
the station staff along with the passenger. The signature of the station staff should be
obtained on the back of the record foil. The station staff should send one of the foils to
the Divisional Superintendent Office noting on reverse of the foil the result of action
taken and stating whether the passenger declined to pay or was unable to pay. The
other foil will be retained at the station.
6.7
CHAPTER VI
FORM T.627
HANDING OVER MEMO
(Obverse)
No………………
Station……………….. Date…………………..
Certified that S.T.E ……………… made over to me for realization of fare Rs ……………
and penalty Rs ………. and, if necessary, for prosecution ………… passengers by Train
No ……… holding Ticket / Pass No ………… Class ……… From ………. To …………
Reasons for excess charge on prosecution under the Railways Act/Pakistan Penal
Code……………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………….
Station Master.
(Reverse)
Amount recovered Rs………vide Excess Fare Ticket No………… dated………...…… or

handed over to police on Complaint Form No…………… dated……….. or matter
reported to……. (vide copy of letter attached).
Date…………………..
…………………
Station Master.
628. At stations where Ticket Collectors are employed, passengers should be handed
over to them and at other stations to the Station Master on duty. If neither of them is at
hand, passengers should be handed over to the Railway Police on train duty. The
person taking over the passengers will be personally responsible that the fares are
realized through the proper sources. He should, at the time of taking over a passenger,
ask him whether he admits his liability or to produce his ticket if he has one, warning
him that the subsequent production of the ticket after the Special Ticket Examiners had
left, would not be accepted.
629. The station staff taking over passengers from the Special Ticket Examiners should
demand from the passenger the amount of fare due and the excess charge and, on
collection, issue an Excess Fare Ticket (T. 643), reference to the ticket being noted on
the reverse of the foil of the Handing Over Memo. (T. 627). If, however, the passenger
fails to meet the demand and is a known man or there is no reason to believe that the
name and address given by him is incorrect, an application should be made to the
Court, within whose jurisdiction the passenger is found travelling irregularly, to realize
from him the amount of the fare due and the excess charge. If the passenger failing to
meet the demand is unknown, or gives a name or address which, there is reason to
believe, is incorrect, Pakistan Railways servant may arrest him and have him taken with
6.8
CHAPTER VI
the least possible delay before the nearest magistrate, with a report giving details of the
charge.
630. Under Section 112 of the Railways Act, 1890, any person travelling without a
ticket or on a ticket that has already been used on a previous journey, is punishable
with fine in addition to the amount of the fare from the distance travelled, provided that
he, with intent to defraud Pakistan Railways administration, has travelled without a
ticket or on a ticket which has been used before. The burden of proof that there was
intent to defraud rests on the prosecution. Special Ticket Examiners should, therefore,
satisfy themselves, before making over passengers under this Act, that the intention to
defraud would be established. The Handing Over Memo. (T. 627), should be used
when handing over passengers under this section, the words “for realization of fare and
penalty and, if necessary” on the form being struck off.
631. Pakistan Railways servant detecting or taking over such passengers from the
Special Ticket Examiners should, if the passenger is known or there is no reason to
believe that the name and address given by him is incorrect, submit a report to the
magistrate of the locality giving the details of the case and applying for summons
against the accused. If the passenger is unknown and gives a name and address which,
there is reason to believe, is incorrect, Pakistan Railways servant may arrest him and
have him taken with the least possible delay before the nearest magistrate with a report
giving full details of the charge.
632. Passengers found travelling without or with insufficient tickets who refuse or are
unable to pay and who have to be made over to Pakistan Railways Police should be
handed over at the headquarters station of Pakistan Railways Police or at those Railway
Police posts where there are headquarters of magistrates detailed to try such cases. A
list of the names of stations which are Railway Police headquarters or where there are
Railway Police posts and magistrates detailed to try such cases should be published in
the pamphlet referred to in paragraph 646.
633. It is incumbent on Pakistan Railways official making over passengers to the Police
to see that his report or charge letter contains full particulars of the case, the correct
Section of the Railways Act, 1890 under which the charge is made, the amount of fare
and of excess charge due and the name of witnesses.
634. Amounts of fares and excess charges recovered through the Police or magistrate
should be acknowledged by the issue of an Excess Fare Ticket T. 643.
635. Station Staff to assist Special Ticket Examiners: Every facility and assistance should
be afforded by the station staff to the Special Ticket Examiners in the performance of
their duties and on no account should a memo. for the recovery of excess fare be
refused. All cases of doubt should be promptly referred to the Station Master for
decision, by the person authorized to take over passengers. If a Station Master considers
6.9
CHAPTER VI
that a passenger is wrongly charged, he should record his reasons on the memo. for
non-recovery and send it to the Divisional Superintendent concerned for disposal.
636. Special Ticket Examiners should not book or grant permission to travel to
passengers who may arrive too late to purchase tickets. They should refer them to the
guards in charge of trains who will grant necessary certificates vide paragraph 637.
637. Duties of guards with regard to passengers travelling without tickets: Guards are
not authorized to allow any person to travel without a ticket. Cases will, however,
arises where a passenger, who is unable to buy a ticket for want of time, informs the
guard in charge of the train, before entering into it or before being detected of the fact
of his travelling without a ticket. In such cases, guards should issue a certificate on form
T. 637 so that the fare may be recovered with or without excess charge as the case may
be. These certificates should be printed and supplied in sets of two foils bound in books
and serially numbered to be written by carbon process. One of the foils should be given
to the passenger the other being retained by the guard for record.
FORM T.637
PAKISTAN RAILWAYS
GUARD / STATIONS OFFICIALS CERTIFICATE.
No…………………...
(To be exchanged with an excess fare ticket at the first stopping station of the train.)
Subject to the conditions laid down on reverse the bearer of this certificate Mr. / Mrs. /
Miss ……………… is permitted to …………..
(i). entrain without ticket in ……………………Class From …………………. Station
to ………………….. Station.
(ii). travel in high/lower class i.e., …………….. Class From ……………. To
…………….. Station.
(iii). override to …………………….. Station.
(iv). He / She is holding……………………… Class ticket ………… No. ………….
dated…………. From ……………. To ………………. Station via …………………
Note.——Strike out entries not applicable.
Signature ……………………
Designation …………………
Date ………………………….
Train No. ……………………..
Charged under Excess Fare Ticket No ……………………
Of dated …………………………Station ………………………
S.T.E. / Station Master……………………………………….
6.10
CHAPTER VI
(Reverse)
CONDITIONS
Where a passenger is permitted to ——

(i) entrain without ticket having failed to buy a ticket for want of time, he/she should be charged
the fares up to destination;
(ii) (a) travel in a higher class having failed to convert his/her ticket to that class for want of time
he/she should be charged the difference between the fare paid and that payable up to
destination or for the distance to be travelled in that class.
(b) travel in a lower class for want of room in the class for which the ticket is held he/she may
apply, on the authority of this certificate to the competent authority for refund of the difference
between the fare paid and the payable ;
(iii) override beyond the booked destination he/she should be charged the difference between
the fare paid and that payable at the station to which he/she intends to travel;
(iv) pay the lower excess charge on fulfilling the conditions that he/she has after incurring the
charges but before being detached by a Railway servant has informed the Guard incharge of the
train, he/she must pay the fare in addition to the lower class excess charge from the starting
station of the train or the last checking station, as the case may be up to the point at which
he/she has informed the guard and actual fare that from that point to destination.
Note. The certificate for cases falling under terms ii(b), iii and iv should be issued by the Guard
incharge of the train.
638. Earnings of Special Ticket Examiners: The earnings of Special Ticket Examiners as
shown in the Excess Fare Tickets (T. 643) issued by them should be handed over daily
to the Station Master or Commercial Assistant (Booking) of any station on their
respective beats for remittance to the cash office. For cash so handed over, the station
staff should give an acknowledgement on Miscellaneous Cash Note which should be
stamped with the station’s name, dated and signed in full by the party to whom the cash
is made over. Full details, such as excess fare, excess charge or un-booked luggage as
the case may be, should be given on the Miscellaneous Cash Note. Separate Receipts
should be issued for the earnings of each Special Ticket Examiner.
639. The acknowledgement should be carefully pasted by the Special Ticket Examiners
to the counterfoil of the last Excess Fare Tickets (T. 643), issued at the time, a reference
to the Receipt being entered in the summary of the daily remittances vide paragraph
641.
640. Verification by Inspectors of Coaching and Goods (Accounts) of the accountal of
Receipts: Inspectors of Coaching and Goods Accounts should, in the usual course of
their inspection, verify the amount shown on the station counterfoils of the
Miscellaneous Cash Note book and see that the same has been accounted for.
6.11
CHAPTER VI
641. Special Ticket Examiner’s Returns: Returns in form (T.647) should be prepared by
the Special Ticket Examiners immediately after the close of each month and submitted
to the Accounts Office through the Divisional Superintendent's Office along with the
“Accounts Office” foils of the Excess Fare Tickers (T.643) and a summary of the daily
remittances duly checked and scrutinized by his senior incharge.
642. Accountal by stations of earnings of Special Ticket Examiners: The earnings of
each Special Ticket Examiner should be accounted for separately in the station Balance
Sheet, (T.1236) as a special debit under the heading “Earnings of Special Ticket
Examiners.”
643. Excess Fare Ticket: In all instances of the recovery of excess fares, whether made
by Ticket Collectors at ticket checking or at destination stations or by Special Ticket
Examiners, an Excess Fare Ticket, in Form T.643, should invariably be issued. These
tickets are machine-numbered and supplied in books, preferably of carbon-backed
paper, bound in sets of three foils. The first foil is intended for Accounts, the second for
passenger and the third for record. If the form is not printed on carbon-backed paper,
double sided carbon paper should be used in writing it. If a passenger refuses to take
the foil intended for him it should be attached to the station foil and folded up. Separate
forms should be printed for completed journeys and for journeys, en route, to guard
against their fraudulent use.
FORM T.643
EXCESS FARE TICKET
Book No…………….. Train No…………….
Station………………………………………….
………..20. . . .
Received Rs…………….
Total in words…………………………………………………………………………..
as excess fare charges and
Rupees…………… as non-booking charges
Total Rupees…………………..
from (name) ………………………………………………………………………..
Number of passengers
(figs) …………… words …………. the holder of ………. class ticket No ……………..
From …………….…………… to ………….….………….. for (reasons) …………….…
informed at ……………………………. station
Signature of Station Master or
Special Ticket Examiner
………………………………
6.12
CHAPTER VI
Note.——When an excess Fare Ticket is issued for a number of passengers, the words “and
party” should be added after the name of the person in charge of the party.
644. The Excess Fare Ticket books should be numbered and entered in the Ticket Stock
Book (T.315). Inspectors of Coaching and Goods Accounts should see that the Book is
complete and that a second Excess Fare Ticket book is not brought into use until the
first one has been finished. The Ticket Stock Book for the Excess Fare Ticket books used
by the Special Ticket Examiners will be kept by the office controlling them. List of
Excess Fare Ticket Books issued to Special Ticket Examiners should be sent to Accounts
Office by concerned Divisional Superintendent and Chief Commercial Manager.
645. Deleted.
646. Rules regarding excess fares: The rules and conditions under which fares and
excess charges are leviable are published by Pakistan Railways Administration in its
Coaching tariff. Extracts of these rules together with any subsidiary instructions relating
to travelling without tickets may usefully be published in pamphlet form and supplied
to each Ticket Collector, Guard and Special Ticket Examiners to be shown to
passengers, in cases of dispute, as the authority for demanding fares and excess charges.
647. Excess Fare Returns: All excess fare collections including the extra charges and
amount realized on account of demurrage on reserved carriages should be accounted
for in Excess Fare Returns, (Form T. 647).
FORM T. 647
RETURN OF EXCESS FARES
P.R.
No. Return of excess fares Station for the month of
Description of
Total amount.
No. on tickets
Excess charge
Train
Date, Month
Excess Fare
excess fare
Amount of
Ticket No.
and year
Cause of
charge.
ticket
From
Class
To
Down
Up
Rupees Rupees Rupees
Total Rupees
…..……………… …………………..
Commercial Assistant (Booking) / Station Master.
Special Ticket Examiner
Date sent to the Accounts Office ……………………
6.13
CHAPTER VI
648. Posting of Excess Fare Return: The Excess Fare Return should be posted daily in
detail as soon after realization as possible from the counterfoils of Excess Fare Tickets
issued from the Book. Care should be taken to post in the proper column in the Return
the serial numbers of the tickets of each class, if any, on which excess fare has been
realized, as also of the Excess Fare Tickets and to give a full explanation of the cause of
charge in the column so headed.
649. Deleted.
650. Disposal of cancelled Excess Fare Tickets: Cancelled Excess Fare Tickets,
complete in all foils, guards' memo and other certificates relating to Excess Fare
Receipts should be pasted to the respective return for submission to the Accounts
Office.
6.14
PAKISTAN RAILWAYS

(COMMERCIAL)

CHAPTER VII
20 October, 2011
CHAPTER VII
BOOKING AND DELIVERY OF PASSENGERS’ LUGGAGE
C O N T ENT S
FREE ALLOWANCE 7.1 701 — 702
BOOKING OF LUGGAGE 7.1 703
LUGGAGE TICKETS 7.1 — 7.3 704 — 709
ADVANCE BOOKING OF LUGGAGE 7.3 710
WEIGHMENT MEMO 7.3 711 (712 Deleted)
PACKING OF LUGGAGE 7.5 713
ARTICLES NOT ACCEPTED AS LUGGAGE 7.6 714
RECOVERY OF CHARGES FOR LUGGAGE TRAFFIC 7.6 715
LABELLING OF LUGGAGE 7.6 716
UN-BOOKED OR PARTIALLY BOOKED LUGGAGE 7.6 — 7.7 717 — 719
REWEIGHMENT OF INWARDS LUGGAGE 7.7 720
DELIVERY OF LUGGAGE BOOKED BY BRAKE VANS 7.7 721
LUGGAGE ARRIVING IN ADVANCE 7.7 722
FREE TIME ALLOWED FOR LUGGAGE 7.7 723
COLLECTION OF LUGGAGE TICKETS 7.7 — 7.8 724 — 725
LEFT LUGGAGE AND LEFT LUGGAGE TICKETS 7.8 726
14
CHAPTER VII
701. Free allowance: Passengers are allowed to carry ‘free’ a certain weight of luggage
according to the class for which they hold tickets. The rate of free allowance on each
class of ticket is published by Pakistan Railways Administration in its Coaching Tariff for
the information of the staff and the public.
702. In addition to the "free allowance" certain articles are also allowed free such as
one tiffin basket including a small ice box, one small hand bag or attache case (not suit
case), one walking stick and one umbrella for each air conditioned class passenger, and
one walking stick, one umbrella and such articles of food as may be required on the
journey in the case of A.C.C (Lower), first (Sleeper) Economy or second class
passengers. These articles should not, therefore, be weighed.
703. Booking of luggage: All articles except those mentioned in the previous paragraph
should be weighed and booked at the starting stations. Luggage may, however, be
booked from any station to any station on the direct route for which a ticket is held,
provided no luggage in excess of the free allowance is carried un-booked over any
portion of the line, the free allowance being granted once on the journey.
704. Luggage Tickets: Luggage should be booked under Luggage Tickets, form T. 704.
These tickets should be machine numbered and supplied in sets of four foils in bound
books to be written up by carbon process. The book should, on receipt of supply, be
entered in the Ticket Stock Book (T.315) and kept in the custody of the Station Master
or Commercial Supervisor (Booking) or (Parcel). Original foil is sent to Accounts Office
alongwith luggage Cash Book, the second is made over to the Guard except when
luggage is booked with owner in which case the forwarding stations should submit the
'guards' foils of Luggage Tickets direct by booked cover to destination stations. The
third foil is handed over to the passenger for taking delivery at the destination. The
fourth foil is retained at the forwarding station for record. The luggage tickets held by
the Guard are, on arrival at destination station, to be handed over to the Station Master,
who will file them. When, however, any of the tickets collected from passengers are
mislaid at a station, the Guard’s foil should be forwarded to the Accounts Office instead
(see paragraph 724).
7.1
CHAPTER VII
FORM T.704
LUGGAGE TICKET
P.R./Sn. 4/Mod. ORIGINAL (For Accounts)

LOCAL
LUGGAGE TICKET
From———————————————————————— (Station Stamp.)

Owner’s Name——————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————
Address—————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————
—————————————————————————————————
Station to——————————————————————————————————————————————————via————————————————————————————
Class of tickets. Individual No. of tickets Train No————————————

held. Date—————————————
* No. of Condition of
——————— Description Weight.
packages. packing.
With Owner Kgm.
With Guard
Weight
Total weight. Free allowance. Rupees.
chargeable.
Kgm. Kgm. Kgm.

Charges recovered ——
Risk note executed—————————————————
* If special, state so in margin.

In case of free passes, full particulars of the issuing office must invariably be given on the
luggage ticket. It must be distinctly understood that Pakistan Railways reserves the right to correct
any charges that may have been incorrectly entered in this ticket.
This ticket is issued subject to the conditions and regulations stated in the Pakistan Railways
Coaching Tariff and is to be given up when the luggage is received. See conditions on the back
thereof.
N. B.–The packages with owners are entirely at owner's risk.

———————————————
Commercial Assistant
7.2
CHAPTER VII
705. The packages booked "with owner" and those to be loaded in brake vans should
be entered separately on the Luggage Ticket. The articles forming a consignment of
luggage should be described in the Luggage Ticket, such as chairs, tents, boxes,
baskets, bundles portmanteau, carpet bags, etc., so as to facilitate inquiries, in the case
of a package going astray. The names of junction stations via which luggage is booked
should be detailed, in full, on Luggage Tickets.
706. The number and class of the passenger ticket held by the passenger for whom
luggage is booked should be entered on the Luggage Ticket. Before accepting a
passenger's ticket for the purposes of free allowance, the Commercial Assistant should
carefully examine the date and train number impressed or stamped on the ticket and
see that the ticket is for the date and the train by which the luggage is to be booked. All
charges for excess luggage should be recovered before booking, and shown on the
Luggage Ticket.
707. If the particulars of the passenger ticket, on which free allowance of luggage is
given, is inadvertently not quoted on the Luggage Ticket the free allowance will not be
passed by the Accounts Office.
708. The number of packages of each description and commodity should be quoted on
Luggage Tickets both in figures and in words.
709. Each passenger ticket or pass, on which free allowance of luggage admissible
under the rules is given, should have the letters "L.B." written or stamped on it to
prevent its being used more than once for the purpose of availing free allowance.
710. Advance booking of luggage: When luggage is booked in advance of the owner, a
remark should be made on the Luggage Ticket to that effect by the issuing station for
the guidance of the Accounts Office. The collecting station should check the charges
with reference to the ticket held by the passenger and recover any sum found to be due,
noting at the same time on the Luggage Ticket the number, date and class of the
passenger's ticket for the information of the Accounts Office.
711. Weighment Memo: Where weighment of luggage is made by a special weighment

staff appointed for the purpose, a Weighment Memo in form T. 711 should be made
out. These forms should be printed in duplicate and supplied in bound books to be
written by carbon process. One copy should be handed over to the Commercial
Assistant who will issue the Luggage Tickets on its authority and paste it with the station
copy of the Luggage Ticket issued, the other being retained by the Weighment staff.
(a). Free Allowance on luggage:- The following free allowance for each ticket is given at
the starting station on the total weight of the luggage carried by the passenger in the
7.3
CHAPTER VII
compartment:-
Class Kilograms
Air Conditioned (Sleeper) 70

Air Conditioned (Sitter) 20
First (Sleeper) 40
Air Condition Lower/ Business/ Standard 20
Economy 40
Second 35
Lahore to Wagah and vice versa :- 35
First Sleeper 40
Economy 35
Note. Any quantity of luggage booked in brake van will be charged at the normal rates. Half of
these quantities are allowed for each child ticket.
(b) Luggage in Railcars and Air Conditioned Parlour Cars. A maximum of 20 Kilograms
of luggage, per adult passenger and 10 Kilograms per child will only be allowed to be
carried in Railcars and Air Conditioned Parlour Cars. These maximum limits will
constitute the free allowance on luggage allowed to the passenger in the upper or lower
class of the Railcars and their trailers.
Passengers holding tickets or Railway Passes are allowed to carry with them only suit-
cases, tiffin carrier and other small articles which can be conveniently placed on the
overhead rakes, or stowed under the seats. Other luggage should be booked by brake
van of passenger trains.
(c) Every endeavour should be made to dispatch luggage by the same train as the owner
but railway does not guarantee that it will be conveyed by the same train or delivery
within any definite time or period.
7.4
CHAPTER VII
FORM T.711
WEIGHMENT MEMO
No…………………..
Station…………………. Train No………….…
Class Ticket No……….. Date…………………
LUGGAGE NOT WEIGHED Number of

Packages
Handbags, small .. .. .. ..
Bedding .. .. .. .. ..
Tiffin Baskets .. .. .. .. ..
Luggage already booked from/to…under L. T. No. ..
LUGGAGE WEIGHED Weight
Trunks, steel or leather .. .. .. .. Kgs.
Suit cases .. .. .. .. ..
Bags .. .. .. .. ..
Cabin trunks .. .. .. .. ..
Hat-boxes .. .. .. .. ..
Wooden boxes or case .. .. .. ..
Total number of packages ..
This form should be exchanged for a
Luggage Ticket before leaving.
…………………
Weighment Staff
712. Deleted.
713. Packing of luggage: The station staff should see that luggage is presented in some
convenient form, such as trunks, suitcases, travelling bags, valises, satchels, leather, tin
or steel trunks, hat boxes, or other proper and safe receptacles provided with handles,
securely locked or otherwise fastened, or sailors', soldiers' or emigrants’ bags or
bundles properly wrapped and roped and of sufficient strength and durability to
withstand the ordinary handling and transferring activities incidental and necessary to
their transportation. If luggage, that is offered for dispatch, is so insecurely packed or is
of such a kind as to be liable in any way to breakage, leakage or damage during transit,
a remark should be made on the Luggage Ticket, detailing the number of packages that
are liable to damage during transit being insecurely packed, and risk-note on form 'A'
should be executed by the owner, if it cannot be booked "with owner.”
7.5
CHAPTER VII
714. Articles not accepted as luggage: The following articles should not be booked as
luggage:
(i) Offensive articles, such as wet skins, hides, etc., other than the skins of wild
animals securely packed in air-tight boxes at owner's risk;
(ii) Explosives and dangerous and inflammable articles;
(iii) Bulky articles of any description which on account of their bulk would be
chargeable by measurement if accepted as parcels; and
(iv) Oil, grease, ghee, paint, etc., if carried in packages which might, by contact,
breakage or leakage, damage other articles.
Note.–Other articles not accepted as luggage on Pakistan Railways are detailed in the Coaching Tariff.
715. Recovery of charges for luggage traffic: The charges for booked luggage should be
recovered at the starting station. When, owing to errors in booking or other causes, this
has not been done, a remark should be made in the owner's and Guard's portions of
Luggage Tickets and also in the Guard's Summary (T. 934). Such recoveries should then
be made at destination.
716. Labelling of luggage: The procedure that should be followed in regard to the
labelling of packages of luggage is the same as that prescribed for parcels (paragraph
932).
717. Un-booked or partially booked luggage: When luggage in excess of the 'free
allowance' is found un-booked en route or at destination, the entire luggage should be
weighed and the 'free allowance’ of Luggage granted provided the total weight of
luggage detected does not exceed the 'free allowance' admissible by more than the
following:
Class Per adult excess Per child excess

weight Kilograms weight Kilograms
Air conditioned (Sleeper) 15 7.5
Air conditioned (Sitter) 10 5
First (Sleeper) 8 4
Economy 8 4
Air conditioned (Lower) 6 3
Second 6 3
If the total weight of the luggage is found to exceed the ‘free allowance’ by more than
the limits specified above, the entire weight should be charged for and no 'free
allowance' given. The luggage should be dealt with exactly as if it were being booked
to the station from which received and a Luggage Ticket issued to the passenger. The
Guard's foil, being the collected ticket, should be submitted to the Accounts Office.
7.6
CHAPTER VII
718. Passengers who have booked a portion of their luggage and received the 'free
allowance’ and who are subsequently found with additional luggage should be charged
on the full weight of such additional luggage.
719. When a passenger is detected en route travelling with un-booked luggage

weighing above the 'free allowance’, and refuses or is unable to pay freight due on
demand, such luggage should be booked “To-pay” under a Parcels Way-bill (T. 901) at
the next booking station at which there is time to do this, the owner's portion of the
Way-bill being handed over to the passenger and the luggage transferred to the brake
van in charge of the guard. Charges should, in such cases, be way-billed as from and to
the stations between which the owning passenger's ticket is available.
720. Reweighment of Inwards luggage: Inwards booked luggage will not ordinarily be
reweighed unless there is reason to believe that there is a substantial difference between
the booked and the actual weight. Where, however, the number of chargeable
packages found with the passenger is in excess of the number shown on the Luggage
Ticket, the entire luggage should be reweighed and charges recovered according to
tariff rules.
721. Delivery of luggage booked by brake vans: Luggage booked by brake vans should
be delivered only to the person named on the Luggage Ticket on collection from him of
the owner’s portion of the Luggage Ticket. If the owner's portion is lost, delivery should
be provided on execution of indemnity bond according to the coaching traffic
rules.Such luggage must not be delivered without the Station Master’s orders.luggage
may be delivered on application, provided the Station Master is satisfied of the
applicant's ownership of the luggage. If, however, there is any doubt, he should insist
on a Stamped Indemnity Bond (T. 1547) bring executed. In all such cases the signatures
of the person to whom the luggage is delivered should be taken in the Parcels Inwards
and Delivery Book (T. 1205).
722. Luggage arriving in advance: All luggage arriving at destination in advance of the
owner should be entered in the same way as parcels, and a portion of the Parcels
Inwards and Delivery Book (T. 1205) should be appropriated for this purpose. When
delivery of such luggage is given the signature of the receiver should be taken as in the
case of parcels (see also paragraph 946).
723. Free time allowed for luggage: Luggage not taken delivery of at destination station
will be allowed to remain free of charge for the days allowed free under tariff rules. If
not removed within fifteen days, it should be removed to the Lost Property Office. and
charged for at the rates given in the Coaching tariff.
724. Collection of Luggage Tickets: The owners' portions of Luggage Tickets granted to
owners at booking stations should, in the case of luggage booked by brake van, be
collected from them at destination stations at the time of delivery of packages. In the
7.7
CHAPTER VII
case, however, of luggage booked with owner the collection of the Luggage Tickets
should be made by the Ticket Collector at the gate. All such collected tickets should be
sent periodically to the Accounts Office.
725. Should the owner have lost his portion of the Luggage Ticket, the guard's portion,
made over by the guard or received by destination station direct from booking station
vide paragraph 704, should be sent to the Accounts Office. If a parcel or luggage, is not
received at destination in reasonable time after being booked, the sending station and
the junction must be asked for by the destination station.
726. Left Luggage and Left Luggage Tickets: Left Luggage is luggage tendered by
passengers for temporary custody at stations authorized to receive it. A list of all such
stations is given in the Coaching Tariff. In all such cases a Left Luggage Ticket
describing the articles so tendered and mentioning the ticket number of the passenger
should be issued to the passenger on form T. 726. Left Luggage Tickets should be
printed and machine numbered in duplicate and supplied in bound books to be written
by carbon process. One of the foils should be given to the passenger, the other being
retained as station record. A full description of each package, as also the total number
of packages should be given on the Left Luggage Ticket. When delivery is claimed, the
Ticket should be collected from the owner who should be asked to sign an
acknowledgment and to note the date and time of removal of luggage in the space
provided for the purpose on the Ticket. The charges should then be calculated in
accordance with the rates given in the Coaching Tariff and recovered from the
passenger, the collected Ticket being sent to the Accounts Office.
FORM T.726
LEFT LUGGAGE TICKET
No…………………….
Received from ………………………………………………………….…………

(name of person)
……………………………………………on………………………..20..
(permanent address)
at ………..……………………….. hours ……… packages, viz:
1……………………………..……... 2…………………………………….
3…...………………………………… 4…………………………………….
5……………………………………… 6…………………………………….
7……………………………………… 8…………………………………….
…………………………Station ……………………………
Station Master.
7.8
CHAPTER VII
Certified that the above were correctly delivered to me at…….hours on…….20….
Signature of owner..............
Received payment Rs………
……….………….………..
Station Master.
Important.–-If packages are not claimed within one month from the date of their
deposit they will be sent to the Lost Property Office to be dealt with there as unclaimed
packages.
7.9
PAKISTAN RAILWAYS

(COMMERCIAL)

CHAPTER VIII
20 October, 2011
CHAPTER VIII
BOOKING BY PASSENGER TRAINS OF ANIMALS, BIRDS AND CARRIAGES
C O N T ENT S
HORSE, CARRIAGE AND DOG, (H.C.D.) TICKETS 8.1 801
RESPONSIBILITY OF PAKISTAN RAILWAYS FOR ANIMALS 8.2 802
PREVENTION OF CRUELTY TO ANIMALS AND BIRDS 8.2 803
RECORD OF ACTUAL NUMBERS OF ANIMALS, BIRDS OR

POULTRY 8.2 804
DISPOSAL OF RISK NOTES 8.2 805
“DOG” LABELS 8.2 806
LABELLING OF HORSE-BOXES AND CATTLE WAGONS 8.2 807
LOADING AND UNLOADING OF HORSES AND CATTLE 8.3 808 — 812
LOADING OF CARRIAGES ON TRUCKS 8.3 813
VEHICLES CONTAINING LIVE-STOCK 8.3 — 8.4 814 — 818

(817 Deleted)
CHECK OF HORSES, CATTLE, ANIMALS, ATTENDANTS, ETC. 8.4 819
MAKING AND TAKING OVER ANIMALS, BIRDS AND

CARRIAGES 8.4 820
DELIVERY OF ANIMALS, BIRDS AND CARRIAGES 8.4 821 — 822
15
CHAPTER VIII
801. Horse, Carriage and Dog, (H.C.D.) Tickets: Animals, birds and carriages when
tendered for dispatch by passenger trains should be booked under Horse, Carriage and
Dog Ticket (Form T. 801). These tickets should be machine numbered and supplied in
four foils as for luggage (para. 704). This form (T. 801) will also be issued for the
conveyance of corpses.
FORM T.801
............. SINGLE TICKET FOR HORSES, CARRIAGES, DOGS, ETC.
P.R.
No…………….
Dated………………..20… .
Sender's name.……………………………………………………………………………………………….
To whom consigned.……………………………………………………………………………………….
From………………………….To ……………………….. via ………….
No. on Horse
Amount
Number. Description. Box or /
Carriage Truck.
Elephant Rs.
Mule, Camel and

Horned cattle
Horse
Dog,donkey,goat,sheep and
other animal
Carriage
Palanquins
Attendants carried
Percentage at 1 per cent on Rs.—————— being value in excess of:-
charges i.Rupees 50,000 per elephant
certified value ii.Rupees 15,000 per mule, camel and horned cattle
Rs............. iiiRupees 10,000 per horse.
iv.Rupees 1000 per dog, donkey, goat, sheep or other animal
.
Total Rs.
Rupees (in words)
Station Master.
Note–This ticket should be given up to the Station Master on arrival at destination.

Pakistan Railways does not undertake to load or unload horses, and will not be responsible for any injury
which a horse, dog or other animal may receive in being put into or taken out of a vehicle or any injury
which may happen to it, while in the vehicle, except such as may be caused by any fault or negligence
of the servant of Pakistan Railways. Each horse must be in charge of a person.
8. 1
CHAPTER VIII
For detailed conditions under which animals, carriages, etc., are carried by Pakistan Railways, see
Pakistan Railways Coaching Tariff. The receiving station should carefully check the charges and, if any
mistake is found, collect the difference when necessary.
802. Responsibility of Pakistan Railways for animals: Under section 73 of the Railways Act,
1890, the responsibility of Pakistan Railways Administration for the loss, destruction or
deterioration of animals delivered to the Administration to be carried on Pakistan Railways
does not exceed the amount, specified in the section for each kind of animal unless the
person sending or delivering them to the Administration declared or caused them to be
declared at the time of their delivery for carriage by Pakistan Railways, to be of higher
value. Staff entrusted with the booking of animals or birds should, when booking them,
obtain the owner’s own declaration of value for each animal on the inner foil of the Horse,
Carriage and Dog Ticket (T. 801). If the value of any animal or bird exceeds the maximum
which can be booked without payment of increased percentage charge, as laid down in
the Coaching Tariff, the owner should be asked to pay the Increased Percentage Charges. If
he does not do so, he should be asked to execute a Risk Note on form E freeing Pakistan
Railways from liability and accepting the risk, in case of loss or injury to the animals or
birds.
803. Prevention of cruelty to animals and birds: Pakistan Railways Administrations should
issue detailed instructions for the prevention of cruelty to animals and birds. Station Masters
should see that these instructions are acted upto by the staff entrusted with the booking and
carriage of animals and birds.
804. Record of actual numbers of animals, birds or poultry: Animals, birds or poultry
should be counted at the time of booking and the number recorded on the Horse, Carriage
and Dog Ticket, both in words and in figures. A ‘said to contain’ receipt should not be
issued.
805. Disposal of Risk Notes: Risk Notes should be neatly gummed to the record foils of the
connected Horse, Carriage and Dog Tickets and should be carefully preserved.
806. “Dog” labels: “Dog” labels showing the number and the date of the Horse, Carriage
and Dog Ticket, the stations ‘from’ and ‘to’ and the name and address of the owner should
be affixed to the collar of every dog or animal booked in brake-vans, and to the cages
containing small animals.
807. Labelling of horse-boxes and cattle wagons: Horse-boxes and cattle wagons should
be labelled with wagon Labels referred to in paragraph 1418, which should be tied to the
‘pocket’ and sealed with the station seals of the forwarding stations. The route by which the
horses are booked should also be entered on the Labels.
8. 2
CHAPTER VIII
808. Loading and unloading of horses and cattle: The loading and unloading of
horses and cattle should be done by the owners. The station staff is to render such
assistance as may be necessary in regard to the opening and closing of doors and the
fixing of stall sides.
809. Except under special circumstances, livestock, should not be allowed to be

loaded, unloaded or transhipped during hours of darkness.
810. Before horse-boxes or cattle wagons are used, the Station Master or a
responsible subordinate should see that the vehicles have been properly cleaned and
that the fittings are in good order.
811. Only the weight and description of gear and fodder mentioned in the Tariff
should be allowed to be loaded in a horse-box with each animal. Anything in excess of
this should be charged for either at the time of dispatch or by advising destination
station.
812. On arrival at destination, vehicles carrying livestock should be made available

for unloading at the earliest possible moment. A check of the luggage should be made
and excess luggage, if any, charged for.
813. Loading of carriages on trucks: Carriages when loaded in trucks should be
covered by tarpaulins firmly lashed to the sides and ends of trucks. The wheels of each
carriage should be spragged or scotched either by the sliding bars supplied to carriage
trucks or, in the absence of these, by wood scotches which the Rolling-Stock Branch
should be asked to supply and fix. Every carriage truck, when loaded, should be
examined, before dispatch, by the Train Examiner who will issue the usual certificate of
correct loading if the vehicle is loaded within moving dimensions. Until so examined
and the load certified to, the vehicle should not be sent out of the yard. A remark
showing the number of carriages loaded in a truck should be made on the Horse,
Carriage and Dog Ticket (T. 801).
814. Vehicles containing live-stock: Vehicles conveying livestock booked under

Horse, Carriage and Dog Tickets should be dispatched from the starting stations by
passenger trains and, those booked under Invoices, by goods trains.
815. Such vehicles should be forwarded from junction stations by the first or quickest
through train, passenger or goods, according as livestock is booked under Horse,
Carriage and Dog Tickets or Invoices.
816. Livestock vehicles found damaged and unfit to run should be personally
inspected by the Station Master on duty, or other responsible subordinate at large
stations and efforts should be made to repair the vehicle or tranship contents as quickly
as possible.
8. 3
CHAPTER VIII
817. Deleted.
818. When horses or livestock are loaded in either horse-boxes or wagons from any
station, via junctions at which there is a break of gauge, intimation of the number of
live-stock loaded in each wagon should be sent at once to the junction station so that
the necessary vehicles may be provided and no delay may occur in transhipping the
animals.
819. Check of horses, cattle, animals, attendants, etc.: The number of horses and
animals in horse-boxes and cattle wagons with their attendants and the number of
carriages in trucks should be checked at ticket-checking and junction stations, excess
fare being recovered when any are incorrectly booked, either at the time or by advising
destination station.
820. Making and taking over animals, birds and carriages: The procedure that should
be followed by the station staff and guards in making and taking over animals, birds
and carriages booked under Horse, Carriage and Dog Tickets is as prescribed for
parcels (paragraph 934 to 939).
821. Delivery of animals, birds and carriages: Animals, birds and carriages booked
under Horse, Carriage and Dog Tickets should be delivered to owners at destination in
the same way as luggage (paragraph 721 to 725), the collected tickets being sent to the
Accounts Office.
822. All petrol containers of Motor vehicles must be empty and free from petrol
vapour before these vehicles can be accepted for carriage. The railway accepts no
responsibility for detachable fittings unless they are packed separately and secured in
cases.
8. 4
PAKISTAN RAILWAYS

(COMMERCIAL)

CHAPTER IX
20 October, 2011
CHAPTER IX
BOOKING AND DELIVERY OF PARCELS TRAFFIC
C O N T ENT S
BOOKING OF PARCELS 9.1 901
DIFFERENT COLOURED WAY-BILLS 9.1 902
CUSTODY OF WAY-BILL BOOKS 9.2 903
EXAMINATION OF PARCELS BEFORE BOOKING 9.2 904
DECLARATION OF CONTENTS OF PARCELS 9.2 905
MISDECLARATION OF CONTENTS OF PARCELS 9.3 906
SURPRISE CHECKS TO DETECT MISDECLARATIONS 9.3 907
ADDRESSING OF PARCELS 9.4 908
OFFENSIVE ARTICLES 9.4 909
RATES CHARGED ON PARCELS 9.4 910 — 912
WEIGHMENT OF PARCELS 9.4 — 9.5 913 — 914
SURPRISE CHECKS FOR THE DETECTION OF UNDER-

WEIGHMENTS OF PARCELS 9.5 915 — 916
ROUTING OF PARCELS TRAFFIC 9.5 917
ROUTES TO BE NOTED ON WAY-BILLS 9.5 918
PARCELS OR LUGGAGE BOOKED TO WRONG

DESTINATION 9.5 919
PREPARATION OF WAY-BILLS 9.5 — 9.6 920 — 925
ERASURES ON WAY-BILLS PROHIBITED 9.6 926
PROCEDURE FOR THE RECTIFICATION OF ERRORS ON

ISSUE OF WAY-BILLS 9.6 927
16
CHAPTER IX
C O N T ENT S
BOOKING OF INTOXICATING DRUGS AND OTHER

CONTRABAND ARTICLES 9.6 928
BOOKING OF SERVICE PARCELS FOR DEPARTMENTS OF

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS 9.6 929
BOOKING OF BICYCLES/MOTOR CYCLES 9.6 930
BOOKING OF MOTOR CARS 9.7 931
LABELLING OF LUGGAGE AND PARCELS 9.7 — 9.8 932 — 933
SUMMARY OR 'GUIDANCE' OF PACKAGES 9.8 934
LOADING OF PARCELS AND LUGGAGE 9.8 935
CUSTODY OF LUGGAGE AND PARCELS IN TRANSIT 9.9 936
TRANSHIPMENT OF PARCELS AND LUGGAGE AT

JUNCTIONS 9.9 937
RECORD OF THROUGH WAY-BILLS, AT JUNCTIONS 9.9 938
RECEIPT OF INWARDS PARCELS AND LUGGAGE 9.9 939
UNBOOKED PARCELS 9.10 940
REWEIGHMENT OF PARCELS 9.10 941
CHECK OF INWARDS WAY-BILLS 9.10 942
ACCOUNTAL OF INWARDS WAY-BILLS 9.10 943 — 944
DELIVERY OF PARCELS 9.11 945 — 946
FILING OF RECEIPTS 9.11 947
PROCEDURE WHEN THE RAILWAY RECEIPT OR WAY-BILL

IS NOT FORTHCOMING 9.11 948 — 951
17
CHAPTER IX
C O N T ENT S
RECOVERY OF CHARGES 9.11 — 9.12 952 — 955
REBOOKING OF PARCELS 9.12 956
ARRANGEMENTS FOR BRANCH PARCEL OFFICES 9.12 957
REPORT OF LOSS, DAMAGES, DEFICIENCY, EXCHANGE OR

EXCESS NOTICED FROM WAGON, LUGGAGE/PARCEL VAN
AND COMPARTMENT OF BRAKE VAN ETC WITH SEALS
INTACT 9.12 958
CARRIAGE OF DEAD BODIES OR PERSON KILLED IN

RAILWAY ACCIDENT 9.12 959
18
CHAPTER IX
901. Booking of parcels: Consignments (other than passenger's luggage) when

tendered by the public for carriage by passenger trains should be booked under
Parcels Way-bills, Form T. 901. These forms should be machine-numbered, printed
and supplied in bound books in sets of four foils to be written by carbon process. The
first foil marked “Original” and is meant for Accounts Office, the second foil is for the
guard, the third foil is the receipt for the owner and the fourth foil is for the record at
the forwarding station. The ''owner's" foil should be given to the consignor who will
forward it to the consignee to enable the latter to obtain delivery at the station to
which the parcel is to be forwarded. The guard's foil should accompany the parcel to
destination station and should be submitted by that station to the Accounts Office.
FORM T.901
PARCEL WAY-BILL
P.R.
No————————————— Date——————————
Parcels Way-bill from—————————————————————————————————————————————————————
To—————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————
Via——————————————————Train No.——————————————————,Date——————————————20…..
———————————————————————Risk, Risk-note Form———————————————————————————held
Sender's Name——————————————————————————————————————————————————————————
To whom consigned—————————————————————————————————————————————————————
Actual Weight
No. of Account weight charged Under Over
Description Paid
packages code charge charge
Kgs. Kgs.
Note. To be submitted to Accounts office by the forwarding Station along with

outward parcel cash book.
N.B. The receiving station should carefully check the freight and correct the charges
by noting the undercharge or overcharge in the columns provided for the purpose,
recovering the difference when necessary.
—————————————————————
Station Master /
Commercial Assistant (Parcel)
902. Different coloured Way-bills: Different parcel way bills are used for booking of
different articles i.e. white coloured for ordinary parcels and blue coloured for
excepted articles.
9.1
CHAPTER IX
903. Custody of Way-bill books: Way-bill forms are supplied to stations in books of
25 each form bearing a machine book number or index letter and a machine serial
number. On receipt at stations, Particulars of the books received should be entered in
the Ticket Stock Book (T. 315) and the books kept in the custody of the Station Master
or Commercial Superintendent (Booking) at large stations. The books should be
brought in use in consecutive order, and, except at very large stations for which
special arrangements are made, more than one book should not be used at the same
time. Issue of blank books to Commercial Assistant (Parcels) will be made on the
responsibility of the Station Master or Commercial Superintendent (Booking) or
(Parcels) on satisfactory evidence being produced that the book in use has been
completed or is nearing completion. The counterfoils of completed books should be
returned without delay to the Station Master or Commercial Superintendent (Booking)
or (Parcels) who will be responsible for their safe custody.
904. Examination of parcels before booking: Parcels should be carefully examined

before being accepted for dispatch. If a parcel is insecurely fastened or packed, or
shows signs of leakage, or is liable to damage in transit being packed in fragile
material, it should be booked only at owner’s risk under Risk-Note form “A.”
905. Declaration of contents of parcels: When the contents of parcels are of the
following description, they should be “declared” in writing at the time of booking
through Consignment Notes in form T. 905.
Articles carried at half or quarter parcel rates.

Articles of a perishable nature.
“Excepted articles" (enumerated in the Coaching Tariff)
Explosives and other dangerous goods.
The contents of the parcels other than the above need not be declared, but Pakistan
Railways reserves the right to require a written declaration of the contents of any
parcel if considered desirable.
9.2
CHAPTER IX
FORM T.905
PARCELS CONSIGNMENT NOTE.
(To be filled in by sender.)
No…………….., Dated…………………………….
To The Station Master,

…………………..Station.
Please receive and forward by passenger train the under mentioned parcels
to…………………… station as consigned below :
Freight to be paid by……………………….
I have satisfied myself that the description, address, weight etc. have been correctly
entered here.
……………………
Sender’s signature
Name and address of sender ……………………………………
Name and address of consignee ………………………………..
Description of contents …………………………………
No. of packages ..………
Weight ……...…. Tonnes …….…. kilograms
906. Misdeclaration of contents of parcels: The misdeclaration of contents of parcels

is not uncommon and is generally made for the purpose of securing transportation at
a cheaper rate than the authorized charge, articles chargeable at full parcel rate being
described as those for which half parcel rates are available, e.g., ghee as butter and
dried fruit as fresh fruit. The contents of parcels carried at half or quarter parcel rates
should, therefore, be examined and if it is found that a misdeclaration has been
made, double the full parcel rate should be charged. Misdeclaration of parcels is an
offence under Section 106 of the Railways Act, 1890 and the persons making the
misdeclaration as also the owner are, on conviction by a magistrate, liable, in
addition, to fines of Rupees 5,000, as notified by Pakistan Railways Administration
from time to time in the Coaching Tariff. A record of all cases of misdeclaration
should be maintained at all stations.
907. Surprise checks to detect misdeclarations: Commercial Officers, Commercial

Inspectors and Inspectors of Coaching and Goods/Accounts should carry out surprise
checks at regular intervals at important and large stations and examine the contents of
parcels. All cases of misdeclaration of contents of parcels found during the course of
these surprise checks should be listed and the lists distributed among the staff
engaged in the booking and delivery of parcels with a view to educating them as to
9.3
CHAPTER IX
the kinds of commodities which traders have a tendency to misdeclare and the actual
wrong declarations resorted to in practice, so that they may prevent the leakage of
Pakistan Railways revenue that may take place in this manner.
908. Addressing of parcels: Parcels tendered for dispatch should, in all cases, be fully
and clearly addressed in Urdu or English, showing the name of the consignee, his full
address and station of destination. The consignor's name and full address should also
be required to be shown to enable the Station Master to communicate with him in
case of non-delivery.
909. Offensive articles: Offensive articles which are not accepted as luggage
(paragraph 714) should not also be accepted for conveyance as parcels detailed
below.
(1) Blood dried

(2) Corpses except those in properly secured air tight coffins.
(3) Carcasses of dead animals.
(4) Bones (excludes bones, bleached and cleaned for manufacture of articles).
(5) Municipal or street sweepings or refuse.
(6) Manures of any kind except chemical manures.
(7) Rags other than oily rags.
(8) Any decayed animal or vegetable matter
910. Rates charged on parcels: For the purpose of levy of charges, the parcel traffic
falls under the following main categories,
(1) articles on which full parcel rates are charged;

(2) articles on which reduced parcel rates are charged;
911. Lists of articles under the second category, as also the conditions applicable to
them should be notified in the Coaching Tariff V.
912. Parcels should be charged either by weight or by measurement whichever gives
the greater charge. Detailed instructions regarding the method of measurement,
conversion of result of measurement into weight, and levy of charges are given in the
Coaching Tariff. When parcels are charged by measurement, the actual weight and
the weight arrived at by conversion of measurement should both be recorded on
Way-bills.
913. Weighment of parcels: All parcels charged by weight should be weighed on

weighing machines, and in the case of vehicle loads, on weigh-bridges. Where
weigh-bridges are not provided, arrangements should be made to have the vehicles
weighed at weigh-bridge stations en route.
9.4
CHAPTER IX
914. As the difference in weight of even a few kilograms makes a material difference
in the total charges due, parcels should be weighed to the fraction of a kilogram
which should be recorded in the column ''actual weight" on Way-bills.
915. Surprise checks for the detection of under-weighments of parcels: Commercial

Officers, Commercial Inspectors and Inspectors of Coaching and Goods/Accounts
should carry out surprise checks at irregular intervals at important stations with a view
to detect under-weighments. The weight recorded on the Parcels Way-bills or
Luggage Tickets should be verified by actual weighment of the parcels or luggage.
916. A record should be maintained of all cases of under-weighments noticed during

the course of these inspections and if systematically prepared and tabulated, such a
record would be helpful in revealing and indicating stations or particular traffic
movements at or in respect of which under-weighments are practised and which call
for close supervision.
917. Routing of parcels traffic: Rules in regard the routing of parcels traffic are given
in para 221.
918. Routes to be noted on Way-bills: The routes by which parcels are booked
should be noted on Way-bills.
919. Parcels or luggage booked to wrong destination: In the case of parcels, luggage,
etc., booked to a wrong destination, the consignment should be re-booked to correct
destination under an ordinary Way-bill, the outstanding being cleared by an
Overcharge Sheet (T. 1716).
920. Preparation of Way-bills: Way-bills should be neatly written out by carbon

process, care being taken to get clear and distinct impressions on all the foils.
921. The name of the forwarding station should be stamped on each foil and that of
the destination station should be written in block letters.
922. The totals of the weight and amount columns should be distinctly entered on
every Way-bill and checked before the Way-bill is dispatched from the station.
923. No Parcels Way-bill should be issued without the date of issue being carefully
filled in. In issuing Way-bills for parcels booked, the machine numbers should be
used and quoted. No further manuscript number need be given.
924. When freight is paid by Credit Note, the number and date of the Credit Note
should be quoted on the Way-bill.
9.5
CHAPTER IX
925. The number of packages of each description and commodity should be

recorded on Way-bills in the same way as on Luggage Tickets (paragraph 708).
926. Erasures on Way-bills prohibited: Under no circumstances should an entry once

made on the Way-bills be erased. If a mistake has been made and a correction is
necessary, the original entry should be neatly scored through and a fresh entry made
above it, and initialled by the person making the alteration. Reasons for all such
alterations should be recorded and attested by the Station Master or Commercial
Supervisor on duty. Once the receipt foil has been detached from the set and issued,
no correction should be made.
927. Procedure for the rectification of errors in issue of Way-bills: Way-bills should
be accounted for as issued and under no circumstances should a Way-bill be altered
or cancelled after it has been dispatched. When it is discovered that a Way-bill has
been issued by the forwarding station to a wrong destination, or issued with wrong
particulars, the procedure prescribed for Goods Invoices (paragraphs 1570 to 1578)
should be followed.
928. Booking of intoxicating drugs and other contraband articles: The rules, rates and
conditions, under which these articles are accepted for conveyance by rail, are given
by Railway in its Coaching Tariff. Station Masters should see that these instructions
are carefully followed and acted upon by the staff entrusted with their booking.
929. Booking of Service Parcels for Departments of the Pakistan Railways: In the case
of parcels to be carried for Departments of the Pakistan Railways, known as Service
Parcels, the Railway Credit Note and Receipt (Form T. 1601) duly signed by Officers
authorized to send such parcels will be used. The description of the form and the
manner in which it is to be used and the procedure for accounting for consignments
are described in Chapter XVI. The procedure in the case of consignments sent by
passenger train is the same as in the case of consignments sent by goods train.
930. Booking of bicycles/motor cycle: Rules, rates and conditions regarding the
carriage of bicycles/motor cycle, are given in the Coaching Tariff and should be
followed by the station staff when booking bicycles/motor cycle for carriage by
passenger train. When an unpacked bicycle is tendered for booking, the Commercial
Assistant should see, by personal examination, the maker’s name, number of the
bicycle, its condition and detachable fittings with it and enter these particulars in the
Way-bill or Luggage Ticket.
In case a bicycle/motor cycle presented for booking has no maker's name and
number, the fact should be noted in the Way-bill or luggage ticket and a certificate to
this effect should also be taken from the sender and kept on record.
9.6
CHAPTER IX
931. Booking of motor cars: Motor cars tendered for conveyance by passenger trains
should be booked under Motor Car tickets form No. T. 931. The rules regarding
printing, supply, custody, issue and accountal of these forms will be the same as laid
down for other Way-bills (T. 901). The rules, rates and conditions under which motor
cars are accepted and carried by rail are given in the Coaching Tariff.
FORM T.931.
SINGLE TICKET FOR BOOKING OF MOTOR CARS BY PASSENGER TRAIN.
No.—————————— Date———————————20… .
Sender's name——————————————————————————————————————————————————————————
To whom consigned—————————————————————————————————————————————————————
From———————————————————————— To——————————————————————via—————————————
No. of Total Total

Account
No. Description carriage Amount charges charges
code
truck Paid To-Pay
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Rs. Rs. Rs.
Risk-note form ———————————————————————————————————————————————————— held.

Total Rs……………………
—————————————
Station Master /
Commercial Assistant (Parcel)
(a). This ticket should be given up to the station master at destination.

(b). For detailed conditions for charge of motor car see coaching traffic part I.
(c). Receiving stations should carefully check the charges and correct the freight by
noting under or overcharges on the face of the ticket, recovering the difference, when
necessary.
932. Labelling of luggage and parcels: Each package of luggage or parcels should be
labelled as soon as booked. The labels should show in block letters the names of
"station from" and "station to", "via", "Luggage Ticket or Way-bill No. and Date" and
number of packages included in each Luggage Ticket or Way-bill. If the traffic to any
station is heavy, special labels with the name of "station to" printed, may be used.
Before affixing labels, old labels, if any, should be removed.
9.7
CHAPTER IX
933. In the case of parcels or luggage fully occupying a vehicle, Wagon Labels (T.
1418) should be used.
934. Summary or 'guidance' of packages: Outwards parcels and luggage should be

entered in a Summary in form T. 934. Guards, taking over packages, should sign this
Summary in full by indelible pencil and give the number of packages both in words
and in figures.
FORM T.934
SUMMARY OF PARCELS, LUGGAGE, HORSES, CARRIAGES AND DOGS, ETC. BOOKED IN THE
GUARD'S CHARGE BY No....……………UP/DOWN………………TRAIN OF……………20………
Remarks
Luggage Booked Packages to be signed by Received by
H.C.&Dog guard and the and remarks as Detail of packages
Ticket person who
P.W.Bill to condition booked.
No. makes them etc.
From To Via Jn. No. Description
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Received by……………………………. guard of No …………......... Up/Down train

(Guard's signature)
of…………………..20…….
Guard in charge………………………from…………………to……………………......
N. B.–This form should be prepared by Commercial Assistant (Luggage) or (Parcel) in duplicate. One
copy should be retained at forwarding station as station record on which the guard should sign in
token of acknowledgment, the other being made over to the guard. The guard should obtain the
signatures of the persons to whom the packages are delivered en route under the column provided for
the purpose and make over the form along with the packages at the destination station from where it
should be sent to the Divisional Office.
935. Loading of parcels and luggage: In loading parcels and luggage, care should be
taken that heavy packages are not placed on light articles or on articles that might be
damaged thereby and that packages are not so placed as to be liable to fall down
from shelves or from the top of other packages in transit. Articles likely to cause
damages to other packages by leakage etc must be loaded separately.
9.8
CHAPTER IX
936. Custody of luggage and parcels in transit: From the time the parcels are made
over to Guards to the time they are handed over to Station Masters or Commercial
Assistant (Parcel) at destination stations or at junctions, the parcels will be in the sole
custody of the Guard. It will, therefore, be the duty of the guard to see that the brake-
vans when loaded are padlocked on both sides. All “through” vans, i.e., vans which
are not to be opened for delivery and picking up packages en route should be riveted
and sealed.
937. Transhipment of parcels and luggage at junctions: Station Masters of junction

stations or commercial staff, where appointed, will be held responsible for the
expeditious and correct transhipment of luggage and parcels to each line.
938. Record of through Way-bills, at junctions.——Particulars of all through Way-bills

and invoices passing each junction station with a foreign railway, should be kept at
each junction, in a Register in Form No. T. 938 and sent to the Accounts Office /
Revenue, if required by that office.
FORM T.938
JUNCTION REGISTER OF FOREIGN WAY-BILLS/INVOICES

AT……………………..…JUNCTION WITH…………………..RAILWAY ON
……………………DAY OF …………….20 .
Description Carrying capacity Station

Way-
Transhipped into Consig Consigne Number
bill/Invoice Wagon
wagons From To nor e of articles
Date No. No. Owner No. Owner
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Descriptio
Weight ……..Rly. ……..Rly. Paid To-pay Signature Remarks
n
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Tonnes/Kgs Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs.
939. Receipt of inwards parcels and luggage: Inwards parcels and luggage made over
by guards to Station Masters or Commercial Assistants should be examined by the
latter and signed for, in full, either in ink or by indelible pencil. The number of
packages, should be given in words and in figures, in the Summary (T. 934). The
Commercial Assistant taking over the parcels and luggage from an incoming train
should personally check that the number of packages is correct and that their outward
condition is good. All deficiencies, slack or broken condition of parcels or luggage
9.9
CHAPTER IX
should be recorded by the Commercial Assistant (Parcel) in the Summary in the

Guard's presence and such entries should be countersigned by the guard.
940. Unbooked parcels: All parcels carried on Pakistan Railways are required to be
booked. The dispatch of unbooked parcels is prohibited. Should any such parcel be
received at a station, the matter should be reported to the Divisional Officer for
instructions. A copy of the instructions obtained regarding disposal, charge etc.,
should be attached to the Parcels Abstracts (T. 1208 or T. 1209) on which the charge
is recorded.
941. Reweighment of parcels: Station Masters should arrange for the systematic
reweighment of inwards parcels. All parcels should be reweighed at destination,
except at stations, where the parcel traffic is heavy, in which case the Divisional
Superintendent will fix the minimum percentage of short distance parcels to be
reweighed. All parcels carried over 320 kilometres should invariably be reweighed
and the result of reweighment recorded in the column provided for the purpose in the
Parcels Inwards and Delivery Book (T. 1205). Undercharges should be recovered in
the case of parcels found to be of a greater weight than that detailed in Way-bills. All
such cases should be reported to the Divisional Superintendent.
942. Check of inwards Way-bills: Inwards Way-bills for both Local and Foreign traffic
should, as they arrive, be stamped by the destination station with the station stamp
showing the date of receipt and checked both as to "Paid" and "To-pay" items. The
original charges on a Way-bill should not be altered, under or over charges noticed
being shown on the Way-bill in the special columns where such are provided, or else
on the face of the Way-bill. The rules regarding under and overcharges on goods
traffic detailed in paragraphs 1541 and 1542 should be held to be equally applicable
in the case of parcels. Under no circumstances should a Way-bill be cancelled at the
receiving stations.
943. Accountal of inwards Way-bills: Inwards Way-bills for both Local and Foreign
traffic should, after they have been stamped and checked in the manner indicated in
the previous paragraph, be copied into the Parcels Inward and Delivery Book (T.
1205). Separate Books should be kept for Local and Foreign traffic and all Way-bills
entered therein as received.
944. Way-bills should, as far as possible, be taken to account by destination stations

in the month in which they are issued. To admit of this being done, the closing of
each month's account of such traffic should be deferred until the 5th of the
succeeding month when they should be closed, whether the Way-bills have come to
hand or not. All Way-bills received should be accounted for in the months’ account
in hand irrespective of whether the parcels in connection therewith have been
received or not.
9.10
CHAPTER IX
945. Delivery of parcels: The rules in Chapter XV and XVII regarding issue of notices
of arrival of consignments, partial or open deliveries, execution of indemnity bonds ,
grant of refunds of overcharges etc., should be followed in the delivery of parcels.
946. Before delivery of a parcel the consignee should be required to produce the
Receipt obtained from the forwarding station (paragraph 901), and the signature of
the receiver should invariably be taken in the column provided for the purpose in the
Inwards and Delivery Book (T.1205). In the case of illiterate persons their attested
marks, seals or thumb impressions may be accepted in lieu of signature. A remark
should be made in the "Remarks" column as to the condition of the parcel when
delivered, if the parcel appears damaged or there is anything in the condition calling
for notice.
947. Filing of Receipts: The procedure for the numbering and filing of Parcels
Receipts is the same as prescribed for goods receipts (paragraph 1566).
948. Procedure when the Railway Receipt or Way-bill is not forthcoming: In the
event of the consignee failing to produce the Receipt, the Station Master may grant
delivery on presentation of an Indemnity Bond (T.1547), provided he is satisfied that
the person claiming the consignment is really the consignee. If he is not so satisfied,
he should refer to the Divisional Superintendent for orders. In all cases of Through
“Paid” parcels (except those of traffic for which prepayment of freight is compulsory)
when the Railway Receipt is not forthcoming, the forwarding station should be
intimated, before delivery, to ascertain whether the freight has actually been paid or
not.
949. The Indemnity Bond should be signed by the consignee as well as by a surety
and two witnesses. The bond should be properly stamped except when presented in
cases exempted under the Stamp Act, 1899. A list of these is given in the Coaching
Tariff.
950. The rule regarding the presentation of an Indemnity Bond may be suspended on
the responsibility of the Chief Commercial Manager in such cases as he may think fit.
951. In the case of through parcels, if a parcel is to hand over without the Way-bill
and the Railway Receipts shows the freight “Paid”, the forwarding station should,
ordinarily, be intimated before delivery of the parcel to ascertain whether the entry in
the Railway Receipt is correct, but the Divisional Superintendent may authorize
delivery on the authority of the Railway Receipt under certain circumstances.
952. Recovery of charges: Any undercharges, that may be discovered and any claims
for demurrage or wharfage that may arise under tariff rules, should be recovered from
consignees before delivery of parcels.
9.11
CHAPTER IX
953. Receiving stations are held responsible for recovery of undercharges in parcels
traffic, whether “paid” or “To-pay”, except in the following cases, which are
debitable to the forwarding station:——
(1) Increased percentage charges on parcels of excepted articles;

(2) Freight on perishable parcels and live-stock;
(3) Undercharges of and under one rupee in freight prepaid by Credit Notes;
(4) Deleted.
954. These exceptions, however, do not relieve the receiving station of the
responsibility for checking the Way-bills. Under charges in the excepted items,
detected at receiving stations, should be reported to the Accounts Office and the
forwarding stations. Receiving stations will be held responsible for undercharges
which, when debited by the Accounts Office to the forwarding station, are declared
to be irrecoverable, whenever it transpires that no report was made by the receiving
station.
955. The procedure prescribed in paragraph 1539 in connection with undercharges

found to exist in Invoices of Military Stores is applicable also in the case of
undercharges connected with Military Stores consigned as parcels.
956. Rebooking of parcels: The procedure outlined in Chapter XV in regard to the

rebooking of goods should be followed in the rebooking of parcels.
957. Arrangements for branch parcel offices: Arrangements for booking and delivery
of parcels at branch parcel offices and for the conveyance of parcels between the
branch office and the main station will be made by Divisional Superintendent. All
orders applicable to the parcel work at main stations will apply also to the working of
branch parcel offices.
958. Report of loss, damages, deficiency, exchange or excess noticed from wagon,
luggage / parcel van and compartment of brake van etc with seals intact. If a package
or consignment is found missing or damaged from seal intact wagon, van or brake
van, the unloading staff must report the matter to his Station Master who will intimate
the position within six hours of the time at which the wagon or van to the booking
station or to the station which last sealed it.
959. Carriage of dead bodies or person killed in railway accident: - Dead bodies or
person killed in railway accidents (on railway premises only) when booked by
railway police for the purpose of post-mortem examination are carried free.
9.12
PAKISTAN RAILWAYS

(COMMERCIAL)

CHAPTER X
20 October, 2011
CHAPTER X
BOOKING OF EXCEPTED ARTICLES
C O N T ENT S
RESPONSIBILITY OF THE RAILWAY FOR THE EXCEPTED

ARTICLES 10.1 1001 — 1002
POWERS OF STATION MASTERS FOR INSURING

CONSIGNMENTS 10.1 1003
EXAMINATION OF PACKAGES CONTAINING EXCEPTED

ARTICLES 10.1 — 10.2 1004 — 1007
WAY-BILLS FOR PARCELS CONTAINING EXCEPTED ARTICLES 10.2 1008
PREPAYMENT OF INCREASED PERCENTAGE CHARGES 10.3 1009
DETAIL OF BOOKINGS OF GOVERNMENT AND PRIVATE

TREASURE 10.3 1010
SAFE CUSTODY AND CONVEYANCE OF VALUABLE ARTICLES 10.3 1011
LOADING OF EXCEPTED ARTICLES 10.3 1012
DISPATCH OF VALUABLE ARTICLES BY THROUGH TRAINS 10.4 1013
SPECIAL BOOKED IN CHARGE OF ESCORTS 10.4 1014
CARRIAGE OF EXCEPTED ARTICLES 10.4 1015
HANDING OVER SPECIAL VALUE PACKAGES 10.4 1016 — 1018
TRANSHIPMENT OF VALUABLE PACKAGES 10.4 1019
EXAMINATION AT INTERCHANGE JUNCTIONS OF OUTWARD

CONDITION OF THROUGH EXCEPTED ARTICLES, PACKAGES 10.5 1020
HANDING OVER EXCEPTED ARTICLES, PACKAGES AT

DESTINATION 10.5 1021
OPENING BY CONSIGNEE OF EXCEPTED ARTICLES, PACKAGE

AT RECEIVING STATION 10.5 1022
19
CHAPTER X
1001. Responsibility of the Railway for the Excepted Articles.——Under Section 75 of the
Railways Act, 1890, when any articles mentioned in the second schedule to the Act are
contained in any parcel or package delivered to Railway Administration for carriage by
railway, and the value of such articles in the parcel or package exceeds ten thousand
rupees, the Railway Administration is not responsible for the loss, destruction or
deterioration of the parcel or package unless the person sending or delivering the parcel
or package to the Administration caused its value and contents to be declared or
declared them at the time of delivery of the parcel or package for carriage by railway,
and, if so required by the Administration, paid or engaged to pay a percentage on the
value so declared by way of compensation for increased risk.
1002. All consignments containing such articles are, therefore, required to be declared
on Consignment Notes (T.905), both as to value and contents and when the value
exceeds ten thousand rupees, the consignor should be asked to insure them. If,
however, the consignor does not insure them, he should be required to execute a risk
note in form X, if risk note Y has not already been executed. A list of these ‘Excepted
Articles’ as also the rules, rates and conditions applicable thereto are given in the
Coaching Tariff.
1003. Powers of Station Masters for insuring consignments.——The powers of Station

Master in the matter of insuring consignments should be given in the Coaching tariff.
For consignments of a value exceeding the amounts specified in the powers of Station
Master, the orders of the Divisional Superintendent should be obtained before
acceptance of such valuable consignments.
1004. Examination of packages containing Excepted Articles.——Under Section 75(3) of
the Railways Act, 1890, Pakistan Railways Administration may make it a condition of
carrying a parcel declared to contain any article mentioned in the second schedule that
a railway servant authorized in this behalf has been satisfied, by examination or
otherwise, that the parcel actually contains the article declared to be therein. All
consignments of special value tendered for carriage should, therefore, be examined
personally by the Station Master, or in the case of a specially authorized branch
booking office, by the Booking Staff in charge. He should see that the declaration
agrees with the contents of the package and that the package and its contents are so
packed and secured as to allow its handling without risk of breakage or pilferage. A
copy of the inventory should be signed by the sender and filed with the Consignment
Note.
1005. If a consignor declines to open his packages of special value for examination,
railway will be responsible only for safe delivery, and good outward condition of the
package at destination, and not for the condition of the contents. This statement should
be endorsed on the Railway Receipt issued, and the consignor’s signature to a similar
remark should be obtained on the Consignment Note.
10.1
CHAPTER X
1006. Appliances for the purpose of examining the contents of special value packages
on which Increased Percentage Charges are paid, should be provided by senders and
consignees who are responsible for repacking the packages after inspection.
1007. It should be seen that special value packages on which Increased Percentage
Charges are paid containing jewellery and other valuables are packed and sealed in
such a manner that any tempering with them can be easily detected. The station seal
should be used in addition to that of the owner.
1008. Way-bills for parcels containing excepted articles.——Special Way-bills in form T.

1008 printed on blue paper, may be used when booking parcels declared by senders to
contain excepted articles, whether increase percentage charges are to be paid or not.
The declared value of the consignment should invariably be shown on the Way-bills.
The rules that should be followed in the printing, supply, custody, issue and accountal
of these Way-bills are the same as for ordinary Way-bills (T. 901).
FORM T.1008
PARCELS WAY-BILL
No……………..
(For Valuable Parcels only)
Date…………..20…..
Parcel Way-bill From……………………… to………………...…………………………….

Via……………………….. Train No………………………. date……………….………….
Sender’s
Name................................................................................................................................
To whom consigned…………………………………………………………………………..
Actual Weight
Number of Paid Undercharges Overcharge
Description weight charged
packages
Kilograms Kilograms Rs. Rs. Rs.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
……………………….…………
Station Master / Commercial Assistant (Parcels)
(a). This ticket should be given up to the station master at destination.

(b). For detailed conditions for charge of motor car see coaching traffic part I.
(c). Receiving stations should carefully check the charges and correct the freight by noting under or
overcharges on the face of the Way-bill ticket, recovering the difference, when necessary.
10.2
CHAPTER X
N.B.——The receiving station should carefully check the amounts, and if any mistake has been made, note
the under or overcharges on the face of the way-bill and recover the difference between the correct and
way-billed amount, where necessary.
To be submitted to Accounts office by the forwarding Station along with cash book.
1009. Prepayment of increased percentage charges.——Increased percentage charges

should always be prepaid and should be shown separately on the Way-bills and
Luggage and Horse, Carriage and Dog Tickets. When the sender elects not to pay the
increased percentage charge for the articles, the consignor will be required to execute
Risk Note “Form X” if “Y” has not already been executed.
1010. Detail of bookings of Government and private treasure.——In Parcel and Luggage
Return and in Parcels Way-bills and Luggage Tickets, the bookings of Government and
private treasure should be detailed under distinct sub-heads, as under :——
(i) Gold bullion.
(ii) Government Rupees.
(iii) Silver bullion, namely, bars and ingots of the Government of Pakistan.
(iv) Copper and Nickel coins.
If this information is not obtainable from the consignors, the fact should be noted on
Way-bills and Luggage Tickets.
1011. Safe custody and conveyance of valuable articles.——Railway Administration

should issue detailed instructions for the safe custody and conveyance of valuable
consignments. These instructions should define the responsibility of the various
members of the Commercial and Operating Branches who book and handle valuable
articles and prescribe the procedure for the loading, unloading and transhipping of
valuable consignments and for the examination of locks, seals, labels, etc., at various
points, particularly at booking, guard-changing, transhipping station. It should be seen
that the responsibility for handling valuable consignments is imposed on officials of
sufficient status.
1012. Loading of excepted articles.——When lock-up cupboards are fitted in passenger

brake vans, these should be used for the safe conveyance of parcels containing gold,
silver and other valuable articles including arms and ammunition whether the extra
charge for increased risk as Increased Percentage Charge has been paid or not. Guards
working through passenger and mail trains should use, for the cupboards, the lock that
they carry in their personal stores. Guards and Station Masters on duty will be jointly
responsible for seeing that the doors of the cupboards containing valuable articles as
well as the doors of brake-vans are padlocked before the train starts.
10.3
CHAPTER X
1013. Dispatch of valuable articles by Through trains.——To avoid unnecessary

transhipment en route, consignments of valuables should be dispatched by Through
trains.
1014. Special booked in charge of escorts.——The loading, unloading and transhipment

of specie, bullion, etc., booked in charge of escorts, should be done by the railway staff
under the supervision of the person in charge of a consignment.
1015. Carriage of excepted articles.——Whenever excepted articles or packages of gold

and silver bullion and coins, whether increased percentage charges have been paid or
otherwise, are booked under a Way-bill or a Luggage Ticket and loaded in a luggage
van or brake van to be made over from guard to guard, the Station Master at the
dispatching station should intimate the Station Master and Pakistan Railways Police at
all the guard-changing and Pakistan Railways junction stations en route, and to the
receiving station giving full particulars of dispatch. These intimations should also
include Railway Police of the stations where checking is done, the names of which
should be notified to the staff. Station Masters receiving intimations should at once send
copies to the senior Police Officer on the spot.
1016. Handing over special value packages.——The Station Master on duty or the
Commercial Supervisor, if any, at the sending station should, in the presence of a
Railway Police Official, personally hand over every excepted articles package on which
increased percentage charges have been paid to the guard of the train by which it is
dispatched, and pass a remark in the guard’s Summary (T. 934) to that effect indicating
the condition of package and seals, and stating that the brake-van compartment was
locked by the guard in his presence after the excepted articles package was loaded.
1017. An excepted articles consignment of treasure and bullion valued at Rupees

500,000 and over should, in addition, have an escort of the Railway Police.
1018. Every relieved guard should, similarly, make a special entry in his “rough
journal” quoting the booking particulars, condition of packages on which increased
percentage charges have been paid and seals and obtain the signature of the relieving
guard, this signature being countersigned by the Commercial Supervisor as witness to
the transfer and the signature. The relieving guard is held responsible for carefully
checking and examining each parcel for which he has a blue Way-bill.
1019. Transhipment of valuable packages.——At junctions where such consignments are

to be transhipped from one train to another or from one brake van to another, the
Station Master on duty (or, in the case of large stations where more than one
Commercial Assistant is on duty, the Senior Commercial Assistant on duty) should take
over the packages from the incoming guard in the presence of a Railway Police Official
10.4
CHAPTER X
and sign the guard’s Journal and Summary. He should hand over the packages to the
guard of the train taking them on, in the presence of a railway Police Official and note
this in the guard’s Summary as described in paragraph 1016. At junctions during the
interval between the arrival of the incoming and the departure of the outgoing train,
these packages should remain in charge of the police, if there is no safe or strong room
available for their security.
1020. Examination at interchange junctions of outward condition of Through excepted

articles, packages.——At interchange junction stations, the outward condition of Through
excepted articles packages handled should be carefully examined by the Station Master
on duty, and the record of such examination should be entered in the Way-bill or
Invoice, and also in the station diary. If there is any doubt as to whether an excepted
articles package has been pilfered, or that the seals of Through wagon containing an
excepted articles consignment have been tampered with, the Station Master should
examine the consignment in the presence of the Police, take an inventory of the
contents, and send on the consignment carefully repacked, fastened and sealed. He
should report any deficiency accordingly.
1021. Handing over excepted articles, packages at destination.——At destination, the

guard will hand over excepted articles packages to the Station Master on duty or the
Senior Commercial Assistant, if any, taking his receipt in the package summary, as also
by a special entry in his “rough journal” in the manner stated in paragraph 1018.
1022. Opening by consignee of excepted articles, package at receiving station.——At the

receiving station, if a consignee wishes to open an excepted articles package for
examination or refuses to give a clear receipt for it, it should be opened in the presence
of the Station Master and the Police, who will personally inspect the contents, noting
also the condition of the package and seals before opening it.
10.5
PAKISTAN RAILWAYS

(COMMERCIAL)

CHAPTER XI
20 October, 2011
CHAPTER XI
MISCELLANEOUS TRAFFIC
POSTAL TRAFFIC — SUNDRY EARNINGS
CONTENTS
CONVEYANCE OF MAILS 11.1 1101
HAULAGE OF POST OFFICE VEHICLES 11.1 1102 — 1104
HAULAGE OF NON-POSTAL VEHICLES 11.2 1105
ADJUSTMENT OF CHARGES FOR THE HAULAGE OF

VEHICLES 11.2 1106 — 1107
DAILY CONVEYANCE OF MAILS UNDER THE

“WEIGHMENT, SYSTEM” 11.3 1108 — 1110
RATES FOR REGULAR DAILY SERVICE 11.3 1111
MAIL BAGS CARRIED BY MAIL PEONS 11.3 1112
ADJUSTMENT OF CHARGES FOR THE DAILY

CONVEYANCE OF MAILS 11.3 — 11.4 1113 — 1115
CONVEYANCE OF MAIL BAGS AS ‘OCCASIONAL

DISPATCHES’ 11.4 1116
RATES FOR OCCASIONAL DISPATCHES OF MAIL

BAGS 11.4 1117
ADJUSTMENT OF CHARGES FOR OCCASIONAL

DISPATCHES 11.4 1118
CHARGES FOR MAIL BAGS OF HIGH OFFICIALS OF

GOVERNMENT 11.5 1119
INCREASED PERCENTAGE CHARGES OF MAIL BAGS

CONTAINING VALUABLE ARTICLES 11.5 1120
SEALS ON MAIL BAGS 11.5 1121

(1122 — 1136 Deleted)
20
CHAPTER XI
POSTAL TRAFFIC — SUNDRY EARNINGS
CONTENTS
SUNDRY EARNINGS 11.6 1137 — 1138
AMOUNTS FORWARDED TO STATIONS BY

DEPARTMENTAL OFFICERS 11.6 1139
MISCELLANEOUS CASH NOTES 11.6 1140
PREPARATION OF MISCELLANEOUS CASH NOTES 11.7 1141
TOLLS ON BRIDGES 11.7 1142 (1143 Deleted)
21
CHAPTER XI
Postal Traffic
1101. Conveyance of mails: Pakistan Railways renders certain services to the Pakistan
Post which may be classified as follows:
(a) Haulage of vehicles, specially constructed (or converted) as Post Office vehicles at
the cost of Pakistan Post;
(b) Haulage of ordinary coaching vehicles in which accommodation is reserved by

Pakistan Railways for conveyance of mails; and
(c) Conveyance of Postal Mail bags and parcels under the “weighment system” in
luggage vans or compartments, in charge of the Guards, either as a regular daily service
according to a list supplied to the Divisional Superintendent for each half year, or as
occasional dispatches, not provided for in the list, under the authority of a voucher for
each dispatch.
Note.——Rules governing the incidence of cost of vehicles or parts of vehicles provided by

Pakistan Railways for Pakistan Post are contained in paragraphs 1124 to 1129 of Pakistan Railways
General Code.
1102. Haulage of Post Office Vehicles: For the haulage of vehicles, specially
constructed or altered as Post Office vehicles, the charge should, be based on rates
notified from time to time by Pakistan Railways administration in the Supplement to
Pakistan Railways Gazette, and should be levied half-yearly in accordance with the
'nominal proportion' as given in the standard designs of Postal vans issued by the
Government of Pakistan and not on the proportion which the actual space allotted to
the Pakistan Post bears to the entire carriage, a bogie van being taken as two 4-wheeled
vans.
1103. In the event of the distance run on the requisition of the Post Office officials by
any special postal vans and compartments specially fitted for Post Office work (so as to
be unusable with convenience for ordinary traffic) being in any half-year greater in one
direction than the other, the charge should be made not on the actual distance run but
on double the highest run in one direction, provided there is considerable difference
between the up and down distance. For this purpose a register should be kept of the up
and down distance of all special postal vans or compartments.
1104. For partially fitted vehicles e.g., 3/4, 1/2 and 1/4 postal-vans, the rates shown in
paragraph 1102 apply proportionately in accordance with the nominal proportions
given in the standard designs for postal vans (and not in the proportion which the total
space allotted to the Pakistan Post bear to the whole carriage).
11.1
CHAPTER XI
1105. Haulage of non-postal vehicles: The rates chargeable for the haulage of non-
postal vehicles (complete vehicles) will be according to rates notified from time to time
by Pakistan Railways administration in the Supplement to Pakistan Railways Gazette.
Charges for part accommodation provided in non-postal vehicles will be at the rates
given in paragraph 1102.
1106. Adjustment of charges for the haulage of vehicles: Except in the case of
temporary additional accommodation required for periods not exceeding two months,
which will be requisitioned for as such and paid for separately, charges for the haulage
of vehicles (Post Office vehicles as also those in which accommodation is reserved for
the conveyance of mails) will be adjusted for the six months on the basis of the actual
space allotted on the 21st April and 21st October of each year or on such dates as may
be mutually agreed upon. It is to be assumed that the actual service, inclusive of
distance, rendered on these dates is constant throughout the six months.
1107. Each Divisional Superintendent will furnish half-yearly to the Accounts Office, a
Statement of reserved accommodation supplied to the Pakistan Post on form No.
T.1107 to enable that office to issue bills against the Pakistan Post.
FORM T.1107
STATEMENT SHOWING RESERVED ACCOMMODATION SUPPLIED TO Pakistan Post

ON STATISTICAL DAY ON …………………DIVISION
Length of the
Names of No. of Particulars of the
Particulars of vehicles compartment
Station Train compartment occupied
Sr. occupied
No. Seating
From To Up Down No. Description Postal Capacity of
non postal
1 2 3 4 5 6
Proportion of the Chargeable

To be filled by Accounts Office
compartment occupied distance
Vehicles Amount Account
Rate Remarks
Kilometres Rupees Code
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
11.2
CHAPTER XI
1108. Daily conveyance of mails under the “Weighment, System”: The mail bags will
be made over to the Station Master by Pakistan Post with sealed mail lists in duplicate.
These lists will show the number of bags to be dispatched and will be signed by the
dispatching agent of the Pakistan Post. The Station Master should sign one of the mail
lists and return it to the dispatching agent retaining the other list for record at his station.
1109. The bags should be entered in the Luggage Summary (T. 934) of the train by
which they are dispatched and the guard should sign for them in the station copy of the
Summary.
1110. On arrival of the bags at destination the Station Master or commercial staff
should take them over from the Guard and sign the Luggage Summary. He should then
enter them in a separate Parcels Inwards and Delivery Book (T. 1205), set apart for the
purpose, and obtain therein the signature of the postal clerk who takes delivery of the
bags.
1111. Rates for regular daily service: The rates for regular daily dispatches of mail bags
will, be according to rates notified from time to time by Pakistan Railways
administration in the Supplement to Pakistan Railways Gazette.
1112. Mail bags carried by mail peons: Mail bags carried by mail peons travelling on
season tickets will be treated as regular daily service and charged under the half-yearly
weighment system. Such bags should, therefore, be weighed on the days specified in
paragraph 1106 and their weight along with that of other mails should be recorded in
the mail lists in the manner indicated in paragraph 1114. The following endorsement
should also be made on the season tickets issued to such mail peons:
“Mail bags with the holder which are included under the weighment system will be
carried without any extra charge."
1113. Adjustment of charges for the daily conveyance of mails: The adjustment of
charges for the daily conveyance of mails will be made for six months in the same way
as for the haulage of vehicles (paragraph 1106).
1114. In order to determine the weight for the purpose of half-yearly adjustments the
mail bags offered for conveyance on the dates mentioned in paragraph 1106 will be
weighed by a responsible official of the Pakistan Post in the presence of the Station
Master. On these dates, the mail lists will be prepared in triplicate by means of carbon
paper. The weight of the bags should be recorded on the mail lists under the signatures
of the Station Master and of the official of the Pakistan Post. The half-yearly charges will
be calculated on the total weight thus recorded on the mail lists by the Accounts Office.
The original and duplicate copies of the mail lists will then be made over to the Station
11.3
CHAPTER XI
Master who should retain one copy at his station for record, and send the other to the
Divisional Superintendent for transmission to the Accounts Office with the half-yearly
statement referred to in paragraph 1115.
1115. Each Divisional Superintendent will furnish to the Accounts Office half-yearly
Statements of mail bags and parcels carried under the weighment system in form
T.1115 to enable that office to issue bills against Pakistan Post.
FORM T. 1115
STATEMENT OF MAIL BAGS CARRIED UNDER WEIGHMENT SYSTEM ON

……………DIVISION
Amount
No. No. Distance (to be
Rate
Sr. Station Train No. of of Weight chargeable filled by Account
Amount Remarks
No. mail mail (Kgs) in Accounts Code
bags list Kilometres office)
From To From To Rupees Rupees
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
1116. Conveyance of mail bags as ‘occasional dispatches’: In the case of occasional

dispatches of mail bags, the Station Master should accept such mail bags when
tendered with mail lists in duplicate and book them in the same way as ordinary
parcels. The Railway Receipt should not, however, be issued in such cases, and the
only receipt, the Pakistan Post should be given, is the acknowledgment on one copy of
the mail list. The other copy of the mail list should be treated as a Credit Note and
submitted to the Accounts Office with the day's earnings. The charges to be entered on
the Way-bill should be calculated at the rates prescribed in paragraph 1117. On arrival
at destination, these mail bags should be entered up in the Parcels Inwards and
Delivery Book in the usual way and signed for by the postal official taking delivery. The
Station Master should see that there is no delay in the delivery of these mails.
1117. Rates for occasional dispatches of mail bags: The rates for occasional dispatches
of mail bags will, be according to the rates notified from time to time by Pakistan
Railways administration in the Supplement to Pakistan Railways Gazette.
1118. Adjustment of charges for occasional dispatches: The adjustment of charges for
occasional dispatches of mail bags will be made monthly by the Accounts Office on
bills supported by vouchers.
11.4
CHAPTER XI
1119. Charges for mail bags of High Officials of Government: Mail bags of High
Officials of Government carried in charge of Railway Mail Service Inspectors should be
weighed and charged for at the ordinary luggage rates, after allowing the free
allowance according to the class of ticket held.
1120. Increased Percentage Charges of mail bags containing valuable articles: The
liability of Pakistan Railways as regards mail bags is the same as in the case of ordinary
parcels. If a mail bag contains an article of a value exceeding ten thousand rupees,
Pakistan Post should declare the nature of its contents and the value and pay the usual
increased percentage charges.
1121. Seals on mail bags: Pakistan Railways staff taking over mail bags from Pakistan
Post should see that the bags are properly sealed. Similarly the post official taking
delivery of mail bags from Pakistan Railways at destination will examine the seals. A
certificate to the effect that the seals were intact should be obtained from the latter in
the Parcels Inwards and Delivery Book.
1122. Deleted.
TELEGRAPH TRAFFIC
1123. Deleted.
1124. Deleted.
1125. Deleted.
1126. Deleted.
1127. Deleted.
1128. Deleted.
1129. Deleted.
1130. Deleted.
1131. Deleted.
1132. Deleted.
1133. Deleted.
1134. Deleted.
11.5
CHAPTER XI
1135. Deleted.
1136. Deleted.
SUNDRY EARNINGS
1137. Sundry Earnings: Sundry Earnings realized at stations consist chiefly of receipts
from sale of Time Tables, unclaimed goods, station yard sweepings and of other
miscellaneous items, such as–
(1) Excess in cash.
(2) Forfeited Deposits on season tickets.
(3) Rent of buildings, carts and vendors' license fees.
(4) Cost of tender forms supplied to contractors.
(5) Cost of water supplied to vendors.
(6) Fines recovered from vendors.
(7) Sale of grass or trees on the line.
1138. Such realizations, including amounts creditable to other services, which may be
sent to Station Masters by Departmental Officers and others for transmission to the Cash
Office, vide paragraph 1402 of the Pakistan Railways General Code, will be dealt with
in accordance with the instructions given in the following paragraphs.
1139. Amounts forwarded to stations by Departmental Officers: The amounts

forwarded by Departmental Officers, etc., to Station Masters for remittance, will be
accompanied by a Miscellaneous Receipts Transmit Note (G.1403), which will consist
of a note giving full particulars of the remittance and a receipt in duplicate. The latter
should be signed by the Station Master or the Commercial Supervisor (Booking) and
one of the foils returned to the transmitting officer.
1140. Miscellaneous Cash Notes: The Station Master or Commercial Supervisor

concerned will enter the receipts mentioned in the previous paragraph, together with
any sums realized at the station, concerning which full particulars should be shown, in
a separate Miscellaneous Cash Note Form T.1140. These forms should be printed and
supplied in triplicate in bound books to be written by carbon process. One of the foils
should be forwarded to the Accounts Office with the daily Cash Remittance Note
accompanied by the portion of the Transmit Note showing the particulars of the
recoveries by Departmental Officers. The other foil should be retained as station record.
The receipts should be entered in the Daily Trains Cash Book (T.501), transmitted to the
Cashier with the station cash, and shown in the Cash Remittance Note in one sum
without particulars, against the entry “Miscellaneous Receipts”. The amount shown in
the Cash Remittance Note and remitted, should agree with the total of the
Miscellaneous Cash Notes. Care should be taken not to remit as miscellaneous receipts
any amount realized on account of Goods or Coaching traffic, such as sums paid to
credit of other stations, undercharges or short remittances made good.
11.6
CHAPTER XI
FORMT.1140
Miscellaneous Cash Note
P.R.
No————————
Cash remitted to the Cash Office being miscellaneous receipts forwarded by the under
mentioned officers on the ——————————————————20……
From Account
By whom
whom Particulars Amount to be Remarks
remitted
realized credited
1 2 3 4 5 6
Rs.
Forwarded to the Financial Adviser & Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue

—————————————Station ———————————————
—————————20…... Station Master
1141. Preparation of Miscellaneous Cash Notes: Miscellaneous Cash Notes should be

written up immediately on receipt of miscellaneous cash. Complete particulars should
be recorded in the Notes to admit of the amounts being credited to proper heads of
accounts by the Accounts Office.
1142. Tolls on Bridges: Sundry earnings represented by tolls on bridges may be

realized in two ways; either by authorising their collection through a contractor for a
fixed annual or other periodical sum, or the tolls may be collected by Pakistan
Railways. The amounts so collected are credited to Revenue — Sundry Other Earnings.
1143. Deleted.
11.7
PAKISTAN RAILWAYS

(COMMERCIAL)

CHAPTER XII
20 October, 2011
CHAPTER XII
INITIAL ‘COACHING’ BOOKS AND RETURNS
C O N T ENT S
INITIAL BOOKS 12.1 1201
INITIAL RETURNS 12.1 1202 — 1203
PARCELS, LUGGAGE, ETC., CASH BOOK 12.1 1204
PARCELS INWARDS AND DELIVERY BOOK 12.4 1205
ABSTRACTS OF PARCELS FORWARDED 12.4 1206
ABSTRACTS OF PARCELS FORWARDED (FOREIGN) 12.5 1207
ABSTRACTS OF PARCELS RECEIVED (LOCAL) 12.5 1208
ABSTRACTS OF PARCELS RECEIVED (FOREIGN) 12.6 1209
CHECK OF ABSTRACTS WITH INITIAL BOOKS 12.7 1210
PARCELS SUMMARIES (LOCAL) 12.7 1211
PARCELS SUMMARIES (FOREIGN) 12.7 — 12.8 1212 — 1213

(1214 Deleted)
RETURN OF LOCAL LUGGAGE, HORSE, CARRIAGE,
DOG, ETC., TRAFFIC 12.8 1215
RETURN OF FOREIGN LUGGAGE, HORSE,

CARRIAGE, DOG, ETC., TRAFFIC 12.9 1216
SUMMARIES OF FOREIGN LUGGAGE, HORSE,

CARRIAGE AND DOG TRAFFIC 12.10 1217
CANCELLED LUGGAGE, HORSE, CARRIAGE AND

DOG TICKETS 12.10 1218
DEMURRAGE AND WHARFAGE RETURN 12.10 — 12.11 1219 — 1220
DEMURRAGE OR WHARFAGE CHARGES FOREGONE 12.11 1221
DEMURRAGE OR WHARFAGE CHARGES ACCRUED

ON PARCELS OR LUGGAGE TRANSFERRED TO THE
LOST PROPERTY OFFICE 12.12 1222 (1223 Deleted)
22
CHAPTER XII
C O N T ENT S
PERIODICAL TESTING OF COACHING ACCOUNTS 12.12 — 12.13 1224 — 1231

(1227 Deleted)
TESTING OF INWARDS “TO-PAY” PARCELS 12.13 1232
RECTIFICATION OF DIFFERENCES 12.15 1233
OUTSTANDING IN CONNECTION WITH TEST

BALANCES 12.15 1234 — 1235
COACHING STATION BALANCE SHEET 12.16 1236
DEBIT ENTRIES OF A STATION COACHING BALANCE

SHEET 12.21 1237
CREDIT ENTRIES OF A STATION COACHING

BALANCE SHEET 12.21 1238
VOUCHERS 12.21 1239
SPECIAL CREDITS 12.22 1240
CLOSING BALANCE OF STATION COACHING

BALANCE SHEET 12.22 1241
CLASSIFICATION OF OUSTANDINGS 12.22 1242
REGISTER OF FOREIGN RAILWAY VEHICLES

RECEIVED AND FORWARDED 12.23 1243 (1244 Deleted)
ALTERNATIVE FORMS OF INITIAL BOOKS 12.23 1245
SEPARATE CASH BOOK FOR LUGGAGE AND HORSE,

CARRIAGE, DOG, ETC., TRAFFIC 12.24 1246
SEPARATE CASH BOOK FOR OUTWARDS “PAID”

PARCELS TRAFFIC 12.24 1247
SEPARATE CASH BOOK FOR “INWARD PARCELS

TRAFFIC 12.25 1248
23
CHAPTER XII
C O N T ENT S
ALTERNATIVE FORM OF PARCELS INWARDS BOOK

FOR “TO-PAY” TRAFFIC 12.26 1249
ALTERNATIVE FORM OF PARCELS INWARDS BOOK
FOR “PAID” TRAFFIC 12.27 1250
SUBMISSION BY STATIONS OF COACHING

ACCOUNT DOCUMENTS AND RETURNS 12.28 1251
DAILY RETURNS 12.28 — 12.29 1252 — 1256

(1255 Deleted)
MONTHLY RETURNS 12.29 — 12.30 1257 — 1258
24
CHAPTER XII
1201. Initial books: The initial station records in connection with passenger traffic and
the returns relating thereto are dealt with in Chapter V. The records in respect of the
traffic in parcels, luggage, horses, carriages and dogs are Parcels Way-bills and
Luggage, Horse Carriage and Dog Tickets etc. and the initial books in which these are
accounted for are the Daily Trains Cash Book (T. 501) and the Parcels Inwards and
Delivery Book (T. 1205). At large stations, however, where the receipts from parcels,
luggage, etc. are kept separate from passenger receipts, separate Outward/Inward
Parcels, Luggage horse carriage and dog, etc., Cash Books are maintained in which the
amount for each Way-bill or Luggage and Horse, Carriage and Dog Ticket etc. is first
posted, the totals only being carried forward at the end of the day into the Daily Trains
Cash Book (T. 501). The postings in the Cash Books are verified by actual count of the
cash collected. The alternative forms of initial books for parcels, luggage and horse,
carriage and dog traffic are described in paragraphs 1245 to 1250.
1202. Initial returns: In the initial station records mentioned in paragraph 1201, the
record of Luggage and Horse Carriage and Dog Returns (T. 1215 and T. 1216) and
Parcel Outwards (T. 1206 and T. 1207) and Inwards (T. 1208 and T. 1209) Abstracts, is
also required to be posted. The Abstracts are further summarized in Outwards and
Inwards Summaries (T. 1211, T. 1212 and T. 1213). The accuracy of the postings in the
returns is verified periodically in the manner indicated in paragraphs 1224 to 1235. The
link between the initial documents, books, returns and the Station Balance Sheet (T.
1236) is roughly illustrated by the diagram overleaf, which shows how the daily
collections are accounted for in the Cash Books and remitted to the Cashier and how
the Station Balance Sheet of the station is compiled from the various returns.
1203. The complete set of returns, supported by initial documents where prescribed, is
submitted to the Accounts Office concerned.
1204. Parcels, Luggage, etc., Cash Book: At stations where the money received for
parcels, luggage, etc., including storage and left luggage charges is kept separate from
that received from the sale of passenger tickets, the total amount received for parcels,
etc., should be first posted in the Parcels, Luggage, etc., Cash Book (T. 1204) from
which the total amount at the end of each day should be carried forward to the total
column of the Daily Trains Cash Book (T. 501), the balance, if any, found excess or
deficient for the day should be noted after the entry of such receipts. At other stations,
the Daily Trains Cash Book (T. 501) will serve the purpose of the Parcels and Luggage,
etc.
12.1
CHAPTER XII
FORM T.1204
PARCELS, LUGGAGE, ETC., CASH BOOK …………. STATION FOR.……… 20….
Way Bill or Parcels

Station Luggage
Ticket Outwards Paid Inwards To-pay
from or
to Local Foreign Local Foreign Local Foreign
Date No.
Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Sundries, etc.,
Left Demurrage Total
Horses, Carriage lost property fee,
Luggage collection
and Dogs, etc. excess in
Account
booking Remarks
code
Nature
Local Foreign Amount
of
item
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Note.——Certified that the above total of Rupees…….. has been duly transferred to and
accounted for in the Daily Trains Cash Book of………………..(date).
…………….….................Commercial Assistant.
…………………………Station Master.
12.2
CHAPTER XII
12.3
CHAPTER XII
1205. Parcels Inwards and Delivery Book: The Parcels Inward and Delivery Book
(paragraph 943) should be maintained in Form T. 1205.
FORM T.1205
PARCELS INWARDS AND DELIVERY BOOK OF—————————————————————Station
Way Storage
Number of articles
Amount
Initials of delivery
Actual weight as
Date of delivery
-bill charges
Sender’s name
Account code
reference No.
reweighment
Date of entry
Station from
per way-bill
Signature of
Description
Receipt file
Weight on
consigned
To whom
Remarks
receiver
Undercharge
clerk
Amount
To-pay
Days
Date
Paid
No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs.
The ‘Paid on’ amount should be shown separately under the To-pay’ column as under:
Freight—————————————— Paid on———————————————

Demurrage checked by——————————————————————
(Inspector of Coaching and Goods).
———————————————Station Master
1206. Abstracts of Parcels forwarded: Outwards Way-bills whether "Paid" or "To-Pay"

should be entered daily in Abstracts of Parcels forwarded (Form T. 1206). These
Abstracts should be posted so that all Way-bills issued to each station are grouped
together and totalled, the stations being arranged in alphabetical or other prescribed
order.
FORM T.1206
LOCAL ABSTRACT OF PARCELS FORWARDED FROM ………………………….
STATION TO …………… STATION FOR THE MONTH OF………………....20…..
Way-bill Freight in Rupees
No. of Description weight
To- Account
Date No. parcels of articles Kgs Paid
pay code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
…………………Station Master.
12.4
CHAPTER XII
1207. Abstracts of Parcels forwarded (Foreign): Foreign outward paid/topay Parcels /

Waybills must be entered daily in the abstracts. These Abstracts will be prepared by
stations in form T. 1207 for each junction separately, the bookings to each station being
grouped together and totalled as in the case of the Local Abstracts of Parcels forwarded
(T. 1206).
FORM T.1207
FOREIGN ABSTRACT OF PARCELS FORWARDED FROM ………… STATION TO
……..… STATION ON VIA ………….…. FOR THE MONTH OF …….………. 20…
Distance up to via……………………
Zone No. (a)
Description of
Way-bill Freight in Rs.
rates charged as Number of Weight
per footnote (b) parcels Kgs To- Account
Date No. below Paid
pay code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
(a) Note to be filled in by the station.

(b) Only one of the following descriptions is to be given against each way-bill, i.e., (1) full parcel rates,
(2)Rates other than full parcel rates.
………………………..Station Master.
1208. Abstracts of Parcels received (Local): These will be posted on form T. 1208 in the
same way as Local Forwarded Abstracts (T. 1207) in regard to grouping of entries by
stations. Received Abstracts are kept open till the 5th of the following month. All Way-
bills of the previous month received up to that date should be taken into the Abstracts
for that month; the Abstracts should be then closed and submitted to the Accounts
Office with the final covering memo. Way-bills of a month coming in after the 5th of
the succeeding month should be taken to account in the succeeding month and not in
supplementary abstracts.
FORM T. 1208
LOCAL ABSTRACT OF PARCEL RECEIVED AT………………STATION FROM
………………… STATION FOR THE MONTH OF …………………… 20…..
Way-bill Freight in Rs. Under- Over-
No. of Weight Account
Charges Charges
Date No. Parcels Kgs Paid To-pay code
Rs. Rs.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
……………….Station Master
12.5
CHAPTER XII
1209. Abstracts of Parcels received (Foreign): These abstracts will be posted on form
No. T. 1209. The procedure regarding grouping of entries by stations, junctions and
railways and the preparation of Abstracts will be the same as prescribed for foreign
outward abstracts (paragraph 1207). These Abstracts will be kept open till the 5th of the
following month in the same way as Local Inward Abstracts (paragraph 1208).
FORM T.1209
FOREIGN ABSTRACT OF PARCELS RECEIVED AT……………………….STATION
FROM………………STATION VIA……………… FOR THE MONTH
OF…………………20….
FOREIGN
DISTANCE (from via to destination) Zone No. (a)
Freight
Way-bill Package
Description of rates charged as in Rs.
Weight per footnote (b) below
Date No. No. Paid To-pay
Kgs.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Proportions (to be filled by the Clearing Accounts

Overcharges in Rs.
Office)
Paid To-pay
8 9 10
Rs. Account code
Note. All inward paid and to-pay parcels way-bills, between each pair of stations, to be grouped and
totalled on separate sheets.
(a) Not to be filled in by stations.
(b) Only one of the following descriptions is to be given against each way-bill, /.e. :–
(1) Full parcel rates.
(2) Rates Other than full parcel rates.
……..………………….Station Master.
12.6
CHAPTER XII
1210. Check of Abstracts with initial books: Forwarded Abstracts should, before
submission to Accounts Office, be compared in respect of Paid traffic with the month's
postings in the Parcel, Luggage, etc., Cash Book (T.1204) or the Summary of Trains
Cash Book (T.512). The Inwards Abstracts should be compared with the Parcels Inwards
and Delivery Book (T.1205).
1211. Parcels Summaries (Local): For both Local Outwards and Inwards Parcels Traffic
monthly Summaries of the Abstracts should be prepared in form T. 1211 showing the
totals under each station. The total of the "Paid" column in the Outward Summaries and
"To-pay" column in the Inward Summaries should be tallied with the Cash Books and
Inwards Book respectively before their submission to the Accounts Office. The
Summaries should be forwarded with the Abstracts to which they relate, the latter being
arranged in the order of their entries in the Summaries.
FORM T.1211
LOCAL SUMMARY OF PARCELS FORWARDED FROM/RECEIVED AT………..
STATION FOR THE MONTH OF……………20…..
Freight in Rs
to/from
Station
Via To-pay Undercharges Overcharges Account Remarks

Weight
Paid (inclusive of Rs. Rs. code
Kgs
paid on)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
……………………..Station Master.
1212. Parcels Summaries (Foreign): Foreign Abstracts of Parcels Forwarded (T. 1207)
should be summarized in form T. 1212.
FORM T.1212
FOREIGN SUMMARY OF PARCELS FORWARDED FROM………………STATION
VIA………………DURING THE MONTH OF…………………20…..
Freight
Station to or Weight
Via in Rs. Remarks
Railway to Kgs
Paid To-pay
1 2 3 4 5 6
12.7
CHAPTER XII
1213. Foreign Abstracts of Parcels Received T.1209 should be summarized in form

T.1213.
FORM T.1213
FOREIGN SUMMARY OF PARCELS RECEIVED AT…………………………STATION
VIA………………….FOR THE MONTH OF ………………….20…..
Station Proportions (to be filled by Accounts
Actual Freight Overcharges
from or Office)
weight
via Paid To-pay Paid To-pay Account code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Note. In this Summary the traffic of each railway and by each via should be shown on separate
sheets and then a general summary should be given on this form at the end showing traffic by different
vias under each forwarding railway in one place.
………………. Station Master
1214. Deleted.
1215. Return of Local Luggage, Horse, Carriage, Dog, etc., traffic: The Return of Local
Luggage, Horse, Carriage, Dog etc., Forwarded Traffic is prepared on form T.1215. It
should be posted daily from the counterfoils of the tickets issued in Local booking. Each
description of traffic should be separately entered under a written heading, and separate
totals made for luggage, specie and horses, carriages and dogs. The instructions given in
the foot-notes on the form should be carefully observed and the particulars indicated in
the headings properly filled in. A summary of the transactions for each period should be
made at the bottom or on the reverse of the Return.
FORM T.1215
RETURN OF LOCAL LUGGAGE, HORSE, CARRIAGE, DOG ETC., TRAFFIC

FORWARDED FROM……………...STATION FOR THE MONTH
OF……………….20…..
Passenger’s
Tickets
Account code
charged Kgs.
Number and
Total weight
allowed free
description*
ticket
Station to
Amount
Weight
Weight
Names
Kgs.
Kgs.
Train
Date
No.
No. Class
Rs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
12.8
CHAPTER XII
Each description of traffic, Up and Down, should be posted separately in this return under a
written heading and separate totals made for luggage, specie and horses, carnages, dogs,
respectively. Inwards unbooked traffic and particulars of increased percentage charges are to be
included under respective heads in the forwarded return.
*The description of packages in the case of luggage must be entered in this column. When
carriages are booked it should be stated whether one or two occupied a truck.
………..………….
Station Master.
1216. Return of Foreign Luggage, Horse, Carriage, Dog, etc., traffic: The Foreign
Luggage, Horse, Carriage, Dog, etc., returns are prepared in form T.1216. These should
be posted daily from the counterfoils of the Luggage, Horse, Carriage and Dog Tickets
issued in foreign bookings. The entries in the Return should be grouped so as to bring
out the totals between each pair of stations. Instructions regarding posting separate
returns for luggage, specie and horse, carriage and dog traffic and for preparation of a
summary for each period will be the same as for Local traffic (paragraph 1215).
FORM T.1216.
RETURN OF FOREIGN LUGGAGE, HORSE, CARRIAGE, DOG, ETC., TRAFFIC
FORWARDED FROM ………… STATION VIA ………………FOR THE MONTH OF
………….. 20…..
Passenger’s
Account code
Number and
Total weight
allowed free
description*
Ticket
Station to
ticket
charged
Amount
Rupees
Weight
Weight
Names
Kgs.
Kgs
Kgs
Date No. No. Class
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Each description of traffic should be posted separately in this return under a written
heading and separate totals made for luggage, specie and horses, carriages and dogs. Inwards
unbooked traffic and particulars of increased percentage charges should be included under
respective heads in the return.
*The description of packages in the case of luggage should be entered in this column.
When carriages are booked it should be stated whether one or two occupied a truck.
….………………
Station Master
12.9
CHAPTER XII
1217. Summaries of Foreign Luggage, Horse, Carriage and Dog traffic: The Returns of
Foreign Luggage, Horse, Carriage and Dog Traffic prepared by pairs of stations, vide
preceding paragraph, should be summarized on form T.1217. These Summaries as
should be prepared in two parts in the same way as Foreign Parcels Summaries,
paragraph 1214. Before submission to the Accounts Office, the grand total of the two
sets of Summaries should be obtained and reconciled with the corresponding figure in
the Parcels, Luggage etc., Cash Book or the Summary of Trains Cash Book.
FORM T.1217
SUMMARY/GENERAL SUMMARY OF FOREIGN LUGGAGE, HORSE, CARRIAGE AND
DOG, ETC. TRAFFIC FORWARDED BY…………………….. STATION DURING THE
MONTH OF…………………20…...
To be filled in by To be filled in by Accounts

Name of station Office
station to or
Via Weight Under- Over- Remarks
terminal Amount Account
railway charged charges charges
code
Kgs Rupees Rupees Rupees
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
…………………….
Station Master
1218. Cancelled Luggage, Horse, Carriage and Dog tickets: Cancelled Luggage, Horse,
Carriage and Dog Tickets, complete in all foils, should be submitted to the Accounts
Office concerned duly pasted to their respective returns remarks to that effect being
made in the return.
1219. Demurrage and Wharfage Return: The charges levied for demurrage and
wharfage on parcels and luggage arriving in advance of passengers and for luggage left
at stations for temporary custody, vide paragraph 726, should be accounted for in the
monthly Return of Demurrage on Luggage, etc., (Form T.1219). This Return should be
posted daily from the Parcels Inwards and Delivery Book (T.1205) as regards demurrage
and wharfage on parcels and from the collected Left Luggage Tickets (T.726) as regards
left luggage.
12.10
CHAPTER XII
FORM T.1219
RETURN OF DEMURRAGE AND WHARPHAGE COLLECTED ON LUGGAGE AND

PARCELS AND OF CHARGES MADE ON LEFT LUGGAGE
P.R.
Return of demurrage and wharfage collected on luggage and parcels and of charges
made on left luggage at———————————Station for the month ending——————————————— .
Ordinary Number of packages
Amount charged
Station from or to
luggage
Number of days
Name of owner
Date delivered
Date received
Weight in kgs
charged for
ticket,
Remarks
way-bill or
left
luggage
ticket
No. Date Rs.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
NOTE 1.——Rebooking wharfage as well as demurrage and demurrage forgone, should be

accounted for separately with full particulars at the end of the return.
2.——In case of entries relating to demurrage both date and time the vehicles are placed in
position for loading and unloading should be given in column for date received and delivered
instead of date only as in case of wharfage.
1220. Demurrage and wharfage charges should be accounted for separately and
separate totals in respect of each of them shown. These charges should be levied on
parcels, luggage and animals up to the time they are delivered or sold and all such
charges should be accounted for in the Return (T. 1219), irrespective of whether these
have been realized or not.
1221.(a) Demurrage or Wharfage Charges Foregone: Demurrage or wharfage charges,
when foregone, under orders of the competent authority to whom the powers have
been delegated, should be accounted for in the Return (T. 1219) and credit for the same
taken through the Station Balance Sheet, the original authority being submitted to the
Accounts Office.
(b)In regard to consignment rebooked to other stations, the rebooking stations will at the
close of the month pick up all the items on which demurrage and wharfage has accrued
as per inward delivery book and post it in the demurrage and wharfage returns, giving
particulars of the rebooking in the remarks column. The total of the demurrage and
12.11
CHAPTER XII
wharfage returns including total of the items rebooked to other stations will then be
taken into balance- sheet, while the credit will be taken, in addition, special credit of
the items rebooked and the items for which T-1219 has been received.
(C) Demurrage or Wharfage charges accrued on consignments sold by public auction

must be accounted for through the wharfage and demurrage return in the same manner
in the case of demurrage and demurrage accrued on rebooked consignment vide Para
(b)above and taken to debit in the balance sheet. For the clearance of such items
overcharge sheets must be prepared by the stations and submitted to the Financial
Advisor and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue after necessary clarification by the
authorities under whose orders consignments were sold.
1222. Demurrage or wharfage charges accrued on parcels or luggage transferred to the

Lost Property Office: The procedure in regard to the accountal of demurrage or
wharfage charges accrued on parcels or luggage transferred to Lost Property Office is
given in paragraph 1911.
1223. Deleted.
1224. Periodical testing of Coaching Accounts: The main station account returns will
be compiled for the complete month; but to enable the Station Master to keep a check
over the accuracy of his current accounts, and to facilitate the ultimate compilation of
his monthly Station Balance Sheet, the accounting of all Coaching transactions of a
station should be tested at the end of each of the intermediate period of the month (i.e.,
1st to 10th, 11th to 20th, and 21st to the last day of the month). This should be carried
out in the manner described in paragraphs 1225 to 1235. These test balancings are of
great importance and Station Masters should personally see that they are correctly and
regularly made. At stations where the traffic is small, these test balances may be
dispensed with under the orders of the concerned Accounts Officer.
1225. (a) The figures of earnings from passengers, Local and Foreign, should be verified
periodically in the manner indicated in paragraph 513.
(b) At the close of each “period” a total to date under each of the following heads
should be made in the Summary of Trains Cash Book (T.512) under the respective
classes of traffic and it should be seen that these totals agree with the connected returns:
(1) Government Passengers and Luggage, etc.

(2) Excess fares.
(3) Luggage and specie forwarded.
(4) Horses, carriages, and dogs forwarded.
12.12
CHAPTER XII
(5) Left Luggage and Demurrage.

(6) Sundries Earnings.
(7) Parcels (Local and Foreign) forwarded.
1226. At stations where the money received for parcels, luggage, horses, etc., is kept
separate from that received from the sale of passenger tickets, the total in respect of the
connected returns should agree with the periodical totals in the Parcels, Luggage, etc.,
Cash Book (T. 1204) instead of with the Summary of Trains Cash Book (T. 512).
1227. Deleted.
1228. Parcels Outwards: (i) It should be seen that the "Paid" total to date in the Parcels
Outwards Abstracts agrees with the outwards paid parcels to date in the Summary of
Trains Cash Book, or Parcels, Luggage, etc., Cash Book where this is in use.
(ii) At the close of the month, the totals of the Outwards Abstracts should be
carried on from page to page, and it should be seen that the total of the "Paid" column
agrees with the Summary of Trains Cash Book, or Parcels, Luggage, etc., Cash Book.
The person responsible for the work should, from time to time during the month, satisfy
himself of the correctness of the postings in his Abstracts in an informal way, so that he
may not, at the end of the month, have to examine all the items of the month, should
there be any discrepancy.
1229. "Sundries": These should be compared with the Miscellaneous Cash Notes (T.
1140).
1230. "Excess in Booking": This should be compared with the Trains Cash Book.
1231. "Accounts and Cash Office Debits": These should be tested with the Error Sheets
paid.
1232. Testing of inwards "To-Pay" Parcels: A Test Station Balance Sheet should be
prepared in Form T. 1232, taking to debit the station balance sheet from last month, the
To-Pay" Parcels Way-bills received during the current month to date, as shown by the
Abstracts, and any special items; and to credit, the collections on account of Inwards
parcel, any special credits (detailed in paragraph 1240) and the outstandings on date.
The Test Balance for the closing period of the month should be made as soon as the
returns are closed, the outstandings being detailed at the back of the Station Balance
Sheet.
12.13
CHAPTER XII
FORM T.1232
TEST BALANCE SHEET (INWARDS TO-PAY PARCELS)
(Obverse)
Test Balance to date of Inwards “To-pay” Parcels at………………Station for the period
Ending………………………….20…..
Particulars Details Total
Rupees Rupees
Dr.——
Opening balance for the month .. .. ..
Amount of “To-pay” parcels way-bills and under-
charges to date as per Summary at back.
Accounts Office and Special debits——
Old items, vide last Test Balance .. ..
Current items .. .. .. ..
Total Debits ..
Cr.——
“To-pay” Parcel Cash to date as per Summary of
Trains Cash Book.
Overcharge Sheet to date, viz.——
Old items, vide last Ticket Balance .. ..
Special credits for parcels re-booked to date, viz.——
Old items, vide last Ticket Balance .. ..
Other Special credits to date, viz.——
Old items, vide last test Balance .. ..
Total Current Outstandings as per skeleton lists At back

Total Credits ..
………………….20….
…………………….Station Master.
12.14
CHAPTER XII
(Reverse)
Current outstanding on…………………20….
Skeleton Inward Summary
Date………… 20...
Amount Amount Amount Amount Freight Under-

Page Page Page Page Station “To-pay” charge
No. No. No. No. from
Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs.
Verified with returns .. .. .. 10-1-2010 20-1-2010 31-1-2010

Initials of Station Master or Commercial Supervisor AB AB AB
Note.—— When the monthly station Balance Sheet is under preparation, all payments made
during the month on account of excess or deficiency in cash should be entered with a special remark. If it
is discovered that any amount has been erroneously overpaid from private cash during the previous
month (the payment having been duly noted in the Trains Cash Book and Cash Remittance Note as "paid
from private cash" on the day it was made), the amount overpaid may be deducted by the person, by
whom it was paid, during the following month, the particulars being shown in the Station Balance Sheet.
1233. Rectification of differences: In the event of there being any difference between
the Summary of Trains Cash Book and the returns, it should be traced out at once and
set right. Station Masters should be very careful not to overlook differences under any
circumstances to avoid subsequent trouble and delays. The reconciled totals should be
noted at the foot of the Summary as follows:
Verified with returns .. .. .. 10-1-2…… 20-1-2…… 31-1-2…..

Initials of Station Master or Commercial Supervisor AB AB AB
(Booking)
1234. Outstanding in connection with Test Balances: The outstanding in connection

with the test balances, except the one for the last period of the month, need not be
taken out in all the details required by the Outstanding List form (T. 2402). It is sufficient
to give the foils of the Inwards Book and the amounts outstanding on each page in the
manner described for Goods (paragraph 1838.) These details should be noted in the
place provided in the Test Balance Form.
1235. The method of making up parcels outstandings for the purpose of test balances is
the same as for Goods (paragraph 1840).
12.15
CHAPTER XII
1236. Coaching Station Balance Sheet: A Coaching Station Balance Sheet is a

summary, in classified form, of all station debits and credits for the period to which it
relates. In preparing the Station Balance Sheet Station Masters and Commercial
Assistant (Booking) should bear in mind that they are liable to be debited the amount
which they have failed to remit to the Cash Office, or have even defaulted in submitting
duly attested vouchers. The Coaching Station Balance Sheet should be prepared in form
T. 1236, after the accounts for the last period have been checked in the manner
indicated in paragraphs 1224 to 1235.
Note.—— When the monthly Balance Sheet is under preparation, all payments made during the month on
account of excess or deficiency in cash, should be entered with a special remark. If it is discovered that
any amount has been erroneously overpaid from private cash during the previous month (the payment
having been duly noted in the Trains Cash Book and Cash Remittance Note as "paid from private cash"
on the day it was made), the claims for such over payments may be addressed to the Chief Commercial
Manager/Passenger who will forward the same duly recommended to the Financial Advisor and Chief
Accounts Officer/Revenue for doing the needful.
FORM T. 1236
(Obverse)
Dr. COACHING STATION BALANCE SHEET OF ………..STATION
To be filled in by Accounts Office Particulars of Debits (to be filled in by Stations)
Out-agencies/ City
Local Foreign Amount
Booking agencies Particulars
Rupees
Passengers Others Passengers Others Passengers Others
1 2 3 4 5 6
To Balance from last month
Passengers, Local
Ordinary. Foreign
Local Fare
Excess fares
Foreign Penalty
Luggage Local
Including
Specie. Foreign
Left Luggage
Wharfage Storage
Demurrage
Parcels Out- Local
wards “Paid”
Parcels Local
inwards
“To- Pay” Foreign
12.16
CHAPTER XII
City/ Local
Out-agency
Horse, carri- Local

ages and
Dogs, Foreign
Ordinary.
Local
Motor Traffic
Foreign
Government Traffic :—
Local
Passengers
Foreign
Local
Soldiers’ Local
Baggage. Foreign
Special trains
S.T.E. Earnings (foot-note No. 3)
Platform tickets
Sundries (foot-notes Nos. 1 to 3).
Total Coaching, excluding balance
Less—Refunds detailed in Statement
Below (to be filled in by
Accounts Office).
Net total, excluding balance (to be
filled in by Accounts Office).
Sundries earnings as per statement of miscellaneous
remittances Excess in booking
Terminal tax
Total Sundries earnings Error sheets taken to debit detailed
in statement, part I, on reverse.
Less-Refunds as detailed in statement below
Net Total Sundries Grand Total, excluding balance
Grand Total Debits
12.17
CHAPTER XII
(Obverse)
FOR THE MONTH OF……… 20...... Cr.
Particulars of Credits (to be filled in
To be filled in by Accounts Office
by Station)
Cash Vouchers Total Amount Memorandum (Proof of audited balance).
Date Particulars
Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees Particulars Dr. Cr.
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Station Balance
1 .
2 Total cash Debits on account
3 remittances. of previous debits
4 not taken to
5 account :—
6
7
8
9 Error Sheet No. for
10 Grand Total cash
11
12
13 Warrants
14 Current debits—
15
16 Error Sheet No. for
17
18 Local
19 Credit
20 notes Military
21
22 Total vouchers Credit on account
23 Local of previous debits
24 Transfers withdrawn :-
25 Military
26 Service Stamps C. A.-notes No.,
27 Dated
28 Total Transfers
29 Accounts to adjust,
30 vide detail attached.
31
Total Credit-notes
pending:-
By overcharges as per Local
certified overcharge sheets
detailed on reverse. Military
Special credits as per details
on reverse.
Total Credits Total Credits
Balance carried forward to Checked balance Total
next month. carried forward
Grand Total Grand Total Net checked Balance
12.18
CHAPTER XII
(Obverse)
Refunds. (To be filled in by the Accounts. )
Local
Agencies Total Sundries
Passengers Others
Station pay orders
Rebooked consignments
Refund lists
Previous debits withdrawn
Previous credits reversed
Overcharge sheets
Total
(1) Under this head should be posted all receipts on account of undercharges recovered
including earnings from other services.
(2) Under this head should be posted all receipts from departmental officers and others on behalf
of the railway, license fees, toll collections, value of stamped indemnity bonds, bill of sale of
tariff, firewood, grass and other permanent way materials, etc.
(3) If not sufficient space is available, details may be given on the reverse .
(4) In the case of first class stations, lists of outstandings, error sheets and parcels way-bills will, if
necessary, be entered over the printed forms supplied for the purpose. Details of special entries
will also be grouped by each class of entry in the order detailed on the form.
Station…………… Audited by………….. Commercial Assistant……………
Dated……………. Station Balance Sheet Auditor ……... Station Master ……………
12.19
CHAPTER XII
(Reverse)
Part I. LIST OF OUTSTANDINGS WORKING UP TO THE CLOSING BALANCE.
Remarks (why outstanding

Error sheet
clearance by over charge

Particulars (station from)
Parcels on hand
Objected error sheets

Admitted error sheets
or P.W. Bill
P.W. Bills requiring
correspondence)*
and reference to
(three months old)
Current P.W. Bills
sheets
Old P.W. Bills
Total
Date No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
*Note.–(1) In cases of admitted debits, names of the persons responsible and reference to the
deduction statement in which the same is shown for recovery, should be given in this column.
(2) In cases of objected debits, reference to correspondence with the Accounts Office should be quoted.
Part II. DETAIL OF SPECIAL ENTRIES MADE BY STATION IN DEBIT OR CREDIT SIDE OF THE
STATION BALANCE SHEET.
Debit side of
Station Credit side of Station balance sheet
balance sheet
Lost
Error Credits
Particulars Property
sheets Certified authorized Overcharges
Other Consignments Office Other
taken overcharge by as per list of
items rebooked certificate items
to sheets Account refunds
or
debit Office
statement
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Total … (a)
(a) One total of last five columns should be given to arrive at the total special credits on reverse.
12.20
CHAPTER XII
1237. Debit entries of a Station Coaching Balance Sheet: The debit entries of a Station
Coaching Balance Sheet as disclosed by the form (T. 1236), comprise:
(i) The debit balance (if any) from the previous month.
(ii) The traffic earnings of the month, under the heads Local, Foreign, and Out-
Agencies separately according to several returns and statements particularized in
the form.
(iii) Undercharges advised during the month by the Accounts Office.
(iv) Discrepancies advised by the Accounts and the Cash Offices not previously
taken to account.
(v) Excess in booking.
(vi) Miscellaneous transactions not shown in the returns and of which full
particulars should be given, vide foot-notes 1 to 3 in the form.
(vii) Amount of platform tickets to be posted from Local Passenger Classification
Returns.
(viii) Deleted.
1238. Credit entries of a Station Coaching Balance Sheet: The Credit entries of a Station
Coaching Balance Sheet comprise:
(i) The total cash and vouchers acknowledged daily by Cashier as per Cash
Remittance Notes.
(ii) Special credits under the different heads provided for in the form. The detail
of special credits under the various headings should be posted under Part II, at
the back of the form.
(iii) Balance, if any, to be carried forward to next month’s accounts. Full
particulars should be given in the columns in Part I on the back of the form, with
the date of the proposed settlement of each item, or an explanation of the
measures taken to obtain adjustments. For admitted and objected debits, see also
foot-notes on the form.
1239. Vouchers: The term ‘vouchers’ mentioned in the previous paragraph includes:—
(a) Warrants and credit Notes received in payment of railway fare and freight.
(b) Pay orders for amounts drawn from station earnings for authorized payments
(see paragraph 2143).
(c) Deleted.
12.21
CHAPTER XII
1240. Special credits: The special credits mentioned in paragraph 1238 comprise:
(a) Certified Overcharge Sheets for regularization of errors in Way-bills other

than those representing under and overcharges in freight (paragraphs 1570 to
1576).
(b) “Paid on charges” accrued on consignments rebooked to other stations
(paragraph 1584).
(c) Credits authorized by Accounts Office in connection with previous debits
withdrawn (paragraph 2414).
(d) Original freight charges in connection with consignments transferred to the
Lost Property Office (paragraph 1909).
(e) Overcharges on Way-bills allowed at the time of delivery of parcels
(paragraph 1705).
(f) Way-bills twice accounted for (paragraph 1577).
(g) Other items of special credits.
1241. Closing balance of Station Coaching Balance Sheet: The closing balance of a
station Coaching Balance Sheet consists of:
(a) Imprest cash which is allowed to stations for the purpose of giving change to
passengers purchasing tickets, etc. This amount should, at all times, remain on
hand and should, on no account, be used for the purpose of remitting
outstanding debits, making up deficiencies, advancing wages or for any purpose
other than that for which it is held.
(b) Admitted debits: The names of the persons responsible and reference to the
month's salary bills in which these are shown for recovery should be given in the
remarks column.
(c) Objected debits: Reference to the action taken for the withdrawal of the debit
should be given in the remarks column.
(d) Way-bills in connection with parcels on hand or not to hand.– The former,
as the heading in Part I will show, are sub-divided into "Old Way-bills and
Current Way-bills" (three months old).
(e) Way-bills requiring clearance by Overcharge Sheets.
1242. Classification of outstandings: Outstandings should be classified by stations

under Classes “A” and “B”. “A” class outstandings comprise items mentioned in clauses
(b) and (c) and “B” Class those mentioned in (d) and (e) of the previous paragraph. In
both “A” and “B” class outstanding lists the items should be entered in order of dates
and year. The amounts of each class of items should be posted under the respective
12.22
CHAPTER XII
columns. Each column for each year should be separately totalled. The grand total
should agree with the closing balance to be carried forward to next month’s account.
1243. Register of Foreign Railway vehicles received and forwarded: A Register of

Foreign Railway Vehicles should be maintained at stations in form T.1243. In this
Register will be entered, in the manner indicated by the columns of the form, details of
all Foreign Railway Coaching Stock, received at and forwarded from stations other than
Junction stations. Returns compiled on the same form should be sent to the Accounts
Office within two days of the close of each month.
FORM T. 1243
REGISTER/RETURN OF FOREIGN RAILWAYS’ COACHING VEHICLES FOR THE

MONTH ………..…20…
…………………….Station.
VEHICLE RECEIVED FORWARDED

When Loaded When Loaded Remarks
Description No. on received Station forwarded Station
Owner or or
of vehicle* vehicle from from
Date Time empty Date Time empty
H. M. H. M.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
*Double horse-boxes, when containing more than three horses, should be always specified in
the “Remarks” column.
Passenger carriages, horse-boxes, carriage trucks, brake-vans and luggage-vans are in all
cases to be reckoned as coaching vehicles, whether they run upon passenger or goods trains
and should be entered in this Register/Return.
Date sent to Accounts office………………20…….

———————————————Station Master.
1244. Deleted
1245. Alternative forms of initial books. Paragraphs 1246 to 1250 describe certain
alternative forms in which the initial books may be maintained at stations in connection
with luggage, horse, carriage and dog and parcel traffic. These forms are so designed as
12.23
CHAPTER XII
to allow the station returns being written up by carbon process, at the same time as the
initial books are posted. These alternative forms are closely linked with the alternative
procedure of check of traffic receipts outlined in the Pakistan Railways Code for the
Accounts Department.
1246. Separate Cash Book for luggage and horse, carriage, dog, etc., traffic: Stations
can be relieved of the work of preparing Local Luggage and Horse, Carriage and Dog
returns, provided a separate cash book in form T.1246 is maintained for such traffic and
written up in duplicate by carbon process. The block foil will be retained at the station
for record, the duplicate taking the place of the Luggage and Horse, Carriage and Dog
return and being submitted to the Accounts office immediately after the close of the
month. The forms should be supplied in books suitably bound to allow carbon
impression being carried under the correct column, and indelible pencil should be used
for writing on them.
FORM T. 1246
LUGGAGE, HORSE, CARRIAGE AND DOG CASH BOOK
Luggage, horse, carriage and dog cash book of————————————station
For the month of——————————————20. . . .
Passen
Weight charged
Weight allowed
Risk Note Held
Accounts code
Undercharge
Ticket number ger’s Amount
Number and
Total weight
Overcharge
description.
Station to.
Tickets
Route.
free
Foreign.
Foreign
Local.
Train.
Local
Date.
Class
No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Kgm. Kgm. Kgm. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs
Note.——(1) Free tickets also be accounted for here.

(2) Each description of traffic should be posted separately in this cash book. Inwards unbooked
traffic and particulars of increased percentage charges are to be included under respective
heads in the forward return.
The description of packages in the case of luggage should be entered in this column.
When carriages are booked, it should be stated whether one or two occupied a wagon.
—————————————
Station Master.
1247. Separate Cash Book for outwards “Paid” parcels traffic: Similarly stations can be
relieved of the task of preparing Abstracts and Summaries of Local Paid Parcels traffic if
a separate Cash book for outwards Paid Parcels Way-bills were maintained in Form
12.24
CHAPTER XII
T.1247 and were posted in carbon duplicate in the same way as Luggage and Horse,
Carriage and Dog Cash Book Form T.1246.
FORM T. 1247
Outwards parcel cash book of——————————————station for the month of——————————————

Way-bill Amount
No. Station Rupees Undercharge Overcharge Account
Via
Date to Rupees Rupees code
Local Foreign Local Foreign
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
————————————Station Master
1248. Separate Cash Book for “Inward Parcels Traffic”: The realization in respect of
inward parcels traffic may be recorded in a separate inwards parcels Cash Book
(T.1248)
FORM T. 1248
INWARDS PARCELS CASH BOOK OF………..STATION FOR THE MONTH OF

…………. 20. . . . .
Way-bill or ticket Number of

Number
Weight * Date Date days for
No. Station of
Kgs. received delivered which
Date from packages
Local Foreign * * wharfage is
*
due *
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
12.25
CHAPTER XII
Amount Left luggage, Sundries, etc. excess in booking

demurrage, Total
Account
Local Foreign wharfage and Amount collections Remarks
Nature of item code
L. P. Fee
Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
…………………….Station Master
*These are to be filled in only when wharfage charges become due.

Note 1 .——Demurrage charges on parcels rebooked to other stations should be shown in
the demurrage return (station copy) as usual and at the end of the month this should be brought
forward in the Cash Book as under:–
Total Demurrage Charges (a) Cash collections, Rupees……..………..as shown above.
(b) On rebooked parcels, Rupees………..as detailed below.
Note 2.–Date of receipt of cash should be written at the top before commencing to
write up the Cash Book for the day.
1249. Alternative form of parcels Inwards Book for “To-Pay” traffic: Stations can
similarly be relieved of the preparation of Local Parcels Inwards Abstracts in respect of
“To-Pay” traffic in the Parcels Inwards Book for Local inwards To-Pay traffic were
maintained in form T. 1249. The form should be so designed that the first 8 columns
can be filled up in carbon duplicate. The traffic from each station should be accounted
for on separate pages set apart for the purpose. At the close of the month the foils
marked “For Accounts Office” should be submitted by stations to the Accounts Office.
The forms should be supplied in bound books and written by indelible pencil in the
same way as Luggage and Horse, Carriage and Dog Cash Book (T. 1246).
12.26
CHAPTER XII
FORM T. 1249
PARCELS INWARDS AND DELIVERY BOOK OF TO-PAY PARCELS OF ……………….

STATION DISPATCHED FROM ……………..……. STATION, DURING THE MONTH
OF ……………. 20.…
Freight To-pay, inclusive
Weight on reweighment
Storage
Initials of delivery staff

Way-bill
of “Paid on” charges
Signature of receiver
To whom consigned
charges
Date of delivery
Sender’s name
No. of articles
Account code
Undercharge
Date of entry
Description
Remarks
Weight
Amount
Days
Date
No.
Kgs Kgs Rupees Rupees Rs.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
……………………Station
Master.
Note 1.——Receipt file reference No. to be shown under “Way-bill No.” by drawing an
oblique as in case of the Goods Delivery Book (T.1853).
Note 2.——“Paid-on” amount to be shown separately under “To-pay” as under:——
Rupees
Freight .. .. .. .. .. 1000
Paid-on .. .. .. .. .. 500
1250. Alternative form of Parcels Inwards Book for "Paid" traffic: Stations can similarly
be relieved of the preparation of Local Parcels Inwards Abstracts in respect of "Paid"
traffic if a separate Parcels Inwards Book for “Paid” traffic is maintained in form T.1250.
The form should be so designed that the first 9 columns can be filled by carbon
duplicate. The forms should be printed, supplied in bound books and written in the
same way as Luggage and Horse, Carriage and Dog Cash Book (T.1246).
12.27
CHAPTER XII
FORM T. 1250
P.R.
Inwards and Delivery Book of Paid Parcels of ————————————Station During the Month
of————————————————20 .
Way- Storage
bill. charges
Weight on reweighment.
Initials of delivery clerk
Signature of receiver
To whom consigned
Date of delivery
Sender’s name
Account Code
No. of articles
Date of entry.
Undercharge
Station from.
Freight paid
Description
Remarks
Weight.
Amount
Date.
Days
No.
Kgs Kgs Rs. Rs. Rs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
. .
Note.–Receipt file reference No. to be shown under "Way-bill No." by drawing an oblique line
as in the case of the Goods Delivery Book (T. 1853).
*Not to be filled in by station staff.
Station Master / Commercial Assistant
1251. Submission by stations of Coaching account documents and returns: The

Coaching account documents and returns to be submitted by the stations to Accounts
Office together with the due dates of their submission are given in paragraphs 1252 to
1258. The Station Master should personally see that they are submitted to the Accounts
Office concerned on due dates.
1252. Daily returns: The following returns should be submitted daily by stations to the
Accounts Office concerned.
12.28
CHAPTER XII
(1) Ticket Collector’s Reports with collected FORM T. 620 by the first train carrying returns on
printed, blank card and paper tickets. the day following the date of
collection.
(2) Return of blank paper tickets examined. FORM T. 612
(3) Non-issued ticket Statement, with non- FORM T. 344 by the first train carrying return on
issued tickets. the day following the date of
collection.
(4) Deleted. Deleted Deleted.
1253. (a) Deleted.
(b) 'Periodical' returns: All Parcels Way-bills, (Local and foreign) received at a station
during each of the periods referred to in paragraph 110 (13) should be submitted
periodically by stations to the Accounts Office concerned within two days of the close
of each of the periods along with a covering memo showing the total number of Way-
bills it covers. As the inwards parcels accounts are kept open till the fifth of the
following month to admit of as many Way-bills as possible being taken to account at
the receiving station in the same month in which issued, a final covering memo with all
Way-bills of the preceding month coming in between the 1st and the 5th should be
dispatched to the Accounts Office concerned on the 8th with Transmit Memo (T. 1257).
1254. Each batch of Way-bills sent in should be grouped and arranged by stations, in
order of stations.
1255. Deleted.
1256. A covering memo similar to the one mentioned in paragraph 1253 (b) showing
number of Luggage, Horse, Carriage and Dog Tickets received during the period should
be sent by stations to the Accounts Office with the sorted tickets themselves, two days
after the close of each such period.
1257. Monthly returns: The following returns should be dispatched monthly by stations
to the Accounts Office on the dates noted against each. They should, before dispatch,
be entered in a transmit memo. (Form T.1257). These forms are supplied in sets of three
foils in bound books to be written by carbon process. If there should be no particulars,
or no traffic, to be entered on any of the returns, the word “Nil” should be written
against the entry of that particular return in the Transmit Memo. Two copies of the
Transmit Memo should be submitted by stations to the Accounts Office along with the
returns. The Accounts Office will note the particulars of missing returns on one of the
copies and return it to the station as an acknowledgment. The station staff should send
the originals, if left behind, or copies of the missing returns pointed out by the Accounts
Office, and paste the acknowledgment with the record foil.
12.29
CHAPTER XII
FORM T.1257
TRANSMIT MEMO.
Transmit Memo. Of………………………Station,

Coaching returns for the month of……………………………20. . . . .
Dispatched by……………………train on……………………20. . . . .
Addressed to the Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue.
Names of returns
No.
———————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————
………………………Station Master.
………………………………….Station.
(1) Local Classification of Passengers, with FORM T.515 On the 4th of the following
concession vouchers. Month.
(2) *Return of Government Passengers, Local. FORM T.522 Ditto.
(3) Return of Excess Fares FORM T.647 Ditto.
(4) Return of Local Luggage and Horse, Carriage FORM T.1215 Ditto.
and Dogs traffic.
(5) Return of demurrage on Luggage and Parcels, FORM T.1219 Ditto.
etc.
(6) Local Abstracts and Summary of Parcels FORM T.1206 Ditto.
Forwarded including those for motor traffic. and T.1211.
(7) *Lists of Refunds of Overchrges FORM T.1707 Ditto.
(8) Return of Coaching Vehicles Received and FORM T.1243 Ditto.
Forwarded.
(9) Local Abstracts and Summary of Parcels FORM T.1208 On the 8th day after close of month.
Received including those for motor traffic. and T.1211.
(10) Covering Memo with Way-bills for the .. Ditto.
previous month received between 1st and 5th.
(11) *Overcharge Sheets (Local) FORM T.1716 Ditto.
(12) Coaching Station Balance Sheet including FORM T.1236 Ditto.
outstanding lists and miscellaneous Receipts
Return.
*N.B.——Local arrangements for a periodical submission of these returns may be made where
desirable.
1258. The following returns in respect of foreign traffic should be submitted by stations
to the Accounts Office on the dates noted against each duly entered in Transmit Memo
(form T.1257).
12.30
CHAPTER XII
(1) Foreign Classification of Passengers. FORM T.515 on the 4th of the following month.
(2) Deleted. Deleted Deleted.
(3) Returns of Foreign Luggage. FORM T.1216 Ditto.
(4) Foreign Abstracts and Summaries of Parcels FORM T.1207 on the day following the close of
Forwarded. and T.1212. each period excepting those for the
last period of the month which
should be submitted 4 days after
the close of the month.
(5) Deleted FORM T.1707 Deleted.
(6) Foreign Abstracts and Summaries of Parcels FORM T.1209 on the day following the close of
Received. and T.1213 each period excepting those for the
last period which should be
submitted on the 8th days after the
close of the month.
(7) Covering Memo with Way-bills for the Ditto.
previous month received between 1st and 5th.
(8) Deleted Deleted Deleted.
*N.B.——Local arrangements for a ‘periodical’ submission of these returns may be made where
desirable.
12.31
PAKISTAN RAILWAYS

(COMMERCIAL)

CHAPTER XIII
20 October, 2011
CHAPTER XIII
BOOKING OF GOODS TRAFFIC
CONTENTS
BOOKING OF GOODS TRAFFIC 13.1 1301
CONSIGNMENT NOTE 13.1 1302
CONSIGNMENT NOTE FOR ORDINARY

MERCHANDISE 13.1 1303
CONSIGNMENT NOTE FOR DANGEROUS,

EXPLOSIVE AND COMBUSTIBLE ARTICLES 13.5 1304
PREPARATION OF CONSIGNMENT NOTES 13.7 1305 — 1309
PRIORITY REGISTER 13.7 — 13.8 1310 — 1312
INSPECTION OF PRIORITY REGISTERS 13.8 1313
DISTRIBUTION OF WAGONS FOR LOADING

CONSIGNMENTS 13.8 1314
CERTIFICATE FOR NON-ACCEPTANCE OF GOODS 13.9 1315
EXAMINATION OF GOODS WITH REGARD TO

COMMODITY 13.9 1316
MIS-DECLARATION OF GOODS 13.10 1317
SURPRISE CHECKS TO DETECT MIS-DECLARATION 13.10 1318
EXAMINATION OF PACKING OF GOODS 13.10 1319 — 1321
PREPAYMENT OF FREIGHT 13.10 1321A
RISK NOTES 13.10 1322
RISK NOTE “A” 13.11 — 13.12 1323 — 1325
EXECUTION OF RISK NOTES 13.12 — 13.13 1326 — 1332
25
CHAPTER XIII
CONTENTS
EXEMPTION OF RISK NOTES FROM STAMP DUTY 13.13 1333
RISK NOTE REGISTER 13.13 1334
DISPOSAL OF RISK NOTES 13.13 1335
MARKING OF GOODS 13.13 1336 — 1337
WEIGHMENT OF OUTWARDS GOODS 13.14 — 13.15 1338 — 1345

(1346 Deleted)
DAILY TEST OF WEIGH-BRIDGES AND WEIGHING
MACHINES 13.15 1347
SURPRISE CHECKS FOR DETECTION OF UNDER

WEIGHMENTS 13.16 1348
GOODS CHARGEABLE BY MEASUREMENT 13.16 1349 — 1350
RATE REGISTERS 13.16 1351
FORM OF INVOICE AND RAILWAY RECEIPT 13.16 1352
LOCAL INVOICE 13.16 1353
FOREIGN INVOICE 13.18 1354
CUSTODY OF INVOICE BOOKS 13.18 — 13.19 1355 — 1356
PREPARATION OF INVOICES 13.19 1357 — 1363
NUMBERING OF INVOICES 13.20 1364 — 1365
INDEX OF INVOICE NUMBERS 13.20 1366
GRANT OF RECEIPT FOIL OF INVOICE TO

CONSIGNORS 13.20 — 13.21 1367 — 1368
RECEIPT FOR MONEY PAID 13.21 1369
26
CHAPTER XIII
CONTENTS
SUBMISSION OF 'INVOICE' FOILS TO DESTINATION

STATIONS AND ‘JUNCTION INVOICE' FOILS TO
JUNCTIONS 13.22 1370 — 1376
“THROUGH” GOODS FORWARDED BY OTHER

THAN THE INVOICED ROUTE 13.23 1377 — 1378
COPIES OF INVOICES AND PARCELS WAY-BILLS 13.23 1379
ALTERATION OF ENTRIES IN STATION BOOKS AND

RECORDS 13.23 1380
GOODS BOOKING STATIONS 13.23 1381
BOOKING OF CONTRABAND AND OFFENSIVE

GOODS 13.24 1382 — 1383
BOOKING OF “EXCEPTED” ARTICLES 13.24 1384
BOOKING OF LIVE-STOCK 13.24 1385

(1386 — 1387 Deleted)
27
CHAPTER XIII
1301. Booking of goods traffic: The operations connected with the booking of goods
traffic consist of their:
(1) Acceptance;
(2) Examination;
(3) Marking;
(4) Weighing;
(5) Invoicing; and
(6) Loading.
All these operations except ‘loading’ are described in this Chapter. The “loading” of
goods and sealing and labelling of the wagons, into which goods have been loaded,
form the subject matter of Chapter XIV. (Miscellaneous instructions in respect of special
kinds of goods traffic are given in paragraphs 1381 to 1385.)
ACCEPTANCE OF GOODS
1302. Consignment Note: When goods are brought to a station for dispatch by goods
train, they should invariably be accompanied by a Consignment Note (Form T.1303 or
T.1304) giving the number, weight and description of the articles, together with the
marks and address, specifying also the station to which they are to be conveyed.
1303. Consignment Note for ordinary merchandise and live stock: Consignment Note
(Form T.1303) should be used for ordinary merchandise and livestock except
dangerous, explosive or combustible goods.
FORM T.1303
(OBVERSE)
PAKISTAN RAILWAYS GOODS CONSIGNMENT — NOTE.
To, Station Master ———————— Station, dated ————————— 20…. Please receive the under
mentioned goods and forward by goods train to ————————— as consigned below:
Station Carriage
By whom To whom No. of Description Sender’s
and to be
consigned consigned articles and marks weight
address paid by
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Tonne. Kgs.
I do hereby certify that I have satisfied myself that the description, marks, weight or quantity and class of
goods consigned by me, have been correctly entered in this Consignment Note.
13.1
CHAPTER XIII
Signature —————————————————
Address ——————————————————
Date —————————————————————
The attention of the sender or deliverer of the goods is invited to the principal terms and conditions
applying to the carriage of goods by railway which are set forth in the Public Notice on the back of this
document. No alteration is to be made in the above entries after this consignment note has been signed
by the consignor.
Invoice.
Accounts Code
condition, etc.
No. of articles
Remarks as to
Actual weight
Receipt No.
Wagon No.
Description
Rate per
charged
Weight
Tonne.
To-pay
Marks
Class
Paid
Date
No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Tonne Kgs Tonne Kgs Rs. Rs.
PARTICULARS OF WEIGHMENT
Weight in Tones.
No. of articles. Description.
Tonne. Kgs.
1 2 3
Checked by——————————————————— Date————————————————

Weighed by———————————————————— Date————————————————
Loaded by———————————————————— Date————————————————
Invoiced by——————————————————— Date————————————————
Receipt No.——————————————————— Date————————————————
Invoice No.——————————————————— Date————————————————
Wagon No.——————————————————— Date————————————————
13.2
CHAPTER XIII
(REVERSE)
NOTICE TO CONSIGNORS.
The Pakistan Railways Administration hereby public notice
1. That Pakistan Railways administration will not be accountable for any articles unless the same are
booked and a receipt for them given by their Staff or agent, and that when the articles are so accepted for
conveyance, the responsibility of Pakistan Railways for loss, destruction or deterioration of the articles is
subject to the provisions of Section 72 of the Railways Act, 1890.
2. That Pakistan Railways administration will not, in any case, be responsible for the loss, destruction or
deterioration of parcels or packages containing the following article, viz., gold or silver, coined or
uncoined manufactured or un-manufactured: plated articles, clothes and tissues and lace of which gold
or silver forms part, not being the uniform or part of the uniform of an officer, soldier, sailor, police,
officer or a member of the Auxiliary Force, Pakistan or of any public officer, entitled to wear uniform,
pearls, precious stones, jewellery, jade, jadestone and trinkets, watches, clocks or timepieces of any
description; Government securities, Government stamps: bills of exchange, promissory notes, bank notes
and orders or other securities for payment of money, maps, writing and title-deeds, paintings, engravings,
lithographs, photographs, carvings, sculpture, and other works of art; art pottery and all articles made of
glass, china or marble; silks in a manufactured or un-manufactured state and whether wrought up or not
wrought up with other materials, shawls, and woollen shawls lace and furse; opium and narcotic
preparations of hemp, such as ganja, charas bahng, etc., ivory, ebony, coral and sandalwood: amber,
musk, sandalwood oil and other essential oils used in the preparation of itr or other perfume, musical and
scientific instruments, and crude rubber, feathers, gooroochand or gooroochandan; itr, zahirmohra khatai
cinematograph film and apparatus; platinum iridium, radium and its preparations, tantalum, osmium,
ruthenium, rhodium, agarwood, radio (wireless) apparatus, mercury (quick silver). pen and pencils
imported, motor vehicle and motor tractor,safroon, television set, tape records, washing machine,
refrigerator, air conditioner, electric shower, knitting machine, x-ray machine, ECG machine calculators
and carpet or any article of special value which the Federal Government may by notification in the
Gazette of Pakistan add to this list when the value of such articles exceeds Rs. 10,000 unless the value
and nature of articles shall have been declared by the sender, and an increased percentage charges rate
over and above Pakistan Railways charges for carriage shall have been paid to and accepted by some
person duly authorized to receive the same on behalf of Pakistan Railways administration.
That where increased percentage charges have been paid on goods, as above, have been lost or
destroyed or have deterioration, the compensation payable by Railway administration shall not exceed
the value declared and the burden of proving the value so declared to have been true value shall not
withstanding anything in the declaration lie on the person claiming the compensation.
That the Station Masters at the several stations on the line are authorized to book any of the above
mentioned articles valued at from Rs. 10,000 to Rs. 20,000 but that for the increased percentage charges
of any such article valued at over Rs. 20,000 application must be made to the Divisional Superintendents
at their respective station, namely, Peshawar, Lahore, Rawalpindi, Multan, Quetta and Karachi, Sukkur.
No other persons, except those here in mentioned, are authorized to accept increased percentage
charges.
3. That the railway receipt given by Railway administration for the articles delivered for conveyance must
be given up at destination by the consignee to Railway administration, or Pakistan Railways may refuse to
deliver, and that the signature of the consignee or his agent in the delivery book at destination shall be
evidence of complete delivery.
13.3
CHAPTER XIII
If the consignee does not himself attend to be take delivery he must endorse on the receipt a request for
delivery to the person to whom he wishes it made, and if the receipt is not produced, the delivery of the
goods may, at the discretion of Pakistan Railways administration, be with held until the person entitled in
its opinion to receive them has given an indemnity to the satisfaction of Pakistan Railways administration.
4. That all claims against Pakistan Railways administration for the loss or damage to goods must be made
to the Staff incharge of the station to which they have been booked before delivery is taken, and that a
written statement of the description and contents of the articles missing or of the damage received, must
be sent forthwith to the Chief Commercial Manager, Pakistan Railways, Lahore, Divisional
Superintendents, concerned.
5. That by Section 77 of the Railways Act, 1890 it is enacted that a person shall not be entitled to refund
of an overcharge in respect of animals or goods carried by railway, or to compensation for the loss,
destruction or deterioration of animals or goods delivered to be so carried unless his claim to the refund
or compensation has been preferred in writing by him or on his behalf to Pakistan Railways
administration within six months from the date of delivery of the animals or goods for carriage by
railways.
6. That Pakistan Railways administration has the right of re-measurement, re-weighment, re-classification
and re-calculation of rates, terminals and other charges at the place of destination and of collecting
before the goods are delivered any amount that may have been omitted or under charged.
7. That the freight on all goods must be paid either previously at the time of delivery and that by Section
55 of the Railways Act, 1890 it is enacted that if the person fails to pay on demand made by or on behalf
of Pakistan Railways administration any rate, terminal or other Charges due from him in respect of any
animals or goods, Pakistan Railways administration may detain the whole or any of the animals or goods,
if they have been removed from the railway, any other animals or goods of such, person there being in or
thereafter coming into its possession.
In the case of good to be booked to station in India the Pakistan Railway proportion of freight shall have
to be prepaid at the sending station at the time of booking and the Indian Railway proportion at the
destination station at the time of delivery.
8. That all goods left on Pakistan Railways administration’s premises are liable to wharfage and
demurrage charges as per Goods Tariff, and those charges will also be levied on goods left on hand,
pending payment of freight and charges due on them.
9. That goods booked to or over a foreign railway are subject to the rules and regulations and to
wharfage and other charges in force on such railway.
10. That by Section 106 of the Railways Act, 1890 it is enacted that if a person requested under Section
58 to give an account with respect to any goods, gives an account which is materially false and, if he is
not the owner of the goods, the owner also shall be punished with a fine which may extent to ten rupees
for every 40 Kgs, or part of a Kgs of the goods, and the fine shall be in addition to any rate or other
charges to which the goods may be liable.
11. That by Section 107 of the Railways Act, 1890 it is enacted that if, in contravention of Section 59 a
person takes with him any dangerous or offensive goods upon Pakistan Railways or tenders or delivers
any such goods for carriage upon Pakistan Railways, he shall be punished with imprisonment for a term
which may extend to two years or with fine which may extend to five thousand rupees or with both, and
13.4
CHAPTER XIII
shall also be responsible for any loss injury or damage which may be caused by reason of such goods
having been so brought upon Pakistan Railways.
12. That in the event of any interruption of through communication on the booked route due to causes
over which Railway Administration has no control, it will be within the discretion of the railway
authorities to cause the traffic to be carried by next shortest open route on the condition applying to the
booked route in respect of liability and freight, any Risk-note held in respect of the consignment being
equally operative over the route by which the consignment is carried.
By ORDER.
General Manager.
1304. Consignment Note for dangerous, explosive and combustible articles: The
Consignment Note for dangerous, explosive and combustible articles should be
required to be tendered by consignors in Form T. 1304.
FORM T.1304
CONSIGNMENT NOTE FOR DANGEROUS, EXPLOSIVE AND COMBUSTIBLE

ARTICLES.
To the Station Master …………………. Station, dated ……………… 20….

The Pakistan Railways Administration is requested to receive for dispatch to…………………
Station the following packages consigned to ……………………………….. Of ……………….. containing
the dangerous, explosive or combustible articles which are specified below, and I hereby declare that the
contents of the packages are known to me, that the condition laid down in the General Rules for the
packing and carriage of dangerous, explosive and combustible articles have been complied with, and
that the actual weight of the article contained in each separate package or case is entered herein. I also
declare that the original / the true copy of the certificate signed by ……………………. which now
accompanies this consignment refers to samples of the ……………. forwarded under this consignment
note.
Station Carriage
By whom To whom No. of Description Sender’s
and to be
consigned consigned articles and marks weight
Address paid by
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Tonne/kgs
Note.——The words printed in antique should be scored out where they are not required.
I do hereby certify that I have satisfied myself that the description, marks and weight or quantity of goods
consigned by me have been correctly entered in this Consignment Note.
Space for translation in provincial languages
13.5
CHAPTER XIII
……….…………………………….
Signature of sender or deliverer of goods.
Address…………………………….
Date….………………………………..
The attention of the sender or deliverer of the goods is invited to the principal terms and
conditions applying to the carriage of goods by railway, which are set forth in the Public Notice on the
back of this document.*
No alteration is to be made in the above entries after this Consignment Note has been signed by the
consignor.
The form below to be filled up by Station staff only

Invoice No. and
Rate per tonne
condition, etc.
No. of articles
Account code
Actual weight
Remarks as to
Receipt No.
Wagon No.
Description
date
charged
Weight
To-pay
Marks
Class
Pai
d
No. Date
Tonne/ Tonne/ Rs. Rs. Rs

kgs. kgs. .
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
PARTICULARS OF WEIGHMENT.
No. of
Description Weight
articles
1 2 3
Tonne
Checked by………………………… Date………………….…

Weighed by………………………….. Date………………….…
Loaded by………………………….. Date………………….…
Invoiced by………………………… Date………………….…
Receipt No…………………………. Date………………….…
Invoice No…………………………. Date………………….…
Wagon No…………………………. Date………………….…
*Instructions for consignors may be given on reverse.
13.6
CHAPTER XIII
1305. Preparation of Consignment Notes: The Station Master should give consignors
every assistance in filling up the Consignment Notes. It should be seen that all the
particulars required by the form have been entered by the sender or his agent, that the
actual commodity has been correctly described and that the full postal addresses of the
sender and the consignee have been given. The signature or thumb impression of the
consignor should be obtained on the Consignment Note in token of his acceptance of
the correctness of the details entered therein.
1306. In the case of merchandise received in a damaged state, the fact should be noted
by the Station Staff on the Consignment Note and subsequent documents and a proper
Risk Note should be executed. The Staff should record on the Consignment Note to
what extent and how many of the articles are damaged.
1307. When a dearer route is selected by the sender or his authorized agent, a remark
"To be forwarded via …………….. (dearer route) at special request of sender or his
authorized agent” should be required to be given and signed by the sender on the
Consignment Note.
1308. In the case of mixed consignments the number, description and weight of each
kind of article should be given on the Consignment Note.
1309. All Consignment Notes should be carefully preserved and pasted to the
counterfoils of the Railway Receipts (T. 1353 or T. 1354) granted to the senders of the
Goods.
1310. Priority Register: A Priority Register in Form T. 1310 should be maintained at all
goods booking stations. Every Consignment Note, that may be tendered in respect of
outwards goods in full vehicle loads, should be entered in the Register, provided the
consignment brought to the goods office is complete and ready for dispatch. The
Register need not be used for goods traffic in less than vehicle loads, i.e. “smalls”.
Divisional Officers may however, at their discretion, order the Register to be
maintained for “smalls”, when, for any sufficient reason, they are of opinion that the
registration of goods traffic in “smalls” is expedient.
13.7
CHAPTER XIII
FORM T. 1310
PRIORITY REGISTER
GOODS REGISTERED FOR SUPPLY OF VEHICLES AT……………………….STATION
For priority of supply of vehicles upon the condition that consignments are at
owner’s risk in all respects, until loaded into railway vehicles.
Supply
Station Master’s initials

No. and description of
Signature of consignor
Signature of consignor
packages (in words)
Date of registration
Name of consignor
Date consignment
details
Note tendered
Serial No.
Station to
Remarks
Wagon No.
Consignor’s
Date of
supply
token slip
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Note.——The station stamp should be impressed on face of each token slip.
1311. Publicity should be given to the fact that ordinarily no wagon shortage exists and
that Pakistan Railways is in a position to supply wagons promptly, except during the
peak traffic periods, when there may be some delay in meeting all demands and the
wagons are supplied in strict order of entry in the Priority Register.
1312. Publicity should also be given to the existence at stations of Priority Registers
which dispatchers are at liberty to inspect in order to satisfy themselves that their
demands are given proper consideration.
1313. Inspection of Priority Registers: Divisional Officers, Assistant Officer and all
traffic/marketing, Commercial Inspectors should scrutinize the Priority Registers, as
frequently as possible, ascertain from the examination of other records that they have
been correctly filled up and satisfy themselves of the prompt dispatch of stock from
loading stations. Any tendency on the part of Station Masters to keep these Registers in
an untidy manner should be promptly checked.
1314. Distribution of wagons for loading consignments: The distribution of wagons for
loading consignments should be made according to the order of the serial entries in the
Priority Register, and not by distribution in proportion to the quantity offered by each
consignor. In cases, however, where a number of entries have been made in the
13.8
CHAPTER XIII
Register for a particular station and the intention is to secure a full vehicle load for that
station in the interest of economical working, the loadings may be made out of turn.
1315. Certificate for non-acceptance of goods: When the booking of goods is stopped
on account of breaches, shortage of wagons, etc., and it is not possible to accept goods
for conveyance, consignors desirous of obtaining certificates of non-acceptance of
goods may be given the certificates in form T. 1315.
FORM T. 1315
CERTIFICATE FOR NON-ACCEPTANCE OF GOODS
Certified that the consignment detailed below was tendered for dispatch
at……………station/siding on……..………….but could not be accepted for reasons
stated below:
Date on which booking is

Date of consignment note
the result of which goods

restriction in booking as
Duration of restriction
accepted for dispatch
Description of goods
likely to be resumed
Brief reasons for the
Name of consignee
offered cannot be
Name of sender
Station to
Remarks
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Forwarded to…………………….in compliance with his/their verbal/written request,

Vide……….. ………………
Station……………………. ……………………
Station Master.
Date…………………20…. ……………………
EXAMINATION OF GOODS
1316. Examination of goods with regard to commodity: Each package in a

consignment tendered for dispatch should be carefully examined by the staff
responsible, and the actual commodity and private marks should be compared with the
description entered in the Consignment Note.
13.9
CHAPTER XIII
1317. Misdeclaration of goods: The misdeclaration of goods by consignors is generally

made for the purpose of securing transportation at a cheaper rate than the authorized
charge, articles chargeable at a higher rate being described in the Consignment Notes
as those chargeable at a lower rate. The station staff should, before accepting the
commodity as described in the Consignment Note, check it, as far as possible, by actual
examination of the packages of a consignment.
1318. Surprise checks to detect misdeclaration: Surprise checks should be carried out
to detect the misdeclaration of goods in the same way as of parcels (paragraph 907).
1319. Examination of packing of goods: The goods tendered for conveyance should
also be examined to see that they are properly packed and are not likely to deteriorate
or otherwise lose weight or value in transit. Defective packing or condition of goods
tendered should be brought to the notice of the consignor, who should be required to
repack them, or execute a Risk Note “A”.
1320. All packing conditions imposed from time to time should be observed before the
goods are accepted for carriage at “Railway Risk”. The special packing conditions
applicable to certain commodities as given in the Goods Tariff should be strictly
enforced. If the conditions are not fulfilled, the articles in question should only be
accepted for carriage if Risk Note “A” is executed, irrespective of whether Risk Note
“B” is taken or not.
1321. When a consignment consisting of fragile articles, such as earthenware vessels,

unprotected glass and jars, likely to get damaged in ordinary transit, even though
apparently well packed, is booked at ”railway risk”, the package should be carefully
examined as to its external condition at the time, it is tendered for dispatch. If it bears
any marks of damage, or appears to be insufficiently packed, it should be booked at
owner's risk, Risk Note “A” being obtained. The Station staff concerned of the receiving
station should refuse to have a case or crate, which appears on arrival to be in
outwardly good condition, opened at the request of the consignee, as Pakistan Railways
can only be responsible for delivering the case or crate in the same outward condition
as it received from the sender.
1321 A. Prepayment of freight: - when a consignment consists of an article against the

letter ‘p’ Appears in the General Classification of Goods in Pakistan Railways Goods
Tariff Part-II, freight must be prepaid.
1322. Risk Notes: When goods are booked at owner's risk, a separate Risk Note, in one
or other of the forms detailed below, should be obtained from the sender or his agent
prior to the acceptance of the goods for dispatch. The following forms of Risk Notes
have been approved of by the Federal Government under Section 72 of the Railways
Act, 1890 and no other form should be used: –
13.10
CHAPTER XIII
Form A. To be used when articles are tendered for carriage, which are either already in bad
condition or so defectively packed, as to be liable to damage, leakage or wastage in transit.
Form B. To be used when the sender elects to dispatch at a “special reduced” or owner’s risk”
rate, articles or animals for which an alternative “ordinary” or “risk acceptance” rate is quoted in the
tariff.
Form C. To be used when, at sender’s request, open wagons are used for the conveyance of
goods liable to damage when so carried, and which, under other circumstances, would be carried in
covered wagons.
Form D. To be used when the sender elects to dispatch at a “special reduces” or “owner’s risk”
rate, dangerous, explosive or combustible articles for which an alternative “ordinary” or “risk
acceptance” rate is quoted in the tariff.
Form E. To be used when booking elephants of a declared value exceeding Rupees 50,000 per
head and horses Rupees 10,000 a head, mules, camels, or horned cattle Rupees 15,000 a head,
donkeys, sheep, goats, dogs or other animals Rupees 1,000 a head, without payment of the
percentage on value authorized in section 73 of Act IX, 1890, as amended by Government Of
Pakistan in 1996..
Form F. To be used when booking horses, mules and ponies tendered for dispatch in horse
wagons, instead of in horse-boxes.
Form G. To be used as an alternative to Risk Note Form D, in the case of dangerous, explosive or
combustible articles, for which an alternative “ordinary” or “risk acceptance” rate is quoted in the
tariff, when the sender desires to enter into a general agreement, instead of executing a separate Risk
Note for each consignment.
Form X. To be used when the sender elects to dispatch an “excepted” article or articles Specified
in the second schedule Railways Act, 1890, whose value exceeds ten thousand rupees, without
payment of the percentage on value authorized in section 75 of the Act.
Form Y. To be used as an alternative to Risk Note Form X, when the sender elects to enter into a
general agreement, for a term not exceeding six months, for the dispatch of “expected” articles
specified in the second schedule to the Railways Act, 1890, whose value exceeds ten thousand
rupees, without Payment of the percentage on value authorized in Section 75 of that Act, Instead of
executing a separate Risk Note for each consignment.
Form Z. To be used as an alternative to Risk Note Form B, when the sender desires to enter into a
general agreement, instead of executing a separate Risk Note for each consignment.
1323. Risk Note “A”: Station Masters, or Commercial Staff should observe great care in
entering on the Consignment Note (T.1303 or T.1304), the Invoice and Railway Receipt
(T.1353 or T.1354), the reasons for which this form of Risk Note is executed, e.g.
whether for wastage, weak or torn bags, insecure packing etc., and also exact
particulars as to defects in packing. Similarly, the number of articles in the consignment
for which the Risk Note is taken should be specified on the documents mentioned
above.
13.11
CHAPTER XIII
1324. When consignments, for which there are alternative, “Railway Risk” and
“owner's risk” rates, are tendered for dispatch in bad condition or defectively packed
and liable to damage, leakage or wastage in transit, both Risk Notes “A” and “B” should
be taken.
1325. Risk Notes “G”, “Y” and “Z” are standing agreements and are only to be
accepted under the sanction of the Divisional Superintendent from regular customers of
good standing and should be signed by them and not by their agents. The actual
execution of these forms should take place either in the presence of a
Traffic/Commercial Inspector or, at large stations, of the senior Station Master /
Commercial Superintendent (Goods) who should also sign the Form. One copy of the
Forms should be recorded at the station of execution, and one sent to the Divisional
Office for record. These Risk Notes should be renewed every six months, preferably on
the first day either of the calendar or the financial half-year, to prevent renewals being
overlooked.
1326. Execution of Risk Notes: The forms detailed in paragraph 1322 are the only ones
available for the express conditions printed on them and one form is not to be altered or
modified to suit any other purpose. Should a printed form not be available a manuscript
copy in the exact form prescribed should be prepared. The various forms of Risk Notes
are given in the Tariff.
1327. The execution of Risk Notes should be effected under the orders of the Station
Master, Commercial Superintendent. The date, month and year of execution of the Risk
Notes should be written in words and not in figures, no abbreviations being used.
1328. If the person executing Risk Notes “A”, “B”, “C”, “D”, “E”, “F” and “X” is not the
sender, he should sign on behalf of the sender. The person who signs the Consignment
Note should also sign the Risk Note.
1329. The witnesses to the signature of the sender should, when possible, be
independent and known persons, and not employees of Pakistan Railways or of the
sender. The Station Master or the Commercial Staff on duty, should, whenever
practicable, also sign and witness the Risk Note in addition to the outside witnesses.
1330. All writing and signatures in vernacular on the forms should be translated into
English by the Station Master or the Commercial Supervisor (Goods), so that what the
sender signs and states may be known and understood by the staff.
1331. Risk Notes should be read over and explained to the consignor or his agent
before he signs them, so that he may clearly understand what he is doing. This should
be done in the presence of the witnesses who sign the documents.
13.12
CHAPTER XIII
1332. The form and number of Risk Note taken should be entered on the Consignment
Note.
1333. Exemption of Risk Notes from stamp duty: Risk Notes are not required to be
stamped with the revenue stamps.
1334. Risk Note Register: A manuscript register in form T.1334 should be maintained
at all stations. The serial number of the Register should be noted on the Risk Notes and
Consignment Notes. At stations, where several loading platforms are provided, separate
Registers with different distinguishing letters may be used. Traffic/Commercial
Inspectors and Inspectors of Coaching and Goods Accounts, while visiting stations,
should see that the Register is properly maintained.
FORM T. 1334
RISK NOTE REGISTER OF…………………………STATION
Invoice No.,
Name and Name and date and station
Form of Date of
Serial No. full address full address to be filled in, in Remarks
Risk Note execution
of executant of witnesses case of forms B,
D, and X
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1335. Disposal of Risk Notes: Each Risk Note when executed by or on behalf of a
consignor, should be stamped with the station name and gummed (except Forms “G”,
“Y” and “Z”) to the back of the Consignment Note in the case of goods traffic and to the
back of the station foil of the Way-bill, or Luggage, Horse, Carriage and Dog Ticket in
the case of coaching traffic. Risk Notes “G”, “Y” and “Z” should be pasted into a
skeleton guard file, kept exclusively for this purpose.
MARKING
1336. Marking of goods: The object of marking of goods is to avoid exchanges,
misdispatches and disputes as to the rightful ownership of packages. The importance of
marking each package legibly and correctly cannot be too strongly emphasized.
1337. Every package in a consignment should be required to be marked by the sender

with his name, destination, initial or private mark for the purpose of identification. Such
name, initial or private mark should be shown on the Consignment Note. The marking
of goods should also be done by railway staff in addition to consignee’s marks.
13.13
CHAPTER XIII
WEIGHMENT
1338. Weighment of outwards goods: Outwards goods should, when the nature of the
consignment permits, be weighed in the presence of the sender or his agent. The
particulars of weighment should be entered on the Consignment Note (T. 1303 or T.
1304) in the place for the provided purpose.
1339. When the weight of a consignment has already been declared by senders on the
Consignment Note, such declaration should invariably be tested by weighing it. When
it is not practicable to weigh (or measure) the whole consignment, the sender’s
declaration of weight should be tested by weighing or measuring a portion of the
goods, and the fact should be recorded on the Consignment Note and the Railway
Receipt. In the case of large consignments of grain, salt, seeds, sugar or other staples in
bags, the declared weight may be checked by weighing a proportion of the number of
bags of uniform size and averaging their weight. If the bags are not of a uniform size, a
proportionate number of the different sizes should be weighed so as to arrive at a fair
average. The proportion weighed should not be less than ten percent at stations where
the traffic is large and 20 percent at other stations; but Divisional Superintendent
concerned Railway should fix any proportion over these minima to be weighed at
stations. Small consignments should be weighed in full.
1340. At stations provided with weigh-bridges, the whole of the consignments of one
or more wagon loads should be weighed, the tare of the vehicles being checked, if
possible, by weighment of each before being loaded. Vehicles should be tared and
weighed with loose couplings.
1341. Stations, which cannot check the weight of consignments in full wagon loads,
should mark such wagons to be weighed at a convenient weigh-bridge station, en
route, which should, as far as possible, be the first weigh-bridge station. A list of stations
provided with weigh-bridges should be given by Pakistan Railways in Goods tariff.
1342. Wagons required to be weighed should be labelled to destination, but booked,

in the Vehicle Summary, to stop at the first weigh-bridge station en route. Distinctive
wagon labels should be used by the booking station on wagons that have to be so
weighed. Freight charges should, in such cases, be invoiced by the booking station on
the sender's declared weight or on the minimum weight laid down in the tariff,
whichever is greater. The following remarks should invariably be made on the
connected Invoice and Railway Receipt:–
“Wagon to be weighed at ........ station.”

“Charges are subject to alteration on result of weighment.”
All such invoices should be sent by the forwarding station to the weigh-bridge station.
1343. At the weigh-bridge station the wagons should be passed on the weigh-bridge
13.14
CHAPTER XIII
and the result of weighment recorded in the Weighment Register (Form T. 1343).
Separate Registers should be maintained for Local and Foreign traffic, and a copy of the
entries in the Register for each month should be submitted to the Accounts Office.
FORM T. 1343
WEIGHMENT REGISTER OF……………………STATION FOR…………20……
Packages Vehicle Weight Invoice
Remarks
Owning Ry.
Date
Description
Description
Contents
Weight
Marks
Gross
From
Date
Tare
No.
No.
No.
Net
To
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
1344. The result of weighment should also be recorded by the weigh-bridge station
staff on the Wagon Labels (paragraph 1418 and Invoices. The latter should, after being
stamped with the name of the weigh-bridge station, be sent forward to the destination
station for recovery of the extra charges, if any due.
1345. Stations, which are unable to check the weight of a consignment (other than a
full wagon load), owing either to the absence of a weighing machine or to its having
gone out of order, should mark each package of the consignment for weighment at
destination station. A suitable remark should be given on the Invoice and Railway
Receipt thus:
“Weighing machine out of order. Consignment to be weighed at destination.”
The charges should in such cases be invoiced on the sender's declared weight. It will
be the duty of the destination station to weigh all such consignments and recover the
correct charges before delivery of goods.
1346. Deleted.
1347. Daily test of weigh-bridges and weighing machines: The Station Master should
test, daily, the weigh-bridges and weighing machines on coming on duty, and make a
note of the test in the Weighment Register (T.1343). If, as a result of the test, it transpires
that the weigh-bridge or weighing machine is out of order, its repairs should be
arranged for immediately. Meanwhile the Invoices should be endorsed, for weighment,
in the manner indicated in paragraphs 1342 and 1345.
13.15
CHAPTER XIII
1348. Surprise checks for detection of under weighments: The surprise checks that
should be carried out for the detection of underweighment of goods consignments are
the same as laid down for parcels (paragraph 915).
1349. Goods chargeable by measurement: In the case of goods chargeable by
measurement the whole consignment should be measured, where practicable. Where
this is not possible, at least ten per cent of all packages of uniform size and shape
should be measured. In measuring such articles as bodies of carriages, etc., the greatest
width, depth and length, to include anything attached, such as foot-steps, splash-
boards, axles, etc., should be taken.
INVOICING.
1350. As stated in paragraph 216 the authority for charging rates is the tariff in force for
the time being. Detailed instructions as to the method of ascertaining rates are given in
Goods Tariff.
1351. Rate Registers: In order to facilitate the quick and correct levy of freight charges,
Station Masters and Commercial Supervisor (Goods) should, with the help of the
distance and calculated rate tables mentioned in paragraph 204, prepare Rate Registers,
unless such registers are supplied by the Chief Commercial Manager showing under
each class the calculated rates per tonne for each station to which traffic is generally
booked. These Registers should be kept up to date by carrying out the corrections
necessitated by the changes enforced from time to time.
1352. Form of Invoice and Railway Receipt: After the goods have been carefully
checked, counted, weighed and examined as to condition, and the freight has been
calculated and entered in the Consignment Note in the manner indicated in previous
paragraph, Invoices (Form T.1353 for Local traffic and T.1354 for Foreign traffic, as the
case may be) should be prepared. These forms are machine-numbered and combined
the Invoice with the Railway Receipt. The combined forms contain the following
particulars, viz., the machine number of the Invoice, the progressive (manuscript)
number and date of the Invoice, the number of the Consignment Note, the station from
and to which forwarded, the number, owning railway, description and carrying
capacity of the wagon in which the goods are carried, the names and addresses of the
consignor and the consignee, the number and the description of the articles conveyed,
as well as any marks on them, their class, actual measurement or weight, the weight
charged and the rate; the total amount of freight 'Paid’ or 'To-pay' as the case may be;
the amount of under or overcharge which may have occurred, and the number of any
Credit Note by which the freight may have been paid.
1353. Local Invoice: Goods offered for dispatch in Local traffic should be booked on
form T. 1353. This form is in four foils, one each marked ’Original’, ‘Invoice’, ‘Receipt’
and ‘Record’. The forms should be bound in books and separately for ‘to-pay’ and ‘paid’
13.16
CHAPTER XIII
Traffic. All the foils should be written up in one operation by means of carbon paper.
FORM T. 1353
P.R.
LOCAL INVOICE
Machine Number………...
Invoice No.—————————————Dated———————————————— Station from Station to *Direction
Forwarding-note No.————————at———————————risk,
Risk Note form———————————————————————————held
Sender’s name————————————————
To whom consigned (name)———————————Code Nos.
Address——————————————————————————————————————
Wagon No.——————————————Owning railway—————————————————Description—————————————————
Carrying Capacity (tonnes)——————————————————Diagram No. FREIGHT/TO-PAY.
Total
Commodity Code No.
Measur Actual Weight Freight Under- Over-

Cartage amount
ement weight charged P.R charge charge
Credit-note No.
Account Code
No. of articles
Paid
Description
Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs.

Marks
Rate.
Class
Tonnes/Kgs.
Tonnes/Kgs.
decimetre.
Cubic
Total
N.B.——The totals of each invoice should carefully added up. The receiving station should check all the
charges and will be held responsible for undercharges whether on “Paid” or “To-pay” consignments,
except in the following cases, which will be debited to the forwarding station:——(1) under-charges on
perishable goods and live-stock; (2) undercharges up to one rupee in freight prepaid by credit note and
(3) increase percentage charges. Receiving stations are, however, responsible for reporting undercharges
in these cases to the Accounts office and forwarding station, failing which, they will be responsible for
the undercharges declared irrecoverable by the forwarding station.
All local invoices are to be forwarded by the train by which they will soonest reach their destination, and
they should be taken to account immediately on receipt, whether the goods have arrived or not.
Instructions for consignors may be given on reverse of “Receipt” foil.
*Note.——The direction and code numbers are not to be filled in by the stations.
The original to be dispatched to the Accounts Office.
——————————————————
Station Master.
13.17
CHAPTER XIII
1354. Foreign Invoice: Goods offered for dispatch in foreign traffic should be booked
on form T. 1354. This form is in six foils, one each for 'Record', 'Receipt’, ‘Border
Station’ 'Original for Accounts', 'Junction Invoice' and ‘through invoice’. The foils
should all be written up in one operation by means of carbon paper. These forms
should be bound in books.
FORM T.1354
FOREIGN INVOICE
PAKISTAN-INDIA——PAID/TO-PAY INVOICE.
PAKISTAN Card Chargeable Wagon owner Forwarding
Handled by No. of wagon. Invoice No.
RAILWAYS code. distance and No. note No.
Originating
Paid/To-pay. Zone Type. CC/Area. Tare. Risk Rate. Date. No.
gauge.
No. of
Railways
Sender’s Name
Code. From. Charges via. T/S at
and Address.
To Carriage Sent by Train Consignee’s
No. and date Name and
Address
No. and Description.
Actual Charged Rate per
Other charges.
Undercharges.
Account Code
Other charges
Measurement.
Amount (RLY)
Qtl. and Rate per Qtl. and
Overcharges.
Total freight.
weight. weight.
Total freight
Remarks.
total total freight “To-
Marks.
Class.
freight pay” in the

of the receiving
Kgs./
Kgs./
Qtl./
Qtl./
booking country.
country.
Defective condition of packing consignment——

NOTE——(1) The totals of each invoice must be carefully added up.
NOTE——(2) Risk-notes executed at the forwarding station in Pakistan or owner’s risk condition on
carriage accepted by an entry in the forwarding note at a station in India shall be binding shall
be binding on the consignor and consignee.
Station Master.
(Station Stamp.)
1355. Custody of Invoice books: Station Masters or Commercial Supervisor (Goods)

will be held personally responsible for the safe custody of blank Railway Receipt forms
(T.1353 and T.1354) and Freight Receipt Books (T.1369). The procedure in regard to
their entry in the Stock Book (T.315) and the counting of numbers of forms and record
of certificate will be as laid down in paragraphs 314 and 315.
13.18
CHAPTER XIII
1356. The procedure for the issue of blank Invoice books to Commercial Assistant
(Goods) and for their return and custody when completed is as laid down for Way-bill
books (paragraph 903).
1357. Preparation of Invoices: Invoices (T.1353 and T.1354) should be posted from the
Consignment Notes on which the number and date of the Invoice issued should be
recorded. The names of forwarding and receiving stations should be respectively
stamped and written in full in block letters. Any private marks that may be on
consignment may be entered in the receipt. No correction should be made on Railway
Receipt after despatch of the invoices to the destination station and Accounts Office.
1358. The reference to ‘Wagon No.’, in which the goods are loaded, should be given
in the Invoice foils and in the Consignment Note from the Tally Book (T.1410).
1359. The entries in the Invoices should be written plainly and legibly, and all
flourishes, particularly in the figures, avoided. It is of the greatest importance that the
Invoices are correctly made out and totalled, and the totals rechecked, as errors
originating in them are liable to run through the accounts, the Invoice being the first
document or basis from which the returns of goods traffic are compiled.
1360. Where the loading and unloading is required to be performed by the consignor
and the consignee, respectively, a note to this effect should be entered on the Invoice
by the forwarding station.
1361. The form and number of the Risk Note held in the case of ‘owner’s risk’ or the
words ‘Railway’s risk’ should be entered on all Invoices.
1362. Different commodities should be shown separately on Invoices, even though

they belong to the same class, and there should not be more than one Invoice for each
consignment. The number of packages of each description and commodity should be
quoted both in figures and in words on Invoices, except in the case of commodities
which, by their very nature, cannot be counted.
1363. For statistical purposes, separate Invoices should be used for the following three
descriptions of goods traffic:
(a) Ordinary merchandise for the public.
(b) Military Stores which include all stores, etc., dispatched by or consigned to
the Defence Department, the freight of which has been paid or is payable by
Government.
(c) Coal for the public.
13.19
CHAPTER XIII
1364. Numbering of Invoices: Goods Invoices should be numbered by the station staff
in manuscript in one consecutive series, irrespective of the description of traffic, for
each station booked ‘to,’ commencing with number 1 on the 1st July and on the 1st
January in each year.
1365. The use of separate progressive numbers for the Invoices to each station enables
the Station Masters of destination stations to ascertain whether any Invoices are missing.
When it is discovered at a destination station that an Invoice, Local or Foreign, is
missing, the Station Master should, not later than the following day, apply by letter to
the forwarding station for the original Invoice or a copy, and take it to account on
receipt. If the number has been skipped in issue, the forwarding station should intimate
the mistake in numbering by letter to the destination station, which should make a
suitable remark in its Inwards Abstract (T. 1821 or T. 1825) and send the letter,
acknowledging the error, to the Accounts Office, attached to the Abstract.
1366. Index of Invoice Numbers: In order to ascertain the number of the last Invoice
issued to a station, for the purpose of the manuscript numbering of Invoices, an Index in
form T.1366 should be maintained in each Goods Office.
FORM T. 1366
INDEX TO INVOICES ISSUED FROM…………………………DURING THE HALF

YEAR ENDING…………………….20…..
Name of station to Invoice numbers and dates of issue

1 2 3 4 5
Lahore Cantt .. ..
4/10 6/10 7/10 11/10 31/10
1 2 3 4
Faisalabad .. ..
1/10 8/10 19/10 21/10
1 2 3
Karachi Bandar .. ..
1/10 3/10 5/10
1 2 3
Kiamari .. ..
1/10 8/10 15/10
1367. Grant of Receipt foil of Invoice to Consignors: (i) As soon as Form T.1353 or
T.1354 is prepared in accordance with the instructions in paragraphs 1357 to 1366, the
Receipt foil of the Invoice should be given to the sender, who will forward it to the
consignee to enable the latter to obtain delivery of the goods at the station to which
they are consigned. When goods are 'prepaid', the Station Master or Commercial
Supervisor (Goods) who actually receives the amount and signs the Receipt should put
his initials against the “paid” entries in the Consignment Note and enter the amount
received in the Goods Cash Book (T.1805). Any servant of Pakistan Railways who
13.20
CHAPTER XIII
receives money on account of the railway and who omits to enter it immediately in the
Cash Book or other prescribed record or who collects irregular charges from the public
with intent to defraud, is liable to be prosecuted.
(ii) Railway Receipt must not be granted till goods tendered for despatch have been
correctly weighed, checked in the case of small and weighed, correctly loaded and
checked in the case of full load consignment.
(iii) When it is not possible to load goods as soon as received owing to vehicle being
not available, railway receipts should not be granted until the consignments have been
correctly loaded.
1368. Railway Receipts (i.e., Receipt foils of Invoices) should not be granted till goods
tendered for dispatch have been correctly examined and weighed. When senders load
their consignments, the Railway Receipts should not be given until the loading has
been completed to the satisfaction of Pakistan Railways.
1369. Receipt for money paid: As a rule, no bill or receipt should be granted for
payment of freight beyond the Receipt foil of the Invoice granted to the consignor. It
may, however, happen that, in special cases, particulars of charges may be asked for.
These should, in every case, be given in Freight Receipt, Form T.1369. These forms
should be machine-numbered and printed and supplied in bound books in sets of two
foils to be written by carbon process. One of the foils should be made over to the
person paying the freight charges as an acknowledgment of the amount collected, the
other being retained as station record.
FORM T.1369
FREIGHT RECEIPT
P.R.
—————————————————Station.
No.——————————— Date———————————20 .
Received on————————————————————20 . From———————————————————————————————————
Rs. (in words)——————————————————— (Rs.——————————————————————) as per particulars
noted below:
Signature of Staff (in full)—————————————————————————————
Invoice. Station
Description Weight Freight Demurrage Account
from or Rate Total
of goods P.W. Bill. charges or wharfage Code
to
No Date
Tonnes/Kgs Rs. Rs. Rs.
13.21
CHAPTER XIII
N.B.——This receipt for charges paid will be given, if required, at the time of payment. Complaints of other
irregularities should be addressed to the Divisional Superintendent concerned.
1370. Submission of 'Invoice' foils to destination stations and ‘Junction Invoice' foils to
Junctions: 'Invoice’ should, without delay, be forwarded in special covers by the train
by which they will soonest reach the destination station. These foils should never be
kept back for dispatch in batches.
1371. In the case of 'through' traffic, 'Junction Invoices’ should be forwarded in special
covers by the train by which they will soonest reach the first Junction and, after being
copied into the Junction Books, should be dispatched to the next Junction, or to
destination, as the case may be.
1372. In the case of consignments which have to be transhipped, the numbers of the
wagons into which the consignment is transhipped should be entered by the
transhipping Junction in the ‘Junction Invoice’, which should accompany the goods to
destination.
1373. In cases in which a portion only of a consignment has been received at a station,
such portion should not be detained for the full consignment to arrive when the
destination can be ascertain from the wagon-label, code marks, guidance, etc. A
“memo invoice“ showing the weight and all available information should, in such cases
be made out and accompany the goods forward. The ‘Junction Invoice’ should follow
with the balance of the consignment.
1374. ‘Junction Invoices’ should be stamped, at each Junction through which they
pass, with the 'Junction' stamp showing the date of receipt. The stamp should be
impressed on the back of the Invoice.
1375. When “through” goods reach a junction before the Junction Invoice, the latter
should at once be informed from the forwarding station or from the last Junction, as the
case may be. On receipt, the Invoice should be dealt with as in paragraphs 1371 and
1372, but in such cases the goods should not be detained when the destination can be
ascertained from the wagon label, code marks, guidance, etc. A “memo invoice”
showing the weight and all available information should, in such cases, be made out
and accompany the goods to their destination.
1376. When there are two or more available routes to destination for goods which
reach a Junction before the 'Junction Invoice', and the route is not shown on the card
label or other document, the Junction Station Master should informed the forwarding
and destination stations for the necessary information. If a reply is not received from
either station within 48 hours, the goods should be dispatched to destination by the
shortest route, the matter being reported to the Accounts Office/Revenue.
13.22
CHAPTER XIII
1377. “Through” goods forwarded by other than the invoiced route: When Through
goods, for which there are two or more available routes, are forwarded by mistake, at
the request of sender due to breach of line, etc., by other than the booked route,
without change of destination, the Junction Station Master receiving the goods should
forward them to destination without delay, and should report the facts of the case to the
Accounts Office/Revenue.
1378. In the event of a misdispatch being discovered at a Junction or station situated at

some distance on the incorrect route, the goods should be forwarded thence by the
shortest route to destination, whether it be the invoiced route or not and advices sent as
in para. 1377; provided that live-stock and Perishables and other traffic requiring quick
transit may be sent to the correct destination by the quickest route. In all cases of
misdispatch, the destination station should account for the Invoice as originally issued.
1379. Copies of Invoices and Parcels Way-bills: When stations are requested by the
Audit or Accounts Officer for copies of Invoices or Parcels Way-bills, the documents
should be supplied by the first train. The copies should be certified as “true copies” by
the person furnishing them. The Audit or Accounts Officers are authorized to call on
stations direct, for any information necessary for any explanation as to any difference
between entries on Invoices or Way-bills and Forwarded Abstracts. Station Masters
should reply promptly to such calls.
1380. Alteration of entries in station books and records: No erasure of any kind should
be made in any figures or entries in Consignment Notes, Invoices, Railway Receipts,
and other Station Books. When a mistake in number, weight, quantity or description
has been made and a correction is necessary, such correction should be made by
passing the pen or pencil lightly through the incorrect entry, and writing the correct
entry underneath. In the case of documents written by carbon process, the correction
should be made before the carbon paper and the foils are removed. Whoever makes
the correction should initial it. When the error has been made in Consignment a Note,
or in any document or entry signed by the consignor, the latter should be required to
initial the corrected entry.
MISCELLANEOUS
1381. Goods booking stations: Goods should only be booked from or to stations open
for goods traffic. The alphabetical list of railway stations mentioned in paragraph 204
shows against each station whether it is open for goods traffic. However personal effects
of railway staff sent free on transfer may be booked from or to a station which is not
open for booking of goods traffic.
13.23
CHAPTER XIII
1382. Booking of contraband and offensive goods: There are special rules for the
booking and conveyance of (a) arms, ammunition and intoxicating drugs and (b)
articles declared as “offensive goods” under the Railways Act, 1890. These rules are
published by Pakistan Railways Administration in Pakistan Railways tariffs or other
special pamphlets. The staff entrusted with the booking of goods should carefully study
and act up to them.
1383. Intoxicating drugs should not be accepted for conveyance by rail unless covered
by a pass or permit granted by the Excise Department. The pass or permit, after being
examined by the station staff at the forwarding station, should be recorded on the
invoice Railway Receipt with full particulars as to its number, date and authority issuing
the permit with quantity of goods permitted to be booked.
1384. Booking of “excepted” articles: The rules given in Chapter X regarding booking
and examination of parcels containing “excepted” articles and the execution of Risk
Notes are equally applicable to such consignments tendered for conveyance by goods
trains.
1385. Booking of live-stock: Live-stock both public and military, to be conveyed by

goods trains, in vehicles other than horse-boxes, should be booked on Invoices. The
rules in Chapter VIII regarding increased percentage charges of animals, execution of
Risk Notes and prevention of cruelty to animals apply also to live-stock booked by
goods trains.
1386. Deleted.
1387. Deleted.
13.24
PAKISTAN RAILWAYS

(COMMERCIAL)

CHAPTER XIV
20 October, 2011
CHAPTER XIV
LOADING OF GOODS
C O N T ENT S
WAGON AND TRAIN LOADS 14.1 1401
“TURN ROUND” OF STOCK 14.1 1402 — 1406

(1403 — 1405 Deleted)
LOADING OF WAGONS 14.1 — 14.2 1407 — 1408
PLACING WAGONS IN POSITION FOR LOADING 14.2 1409
TALLY BOOK OF OUTWARDS GOODS 14.2 1410 — 1411
LOADING OR UNLOADING GOODS IN ASSISTED

SIDINGS 14.3 1412 — 1413
LOADING OR UNLOADING GOODS BY MEANS OF
CRANES 14.3 1414 — 1415
SUMMARIES OF CONSIGNMENTS LOADED IN

WAGONS 14.4 1416 — 1417
WAGON LABELS 14.4 — 14.5 1418 — 1421

(1422 Deleted)
RIVETING OF WAGONS 14.5 1423
SEALING OF WAGONS 14.5 — 14.6 1424 — 1426
SEAL EXAMINATION REGISTER 14.6 1427
ARRANGEMENTS FOR LOADING AND UNLOADING 14.6 — 14.7 1428 — 1429

OF GOODS (1430 Deleted)
HANDLING BILLS 14.7 — 14.8 1431 — 1432

(1433 Deleted)
GOODS TRANSFERRED FROM ONE WAGON TO
ANOTHER 14.8 1434
28
CHAPTER XIV
LOADING OF GOODS
1401. Wagon and train loads: The arrangements for working goods traffic should be so
organized as to obtain the best possible results in terms of wagon loads, train loads, and
to ensure a quick turn round of stock. The unit of railway transport is a wagon. In order
to attain the maximum output and efficiency from a transport system each wagon
should be given as full a load as possible. The utilization of wagons for the purpose of
conveying less than the full economical load means a loss of carrying capacity on the
railway and consequently loss of output. Station Masters and other traffic staff should
use their influence with traders to offer consignments for conveyance in full wagon
loads, and exercise the closest supervision over the loading of wagons, especially at
terminal, repacking, and transhipment points, to see that there is no waste of wagons,
and that the floor space is utilized to the best extent. The arrangements for attaching
and detaching wagons to and from trains should be made in such a way that the train
may have, as nearly as practicable, a maximum load throughout the run.
1402. “Turn round” of stock: The period between the time when vehicles pick up a
load and the time when, having made a trip, they are ready to pick up another load, is
the turn-round. The quicker the turn-round, the fewer the vehicles required. On
completion of safe and quick transit of loaded wagons by the Operating Department, it
is up to the traffic or commercial staff to arrange for the quick unloading of wagons and
their prompt release. This should be done by exercising a close supervision over the
loading and unloading operations through the Wagon Transfer Register (T.1507).
1403. Deleted.
1404. Deleted.
1405. Deleted.
1406. Station Masters and Commercial Supervisors (Goods) are held personally
responsible for a strict supervision of the transhipment sheds in their charge, this work
being among the most important of their duties.
1407. Loading of wagons: Before commencing to load goods into wagons, care should
be taken to select vehicles:
(i) which do not leak;
(ii) which are clean and in good condition and are not labelled "damaged"; and
(iii) which are the most suitable for the traffic to be loaded, both as regards size
and carrying capacity.
(iv)If they are marked ‘”N.P” loading instructions are not being violated.
14.1
CHAPTER XIV
LOADING OF GOODS
1408. In loading goods into wagons, care should be taken to avoid all possible chances
of their being damaged during transit and leaving room for claims based on defective
and careless loading.
1409. Placing wagons in position for loading: The rules laid down in paragraphs 1507
to 1509 for the "unloading" of wagons should also be followed in recording the date
and time of placing wagons in position for loading and for their return, when loaded.
1410. Tally Book of outwards goods: In loading, goods should be carefully tallied into
wagons, and details of the number of packages and consignments, put into each
wagon, should be entered in the Tally Book form T. 1410, an important station record
supplied to each loading staff. The easiest way of doing this is for the loading staff to
stand at the door of the wagon and record in his Tally Book, in ink, each article that is
passed into the wagon. It is very important that the entries in the Tally Books are written
at the time the packages are loaded and not copied from rough note books. The pages
of each Tally Book should be machine-numbered and it should be seen by the loading
staff concerned that all the pages are correctly and serially numbered.
FORM T.1410
TALLY BOOK (FOR LOADING)
P.R.
——————————————————————Station. Signature of Commercial
Wagon Packages Invoice

Tally of contents
Condition
Assistant
Remarks
Weight
Station
Description
Date
Owner
Marks
Date
No.
No.
No.
Tonnes. Kgs
1411. The Tally Book is the initial record of the actual loading of consignments in
wagons and is referred to when responsibility has to be fixed in the event of any
package going astray at transhipping points or at destinations. Each Tally Book issued to
a loading staff should be entered in a manuscript Register to be maintained in form T.
1411 and numbered with reference to its entry in the Register. When a blank Book (T.
1410) is supplied, the loading staff signature should be obtained in the Register under
14.2
CHAPTER XIV
LOADING OF GOODS
the column provided for the purpose. When the Book is finished, it should be returned
by the loading staff to the Station Master or Commercial Superintendent (Goods) who
will enter the date of return in the Register under his initials and at the same time satisfy
himself that all the leaves of the Book are intact.
FORM T. 1411
REGISTER OF TALLY BOOKS ISSUED AT…………………………STATION
Serial Signature of loading Date of
Date of issue File No. Remarks
No. Commercial Assistant return
1 2 3 4 5 6
1412. Loading or unloading goods in assisted sidings: Goods should not be loaded or
unloaded in assisted sidings by the station staff unless there exists special authority for
this being done.
1413. Where a Commercial Staff (Goods) is posted in an assisted siding and his wages
are paid for by the owner thereof, the loading of goods will be supervised and tallied by
a Commercial Staff (Goods), and Railway Receipts for the specific number of packages
loaded will be granted. Where no Commercial Staff (Goods) is posted, the
consignments loaded in an assisted siding will be booked at the station in the same way
as any other consignment, but, owing to the difficulty of making an accurate check of
an already loaded wagon, a "said to contain" Receipt only may be granted in all those
cases in which such a check has not been exercised.
1414. Loading or unloading goods by means of cranes: When cranes are used for
loading or unloading heavy articles, required under tariff conditions to be loaded or
unloaded by owners, the charges laid down in the tariff should be recovered from the
consignors or consignees as the case may be. These charges should be accounted for
by the issue of a Miscellaneous Cash Note (T. 1140). Full details as to the type of the
crane used (whether fixed or travelling crane), its lifting capacity, the time at which it is
placed at the disposal of the party requiring it and at which it is released, should be
furnished to the Accounts Office. If the crane is called for from another station, the
name of such station and the distance should also be communicated.
1415. When dispatching consignments which are so heavy or bulky as to need the use
of a crane for unloading, the sending station should advise the receiving station that a
crane of such specific lifting capacity will be required, so that the latter may be in a
position to arrange to have a crane to unload the consignment without delay. An
endorsement regarding requirement of a crane at destination station shall also be made
on the ‘Railway Receipt’ and ‘Invoice’.
14.3
CHAPTER XIV
LOADING OF GOODS
1416. Summaries of consignments loaded in wagon: After the goods have been loaded
in wagons in the manner indicated in the previous paragraphs, a Summary of
Consignments loaded in each wagon should be prepared on Form T. 1416 in carbon-
triplicate. One copy should be placed in the wagon, the second sent to destination
station (or to tranship station) and the third retained at the booking station for record.
FORM T. 1416
SUMMARY OF CONSIGNMENTS LOADED AT STATION AT…………….STATION

By No…………Up/Down…………..Goods/Mixed Train of……………20….
From……………….......................To…….……………………….
Wagon No……….Description…………..Owning railway…...………..
Carrying capacity……………….
Packages Station Invoice Received Remarks as to condition, etc.
Tally of contents
All remarks in this column to
Name in full
be legibly signed by the
Description
At what
station
Weight persons who make them and

Marks
From
Date
No.
Via
To
No. counter signed by the guard,

or by the person who hands
over the consignments
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Tonne
Received by————————————————Guard of No………..Up/Down Train of……………20...

(Guard’s Signature)
Guard-in-Charge………From…../….To………Date received for repacking………..20...
Guard-in-Charge…………...From……………..To…………….
1417. The Summaries (T. 1416) should also be prepared by the starting station for
‘smalls’ carried in Collecting or Distributing Road Vans (wagons from booking stations
to transhipment stations or from the latter to destination stations). A separate Summary
should be prepared in duplicate for each such van placed on the train, one copy being
retained for record and the other handed over to the Guard for destination station.
1418. Wagon Labels: Wagons should be labelled with Wagon Labels Form T. 1418. All
details required by the Form should be filled in legibly in indelible ink or in blue pencil.
Station names should be entered in block letters. When a consignment is booked via
more than one Junction, all the Junction stations through which the consignment has to
pass, should be clearly specified on the Label.
14.4
CHAPTER XIV
LOADING OF GOODS
FORM T. 1418
WAGON LABEL
P.R.
(Obverse) (Reverse)
INWARDS. OUTWARDS.
———————— ——————————
No.—————————— Ry.——————————— Date———————————

Consignee—————————————————————————————
Train No.—————————————— Time————————————

Loaded or empty—————————————————————————
From—————————————————————————————————————— From———————————————————————————————————
To———————————————————————————————————————— To—————————————————————————————————————
Route—————————————————————————————————————— ———————————————————————————————————————
Loaded or Empty [L/E] Remarks.———————————————————————————————
Train No.————————————— Time———————————————
Date————————————————— ———————————————————
1419. The tare weight and the load in tonnes, as well as total tonnage, should be
carefully recorded on each Label.
1420. The name of consignee should be given in full to admit of the notice of arrival of
goods being served by destination stations without delay to consignees.
1421. In Through booking with foreign railways, every loaded covered wagon should
have two additional labels placed on either side of the wagon in the brackets provided
for the purpose. These labels will be in addition to and the entries on them identical
with those on the Wagon Labels (T. 1418).
1422. Deleted.
1423. Riveting of wagons: Wagons should be riveted under the supervision of the staff
responsible immediately after loading. If a wagon is not riveted for some reason or
other, the reasons should be noted in the Tally Book (T.1410) and the Wagon Label (T.
1418). Wagon containing mineral, charcoal/coal, Firewood, grass, full pressed cotton,
bone-meal, live stock, offensive, explosive and explosive goods should not be riveted.
1424. Sealing of wagons: The sealing of wagons should be done by the staff responsible
in such a way that it is not possible for any person to get at the goods without breaking
14.5
CHAPTER XIV
LOADING OF GOODS
the seals. The Wagon Label (T. 1418) should be used as a seal-label.
1425. The station seal should remain in the custody of the Station Master or
Commercial Superintendent (Goods) and only the persons authorized to seal wagons
should be allowed to have access to it.
1426. Wagons containing dangerous goods and explosives should not be sealed with
wax as this would necessitate the use of a lamp or naked light near the wagons. Special
lead-seals with wire shackles supplied by Pakistan Railways Administration to all
stations booking these goods should be used for the purpose.
1427. Seal Examination Register: Guards when taking over trains at starting stations
and when attaching wagons at intermediate stations should carefully examine the
wagon seals and rivets and note the result in a Seal Examination Register (Form T.
1427) maintained at stations. Detailed rules defining the responsibility of the various
members of the staff in this matter and the action to be taken when defective seals or
rivets are noticed will be laid down by Pakistan Railways Administration.
FORM T.1427
REGISTER OF SHOWING RESULT OF EXAMINATION OF WAGON SEALS AND
RIVETS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Particulars of wagons with Signatures of staff
Time
Nature of defect noticed
defective seals and rivets, if any concerned

Number of train
Month and date
Load of train
Railway Police
Remarks
Official, if any
Guard or train
Guard or train
handling over
taking over
Number
Departure
Arrival
with Station
Station to
owning from
railway
1428. Arrangements for loading and unloading of goods: The loading and unloading of
goods are, under present arrangements, performed by one or other of the following
agencies:
(1) By the consignors or consignees themselves.
(2) By duly authorized contractors.
(3) By the Station Masters through local private labour.
14.6
CHAPTER XIV
LOADING OF GOODS
1429. The conditions under which goods are loaded or unloaded by Pakistan Railways
are published in the tariffs.
1430. Deleted.
1431. Handling Bills: When either the Station Master or contractor performs the loading
or unloading services on behalf of Pakistan Railways, they should prepare Handling
Bills in Form No. T. 1431.
FORM T. 1431
BILLS FOR GOODS HANDLED BY CONTRACTORS AT……………STATION FOR THE

MONTH OF……………….. 20….
(Obverse)
Description of traffic Outwards Inwards
1 2 3
Tonne Tonne
(i) Local/Foreign Goods Traffic as per Outwards and Inwards
General Summaries.
Less not lifted goods as per particulars below ..

Net weight payable for Local/Foreign Goods Traffic ..
(ii) Net weight payable for Foreign Goods Traffic brought

forward from the Statement of Foreign traffic.
Grand Total .. ..
STATEMENT OF OUTWARDS AND INWARDS GOODS NOT LIFTED
BY CONTRACTORS
Invoice Outwards Inwards
Station from or to Remarks
Date No. Weight Weight
Tonne Tonne
14.7
CHAPTER XIV
LOADING OF GOODS
(Reverse)
Net weight payable as Total Accounts

Description of traffic Rate Remarks
per particulars overleaf amount code
1 2 3 4 5 6
Tonne Rupees Rupees
(i) Outwards ..
(ii) Inwards ..
Amount payable (in words).
*I,…………………hereby certify that the whole amount as per details above is due
to…………………………………..
Station………………….....
……………….…
Dated…………………. 20…. Signature.
*Name to be written here legibly and in full.
1432. These Bills should be prepared from the Summaries of Goods Outwards and
Inwards (T.1826 or T.1827). Consignments handled by consignors and consignees
should be entered on the Form in the space provided for ‘goods not lifted by
contractors’.
1433. Deleted.
1434. Goods transferred from one wagon to another: When goods are transferred from
one wagon into another from any exceptional cause, such as cutting off a wagon for
repairs, the Station Master of the station at which the wagon is detached will, if the
transhipment is performed by contract, give at the time a special voucher to the
contractor. He will also promptly advise the station, to which the goods are booked, of
the number, description and capacity of the wagon, from and into which transhipped.
The station so advised will note the particulars in the Invoice and in the Goods Inwards
and Delivery Book (T.1809).
14.8
PAKISTAN RAILWAYS

(COMMERCIAL)

CHAPTER XV
20 October, 2011
CHAPTER XV
UNLOADING AND DELIVERY OF GOODS
C O N T ENT S
OPERATIONS CONNECTED WITH UNLOADING AND

DELIVERY OF GOODS 15.1 1501
EXAMINATION OF SEALS, LABELS, ETC. 15.1 1502 — 1503
REMOVAL OF RIVETS, SEALS AND LABELS 15.1 1504 — 1505
PRESERVATION OF SEALS AND LABELS 15.1 1506
WAGON TRANSFER REGISTER 15.1 — 15.2 1507 — 1509
UNLOADING TALLY BOOK 15.2 — 15.3 1510 — 1511
EXAMINATION OF PACKAGES AT THE TIME OF

UNLOADING 15.3 1512
PACKAGES FOUND MISSING FROM WAGONS WITH

SEALS INTACT 15.3 1513 — 1514
DAMAGES OR DEFICIENCIES 15.4 1515
PACKAGES FOUND IN EXCESS 15.4 1516
NOTICE OF ARRIVAL OF GOODS 15.5 1517 — 1520
REWEIGHMENT OF GOODS AT RECEIVING STATIONS 15.6 1521 — 1522
DISCREPANCIES FOUND ON REWEIGHMENT OF

GOODS 15.6 1523 — 1527
INVOICES OR LABELS ENDORSED FOR WEIGHMENT 15.7 1528 — 1529
RECEIPT OF INWARDS INVOICES 15.7 1530 — 1531
EXAMINATION BY DESTINATION STATIONS OF

CONTENTS OF CONSIGNMENTS 15.7 1532
CHECK OF INWARDS INVOICES 15.7 — 15.8 1533 — 1534
29
CHAPTER XV
C O N T ENT S
RESPONSIBILITY FOR UNDERCHARGES 15.8 1535 — 1539

(1537 — 1538 Deleted)
ACCOUNTAL OF INWARDS INVOICES 15.9 1540
ACCOUNTAL OF UNDER AND OVERCHARGES ON

GOODS 15.9 — 15.10 1541 — 1542
POSTING OF PARTICULARS OF INWARDS

CONSIGNMENTS IN GOODS INWARDS BOOK 15.10 1543
PAYMENT OF RAILWAY DUES BEFORE DELIVERY OF

GOODS 15.10 1544
DELIVERY OF GOODS ON PRODUCTION OF RAILWAY

RECEIPT 15.10 1545 — 1546
INDEMNITY BOND 15.11 1547 — 1549
DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN RAILWAY RECEIPTS AND

INVOICES 15.11 — 15.12 1550 — 1551
PROCEDURE WHEN THE INVOICE IS NOT TO HAND 15.12 1552 — 1554
SIGNATURES OF PERSON RECEIVING GOODS 15.13 1555
DEFECTIVE CONDITION OF CONSIGNMENTS

DELIVERED 15.13 1556
OPEN DELIVERY OF GOODS 15.13 1557
ASSESSMENT OF DAMAGED GOODS 15.15 1557A — 1557C
STOPPAGE OF DELIVERY OF GOODS 15.17 1558 — 1559
DELIVERY OF PART CONSIGNMENTS 15.17 — 15.18 1560 — 1563
GATE PASSES 15.18 — 15.19 1564 — 1565
30
CHAPTER XV
C O N T ENT S
NUMBERING AND FILING OF RAILWAY RECEIPTS 15.19 1566
WHARFAGE AND DEMURRAGE CHARGES 15.19 1567 — 1568
RECTIFICATION OF ERRORS IN INVOICES 15.19 — 15.21 1569 — 1578
REBOOKING OF GOODS 15.21 — 15.22 1579 — 1580
RE-INVOICING GOODS REBOOKED TO ANOTHER 15.22 1581 — 1587

STATION (1582, 1585 Deleted)
INVOICING OF GOODS OVERCARRIED 15.22 1588 (1589 Deleted)
31
CHAPTER XV
1501. The operations involved in the unloading and delivery of inwards goods are:
(1) Examination of seals, labels, rivets and locks of inwards loaded vehicles;
(2) Unloading and tally of the contents of such vehicles;
(3) Reweighment of the goods received;
(4) the receipt, check and accountal of the inwards Invoices; and
(5) Delivery of the goods received,
EXAMINATION OF SEALS, LABELS, ETC.
1502. The seals, labels, rivets, and locks of inwards loaded vehicles should be
carefully examined (in the presence of Pakistan Railways Police Staff, (where
possible) or by the station staff taking over such vehicles from a train. If there is any
doubt as to the condition of seals, etc., the contents of the vehicles should be
examined at once.
1503. The Wagon Labels should be compared with the Invoices, if received. When
the destination station finds that the route on the Wagon Label does not agree with
the route on the Invoice, the circumstances should be reported to the Chief
Commercial Manager, Divisional Superintendent and to the Accounts Office. A
similar report should be made if there is any discrepancy between the weight shown
on the Wagon Label and that entered on the Invoice.
1504. Removal of rivets, seals and Labels: Seals and Labels, etc., should be removed
only by the staff detailed for unloading vehicles and rivets should be cut in their
presence.
1505. In removing seals, care should be taken to leave them intact for being
examined in the event of shortage.
1506. Preservation of seals and Labels: Seals and Labels should be carefully preserved
for six months and then destroyed, but in the case of shortage from wagons or any
dispute or claim, they should be submitted with the Missing Goods Return (T. 1734).
UNLOADING AND TALLY

1507. Wagon Transfer Register: Inwards loaded vehicles should, as soon as possible
after receipt, be placed in position for unloading. The date and time at which the
vehicles are placed in position for unloading, as also the date and time at which they
are returned duly unloaded, should be recorded in the Wagon Transfer Register (Form
T. 1507). These forms should be machine-numbered, issued and filed in the same
way as Tally Books (paragraphs 1410 & 1411).
15.1
CHAPTER XV
FORM T. 1507
TRANSFER REGISTER OF WAGONS HANDLED BY CONSIGNORS, CONSIGNEES
AND RAILWAY BRANCH FOR THE MONTH OF ……………………….. 20……
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Amount of demurrage due

Signature of consignor or
consignee or their agents
Received Time for
Wagon Placed in
Signature of Station
back by which
returning vehicles
Signature of party
Loaded or empty
received at Particulars of wagons position for
Account code
Station demurrage
station handling
Remarks
Master is due
Master
Loaded or
Carrying
capacity
empty
Date
Date
Date
Mts.
Mts.
Mts.
Mts.
Hrs.
Hrs.
Hrs.
Hrs.
No.
Tonnes Rs.
1508. The signature of the consignee or his agent should be obtained against the
entries in the Wagon Transfer Register (T. 1507) in token of his acceptance of the
correctness of the timings. The free time allowed to consignees for unloading of
wagons is given in the tariffs and when a consignee does not unload a vehicle within
free time, demurrage charges should be recovered at the rates laid down in the tariffs.
Moreover, failing to unload the wagon within ten days, this should be done by
railway and consignee charged according to tariff rates for such unloading.
1509. In the case of goods required to be unloaded by Pakistan Railways a separate

Register should be maintained, and where the unloading is performed by a contractor
the charges for delay, if any, in unloading should be recovered from his bill. Loading
and unloading at places other than goods shed should not be allowed towards the
running lines. Under no circumstances, the permissible dimension should be
infringed by any unloading which can be hazardous for the travelling public.
1510. Unloading Tally Book: In unloading, goods should be carefully tallied out of
wagons and details of the number of packages and consignments taken out of each
wagon should be entered in the Unloading Tally Book (Form T. 1510) which should
be kept at each station. This tally is to be made by actual count of each package as
unloaded or, where practicable, by counting all the packages in a vehicle before
unloading. The total number unloaded should agree with the number shown in
Wagon Labels (T. 1418) and Summaries (T. 1416). It is the Station Master’s duty to
ascertain that the goods have, on their arrival at destination station, been carefully
tallied out of the wagons and agreed with the Invoice.
15.2
CHAPTER XV
FORM T.1510
P.R.
GOODS TALLY BOOK (UNLOADING) OF…………………………………..STATION
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Wagon Packages Invoice
Signature of unloading staff

Weight on reweighment
Weight as per invoice
Delivery book page
Date of removal
Station from
Condition
Remarks
Train
Date
Owner
Marks
Date
No.
No.
No.
Tonne Tonne
1511. The rules in regard to the printing, supply and writing of the Unloading Tally
Book (T. 1510) are the same as for Loading Tally Book (T. 1410).
1512. Examination of packages at the time of unloading: Each package should be

carefully examined at the time of unloading for damage or pilferage. If any damage,
deficiency or pilferage is noticed a note should be made in the Unloading Tally Book
(T. 1510) showing the exact condition of the package which should be reweighed.
The whole consignment of which the package in question forms a part should also be
reweighed except when bags are of equal weight.
1513. Packages found missing from wagons with seals intact: If a package or a
consignment is found missing at a station from a wagon, the seals of which are intact
an advice should be sent, within six hours of the time at which the wagon is opened,
to the sending station or, if the consignment was checked or transhipped en route, to
the station which last sealed the wagon. The condition of this rule is complied with if
it can be shown that the advice was tendered for dispatch within six hours of the
wagon being opened.
1514. The following remark should, in all such cases, be invariably added at the end
of such message:
“Seals intact before unloading began.”
15.3
CHAPTER XV
1515. Damages or deficiencies: Any damage or deficiency, other than the loss of a
package or consignment, should be notified to the booking station or, if the
consignment was checked or transhipped en route, to the station which last sealed
the wagon, by post on the date the consignment is unloaded and should at the same
time be recorded in a Register to be maintained at stations in form T. 1515. This rule
should be considered as complied with if the date of the post mark is not latter than
the day following the date of unloading. In the event of the postal advice not being
received by the checking or transhipping station, the entry in the Register (T. 1515)
will be accepted as evidence that such a letter was actually dispatched.
FORM T. 1515
REGISTER OF DAMAGES TO AND DEFICIENCIES IN GOODS RECEIVED AT

……………… STATION. (EACH ENTRY SHOULD BE SERIALLY NUMBERED, AND
THIS SERIAL NUMBER SHOULD BE PUT ON THE ADVICE SENT)
Particulars of receipt of wagons Particulars of unloading of wagons Particulars of consignments
Persons
Date reported to Claims
Invoice
Advice No. and date
advised
Extent of damage or
Code initials of seal
Covered or open
Owning Railway
Wagon Number
No. of articles
Condition*+
Station from
deficiency
Station to
Remarks
Office
Train
Time
Time
Date
Date
Name
Date
Date
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
* In case of covered wagons, condition of seals and other apparent defects, if any, in the wagon
which would be the cause of damage to the contents, may be given.
+ In case of open wagons, the outward condition of the load, whether it was properly sheeted or
roped, should be noted.
1516. Packages found in excess: Packages found, during the course of unloading to
have been received in excess or those found to have been exchanged, should be
notified to the booking and last transhipping stations immediately.
15.4
CHAPTER XV
1517. Notice of arrival of goods: Station Master/Commercial Supervisor must ensure

that notices of arrival of goods in Form T-1517 are issued as far as possible for all
consignments received at their station and not removed on the date of unloading.
Such advice cannot be claimed as a right by consignees. If the consignee fails to
unload or take delivery of goods within the period prescribed in the tariff, a claim for
wharfage will arise.
FORM T.1517
PAKISTAN RAILWAYS
NOTICE OF ARRIVAL OF GOODS
No…………………………….
To
……………………………………………….
…………………………………………………
…………………………………………………..
The under mentioned goods, consigned to you from……………………………………., arrived here this
day. You are requested to send for them as soon as possible, as they remain here entirely at your risk. If
the goods are not immediately removed, demurrage will be charged for detention of each wagon or
the goods will be unloaded and sent to a godown at your risk and expense.
Station Master,
Dated…………………………20. . . . . ……………………………Station.
Account
Goods Marks Weight Rate Paid To Pay Total
code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Tonne Rupees Rupees Rupees
1518. In the case of vehicles required under tariff rules to be unloaded by consignees,
a remark showing the date and time at which the vehicles are placed in position for
unloading and the time up to which they will stand under load free of demurrage
should be made on the notice of arrival. Such notices should be sent out as early as
possible after the receipt of vehicles.
1519. When consignments are booked from a sender to himself, notice of arrival
should be issued to the sender, if his address is known otherwise through sending
station.
1520. All notices of arrival should be entered in a manuscript register maintained for
the purpose and numbered consecutively with reference to their entry in the register.
15.5
CHAPTER XV
REWEIGHMENT OF INWARDS GOODS
1521. Reweighment of goods at receiving stations: In order to guard against

underweighments, receiving stations should exercise a check on the weight entered
on the Invoices. This check should be made by reweighing at least 10 per cent of all
small consignments. All damaged consignments, and consignments the invoiced
weight of which appears to be incorrect, should be reweighed as soon after unloading
as possible, and the result recorded in the Unloading Tally Book (T.1510), the
connected Invoices and the Goods Inward Books (T.1809 or T.1810). This rule also
applies to consignments charged by measurement that have not been weighed at a
weigh-bridge station.
1522. In the case of consignments consisting of packages of irregular size or weight

the whole consignment should be reweighed.
1523. Discrepancies found on reweighment of goods: Differences between the

invoiced weight and the weight on reweighment may be neglected if the difference
does not exceed two per cent, provided the total difference on the whole
consignment does not exceed 200 kilograms. Should the difference exceed these
limits, the difference in charges should be recovered, in case of overweight, before
delivery.
1524. When the weight of a consignment is computed at the forwarding station and it
is subsequently weighed at a weigh-bridge station, the weigh-bridge station weight,
and not the original forwarding station weight, should be taken into account when
considering the two per cent, or the allowance of 200 kilograms, referred to in the
previous paragraph.
1525. In the case of commodities liable to lose weight in transit, the correct weight
chargeable is that of the booking station, unless it can be shown that the weight
entered on the Invoice is incorrect.
1526. If there is an error in weight, the whole consignment should be reweighed,

except at large stations where it will be sufficient to reweigh 10 per cent of bagged
consignments provided that (i) the reweighments are made under the personal
supervision of the officer/official directed by the Divisional Superintendent or
Headquarters office and (ii) the bags are certified by the same authority to be of
uniform size and in good condition.
1527. Appreciable underweighments which would have resulted in loss of revenue

and frequent discrepancies between invoiced weight and weight found on
reweighment of consignments booked from any particular station should be reported
to the Divisional Superintendent concerned and to the Accounts Office.
15.6
CHAPTER XV
1528. Invoices or Labels endorsed for weighment: All consignments the Invoices or
Labels of which have been endorsed for weighment by forwarding stations
(paragraphs 1342 and 1345) should be weighed at destination stations (unless they
have already been weighed en route) and undercharges, if any, recovered.
1529. Where Invoices or Labels have been endorsed for weighment at an

intermediate weigh-bridge station and the weight has not been communicated by the
latter to the destination station, the latter should intimate to the station named in the
endorsement for the result of weighment and, failing a reply, should weigh the entire
consignment. The result of weighment or re-weighment, whether, found at
destination station or communicated to it by the weigh-bridge station, should be
recorded on the connected Invoice, Goods Inward Book (T. 1809 or T. 1810) and
Inwards Abstracts (T. 1821 or T. 1825).
RECEIPT, CHECK AND ACCOUNTAL OF INWARDS INVOICES
1530. Receipt of Inwards Invoices: Unlike Parcel Way-bills, the Invoices do not
accompany the goods to destinations. They are, as stated in paragraph 1370, sent by
forwarding stations in special covers by the train by which they will soonest reach the
destination station. On their receipt, therefore, at destination station, they should be
checked with the goods, if received, and stamped with the station stamp showing the
date of their receipt.
1531. Whenever Through goods reach the destination station in advance of the
Invoices, the Station master should at once apply by letter to the forwarding station
for the Invoice. If it has already been sent forward, a certified copy should be
dispatched by the first train.
1532. Examination by destination stations of contents of consignments: The object of

misdeclaration of goods by consignors and the preventive measures to be taken by
forwarding stations are explained in paragraph 1317. The destination station also
should, in cases in which there is reason to believe that a consignment has been
misdeclared, take steps to have the contents of the consignments examined in the
presence of the consignee, if possible. If as a result of the examination it is found that
a misdeclaration of goods had been made by the consignor, suitable action, as laid
down in the Goods tariff, should be taken. Frequent misdeclarations on the part of a
particular merchant or in respect of goods booked from a particular station, should be
viewed with suspicion and should be reported to Divisional Superintendent and to
the Accounts Office.
1533. Check of inwards Invoices: The receiving Station Master or Commercial Staff
(Goods) should carefully check all the charges immediately on receipt of the Invoices.
All undercharges noticed during the course of this check should be entered in the
15.7
CHAPTER XV
‘undercharge’ column provided for the purpose in the Invoice and the Goods Inwards
and Delivery Book (T. 1809 or T. 1810). Similarly, ‘overcharges’ due to error in
classification in computation of freight or in rate not affected by description should be
entered in the ‘overcharge’ column.
1534. In cases where goods are chargeable at alternative (Railway Risk or Owner’s
Risk) rates and the forwarding station has omitted to enter the words “Railway Risk”
or “Owner's Risk” on the Invoice, the receiving station should inform the forwarding
station enquiring whether the consignment is booked at “Owner's Risk” or at
''Railway Risk”. The receiving station will be held responsible for the collection of the
correct charges.
1535. Responsibility for undercharges: The receiving Station Masters or Commercial

Staff will be held responsible for undercharges whether in 'Paid' or ‘To-pay'
consignments, except in the following cases which will be debited to the forwarding
station:
(1) Perishable goods and live-stock;

(2) Undercharges of and under one thousand rupees in freight prepaid by
Credit Note; and
(3) Increased percentage charges,
1536. These exceptions, however, do not relieve the receiving station of the
responsibility for checking the Invoices. Undercharges in the excepted items detected
at receiving stations should be reported to the Accounts Office and to the forwarding
station. In the event of no such report having been made by the receiving station, it
will be held responsible for such undercharges if, when debited by the Accounts
Office to the forwarding stations, they are declared to be irrecoverable.
1537. Deleted.
1538. Deleted.
1539. In the case of consignments of military stores, the freight on which has been
prepaid in cash, the receiving station will be responsible for the recovery in cash of
undercharges from whatever cause arising. Where freight is paid by Credit Note, the
forwarding station is responsible, but the receiving station should, after rechecking the
Invoices, and before delivery of goods, obtain from the consignee a certificate in
support of undercharges, other than those arising out of error in rate or computation
which may be found to exist, and send it to the Accounts Office.
15.8
CHAPTER XV
1540. Accountal of inwards Invoices: (a) Inwards Invoices should, after check as to
accuracy of charges and with the goods, if received, be copied in full into the Goods
Inwards and Delivery Book (T.1809 or T.1810). Separate Books should be kept for
Local and Foreign traffic and all Invoices should be entered therein irrespective of
whether the goods in their connection have arrived or not.
(b) Invoices should be taken to account by destination stations in the month of

issue. To admit of this being done, the closing of each month's Inwards Book and
Goods Balance Sheet (T.1843) should be deferred until the 7th of the following
month when these should be closed, whether Invoices have come to hand or not. For
this purpose, sufficient space should be left in the Inwards Book for the entry, in their
proper month, of all missing Invoices arriving up to the date the accounts for that
month are closed. But, if Invoices arrive in regular order, those of the current month
should, of course, be all received and entered before any for the subsequent month
come to hand; or, in other words, the postings for the current month should be
completed and totalled before there would be any occasion for commencing those of
another, and for leaving any space between each.
(c) Invoices of local traffic received after the close of the month's accounts to
which they properly belong, should be entered in the month's account next to be
submitted and not shown in separate Abstracts. The numbers of such missing Invoices
being known may be entered at once, at the commencement of the next months
entries, the particulars being filled in as the Invoices arrive. If the instructions issued
regarding the transmission of Invoices, paragraph 1370, are duly carried out, the
receipt of Invoices, after the close of the month’s account to which they properly
belong, should be of rare occurrence.
1541. Accountal of Under and Overcharges on Goods: Under and Overcharges are
distinguished as current or arrear. Current Under and Overcharges are such as refer to
Invoices taken to account in the Goods Inwards Book (T.1809 or T.1810) and the
Abstracts (T.1821 or T.1825) of the same period as that in which the Under and
Overcharges are debited or credited. They should be posted in the Under and
Overcharges columns of the Invoice, the Goods Inwards Books and the Abstracts (in
the latter two against the entry of the Invoice), the original amount of Invoice being
retained in the “Paid” or “To-pay” column, as the case may be. Arrear Under and
Overcharges are such as refer to Invoices taken to account in the Inwards Books and
the Abstracts for a period or periods earlier than that in which the Under or
Overcharges are debited or credited. Undercharges advised by the Accounts Office
will be arrear Undercharges and, except that they are to be separately debited in the
Station Balance Sheet(T.1843) for the month, should be taken to account in the same
manner as other arrear Undercharges. Arrear Undercharges are to be entered in the
Undercharge column of the Inwards Books and the Abstracts——in the month’s account
15.9
CHAPTER XV
then next to be closed, opposite a separate entry, which is to be made, quoting

numbers and dates of Invoices and the name of station only; and should they remain
unpaid at close of the month’s account, they are to be transferred to the Outstanding
List in the same manner as other unpaid freight during that month.
1542. It is to be distinctly understood that no overcharge is to be taken credit for, until

all the requirements as to certification, etc., are fully carried out, or in the event of the
amount having been collected and paid in, until the overcharge has been duly
refunded. Any overcharge allowed or refunded on the authority of an order issued by
a Commercial Officer before receipt of a duly certified overcharge Return, when such
is necessary (vide Chapter XVII), should be treated as an outstanding, and included in
the outstanding List until receipt of such Return.
1543. Posting of particulars of inwards consignments in Goods Inwards Books: The

particulars of the arrival of inwards consignments and the result of weighment or
reweighment as recorded in the unloading Tally Book (T. 1510) or Wagon Transfer
Register (T. 1507) should be posted in the Goods Inwards Book against the entries of
connected Invoices.
DELIVERY OF GOODS
1544. Payment of Railways dues before delivery of goods: Before delivery of goods it
should be seen that all Railways dues have been paid. Wharfage and demurrage
charges should be levied under tariff rules and recovered from the consignees before
the removal of goods from Railways premises. Similarly, all undercharges noticed as a
result of check of Invoices (paragraph 1533), or of weighment of goods, etc., should
be recovered from consignees before delivery of goods. As regards overcharges
claimed at the time of delivery, the procedure indicated in Chapter XVII should be
followed.
1545. Delivery of goods on production of Railway Receipt: The consignee should be

required to produce the Receipt granted to the sender at the forwarding station and
the same should be taken back from him before delivery of goods. Goods are not to
be delivered to any person other than the consignee whose name is entered on the
Receipt, unless the consignee shall have endorsed on the Receipt an order to deliver
to the person by whom it is presented. The concerned staff should be careful to see
that the Receipt presented to him is in every way correctly prepared. If it has been
endorsed, he should see that such endorsement is made by the previous holder of the
Receipt.
1546. If an unendorsed Railway Receipt is presented by a person claiming goods as

the agent of the invoiced consignee, delivery should be withheld if such person
cannot produce a properly prepared and stamped Power-of-Attorney.
15.10
CHAPTER XV
1547. Indemnity Bond: In case of loss of Railway Receipt, an Indemnity Bond (Form
T.1547) should be obtained from the consignee before delivery of the goods. In the
case of goods consigned to self or those booked under the Value-Payable system, the
Indemnity Bond should be executed by consignor and certified by the Station Master
of the forwarding station.
FORM T.1547
INDEMNITY BOND
I hereby acknowledge to have received from Pakistan Railways …………………….…

……………………………………………………………….……………………………………………………
.…………..valued at Rupees ……………………………………………....…. which was dispatched to my
address from the……………………….station on or about the ……………….. day of …………………….
the Railway Receipt for which has been lost; and, for myself, my heirs, executors and administrators, I
undertake, in consideration of such delivery as aforesaid, to hold Pakistan Railways, its agents and
servants harmless and indemnified in respect of all claims to the said goods.
And I, the undersigned, signing below the consignee of these goods, certify that the first signer
is the bona fide owner of the goods, and that I undertake the whole of the said liability equally with the
consignee, and for this purpose I affix my signature hereto.
Witness…………………………….. Signature of consignee……………………..
Witness…………………………….. Signature of surety………………………….
Note.——This bond is an agreement ranging under clause (b) of Article 5 of Schedule I of The Stamp Act,
1899, and therefore chargeable with a stamp duty, irrespective of the value of the goods; but, in cases
specially exempted under the Stamp Act of which a list is given in the tariff, the bond need not be
stamped.
1548. All Indemnity Bonds except those for Government consignments should be
correctly witnessed and signed by a well-known surety who should be a person of
standing. Those for Government consignments need only be witnessed, no surety
being necessary.
1549. Stamped Indemnity Bonds should be indented for by stations on the Chief
Controller of Stores and should, on supply, be taken to debit by the Station Master in
the Station Balance Sheet (T. 1843), reference to the number and date of the Issue
Note under which supplied being quoted. As each Bond is sold, the credit for the
amount realized should be taken in the Station Balance Sheet under the head ‘cash.’
Unsold Stamped Indemnity Bonds should be shown as “outstandings.”
1550. Discrepancies between Railway Receipts and Invoices: As the Invoice and the
Railway Receipt are prepared simultaneously, using carbon paper, there should be no
discrepancy between the Invoice and the Railway Receipt. Where the Railway
Receipt is not a carbon copy of the Invoice, it should not be accepted as authority for
15.11
CHAPTER XV
delivery in the absence of the Invoice, except under special orders from the Chief
Commercial Manager or concerned Divisional Superintendent.
1551. When goods are to hand before the Invoice and the Railway Receipt is
presented which shows the freight “Paid”, or the Invoice being to hand shows the
freight “To-pay” while the receipt is “Paid” or vice versa, the forwarding station
should be informed before the delivery of the goods to ascertain, in the first case,
whether the entry is correct, and in the second case, which is correct. The reply
received should be attached to the Invoice. If it is found that an error has been made,
it should be adjusted in the manner prescribed in paragraphs 1573 and 1574 but the
Invoice should be accounted for as issued and not as it should have been issued.
1552. Procedure when the Invoice is not to hand: If, at the time of delivery of a
consignment, the original Invoice has not come to hand, delivery should be affected
on the authority of the consignee's Receipt, provided it is a carbon copy of the
Invoice (paragraph 1550). In the case of Foreign traffic the Receipt will be further
supported by the Junction Invoice. The latter should be sent to the Accounts Office
with the endorsement “Through Invoice not received” on it. When neither the
'Through' Invoice nor the Junction Invoice is received, a true copy of the Receipt with
the certification “True copy of the Receipt” should be prepared (provided that the
Receipt Note appears to be genuine in every respect and does not show any signs of
having been tampered with or being a bogus Receipt) and submitted to the Accounts
Office in place of the ‘Through' Invoice.
1553. If neither the ‘Through’ Invoice nor the Junction Invoice is to hand and the
Receipt cannot be produced by the consignee, delivery of the consignment should
only be made under the orders of an Officer of the Traffic/Commercial Department or
on the execution of a proper Indemnity Bond. In these cases an Invoice should be
prepared from the particulars available and endorsed “Memo. Invoice”, which should
be submitted to the Accounts Office. A copy of the original Invoice should also be
obtained from the forwarding station and submitted to the Accounts Office with the
remarks “Accounted for in period ending……………..by Memo. Invoice”.
1554. Particulars of consignments delivered before receipt of Invoice (Paragraph

1552) should be copied in Goods Inwards and Delivery Book (T.1809 or T.1810)
from the Receipt. When, however, deliveries are effected on a “Memo Invoice” (vide
paragraph 1553), the delivery should be recorded in a separate page set apart for
“Memo Invoices”. When the Invoice relating to the consignment is received, it should
be entered in its proper place in the Inwards Book and a note made against the
connected “Memo Invoice” entry.
15.12
CHAPTER XV
1555. Signatures of person receiving goods: The signature of the actual receiver of the
goods should invariably be taken in the column provided for the purpose in the
Goods Inwards Book. In the case of illiterate persons their attested marks, seals or
thumb impressions may be accepted in lieu of signatures.
1556. Defective condition of consignments delivered: Needful remarks should be

made in the 'Remarks' column of the Goods Inwards Book as to the condition of the
consignment when delivered, if defective. If a consignee desires to make remark as to
the condition of a consignment, he should be allowed to do so. Delivery should not
be refused or delayed on this account. If the remarks made by the consignee seem to
be unfair or incorrect, Station Master / Commercial Assistant / Goods should call two
reliable person and get them to witness the actual facts without exaggeration.
1557. Open delivery of goods: (a) General Conditions: The Railway Administration is
not legally bound to reweigh any consignment at destination, but this may be done
when conditions warrant it, purely as a safeguard against claimants subsequently
quoting fictitious weights. The remarks to reweigh a consignment is very often the
prelude to a further request for open delivery which must not be given unless the
consignment shows the sign of pilferage and is in a suspicious or defective condition.
An authorised Station Master or a senior Commercial Superintendent (Goods) must
take action as detailed below. At all other stations the Station Masters must intimate to
the Claim Inspector of the section for necessary action. Station Masters of all railhead
stations serving out-agencies and city booking agencies are, however, authorised to
give open deliveries of all defective consignments to the representatives of out-agents
and city booking agents. Out-agents and city booking agents are authorised to give
open delivery of all defective consignments at the out-agency and city booking
agency.
Open delivery will be granted only:
(1) when there are signs of damage or pilferage.

(2) when a consignment has not arrived in full, and
(3) when specially permitted by Divisional or
Headquarters Office.
(b) Open delivery of imported goods: Open delivery of imported goods if warranted
must not be granted unless the consignee produces, in addition to the beejuck, the
forwarding agents clearance bill, to see if the consignment had been surveyed at its
port of entry before its booking by rail. Such clearance bills must be submitted to the
office of the Chief Commercial Manager or the Divisional Superintendent, as the case
may be. If a clearance bill shows an item for survey charges, consignee must be asked
15.13
CHAPTER XV
to produce the letter from the forwarding agents showing result of survey and amount
of shortages claimed from the shipping company. This letter, together with the
clearance bill and the missing goods return (Form T.1734), showing complete
remarks about shortage, etc., must be forwarded to the claims office concerned.
(c) Open delivery of other goods: When condition warrant open delivery, the
following instructions should be observed:
(1) Open delivery should be given in the presence of consignee or his

authorised agent.
(2) The consignment must be re-weighed and remark regarding this, as of
condition of the consignment, must be noted in the delivery book and
signed by the consignee and the railway servant granting open delivery.
(3) Contents must than be checked with the sender’s original beejuck of trade
invoice.
(4) The original beejuck must also be signed by both, the consignee and the
Railway servant granting open delivery.
(5) If the relevant original beejuck (Trade Invoice) is not forthcoming, open
delivery may be granted but inventory must be taken of each package.
Similarly, weight and condition of each package must be recorded in the
presence of the Station Master or Commercial Supervisor (Goods) and the
consignee obtaining their signatures on the inventory lists. Attendance of
the Railway Police if available, should be arranged to witness the
inventory.
(6) The internal packing condition of cases containing wine bottles, etc., must
be carefully checked to determine as to whether or not the breakage or
leakage of contents is due to defective packing, and the result noted in the
inward and delivery book signed by the consignee and the railway servant
granting open delivery.
(7) Whenever possible, an equivalent of the missing contents of a package
must be separately re-weighed and a note made as to whether there is
sufficient room in the package to contain it in order to determine the actual
shortage and the correctness of the invoiced weight. Where there is a
shortage in the number of packages of a consignment, all the packages
received must be re-weighed and their contents checked with the sender’s
original beejuck of trade invoice and the shortage and invoiced weight
verified by weighing a quantity similar to that found short. This verification
statement must also be signed by the consignee and the railway servant
granting open delivery.
(8) The original beejuck of trade invoice, the verification statement, a copy of
the remarks passed by the consignee in the inward delivery book, a detail
of shortage and a copy of partial delivery certificate, if any, should be
15.14
CHAPTER XV
submitted along with the missing goods return, to the claims office
concerned without delay, and it should be unnecessary for this to be called
for.
1557A. Assessment of damaged goods: (a) When a consignment is received damaged,

every effort must be made to get the consignee to effect delivery with the least
possible delay by having the damage immediately assessed. In such cases the Station
Master will immediately send a message to Divisional Superintendent concerned
giving the probable extent of damage or the value of the consignment. The Claims
Inspector will effect the assessment, if the damage is estimated to cost Rupees 5,000.
If the damage is expected to be above, Commercial Inspector/ Traffic Inspector
should be deputed to effect assessment. Should the damage exceed Rupees 10,000
assessment will be carried out by a Traffic/Commercial Officer. The Divisional
Superintendent will take action in accordance with the message received to detail
either an officer or an Inspector for the purpose of assessment. Should there be
peculiar circumstances or the value of consignment be such as to require
investigation by the Headquarters Office the Divisional Superintendent will write to
that office for necessary action.
(b) Claims Inspectors must in all cases submit an interim report to the
respective Claims Office.
1557 B. (a) In cases where the damage is trivial the staff should use every endeavour
to effect delivery of the consignment on a clear receipt, Any action likely to minimise
the extent of damage, such as exposure to sun, or by airing the commodity, etc,
should, as far as possible, always be taken before survey is held, and where delay is
likely to aggrabate damage, immediate steps should be taken to have the damage
assessed and placed on record.
(b) Assessor appointed by Chamber of Commerce: If the consignee refuses to
accept the decision of the Railway representatives then only may survey be made
jointly by at least two disinterested merchants and their opinion recorded as to
whether or not there is any damage. In the latter event details must be furnished in the
form shown in Paragraph 1557 C (g) below. In very important cases the Headquarters
Office will arrange for the service of assessors nominated by a Chamber of
Commerce.
1557 C. Important points to be borne in mind at the time of assessing damages:
(a) Damaged goods must be examined and sorted out in lots according to
the extent of damage in the presence of the consignee.
(b) The contents must always be checked with the original beejuck or trade
invoice and genuineness of the beejuck verified with the market rates.
15.15
CHAPTER XV
Allowance on the damaged stuff should be actual value minus the best
value obtainable for the damaged stuff. Example: If the actual value of a
bag is Rupees 10, and at the time of assessment is depreciated to
Rupees 2, then the assessment should be Rupees 8 only.
(c) If the damage appears to be existed before the consignment was
accepted by the Railway for despatch, this fact should be specially
recorded in the assessment report.
(d) The damaged packages and the whole consignment should be
weighed separately.
(e) If any shortage is alleged in addition to damage, note whether there is
sufficient room in the package to contain the missing article.
(f) Ascertain weight of the alleged shortage by weighing a similar quantity.
(g) In all cases of damage the survey report should contain the following
particulars:
(i) Booking particulars and description of goods in dispute.

(ii) Claimant's name.
(iii) Goods in dispute.
(iv) Cause of dispute.
(v) Beejuck rates.
(vi) Market rates prevailing.
(vii) Date of survey.
(viii) Assessed for rupees details below:–
A consignment made up of containing and weighing

Kilograms each.
No. of bags Total damaged. Assessment Rupees

Kilograms 1.5%
or pieces. 5%
10%
15%
Total:
Note: The proportion mentioned above is given by way of illustration only.
(h) The consignee may then be permitted to make the following remarks
against the entry of his consignment in the inward & delivery book:
“Damage assessed for as per assessment report by

dated “
15.16
CHAPTER XV
This remark should be countersigned by the railway servant supervising

the assessment with the additional remark. “This is without prejudice”.
IMPORTANT
(i) It should be made clear to the consignee that damage are assessed with
the object of merely placing on record the extent of damages and it is
without prejudice, i.e., the Railway Administration reserves the right to
repudiate the claim if they are not responsible for the damage.
(j) The original beejuck or trade invoice, the verification statement vide (e)
and (f) above, together with a copy of the remarks passed in the inward
& delivery book, must be signed by the consignee and the railway
servant supervising the assessment. The original beejuck or trade
invoice should, in addition, be signed by the assessors when the
services of the latter are requisitioned.
1558. Stoppage of delivery of goods: The Station Master of a forwarding station on

receiving a written request from the owner of a consignment to withhold its delivery
to the invoiced or endorsed consignee, should at once advise the destination station
to withhold delivery and also inform Chief Commercial Manager and Divisional
Superintendent immediately. Likewise, if the Station Master of a destination station
receives such a request from the owner or the invoiced or endorsed consignee, he
should withhold delivery and advise the Chief Commercial Manager and Divisional
Superintendent.
1559. If the stoppage of the delivery of goods is ordered by a court of law such order
should be acted upon by the official receiving it and the matter should be reported
immediately by express letter to the Chief Commercial Manager.
1560. Delivery of part consignments: When, on account of non-receipt of full

consignments, delivery of part consignments is effected, the Railway Receipt and full
freight charges should be collected and the consignees or their agents allowed to
make a remark in the Goods Inwards Book regarding the portion of the consignment
not received.
1561. In such cases a Partial-Delivery Certificate (Form T.1561) may be issued to the
consignee or his agent.
15.17
CHAPTER XV
FORM T.1561
PARTIAL-DELIVERY CERTIFICATE
Pro. No. (Obverse)
Pro. No………………...... Certified that under Receipt No……………………and Invoice No

Receipt No……………… …………of…………from……….to…………Station out of …………
Invoice No……………… Recorded therein, *…………….………have been delivered this day
Station from…………….. and………………are still due to†………………..and that the Railway
Total const……………… Receipt is deposited with the railway and this document is in force in
Delivered……………….. lieu thereof.
Due……………………...
Date of delay……………
Delivery
Staff ..……….. Date available……………… Date removed……………..
Signature
Date available………….. …………………….
Date removed…………... ………………… Station. Delivery Staff.
* Specify number of articles and description legibly.

† Specify legibly the original receipt holder or the party to whom it is endorsed.
(Reverse)
Should a portion only of the remainder, herein specified, be delivered leaving a balance still due, this
document is to be retained, and a new certificate issued, reference being given to this document.
This document is to be filed with the Railway Receipt.
1562. When the remaining portion or portions are delivered, the consignee's or his
agent's signature should be obtained in the Goods Inwards Book in token of his
having received the full consignment.
1563. In the event of its becoming necessary to issue more than one Certificate for the
same consignment, each previous Certificate should be collected before another is
given to the consignee. The page number of the Goods Inwards Book should be
quoted on each Certificate which, when collected, should be pasted to the Railway
Receipt.
1564. Gate Passes: Gate Passes (Form T.1564) should be used as a means of
checking the removal of delivered goods from godowns, platforms and yards. These
forms should be printed in two foils and supplied in bound books. One of the foils
should be given to the consignee or his agent and should be collected at the gate as
the consignment passes out. The collected foils should be checked by the Station
Master or Commercial Supervisor (Goods) with the Goods Inwards Book and
collected Railway Receipts and should then be filed with the stub foil.
15.18
CHAPTER XV
FORM T.1564
GATE PASS
No……………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………Station
Date……………………………………………………..20…………………………………………………….
Articles and marks………………………………………………………………………………………………
Wagon Nos………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Shed No………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
Marks……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Folio No. of Goods Inwards and Delivery Book….…………………………………………………………..
Station from………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Invoice/Way-bill No………………………………………..Receipt No………………………………………
Freight………………………………………………….Date…………………………………………………...
Progressive No. of Cash Book………………………………………………………………………………….
Consignee………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Date available for delivery……………………………………………………………………………………...
…………………………………………………………………………………………………Delivery Official.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………...Gate Official.
1565. Gate passes should be used only at large stations where the inwards goods
work is heavy. At all other stations the dates of delivery and removal of goods should
be noted on collected Railway Receipts.
1566. Numbering and filing of Railway Receipts: To facilitate references, Railway

Receipts are to be numbered consecutively at receiving stations, according to the
order in which the goods are delivered, the number being inserted over the
forwarding station’s printed number. The Receipts should be carefully filed in the file
books in consecutive order of the numbers given by the receiving station, separate file
books and separate consecutive numbers being used for Local and Foreign traffic.
1567. Wharfage and demurrage charges: The rules for charging wharfage or
demurrage are given in the Goods tariff and should not, in any case, departed from,
except under special authority.
1568. The procedure that should be followed in the matter of accountal of wharfage
and demurrage charges accrued on goods is the same as prescribed for those on
parcels (paragraphs 1220 to 1222).
1569. Rectification of errors in Invoices: In no circumstances should an Invoice be

altered or cancelled after it has been dispatched; it should be taken to account in the
goods books and returns as originally issued. When errors in invoices are discovered,
other than those representing under and overcharges in freight, which are dealt with
in paragraphs 1541 and 1542 or when consignments are withdrawn, diverted, over
carried, etc., the procedure outlined in paragraphs 1570 to 1578 should be observed.
15.19
CHAPTER XV
1570. When Invoices issued to a wrong destination are subsequently re-booked to

another station, or are delivered at or short of Junction or short of destination at the
request of the sender after dispatch of the Invoice, the Station Master of the
forwarding station (on discovering or being advised by letter of the above) should
immediately issue a ‘fresh’ Invoice to the correct destination which should in every
respect as to number, date, etc., be treated and accounted for as a new Invoice, but
with the remark “Issued in correction of Invoice No…. dated……… to…… which will
be cleared by an Overcharge Sheet.”
1571. The Station Master of the forwarding station should also, if the original Invoice
showed the freight “ To-pay “, send a certified Overcharge Sheet (T.1716 or T.1717)
to the receiving station, i.e., the station to which the Invoice was incorrectly issued,
giving reference therein to the Invoice subsequently issued and explaining the error.
The receiving Station Master should submit the Overcharge Sheet to the Accounts
Office in support of the special credit to be taken in his Station Balance Sheet. If the
Invoice is a “Paid” one, the Overcharge Sheet should be returned after certification by
the receiving station to the forwarding Station Master to enable him to take credit for
the erroneous debit.
1572. When Invoices are issued to the correct destination, but with wrong
description, weight or other particulars, the forwarding Station Master, if he detects
the error after dispatch of the Invoice, should, instead of issuing another Invoice, send
particulars of the error to the receiving station. If the error involves an alteration in
charges, the procedure should be as in paragraphs 1573 and 1574, but should it
affect any other entry in the Invoice, the correct particulars should be specially noted
on the Invoice and initialled by the receiving station, no alteration being made in the
original entries. The letter authorizing the correction should accompany the Invoice
to the Accounts Office or be sent with a letter if the Invoice has already been
dispatched. If the receiving station discovers from examination of the goods that the
description or weight shown in the Invoice and the Railway Receipt is incorrect, he
should realize any undercharge due, overcharges being dealt with under Chapter
XVII.
1573. If, on receipt of the letter of inquiry from the receiving station, it is found that
freight has been, in error, invoiced “To-pay” instead of “Paid”, the forwarding station
should send a certified Overcharge Sheet to the receiving station, which will take
“special credit” in its Station Balance Sheet for the amount outstanding, and submit
the Overcharge Sheet to the Accounts Office, attached to the Station Balance Sheet,
in support of the credit entry. The forwarding station should also debit itself by special
entry in its Station Balance Sheet.
15.20
CHAPTER XV
1574. If the freight has been invoiced “Paid” instead of “To-pay”, the destination
station should, at once, send a certified Overcharge Sheet to the forwarding station,
which should take special credit in its Station Balance Sheet to clear the erroneous
debit and submit the Overcharge Sheet to Accounts Office, attached to the Station
Balance Sheet, in support of the credit entry. The destination station should debit itself
by special entry in its Station Balance Sheet, a remark being made on the Invoice that
freight has been collected.
Note.–In the case of neither paragraph 1573, nor 1574, should a fresh Invoice be issued.
1575. When an Invoice has been issued but the goods are withdrawn, the forwarding
Station Master should advise the concerned Station Master and Junctions, by letter, of
the withdrawal of the goods and send an Overcharge Sheet or ask for one to be sent
to him according as to whether the debit lies against the receiving or forwarding
station. The necessary adjustments will be made as in paragraphs 1573 and 1574.
1576. When Invoices are issued twice for the same consignment to the same station,
the Station Master discovering the error should at once advise the other station and
Junction by letter. A certified Overcharge Sheet should be submitted without delay by
the Station Master, against whom the debit does not lie, to the other station.
1577. In cases where the same Invoice is accounted for more than once through
error, the receiving station should clear its outstanding by taking special credit for the
freight, quoting reference to the period in which the Invoice had previously been
accounted for, without which credit will not be allowed. An Overcharge Sheet is
unnecessary in this case.
1578. The Overcharge Sheets referred to in paragraphs 1570, 1571 and 1573 to 1576
do not require to be certified by Supervising Traffic / Commercial Officers.
1579. Rebooking of goods: Whenever undelivered goods are required to be

'rebooked,' the consignor or consignee, as the case may be, should be directed to
apply to the Station Master Office at which the goods are stored. Before rebooking
goods, the original Railway Receipt granted to the consignor should be collected, if it
cannot be produced and the Station Master has no doubt as to the correct ownership
of the applicant, the goods may be rebooked on the execution by the consignee of an
Indemnity Bond. Fresh Railway Receipt should not, in such cases, be granted, the
Receipt foil of the rebooking Invoice being cancelled under the Station Master’s
signature and filed. The rebooking Invoice should be endorsed with a remark to the
effect that the original Railway Receipt is to be collected before delivery of goods at
the final destination station.
15.21
CHAPTER XV
1580. The consignment should be reweighed before being rebooked and the charges
levied on the actual weight found on reweighment which should be recorded on the
rebooking Invoice.
1581. Re-invoicing goods rebooked to another station: When "To-pay” goods or
goods on which any charges are due at a receiving station are rebooked to another
station, a fresh Invoice should be issued in which the charges outstanding at the
rebooking station including demurrage and/or wharfage, if any, which may have
accrued, together with additional charges up to final destination, should be included.
1582. Deleted.
1583. Full reference to the original Invoice should invariably be entered distinctly in
the rebooking Invoice.
1584. Special credit should be taken by the rebooking station in its Station Balance
Sheet for the freight, etc., outstanding, full reference to the rebooking Invoice being
quoted.
1585. Deleted.
1586. Ordinary “Paid” goods may similarly be rebooked but traffic which is required
under tariff rules to be “pre-paid” cannot be rebooked and should be treated as a
fresh transaction, demurrage, etc., incurred up-to-date being collected at the
rebooking station.
1587. Goods originally booked under Risk Note 'A' should not be rebooked unless a
fresh Risk Note ‘A’ is executed. Goods originally booked at owner's risk (Risk Note
'B') should, if in good condition, be charged at “Railway risk” rate when rebooked
unless a fresh Risk Note 'B’ has been obtained from the sender, in which case the
"Owner risk'' rate should be charged. Similarly, goods originally booked at railway
risk may be rebooked at reduced rate on the execution of Risk Note ‘B’, but, if the
consignment has deteriorated, Risk Note 'A' should also be taken before rebooking
the consignment.
1588. Invoicing of goods overcarried: When goods are overcarried, the Station Master
of the station to which the goods have been so overcarried should invoice them back
to the correct station of destination without any freight being charged. Such
consignments should be booked under ordinary Invoices and accounted for in the
books of outwards and inwards stations and in the returns submitted to the Accounts
Office in the same way as ordinary goods, except that no amount will be entered in
the money column.
1589. Deleted.
Deleted.
15.22
PAKISTAN RAILWAYS

(COMMERCIAL)

CHAPTER XVI
20 October, 2011
CHAPTER XVI
BOOKING AND DELIVERY OF RAILWAY MATERIALS
C O N T ENT S
RAILWAY CREDIT NOTE 16.1 1601
PREPARATION OF RAILWAY CREDIT NOTE 16.2 1602
USE OF RAILWAY CREDIT NOTE 16.3 1603 — 1606
WEIGHT LIMIT FOR BOOKING BY PASSENGER TRAIN 16.3 1607 — 1608
MARKING AND WEIGHMENT OF RAILWAY

MATERIALS 16.3 1609
EXAMINATION OF RAILWAY MATERIALS TENDERED

FOR DISPATCH 16.3 1610
BOOKING OF RAILWAY MATERIALS 16.4 1611 — 1614

LOADING AND UNLOADING OF RAILWAY
MATERIALS 16.4 — 16.5 1615 — 1620
NOTICE OF ARRIVAL OF RAILWAY MATERIALS 16.5 1621

DELIVERY OF CONSIGNMENTS OF RAILWAY
MATERIALS 16.5 1622 — 1623
RAILWAY MATERIAL RATES 16.5 — 16.6 1624 — 1630
(1626, 1628, 1629,
1631 — 1633 Deleted)
32
CHAPTER XVI
1601. Railway Credit Note: Railway materials for construction, revenue or stock
purposes tendered for conveyance should be accompanied by a Railway Credit Note
(Form T. 1601). This is in two foils of which the first counter foil is the ‘office foil’. The
second marked ‘original’ is the authority under which the consignment is dispatched
and the same is issued to the forwarding station on the authority of which necessary
parcel way bill or goods invoice is issued as in case of general public.
FORM T.1601
RAILWAY CREDIT-NOTE.
No.———————————————
Seal of Issuing Officer
To——
Station Master————————————————————————
Please deliver/provide conveyance for the under mentioned railway material and stores
consigned under the Railway Material Traffic Rules by goods/passenger train.
from————————————————to——————————————via———————————————— Train number —————————————
Consignor (with address)———————————————————————————————————————————————————————————
Consignee (with address)———————————————————————————————————————————————————————————
Weight. Rate Total Demurrage/ Total
way-bill or invoice.
marks of packages.
charged. freight. wharfage. charges.

No. of Packages.
Actual Charged
with description
Description and
wagon supplied
No. and date of

No. of vehicle /
railway receipt
and capacity
thereof.
Tonnes
Tonnes
kgs
kgs
Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees
Certified that the above stores are bona fide railway materials. The freight and/or
demurrage/wharfage are chargeable as indicated below:——
1. Cost centre 2. Expense Account /Project/ Work Order.

Name—————————————————————— Description———————————————————————————
Number———————————————————— Number——————————————————————————————
3. Number of sanctioned estimate
Estimate not sanctioned.
(Delete portion not required.)
Station———————————————————————————— Signature——————————————————————————————
Date—————————————————————————————— Seal of Issuing Officer.———————————————————
16.1
CHAPTER XVI
COUNTER FOIL.
RAILWAY CREDIT-NOTE.
No.—————————————
To——
The Station Master——————————————————————————————————————————————————
Consignee—————————————————————————————————————————————————————————
Description————————————————————————————————————————————————————————
No. of packages————————————————————————————————————————————————————
Weight———————————————————————————————————————————————————————————
1. Cost Centre.
Name———————————————————————————————————————————————————————————
Number—————————————————————————————————————————————————————————
2. Expense Account/Project/Work order.

Description——————————————————————————————————————————————————————
Number—————————————————————————————————————————————————————————
3. Number of Sanctioned estimate

Estimate not sanctioned.
(Delete portion not required.)
Signature————————————————————————————————————————————————————————
Seal of Issuing Officer—————————————————————————————————————————————
Date———————————————————————————————————————————————————————————
1602. Preparation of Railway Credit Note.–The Railway Credit Note should give the
number, actual weight and description of each of the different kinds of materials to be
booked and all other particulars necessary for their check. The head of account
chargeable should also be distinctly indicated. A list of the officials authorized to issue
Railway Credit Note is required to be furnished to the station staff who should see that
the Notes presented to them have been issued by the officials mentioned in the list. The
following information should be recorded on the Railway Credit Note:
• The name and number of cost centre to which freight and demurrage / wharfage is
chargeable.
• The expense head of account / project / work order to which freight is chargeable.
• The number of the estimate or the words “ESTIMATE NOT SANCTIONED”
• If the above mentioned information is not recorded on the Railway Credit Note, the
Station Master should refuse to book the material. Error sheet will be issued against
the station staff for booking of material in case of missing information.
16.2
CHAPTER XVI
1603. Use of Railway Credit Note: The Railway Credit Note should be used only for
railway materials carried on the service of the Railways.
1604. Stores sold or consigned to Government Departments not forming part of

Pakistan Railways system or to outsiders should not be booked on this form. These
should be dealt with under the ordinary rules and booked on forms used for public
traffic. Similarly stores or materials supplied by contractors are not to be booked on this
form.
1605. When railway material is required to be sent to the contractors for use on railway
works under construction by them, it should be booked to Pakistan Railways official in
charge of those works, by whom the material will be made over to the contractor
concerned; under no circumstances should it be booked direct to the contractor under
form T. 1601.
1606. Railway Credit Note should also be issued for booking of ballast trains for the
Railways Departments. Railway Credit Note will be sent to cash office by the Station
Master alongwith the Cash Remittance Note. The same is forwarded to the Accounts
Department for preparation of necessary bill against the concerned Accounting Unit.
1607. Weight limit for booking by passenger train: Railways Administration may fix the
weight limit, not exceeding 200 kilograms, up to which consignments of railway
materials may be sent by passenger trains. This limit will be fixed with due regard to the
room available in the brake-vans of passenger trains. Consignments weighing above this
limit should be sent by goods trains. In emergent cases, however, consignments of
railway materials may be sent by passenger trains irrespective of the weight limit
subject to prior approval of the Divisional Superintendent concerned.
1608. Small consignments of railway materials such as cash safes, ropes, breast bars,
office covers, parcels of official documents, small consignments of departmental stores,
stationery, tarpaulins or other moveable property when used on vehicles or when
returned to forwarding station, etc. and certain articles weighing less than 20 kilograms
each may be booked under ‘Free Service’ Way-bills.
1609. Marking and weighment of railway materials: Rules for marking and weighment
of railway materials are the same as for consignments tendered by the public, Chapter
XIII.
1610. Examination of railway materials tendered for dispatch: All consignments of

railway materials tendered for dispatch should be carefully examined by the station staff
and suitable remarks entered on goods invoice/ way bill as to the condition, defective
packing, etc.
16.3
CHAPTER XVI
1611. Booking of railway materials: Consignments of less than a wagon load should be
accepted for booking, and delivered at the goods shed (or parcels office) only and not
at the premises of the consignor or consignee. Such consignments will be subject to the
same rules as consignments of the public, in respect of loss or damage.
1612. In the case of consignments in full wagon loads a written requisition, stating the
number and description of wagons or other vehicles required, accompanied by a
Railway Credit Note (T. 1601), in support, will be sent by the official indenting for the
wagon, or wagons to the Station Master or Commercial Superintendent (Goods)
concerned.
1613. When wagons are supplied in compliance with such requisitions, the date and
time on and at which the wagons are placed in position for loading should be entered
in a separate Wagon Transfer Register (T. 1507) maintained for the purpose. Each entry
in this Register should be signed by the consigning official or his authorized
representative in token of his acceptance of the correctness of the particulars entered
therein.
1614. In entering time in the Wagon Transfer Register the time of handing over wagons
for loading or unloading is to be the time at which they are made over by the
Transportation Branch for this purpose at the point of loading or unloading when the
Commercial Branch have access to such point, or, where they have not such access, in
a siding to be mutually agreed upon. The time of handing back is to be the time when
they are certified by the representative of the branch concerned to be ready loaded or
unloaded, as the case may be, at the same point as handed over.
1615. Loading and unloading of railway materials: The loading and unloading of
railway materials will, ordinarily, be done by the consignor / consignee.
1616. If, in the case of exceptions mentioned in the previous paragraph, the station staff
does the loading or unloading, the indenting officer concerned should be debited at the
rates paid by the Divisional Superintendent for such work.
1617. At depots or other places where Commercial Assistants (Goods) are specially
provided, they will witness the loading of railway materials. Receipts for the number of
articles actually loaded should be given to the dispatching branch. Such wagons will be
sealed by the Commercial Branch. The responsibility of tallying and weighing such
consignments rests with the station staff and the tally should be performed as carefully
as for public traffic (paragraph 1410).
1618. At other places, however, where Commercial Assistants (Goods) are not
provided, full wagons containing railway materials loaded by Departments in their own
16.4
CHAPTER XVI
sidings will be sealed and riveted independently by the depots concerned with wagon
seals of their own. The Station Master or Commercial Assistant /Goods will grant “said
to contain” receipts at the forwarding stations. The receipts should, therefore, show
“sealed and riveted by sender, said to contain......”
1619. Transhipment of railway materials at junction with a break of gauge will

ordinarily be arranged for by the consignor or consignee. If, however, the station staff
arrange for transhipment, charges at the rates paid by the Divisional Superintendent for
such work should be debited to the branch concerned and Credit Note obtained.
1620. The procedure for booking and placing wagons containing railway materials in
position for loading and for the unloading of goods, levy of demurrage and wharfage
charges will be the same as for public traffic (paragraphs 1507 to 1511).
1621. Notice of arrival of railway materials: The procedure for the issue, to consignee,
of notice of arrival of railway materials and stores will be the same as for public traffic
(paragraphs 1517 to 1520).
1622. Delivery of consignments of railway materials: The Receipt foil of goods invoice /
parcel way bill should be collected from the consignee and his signature obtained on
the relevant delivery book as an acknowledgement of the correct receipt of
consignments. Should the Receipt be not produced, an unstamped Indemnity Bond
(T.1547) should be executed by the consignee.
1623. If there be any deficiency in, or damage to, consignments of railway materials or
stores booked under form T.1601, they should be carefully reweighed before delivery
and the extent of the damage noted in the Register of Damages and Deficiencies
(T.1515).
1624. Railway material rates: When materials or stores intended for the use of Pakistan
Railways are carried by Pakistan Railways itself, the freight charges are creditable to the
earnings of Pakistan Railways and debitable to the branch concerned.
1625. Unless covered goods wagons are unobtainable, the sleepers should not be
loaded in open truck. If they are loaded in open truck, station master will grant ‘Said to
Contain’ receipt on execution of Risk Note Form “C” freeing the railway administration
from any responsibility.
1626. Deleted.
1627. No distinction should be made between the railway material rates for revenue
stores and those for capital or construction stores.
16.5
CHAPTER XVI
1628. Deleted.
1629. Deleted.
1630. The railway material consignment rates for dispatches should be same as that of
general public.
1631. Deleted.
1632. Deleted.
1633. Deleted.
16.6
PAKISTAN RAILWAYS

(COMMERCIAL)

CHAPTER XVII
20 October, 2011
CHAPTER XVII
CLAIMS AND REFUNDS
C O N T ENT S
REFUND OF OVERCHARGES 17.1 1701

(1702 — 1704 Deleted)
OVERCHARGES DUE TO ERROR IN RATE,

CLASSIFICATION OR COMPUTATION OF FREIGHT 17.1 1705 — 1706
LIST OF REFUNDS 17.1 — 17.2 1707 — 1709
OVERCHARGES DUE TO ERROR IN WEIGHT 17.2 1710 — 1712
OVERCHARGES DUE TO ERROR IN DESCRIPTION OF

GOODS OR ROUTING OF TRAFFIC 17.3 1713
OVERCHARGES IN CONNECTION WITH AMOUNTS

TWICE PAID 17.3 1714
OVERCHARGE SHEETS 17.3 1715
OVERCHARGE SHEET 17.3 — 17.5 1716 — 1721

(1717 — 1718 Deleted)
UNCLAIMED OVERCHARGES 17.5 — 17.6 1722 — 1724
PAYMENT ORDERS 17.6 1725 — 1730
LIST OF PAYMENT ORDERS 17.7 1731
CLAIMS SETTLEMENTS 17.7 — 17.10 1732 — 1735
TIME LIMIT FOR CLAIMS 17.10 — 17.11 1736 — 1741
33
CHAPTER XVII
CLAIMS AND REFUNDS
1701. Refund of overcharges: The procedure to be followed in dealing with claims for
refund of overcharges is dependent on the nature of the error causing the overcharge
and the time within which the claim is made.
1702. Deleted.
1703. Deleted.
1704. Deleted.
1705. Overcharges due to error in rate, classification or computation of freight: If the

overcharge be the result of error in classification, in computation of freight, or in rate
not affected by description (i.e. when the consignment tallies with the description
shown on the Invoice) or condition of carriage, the refund may be allowed by the
Station Master when the claim is made at the time of delivery in connection with “To
Pay” consignments. Similar overcharges claimed after the delivery of goods should be
dealt with in the manner indicated in paragraph 1715.
1706. An “error of classification” occurs when a consignment specially mentioned in

the tariff is correctly described, but charged under the wrong class. Overcharges
claimed in respect of goods not specifically mentioned in the tariff and regarding which
doubts exist as to the class chargeable, do not come under the head “error of
classification”, and should be certified by the Assistant Commercial Manager in the
same manner as overcharges due to alteration in description or weight, (paragraphs
1710 to 1713).
1707. List of Refunds: Overcharges due to errors in classification, computation of freight

or in rate allowed at the time of delivery of goods, vide paragraph 1705, should be
entered in a List of Refunds (Form T.1707).
FORM T. 1707
LIST OF REFUNDS OF OVERCHARGES ALLOWED AT THE TIME OF DELIVERY OF

GOODS AT …………….. STATION DURING PERIOD ENDING ………… 20….
Serial Invoice Station Invoiced Invoiced Rate

Description Weight
No. No. Date from rate freight charged
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Tonnes Rupees Rupees Rupees
17.1
CHAPTER XVII
CLAIMS AND REFUNDS
Month in
Date on
which
Freight Amount Account which Reasons Consignee’s
invoice Remarks
charged refunded code refund for refund signature
accounted
allowed
for
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Rupees Rupees
N.B. (a) In cases where the refund is allowed on account of errors other than that in computation, the
pages of the tariff or tariffs concerned under the authority of which the refund is allowed should be
quoted in the column “Reasons for refund.”
(b) If the consignee’s acknowledgement is obtained in vernacular, it should be translated into English by
the Station Master or delivering Goods Staff.
…….……………Station. …………………….
Station Master
1708. The lists of refunds (T.1707) should contain all overcharges allowed at the time of
delivery during each period for which the accounts are prepared and should be signed
by the Station Master or Commercial Supervisor (Goods).
1709. Overcharges allowed at the time of delivery of goods should be required to be
acknowledged by the consignee on the back of the railway receipt (T.1353) and on the
list of refunds (T.1707) such acknowledgments for overcharges should be checked by
the Sectional Inspector of Coaching and Goods/Accounts and Commercial Inspector as
well.
1710. Overcharges due to error in weight: If there is an error in weight, the entire
consignment should be reweighed, however, it will be sufficient to reweigh ten per cent
of bagged consignments of not fewer than thirty bags provided that (i) reweighments are
made under the personal supervision of the officer in charge or Traffic/Commercial
Supervisor or other Officer deputed for the task and (ii) the bags are certified, by the
same authority, to be of uniform size and in good condition. At stations where there are
no means of weighing consignments, a reference should be made to the Station Master
of the forwarding station or of the station en route, at which the consignment was
weighed.
1711. Full details of weighment should be given on the reverse of the Overcharge Sheet
(T.1716) and in cases in which the result of weighment has been communicated by the
forwarding or other station, such Station Master's letter admitting the overcharge should
be sent to the Accounts Office with the Overcharge Sheet (T.1716).
1712. For all refunds of overcharges due to error in weight the correct weight should be
certified by the Transportation / Commercial Officer on the Overcharge Sheet (T.1716)
before the refund is allowed.
17.2
CHAPTER XVII
CLAIMS AND REFUNDS
1713. Overcharges due to error in description of goods or routing of traffic: If the

overcharge be the result of error in description of goods or routing of traffic, the correct
description of goods or the correct route should be certified by the responsible
Transportation/Commercial Officer on the Overcharge Sheet before the refund is
allowed.
1714. Overcharges in connection with amounts twice paid: An Overcharge Sheet
(T.1716) should be prepared by the station and verified by the Accounts Office which
will advise the Commercial branch to issue a Pay Order for the refund.
1715 Overcharge Sheets: In all cases of overcharges due to error in (i) weight,
description or routing of traffic or (ii) rate, classification or computation of freight
claimed after the delivery of goods (paragraph 1705) or those in connection with
amount twice paid, an Overcharge Sheet (T.1716) should be prepared by the Claims
Office and submitted to the Accounts Officer concerned who will certify it before the
issue of a refund Pay Order (G.1688) by the responsible Traffic / Commercial Officer.
1716. Overcharge Sheet: The Overcharge Sheet for traffic should be prepared on Form
T.1716.
FORM T.1716
(Obverse)
OVERCHARGE SHEET
Class Ticket. Particulars for clearance of station Particulars relating to public
Invoice/Receipt No.———————20..... outstanding. claims.
Reference to correspon-
dence with Chief
Station from—————Station to———— ————————————————Station (where Commercial Manager ——————
overcharge lies). or Financial Adviser
and Chief Accounts
Officer.
Sender—————————Consignee———— Freight/Fare actually collected
Rs.——————————As———————————
Overcharge for Rs.———————————— Name and full address —————
———————— ———— taken credit for in the Goods of the person who
Balance Sheet for the month pays freight and takes —————
of————————————————————20….... delivery.
Invoice accounted for in the
(To be filled in by the above Claim made on——————————20…..
month
of———————————20…….. station before dispatch of Over- The nature of the error —————
Arrear undercharge, if any, charge Sheet to Accounts for which and the
accounted Office). circumstances under —————
for in the month of——————20…... Reference to correspondence with which the Overcharge
Demurrage/Wharfage accounted Chief Commercial Manager or Sheet is prepared and —————
for in the month of——————20…... Financial Adviser and Chief sent.
Accounts Officer.—————————————
17.3
CHAPTER XVII
CLAIMS AND REFUNDS
Description
Passengers.
Number of
Demurrage. * Special
packages
Weight Paid To-pay
Class
Rate.
/Wharfage. Charges.
Remarks
Tonne. Kgs Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees

CHARGED
Total
charged
SHOULD
BE
Total
should be
Difference
N.B.——If another invoice is issued in supersession of the above, the following particulars should be filled
in under certification of forwarding and receiving stations:——
Invoice No./P.W.-Bill No.—————dated————from—————

Station to—————————————
Accounted for by the receiving Station Master in the
month of—————————————————————20…... Remarks given in
Accounted for by the forwarding Station Master in the Delivery/D.T. Cash
month of———————————————————20....... Book at page—————
Circumstance under which issued————————————————— on—————
Diversion fee Rupees———————collected at———————————
and remitted under Cash remittance-note No.————————————. Dated————————————— .
*In this column should be shown special charges such as additional customs charges, etc., separately.
———————————————Forwarding Station Master.

—————————————————Receiving Station Master
For Chief Commercial Manager.

for Divisional Commercial Officer.
(Reverse)
Accounts Certification
Nature of error—————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————
Overcharge passed for Rupees———————————————
(In words) Rs.——————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————
——————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————
Debitable to———————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————
————————————————————————
for Financial Adviser & Chief Accounts Officer Revenue.
17.4
CHAPTER XVII
CLAIMS AND REFUNDS
——————————————————————— Assistant Accounts Officer.
Details of reweighment on weighing machine or beam scale

Separate weights should be shown for separate descriptions.
Weight Weight
Number of
Number of packages Description Description
packages
Tonne. Kgs Tonne. Kgs.
Details of reweighment on weigh-bridge.
Wagon Gross Tare Net

No. Tonne. Kgs. Tonne. Kgs. Tonne. Kgs.
1717. Deleted.
1718. Deleted.
1719. Form T.1716 should also be used for the clearance of outstandings caused by
errors in Invoices (paragraphs 1569 to 1578) other than those representing under and
overcharges.
1720. Station Masters should certify the date of refund on the back of all Overcharge
Sheets, and enter the same in the “Remarks” column of the Goods Outwards or the
Inwards Books, where a note of the submission of an Overcharge Sheet for certification
should also be made.
1721. As any over-refund owing to error in Overcharge Sheet (T.1716) or Refund List
(T.1707) will be debited by the Accounts Office in a similar manner as undercharges,
care should be taken that the “should be” charges are correctly entered in the
Overcharge Sheets and Refund Lists.
1722. Unclaimed overcharges: Overcharges, either coaching or goods, amounting to

Rupees ten or more not refunded at the time of delivery but subsequently discovered in
the Accounts Office should be refunded, if discovered not later than six months after
the money has been collected, provided the identity of the party to whom the money is
17.5
CHAPTER XVII
CLAIMS AND REFUNDS
due can be established. Such refunds should only be made to the person who paid the
money or his order, and the procedure described in paragraph 1723 should be
followed in making the refund.
1723. The Concerned Accounts Office will prepare and submit to the Claims Office
statements showing overcharges of Rupees ten and above refundable. On receipt of
these statements, Station Masters should be asked for (i) the names and addresses of the
persons entitled to the refund, (ii) the freight collected in cash or Credit Note and (iii)
whether the refund was allowed at the time of delivery or not. If, on receipt of this
information, the refund is found to be due, a Pay Order (G.1688) should be sent under
a registered cover to the person concerned, the Accounts Office being advised at the
same time.
1724. To meet the cases of large and well-known firms, it may be arranged that such
firms as are prepared to sign an undertaking to pay undercharges after delivery, will
also be allowed to include in the same agreement an undertaking by Pakistan Railways
to refund all overcharges as soon as discovered, the limit of time being six months in
either case.
1725. Pay Orders: For overcharges allowed after delivery of goods and refunded on
authority of a Pay Order (G.1688), which will be issued in favour of the claimant by the
Traffic / Commercial Officer dealing with the refund, the signature of the payee should
be obtained to the receipt at the foot of the Pay Order. Payment of claims over Rupees
ten thousand are made through crossed cheque.
1726. Station Masters will be held personally responsible for correct payment to the
rightful claimant.
1727. When payments made from station earnings on Pay Orders amounting to Rupees
500 or above, the Station Master should see that the vouchers are properly stamped and
stamps defaced by the payee failing which, credit for the incomplete vouchers will be
disallowed by the Accounts Office.
1728. Pay Orders should be cashed at the station to which they are addressed. Pay
Orders chargeable to Coaching earnings should ordinarily be paid out of Coaching
earnings and those chargeable to Goods from Goods earnings.
1729. Payment should be made within the period for which the Pay Order is current.
1730. After the signatures of the payee have been obtained to the receipt at the foot of
the Pay Order in the manner indicated in paragraph 1725, the Pay Order should be
sent to the Cashier with the rest of the day's collections.
17.6
CHAPTER XVII
CLAIMS AND REFUNDS
1731. List of Pay Orders: The office issuing Pay Orders should forward monthly to the
Accounts Office a list of all Pay Orders issued by that office. These lists will be checked
in the Accounts Office and the issuing office will be advised of any Pay Orders which
have not been received from stations.
1732. Claims Settlements: Every claim for compensation on account of parcels or goods
lost or damaged, which is admitted and paid for by Pakistan Railways, implies neglect
or carelessness at one point or other by some member of the staff. Each such claim
should be diagnosed as to its cause and investigated with a view to fix responsibility.
The organization of the Claims Offices and the procedure for the investigations of
claims by Claims Inspectors should be prescribed by the Chief Commercial Manager or
the Chief Traffic Manager/Dry Ports.
1733. If claims are to be prevented, the various operations connected with the booking,
loading, unloading and delivery of parcels and goods should be performed carefully
and efficiently, in accordance with the instructions in this Code relating to the
examining, marking, weighing, booking, loading, tallying, transhipping, unloading and
delivery of goods as also the executing of Risk Notes, the labelling, sealing, riveting and
unriveting of wagons, the examination of seals, etc.
1734. In all cases of goods lost or damaged a Missing Goods Return should be prepared
in form No. T.1734 and submitted by stations to the Claims Office concerned. This
form is printed in three separate parts A, B and C. Part A is for use by the forwarding
station; Part B by the transhipment station; and Part C by the destination station. Reports
by receiving stations on Part C should be submitted to the Claims Office concerned as
soon as a consignment is delivered under qualified remarks. These reports should not
be detained till they are called for. Forwarding and transhipping stations may, however,
submit their reports on parts ‘A' and ‘B' respectively, only when called for.
FORM T.1734
MISSING GOODS RETURN
A
(Obverse)
FORWARDING STATION'S REPORT OF MISSING AND DAMAGED GOODS AND PARCELS
1 Booking particulars.................................................................................................................................
2 Risk notes held........................................................................................................................................
3 Remarks on Railway Receipt...................................................................................................................
4 Where goods were stored pending dispatch............................................................................................
5 In whose charge......................................................................................................................................
6 Date and time of loading........................................................................................................................
7 Owning Railway No. and description of vehicle...................................................................................
8 Whether sealed and riveted....................................................................................................................
9 Condition of wagon floor…....................................................................................................................
10 Train, date and time of dispatch..............................................................................................................
11 Market rate at time of booking................................................................................................................
17.7
CHAPTER XVII
CLAIMS AND REFUNDS
12 Documents attached——
(1) Copy of invoice, with routes.
(2) Copy of Risk note “A” (if any).
(3) Copies of messages exchanged.
(4) Statements of staff concerned.
M. G. R. No..................................
Date..............................................
……..…….........
Station.......................................... Station Master.
Note.–Rules on the subject of defective, damaged, missing or exchanged packages together

with open deliveries, assessments, etc., should be strictly observed and any information not provided for
above should be given under 'General Remarks’ overleaf.
(Reverse)
GENERAL REMARKS
…………………
Station Master.
I certify that wagon No.....................holding consignment quoted overleaf was sealed and
received in the presence of……………………….as soon as loading was completely finished.
………………
Station Master.
B
(Obverse)
PARTICULARS OF RECEIPT AND DISPATCH AT JOINT, JUNCTION, TRANSHIPPING, CHECKING OR
INTERMEDIATE STATION TO BE ENTERED BELOW
1. Date and No. train arrived……………………………………………………………………………

2. Time train arrived………………………………………………………………………………………
3. Guard and second guard in charge of wagon or consignment…………………………………….
4. Owning Railway. No. and description of
vehicle…………………………………………………………
5. Condition and No. of seals……………………………………………………………………………
6. Condition and No. of sheets..…………………………………………………………………………
7. Condition and No. of lashing sealed…………………………………………………………………
8. Condition and No. of red check marks.……………………………………………………………..
Particulars of receipt
9. Label shows……………………………………………………………………………………………
Found short……………………………………………………………..
Found damaged………………………………………………………..
Nature of discrepancy ..
Found excess or exchanged…………………………………………...
Found slack, torn or cut………………………………………………..
17.8
CHAPTER XVII
CLAIMS AND REFUNDS
10. Extent and cause………………………………………………………………………………………..

11. Marks…………………………………………………………………………………………………….
12. Weight..………………………………………………………………………………………………….
13. Condition of floor, sides, roof, etc., of wagon……..………………………………………………….
14. If deficiency or other causes advised, copy attached.………………………………………
Condition of goods and packing of dispatch
15. No., description, etc., of truck transhipped to………..……………………………………………….

16. Date and time of transhipment......….………………………………………………………………….
17. How labelled ?..........……………………………………………………………………………………
18. How sealed ?.............……………………………………………………………………………………
19. How sheeted ?...........……………………………………………………………………………………
20. Date and time of dispatch………………………………………………………………………………
21. Guard and second guard in charge of wagon or consignment………….……………………………
22. Official’s name………….…………………………………………………………………………………
23. Police No. or name…….…………………………………………………………………………………
24. Cause of delay, if any,…………………………………………………………………………………...
25. Cause of being transhipped or checked…………………………………………………………………
26. Where consignment remained pending dispatch, and in whose charge?........................................
27. No., time and date of original report and station from, copy attached………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
28. State of weather……………………………………………………………………………………………
Date…………………… ……………………………….
Station………………………. Station Master’s Signature.
C
(Obverse)
DESTINATION STATION’S REPORT OF MISSING AND DAMAGED GOODS AND PARCELS
(N. B: This report should be submitted as soon as delivery has been affected on acceptance of qualified
remarks or there is reason to believe that consignment or part of a consignment is lost, exchanged or
misdelivered.
1. Booking particulars……………………………………………………………………………….…………
2. Risk particulars and remarks on Railway Receipt…………………………………….…………………..
3. Legal owner……………………………………………………………………………….…………………
4. Number and description of vehicle……………………………………………………..…………………
5. Train, date and time of arrival……………………………………………………………….……………..
6. Time and date of unloading……………………………………………………………………..………….
7. Condition of seals and rivets………………………………………………………………………..………
8. Dates on which consignee appeared for delivery……………………………………………………..….
9. Date delivery effected……………………………………………………………………………………….
10. Nature of discrepancy………………………………………………………………………………………
11. Name of policeman present………………………………………………………………………………..
12. Weight of one good bag or package (if of uniform size and weight)……………………………………
13. Weights of defective bags…………………………………………………………………………………..
14. Position of damaged package in the wagon………………………………………………………………
15. State of weather (in cases of damageable goods)…………………………………………………………
16. Remarks regarding cause of damage………………………………………………………………….......
17.9
CHAPTER XVII
CLAIMS AND REFUNDS
17. Delivery remarks accepted (true copy)………………………………………………………….…………

18. Value of missing goods per bill/voucher Rupees……………………………………………….....……..
19. Value per current market rate……………………………………………………………….……………...
20. Documents attached:
(1) Wagon seals.
(2) True copy of Invoice or Way-bill.
(3) Copies of messages issued.
(4) Statements of staff concerned.
M. G. R. No………………………………
Date……………………………………….
Station……………………………………. ……………
Station Master.
Note: Rules on the subject of defective, damaged, missing or exchanged packages together with
open deliveries, assessments, etc., should be strictly observed and any information not provided for
above should be given under ‘General Remarks’ overleaf.
(Reverse)
GENERAL REMARKS
.………………
Station Master.
I certify that wagon No………………….., holding consignment quoted overleaf was received
with seals intact, that the seals were intact at the time the unloading began and the unloading
commenced immediately these seals were removed.
Station stamp…………………………
Date………………………………….. ……………...
Station Master
1735. After a claim for compensation of loss or damage of goods has been settled by
the Claims Office, the amount thereof is paid to the claimant by means of Pay Order
(G.1688) showing the full particulars of the transaction in connection with which the
claim is paid.
Note: Different coloured forms (say pink) may be used to distinguish these Pay Orders from those
for refund of overcharges, paragraph 1725.
1736. Time limit for claims: No claim against Pakistan Railways, not preferred within
six months of its becoming due, can be paid without the concurrence of the Financial
Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue.
Note 1: A convention has been established between the Federal Government and Provincial
Governments and between Departments of the Government of Pakistan (Commercial and non-
commercial), on a reciprocal basis, that adjustment of past transactions should not be made, if more than
three years old, counting from the date on which a mistake is discovered, subject to the proviso that the
time limit might be exceeded in exceptional cases. This convention does not apply to claims for
overcharges or undercharges which are governed by the rule in paragraph 1739.
17.10
CHAPTER XVII
CLAIMS AND REFUNDS
Note 2: In order that the submission of belated claims may be avoided, claims should be regularly
preferred by Pakistan Railways against other Departments annually for all amounts due from them.
1737. A claim against Pakistan Railways which is barred by time, under any provisions
of law relating to limitation, is ordinarily to be refused and no claim on account of such
a time-barred item is to be paid without the sanction of the Ministry of Railways
(Railway Board). The onus is upon the claiming authority to establish a claim to special
treatment for a time-barred item, and it is the duty of the authority against whom such
claim is made to refuse the claim until a case for other treatment is made out. All petty
time-barred claims are to be rejected forthwith and only important claims of this nature
considered.
1738. It is the duty of the executive authority, in the first instance, to consider the
question of time-barred before submitting a claim to the Financial Adviser and Chief
Accounts Officer/Revenue for sanction under paragraph 1736 and the Accounts Officer
should refuse payment of all claims found to be time —barred until the sanction of the
Ministry of Railways (Railway Board) has been obtained.
1739. Claims of Provincial Governments and other Departments of the Federal

Government against Pakistan Railways for overcharges and claims of Pakistan Railways
against Provincial Governments or other Departments of the Federal Government for
undercharges will be recognized and admitted if the claims are preferred within six
months;
(i) in the case of cash payments, from the date of payment, and
(ii) in the case of Warrants and Credit Notes, from the date of presentation of bill
by the Pakistan Railways.
1740. The terms ‘ overcharges ‘ and ‘ undercharges ‘ used in the preceding paragraph
mean overcharges and undercharges of railway freight and fares only. They refer to
shortages and excesses in the items included in a bill which has already been rendered,
but the omission of an item in a bill is not an ‘undercharge‘ nor is the erroneous
inclusion of an item an ‘overcharge.’
1741. Delays in payments are opposed to all rules and are highly objectionable, and,
when not satisfactorily explained, should be brought to the notice of the head of the
department concerned by the Accounts Officer.
17.11
PAKISTAN RAILWAYS

(COMMERCIAL)

CHAPTER XVIII
20 October, 2011
CHAPTER XVIII
INITIAL BOOKS AND RETURNS IN CONNECTION WITH GOODS TRAFFIC
C O N T ENT S
INITIAL BOOKS 18.1 1801 — 1802
INITIAL RETURNS 18.1 1803 — 1804
GOODS CASH BOOK 18.3 — 18.4 1805 — 1807
GOODS OUTWARDS BOOK 18.4 1808
GOODS INWARDS AND DELIVERY BOOK (LOCAL) 18.4 1809
GOODS INWARDS AND DELIVERY BOOK (FOREIGN) 18.6 — 18.7 1810 — 1811
ABSTRACTS OF GOODS OUTWARDS-LOCAL 18.7 — 18.8 1812 — 1817
ABSTRACTS OF GOODS OUTWARDS – FOREIGN 18.8 1818 — 1820
ABSTRACTS OF GOODS INWARDS–LOCAL 18.9 1821 — 1824
ABSTRACTS OF GOODS INWARDS – FOREIGN 18.9 1825
SUMMARIES OF GOODS–LOCAL 18.10 1826
SUMMARIES OF GOODS–FOREIGN 18.11 1827

(1828 Deleted)
VERIFICATION OF TOTALS OF SUMMARIES 18.11 1829
DEMURRAGE AND WHARFAGE RETURN 18.11 — 18.12 1830 — 1831
TESTING OF GOODS ACCOUNTS 18.12 1832
TESTING OF GOODS OUTWARDS 18.12 1833
TESTING OF GOODS INWARDS–TEST STATION

BALANCE SHEET 18.13 — 18.14 1834 — 1837
OUTSTANDINGS IN CONNECTION WITH TEST

BALANCES 18.15 1838 — 1842
34
CHAPTER XVIII
C O N T ENT S
STATION BALANCE SHEET (GOODS) 18.15 — 18.19 1843 — 1845
SPECIAL CREDITS 18.20 1846
CLOSING BALANCE OF A STATION GOODS BALANCE

SHEET 18.20 1847
ALTERNATIVE FORMS OF INITIAL BOOKS AND

RETURNS 18.21 1848 — 1851
ALTERNATIVE FORM OF GOODS OUTWARDS BOOK

FOR LOCAL TRAFFIC 18.21 1852
ALTERNATIVE FORM OF GOODS INWARDS BOOK

FOR LOCAL TRAFFICS 18.22 — 18.24 1853 — 1856
INWARDS GOODS CASH BOOK 18.24 1857
OUTWARDS GOODS CASH BOOK 18.25 1858
SUBMISSION OF RETURNS 18.25 — 18.26 1859 — 1861

(1860 Deleted)
SUBMISSION OF INVOICES TO THE ACCOUNTS
OFFICE 18.27 1862 — 1863
35
CHAPTER XVIII
1801. Initial books: The initial books and registers affecting goods accounts required to
be kept up at stations are as follows:
Form No. Alternate Form No.
1. Goods Cash Book .. .. .. T.1805 T.1857
and T.1858.
2. Goods Outwards Book (Local) .. .. T.1808 T.1852.
3. Goods Outwards Book (Foreign).. .. T.1808 A
4. Goods Inwards and Delivery Book (Local) .. T.1809 T.1853.
5. Goods Inwards and Delivery Book (Foreign) .. T.1810.
6. Test Balance Register of Inwards "To Pay" Goods T.1834.
7. Junction Register of Through Invoices .. T.938.
8. Deleted.
9. Goods Station Balance Sheet .. T.1843.
10. Loading and Unloading Tally Books .. T.1410 and T.1510.
11. Weighment Register .. .. T.1343.
12. Register of Wagons Handled by sender or consignee T.1507.
(wagon transfer register)
1802. The books mentioned against items 1 to 6 and 9 in the previous paragraph
including the alternate forms of books are described in this Chapter.
1803. Initial returns: The following returns are prepared and rendered by stations to the
Accounts Office in connection with goods traffic. The manner and due date of their
submission are described in paragraphs 1859 to 1863.
Form No. Alternate

Form No.
1. Abstract of Goods Outwards–Local T.1812 T.1852.
2. Abstract of Goods Outwards–Foreign T.1818.
3. Abstract of Goods Inwards–Local T.1821. T.1853.
4. Abstract of Goods Inwards–Foreign T.1825
5. Summaries of Outwards and Inwards Goods–Local T.1826 T.1852 and T.1853.
6. Summaries of Outwards and Inwards Goods–Foreign T. 1827.
7. Demurrage and wharfage Return T.1830.
8. Border Exchange Register
1804. The returns mentioned in the previous paragraph are mainly compiled from
initial vouchers, i.e., forwarded and received Invoices. Before their submission to the
Accounts Office; they are checked with the initial books in the manner indicated in
paragraphs 1832 to 1842. After the accounts for the last 'period' have been checked,
the Goods Station Balance Sheet (T.1843) is prepared. The link between the initial
vouchers, books, returns and the Station Balance Sheet is roughly illustrated in the
accompanying diagram which shows how the goods earnings are brought to account.
18.1
CHAPTER XVIII
18.2
CHAPTER XVIII
1805. Goods Cash Book: The Goods Cash Book (Form T.1805) is a record of (i) the
progress made in the realisation of the goods earnings from all sources, including
demurrage, wharfage, siding charges etc. and special receipts which are shown under
the head ' Miscellaneous' in the Goods Balance Sheet (T.1843) and (ii) the remittances
of such receipts to the Accounts Office. It should be posted as the cash and the Credit
Notes, which are treated as cash, are received, and opposite the total of each day's
receipts the following entry should be made:
“Remitted to Cashier under Cash Remittance Note no.......................

dated........................”
FORM T.1805
P.R.
GOODS CASH BOOK OF——————————————————————STATION.
Inwards and of consignor of
Invoice. Amount received.

Progressive No. of entry
Date on which cash is
Name of consignee of
Folio of Outwards or
Outwards Goods
Station from/to
To-pay
Inwards Book
received
Number Paid on account of

Date previous
month
Local
Foreign
Foreign
Local
Account Local Foreign

Account
code….. Account Account
code…….
Code…. Code….
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Amount received
To-pay On On
Sundry Siding
on account of current account of account of
Receipts Charges
month demurrage wharfage
Total Remarks
Local. Foreign.
Account Account Account Account
Account Account
code….. code….. code….. code…..
code…… code…….
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees
——————————————Commercial Assistant (Goods). ——————————————Station Master.
18.3
CHAPTER XVIII
1806. When payment of freight is made, the folio of the Outwards or Inwards Book on
which the item appears should be inserted against the entry in the Goods Cash Book.
1807. Full particulars of Credit Notes received daily in payment of goods freight, etc.,
should be noted in the “Remarks” column of the Goods Cash Book against the items to
which they refer.
1808. Goods Outwards Book: The Goods Outwards Book should be maintained in
form T.1808 for the record of all Invoices issued from a station. Separate Books should
be maintained for Local and Foreign traffic. The Books should be posted daily from
Invoices which should be entered in the order of their issue, i.e., in the order of their
printed machine numbers. The weight and freight figures should be entered carefully
under the correct columns. The book should be totalled daily and its periodical
summary also be prepared and the totals carried forward progressively till the totals for
the entire month are arrived at. The totals under head 'Paid' should be compared daily
with the corresponding figures in the Goods Cash Book (T.1805).
FORM T.1808 (Local)

FORM T.1808 A (Foreign)
P.R.
GOODS OUTWARDS BOOK OF——————————————— STATION
Receipt Total weight charged or

Total amount of charges
No. measurement
Invoice No.
Station to
Paid Tax
Remarks
To-pay
To-pay
(if any)
(if any)
Weight in
Paid
Tax
Actual
To-pay
kgs
Paid
weight in
handled
Kgs
by owner Account Account Account Account
code…….. code…….. code…….. code……..
Note.——The dates of posting to be written at the top before commencing to write this case.
1809. Goods Inwards and Delivery Book (Local): The Goods Inwards and Delivery
Book for Local traffic referred to in paragraph 1540 should be maintained in form
T.1809.
18.4
CHAPTER XVIII
FORM T.1809
(Local)
P.R.
INWARDS AND DELIVERY BOOK OF—————————————————STATION OF GOODS BOOKED

FROM ———————————————STATION DURING THE MONTH OF————————————20……..
Directions and
UP /
Code Nos. will be Route to be
Forwarding Forwarding Receiving Receiving Zone DOWN
filled up in the followed on
Station Direction Station Direction No. Traffic
Accounts Office. the home line
Consignee’s
receipt No.
Invoice For full wagon loads only
Date of entry
Date of Number of
Date No.
unloading wagons
1 2 3 4
Description or measurement when charges are made by dimensions.

Principal commodities. Other commodities.
Weight handled
Actual Actual Actual Actual Names of Weight charged by owners
weight weight weight weight commodities
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Tonne. Tonne. Tonne. Tonne. Tonne. Tonne.
Total freight. Excise Duty

Under- Over-
To-pay Outstanding relating to
Class charges charges
inclusive of at the close of Coal mines
and Paid
paid on Account Account the month Account
rate
charges Code...... Code....... Code......
12 13 14 15 16 17
——————————————Station Master.
18.5
CHAPTER XVIII
Wharfage /
Date of delivery and removal of

No. of train by which received.
Date goods were available for

Date of receipts of goods and
Demurrage
Progressive No. of payment

Vehicle number & carrying
Receipt file reference No.
Signature of the Delivery

charge.
Signature of recipient..
entered in cash book.
No. and description.
Account
Risk-note held.
Consignee.
Consignor.
Code......
delivery.
capacity
Official
Marks.
goods.
Amount.
Date.
Rupees
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
1810. Goods Inwards and Delivery Book (Foreign): The Goods Inwards and Delivery
Book for Foreign traffic should be maintained in form T.1810
FORM T.1810
GOODS INWARDS AND DELIVERY BOOK OF.................... STATION

(FOREIGN)
Date of entry Invoice Wagon Transhipped Number Station

into wagon of from
Carrying Consignee's
Month Date Date No. No. Owner Description receipt
capacity No. At
1 2 3 4 5 6
Description and
No. of measurement when Weight
Consignor Consignee Marks Class Actual weight
articles charges are made by charged
measurement
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Tonnes Tonnes
18.6
CHAPTER XVIII
Under- Over- Wharfage /

Total charges charge charge Out-standing at Demurrage charge Progressive No. of
Rate the close of the Account Code..... payment entered
Account Account month in Cash Book
Paid To-pay Code..... Code.... Days Amount
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
Date goods Date Date

Goods received Initials of
were of of Signature
delivery Remarks
available delivery removal of receiver
Date No. of train for delivery Official
of goods of goods
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
1811. Both forms (T.1809 and T.1810) should be supplied in bound books. The pages
of each Book should be machine-numbered. The entries in the columns “Number of
Consignee's Receipt,” “Date of Delivery”, and “Initials of Delivery Staff” are of special
importance and should be carefully filled up. The page of the Goods Cash Book
(T.1805), on which payment of freight in the case of a “To-pay” consignment is
recorded, should be inserted against the entry of the Invoice. Separate pages should be
allotted for each station.
1812. Abstracts of goods outwards-Local: All Invoices issued from a station in Local
booking should be entered daily in Local Outwards Abstracts (Form T.1812). The
bookings to each station should be grouped and totalled separately.
FORM T.1812
ABSTRACT OF GOODS OUTWARDS FROM...............TO……….....STATION FOR
THE MONTH OF...................................20…..
Invoice Particulars of commodities Total freight
Weight
Actual Paid To-pay
Name of handled Remarks
Date No. Weight weight Account Account
commodity by owners
Code....... Code......
1 2 3 4 5 6
Tonnes Tonnes Tonnes Rupees Rupees
18.7
CHAPTER XVIII
1813. The columns of Abstracts as headed should be correctly filled up.
1814. The totals only of each Invoice should be entered in the Abstracts.
1815. Actual weights, and not the weights charged for, should be posted in the
Abstracts.
1816. The Abstracts should be closed at the end of each month and the total of each
pair of stations carried into the Summary (T. 1826).
1817. Copies of Outwards Abstracts need not be kept at stations.
1818. Abstracts of goods outwards – Foreign: Invoices issued from stations in Foreign
booking should be posted daily in Foreign Outwards Abstracts (Form T.1818). As in the
case of Local Outwards Abstracts (T.1812), the bookings to each station should be
grouped and totalled separately.
FORM T.1818
ABSTRACT OF GOODS OUTWARDS FROM......................STATION

TO……………..… STATION VIA……………FOR THE MONTH OF……………………
Particulars of
Invoice Total freight
commodities
Actual Weight handled
Paid To-pay Remarks
Name of weight by owner
Date No. Weight Account Account
commodity
Code..... Code......
1 2 3 4 5 6
Tonnes / Tonnes /
Tonnes / kgs Rupees Rupees
kgs kgs
1819. Instructions given in paragraphs 1813 to 1817 are equally applicable to Foreign
Outwards Abstracts.
1820. Foreign Outwards Abstracts should be closed at the end of each period and the
total of each pair of stations carried into the Summary. Each Foreign Abstract and
Summary should be sent to the Accounts Office in separate bundles immediately after
the close of each period except those for the final period of each month which should
be submitted to that office 4 days after the close of the month.
18.8
CHAPTER XVIII
1821. Abstracts of Goods Inwards–Local: Local Goods Inwards Abstracts (Form

T.1821) should be posted daily from inwards Invoices in the same manner as Outwards
Abstracts (T.1812), separate Abstracts being prepared for each station from which
consignments are received.
FORM T.1821.
ABSTRACT OF GOODS INWARDS AT.................STATION FROM

……………..STATION FOR THE MONTH OF...............................................
Invoice Particulars of commodities Total freight Over-

Actual Weight of Under charge
weight goods Paid To-pay charge
Name of Remarks
Date No. Weight unloaded by Account Account
commodity owner Code.... Code.... Account Account
Code.... Code....
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Tonnes / Tonnes / Tonnes / kgs Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees
kgs kgs
1822. To admit of as many Invoices as possible being brought to account in the same
month as issued, the Abstracts for the last period of the month should continue open till
the 7th of the month following. Invoices received after the close of the month's
accounts to which they properly belong should be accounted for in the following
month and not shown in Supplementary Abstracts.
1823. Instructions given in paragraphs 1813 to 1817 are equally applicable to Local
Goods Inwards Abstracts except that the latter may be closed periodically or monthly as
decided by the Accounts Officer and that ‘Paid On Charges’ shown separately on
rebooking Invoices (paragraph 1581) should be shown separately in the Inwards
Abstracts also to enable the Accounts Office to allow credit to the rebooking stations.
1824. Original amounts of Invoices are to be posted in the “Paid” or “To Pay” columns
of the Abstracts, errors being dealt with as directed in the rules which deal with Under
and Overcharges (paragraph 1541.)
1825. Abstracts of Goods Inwards – Foreign: These should be prepared on form No.
T.1825 in the same way as Local Inwards Abstracts (T.1821) except that (i) separate
Abstracts should be prepared for each station and each via from which consignments
are received and (ii) Abstracts should be closed and submitted to the Accounts Office
periodically or monthly.
18.9
CHAPTER XVIII
FORM T.1825
ABSTRACT OF GOODS INWARDS AT.............................STATION

FROM.......................... STATION VIA…….....FOR....................20……..
Account Code....
Particulars of Actual
Undercharges
Overcharges
Invoice weight Total freight
commodities
Remarks
Account
Code....
Actual of goods
weight unloaded Paid To-pay
Date.
Name of
No. Weight by Account Account
commodity
owner Code.... Code....
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Tonnes Tonnes /
/ kgs kgs
1826. Summaries of Goods–Local: Summaries of Local Outwards or Inwards Goods

should be prepared on Form No. T.1826. These should be posted from the Abstracts
and should bring out the totals of the booking to or from each station as grouped in the
Abstracts. The names of stations should be entered in alphabetical order. To facilitate
this the Abstracts should be sorted alphabetically before the postings in the Summaries
are commenced. The Summaries may be prepared by sections, but a General Summary
should be prepared in which the monthly grand totals for each section should be posted
and one total made out to support the entry in the Goods Station Balance Sheet
(T.1843).
FORM T. 1826
SUMMARY OF GOODS OUTWARDS FROM/INWARDS AT…………STATION
STATION FOR THE MONTH OF……………………. 20….
Freight
Weight Undercharge Overcharge
Station to or Actual
handled Paid To-pay Account Account Remarks
from weight
by owner Account Account Code.... Code....
Code.... Code....
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Tonnes / Tonnes / Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees
kgs kgs
18.10
CHAPTER XVIII
1827. Summaries of Goods–Foreign: Summaries of Foreign Outwards and Inwards

Goods should be prepared on form T.1827.
FORM T.1827
SUMMARY OF GOODS OUTWARDS FROM/INWARDS AT ………………..STATION

TO/FROM. VIA........FOR THE MONTH OF TO FROM…………. 20.....
Total Actual Total freight

Station to or Live- Under- Over-
actual weight
from stock charge Charge
weight of goods Remarks
Paid To-pay Account Account
handled
Account Code.... Account Code.... Code.... Code....
by owner
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Tonnes / Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees
kgs
1828. Deleted.
1829. Verification of totals of Summaries: Outwards and Inwards Summaries should,

before dispatch to the Accounts Office, be checked with the totals in the Goods
Outwards and Inwards Books respectively both as to weight and freight. The total of
‘Paid’ columns in Outwards Summaries should also be checked with the corresponding
figures in the Goods Cash Book (T.1805). Those for submission to the Accounts Office
should be on loose sheets, but carbon copies should be kept for record at the stations in
skeleton files, Local and Foreign being filed separately.
1830. Demurrage and Wharfage Return: This Return (Form T.1830) shows the amount
collected on account of demurrage and wharfage which has accrued on consignments
delivered during the month to which the Return relates together with the amounts
actually collected and the amounts foregone under the sanction of competent authority.
It should be written up from the Goods Inwards and Delivery Books (T.1809 and
T.1810) immediately after each charge has been made and entered in these Books.
Demurrage and/or Wharfage on Foreign and Local goods may be entered together in
one Return.
18.11
CHAPTER XVIII
FORM T.1830
P.R.
Goods demurrage and wharfage return of—————————————Station for———————————20…...
Wagon No. and its

Invoice Station from or to Weight Date on which goods were
carrying capacity
Description
Serial No.
Available for
Delivered or
from station
Removed
Received
premises
released
delivery
Tonnes
Wagon
Kgms.
Made
Date.
No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
No. of days Amount due Amount foregone Amount collected
Remarks
for which Demurrage
Wharfage Demurrage Wharfage
demurrage Rate. Demurrage
Account Wharfage Account Account
or wharfage is Account
code........ code........ code........
due code........
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
NOTE 1.——In case of entries relating to demurrage, date and time both should be given in
columns Nos. 9 and 10 separately.
2.——Re-booking demurrage and wharfage should be accounted for separately at the end,
and the total thereof should be added to the demurrage and wharfage return under column 17
and 18, respectively. Full particulars thereof should be shown in columns Nos. 1 to 10.
3.——The demurrage and wharfage foregone should be accounted for in columns Nos. 17
and 18 respectively.
4.——The return should be posted daily in ink and submitted to the Financial Advisor and
Chief Accounts Office / Revenue immediately after the close of the month to which it relates so
as to reach the office by the 5th of the following month.
1831. The procedure in regard to the accountal of wharfage and demurrage charges on
goods is the same as for parcels (paragraphs 1220 to 1222).
1832. Testing of goods accounts: The accuracy of the posting in the various initial
books and returns should be tested in the manner indicated in paragraphs 1833 to 1842
within two days of the close of each of the periods mentioned in paragraph 110 (13).
1833. Testing of goods outwards: An up-to-date summary of the Goods Cash Book
(T.1805) should be made in the Cash Book at the end of each period. The amount
received on account of “Paid” and “To Pay” Invoices should be shown separately. At
the end of each period, a line should be drawn in the Outwards Books and a total-to-
date made. Thus the totals will be progressive and there will not be separate totals to be
18.12
CHAPTER XVIII
brought together at the end of the month. The totals in the Outwards Books (T.1808),
Abstracts (T.1812 and T.1818) and Summaries (T.1826 and T.1827) should first be
compared, and it should then be seen that the total of the Outwards “Paid” Cash in the
Goods Cash Book agrees with the total of the “Paid“ column of the Outwards Abstracts
and Summaries.
1834. Testing of goods inwards–Test Station Balance Sheet: The Inwards and Delivery
Books (T.1809 and T.1810), the Abstracts (T.1821 and T.1825), and Summaries (T.1826
and T.1827) should be ruled off and a total-to-date made as prescribed in the previous
paragraph for the Outwards Books. A Test Balance should be compiled for each period
in the Test Balance Sheet of Inwards “To Pay” Goods Traffic (Form T.1834).
FORM T.1834
(Obverse)
TEST STATION BALANCE SHEET (INWARDS TO PAY GOODS)
Test Balance to, date, of Inwards “To-pay” Goods at……………..............Station for the period ending
……………………. 20…..
Total
Particulars Debits
Amount
Rupees Rupees
Dr.–
Balance brought forward from last month .. ..
Amount of “To-Pay” Invoices and Undercharges to date as per ..
Summary.
Demurrage as per monthly return in hand, total to date ..
Special cash collections, Sundries .. .. ..
Old items, vide last Test Balance .. .. ..
Excess collected on Inwards Invoices to date .. ..
Previous amount, vide last Test Balance .. .. ..
Current amount .. .. .. .. ..
Audit debits——
Old items as per last Test Balance .. .. ..
Current items .. .. .. .. ..
Total Debits ..
18.13
CHAPTER XVIII
Total
Particulars Debits
Amount
Rupees Rupees
Cr.——
Cash on account of Inwards “To-pay” Invoices, Audit debits, etc, to date,
viz.
Old amount, vide last Test Balance .. .. ..
Amount for current period, vide Summary of Goods Cash Book ..
Special credits on account of——
(1) Overcharge sheets to date, viz.——
(2) Goods re-booked to date, viz.——
(3) Other special credits, viz.——
(4) Current Test Outstandings on date, vide list at back ..
Total Credits ..
Note.——The lines and totals should, preferably, be made in red ink.
Dated the…………………….20…... ………...…………Station Master.
(Reverse)
TEST CURRENT OUTSTANDINGS ON............20......
Page No. Amount Page No. Amount Page No. Amount

1835. The debits will be as indicated in the various headings of the form and should be
obtained from the up-to-date “To pay” totals of the Summaries as arrived at above, the
Demurrage Return, Accounts Office Debits, etc., a skeleton Inward Summary being
used for arriving at the total. The opening balance brought forward will be the closing
balance of the previous month.
1836. The credits will be the Cash Credits to date as represented by the up-to-date
totals of Inwards “To-Pay” traffic in the Goods Cash Book, and any special credits. Only
new items of special credits need be detailed, those from previous periods being
brought forward in total only.
18.14
CHAPTER XVIII
1837. Any difference discovered in preparing these Test Balances should be at once
traced out and put right. Station Masters and Commercial Supervisor (Goods) should be
very careful not to pass over differences under any circumstances as neglect in this
respect may lead subsequently to considerable difficulty and delay.
1838. Outstandings in connection with test balances: The outstandings in connection

with the test balances, except, for the closing period of the month, need not be taken
out in the full detail required by the Outstanding List form. It will be sufficient to quote
the pages of the Delivery Book and the amounts outstanding on each page on the back
of the Test Balance form. When there is more than one Delivery Book, the items from
each Book should be distinguished by quoting the book number as well.
1839. The outstandings for the closing period of the month should be taken out in the
“Outstanding List” and should not be entered in the Test Balance Sheet.
1840. The quickest and easiest way of making up the outstandings is to take them out
from the Delivery Book immediately after the close of the period and before
commencing deliveries in the succeeding period, as it can then be readily seen in
respect to which items the goods are undelivered. If it be not done until after deliveries
have commenced, the dates of delivery have to be carefully scrutinized to ascertain
what items have been delivered subsequent to the period under test.
1841. If, when delivering goods, any discrepancy between the Delivery Book debit and
cash collection occurs, the fact and amount should be noted in the “Remarks” column
of the Cash Book, so as to have the information ready at hand when balancing the
accounts.
1842. At the end of each month, the balance for the closing period should be made,
and the outstandings entered in the Outstanding List.
1843. Station Balance Sheet (Goods): After the accounts for the last period have been
tested in the manner indicated in paragraphs 1833 to 1842, a Station Balance Sheet
(Goods) should be prepared in form T.1843. The principle underlying the preparation
of a Goods Balance Sheet is the same as for a Coaching Balance Sheet (T.1236).
18.15
CHAPTER XVIII
FORM T.1843
Goods Station Balance Sheet of…………………… Station for the month of
……………… 20 ….
(Obverse)
Debit side
To be filled in by Accounts Office Particulars of Debits. (To be filled in by Station)
Out-city
Local Foreign booking Particulars Amount
agencies
1 2 3 4 5 6
To balance from last month
Outwards “Paid”
Local Goods Inwards “To-pay”
Traffic. Undercharge
Demurrage, Demurrage
etc. as per
return. Wharfage & storage
Outwards “Paid”
Out-City Booking Inwards “To-pay”
Agency Traffic Undercharge
Foreign Outwards “Paid/to pay”
Goods Inwards “paid/to-pay”
Traffic Undercharge
Coal Traffic
Miscellaneous, vide foot-notes 1 to 3
Stamped Indemnity Bonds
Siding and haulage charges as per
siding return.
Other items (to be detailed)
Road Service charges in Dry Ports
Federal Excise Duty
Freight Deposit Receipts
Total goods, excluding balance
Less-Refunds as per statement below (to be
filled in by Accounts Office).
Net Total, excluding balance (to be filled
in by Accounts Office).
Sundries earnings as per
statement of miscellaneous Tax
remittances.
Total Sundries earnings Accounts Office and Cash Office debits
Error Sheet No. ,dated
Less-Refunds as detailed in do. do.
statement below. do. do.
Net Total Sundries Grand Total, excluding Balance
Grand Total Debits
18.16
CHAPTER XVIII
Credit side
Particulars of Credits (to be filled
To be filled in by Accounts Office
in by Station)
List of errors
Dates Cash Vouchers Total Particulars Amount
Particulars Dr. Cr.
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
1 Total cash remittances. Station balance

2 Special recoveries. Previous debits
3 Total not taken to
4 Vouchers : account:
5 Others: Error Sheet No. for
6 Current debits :
Military Error Sheet No. for
and Total Vouchers Credits on account of
so on S.I. Bonds previous debits
up to Dr. withdrawn :
Transfers C.A.- note
31 Cr. No. ,dated
Total Net Total Transfers. Do. do.
By overcharges as per Do. do.
certified overcharge Credit-Notes Pending :
sheets detailed on Others:
reverse. Military
Special credits as per
details on reverse. Accounts to adjust, vide
Total Credits details attached.
Total Credits
Balance carried forward Checked balance
to next month. carried forward. Total
Grand Total Grand Total Net Checked Balance.
Out standing Accounts. (To be filled in by Accounts Office)

Particulars Month Dr. Cr.
Station pay orders
Refund lists
Overcharge sheets
Total
18.17
CHAPTER XVIII
Refunds and remissions. (To be filled in by Accounts Office)
Particulars Local Agencies Total Sundries

Station pay orders
Refund lists
Overcharge sheets
Total
Note.——Only columns 5 to 10 are to be used by stations.

(1) Under this head should be posted all receipts on account of excess collections,
undercharges recovered on behalf of other stations, freight on goods delivered on memo
invoices, etc.
(2) Under this head should be posted sale-proceeds and sweepings, etc.
(3) If not sufficient space, give details on reverse.
(4) In the case of stations at which goods traffic is heavy, and the space on the back in Part I is
not sufficient, continuation sheet printed for the purpose should be used. Details of special
entries as noted on reverse of balance sheets will also be separately compiled for each class of
entry.
Station……………. Checked by…………….. Station Master….……….
Dated……………. Balance Sheet Checker……… Commercial Assistant (Goods) ….......
(Reverse)
Part I
LIST OF OUTSTANDINGS WORKING UP TO THE BALANCE
Error sheet or
standing, and reference
Goods on hand
Objected error sheets
Admitted error sheets
to correspondences *
invoice
Amount other than
Particulars (station
Invoices requiring
clearance by over
Reasons why out-

railway freight
charge sheets
Current invoices
(three months
Old invoices
from)
Total
old)
Date No.
Total
*Note 1. In cases of admitted debits, names of the persons responsible and reference to the
deduction statement in which the same is shown for recovery should be given in this column.
18.18
CHAPTER XVIII
2. In cases of objected debits, reference to correspondence with the Chief Commercial Manager
should be quoted.
3. Name and designation of staff responsible, no. and date of letter under which deduction list
sent to the Divisional Superintendent, should be noted against each of Admitted error sheet.
4. Chief Commercial Manager, Operating Office Code Number Should be noted against item of
Objected Error Sheets.
Part II
DETAIL OF SPECIAL ENTRIES MADE BY STATION IN DEBIT OR CREDIT SIDE OF THE

BALANCE SHEET
Debit side of balance

Credit side of Balance Sheet
sheet
Lost
Credit
Error Certified Property Over-
Particulars authorized
sheets Other over- Consignments office charges as Other
by
taken to items charge rebooked certificate per list of items
Accounts
debit sheets or refunds
Office
statement
Total
(a) One total of five last columns should be given to arrive at the total of special credits on reverse.
1844. The debit entries of a Goods Balance Sheet comprise:
(1) The debit balance (if any) from last month's account.
(2) The Traffic earnings of the month under the head ‘Local’, 'Foreign' and
Deposit Private Companies separately according to various heads of accounts as
detailed in the several returns and statements particularized in the form.
(3) Undercharges advised during the month by the Accounts Office.
(4) Discrepancies advised by the Accounts Office and the Cash Office, not
previously taken into account.
(5) Siding charges as per Register of Siding Charges (T.2207).
(6) Value of Stamped Indemnity Bonds supplied by the Stores Department
(paragraph 1549).
(7) Miscellaneous transactions not shown in the Returns. Of these full particulars
should be given, i.e., reference to the Miscellaneous Cash Note (T.1140) should
be quoted.
1845. The credit entries of a Station Goods Balance Sheet comprise:
(i) The total amount of cash and vouchers acknowledged daily by Cashier as per
18.19
CHAPTER XVIII
Cash Remittance Notes (T. 2153).

(ii) Special credits under the different heads provided for in the form. The details
of special credits under the various headings should be posted under Part II, at
the back of the Form (T.1843).
(iii) Balance (if any) to be carried forward to next month's accounts. Full
particulars should be given in the column on the back of the form with the
probable date of the proposed settlement of each item and an explanation of the
measures taken to obtain adjustments. The procedure outlined in paragraph
1242 for the classification of outstandings of coaching Balance Sheet is
applicable to Goods Balance Sheet also.
1846. Special credits: The special credits mentioned in sub-paragraph (ii) of the
previous paragraph consist of:
(1) Overcharge sheets (T.1716) for the regularisation of errors in the issue of
Invoices other than those representing under and overcharges in freight.
(2) “Paid on” charges on consignments rebooked to other stations (paragraph
1581). Full particulars of both the original and rebooking Invoices should be
given.
(3) Original freight charges in connection with consignments transferred to Lost
Property Office. Full particulars of the original Invoice and the rebooking free
Invoice under which the consignment is transferred to Lost Property Office
should be given.
(4) Credits authorized by the Accounts Office in connection with debits
withdrawn. Full particulars of the debits should be given; the order authorizing
credit being submitted in original to the Accounts Office.
(5) Overcharges allowed at the time of delivery of goods (paragraph 1705).
(6) Invoices twice accounted for. Reference to the accounts for the periods in
which the Invoice is accounted for twice should be given.
(7) Other items of special credits.
1847. Closing balance of a station Goods Balance Sheet: The closing balance of a
Station Goods Balance Sheet mentioned in sub-paragraph (iii) of paragraph 1845
consists of:
(1) Unsold Stamped Indemnity Bonds.

(2) Admitted Cash and Accounts Office debits. The names of the persons
responsible and reference to the month's salary bill in which they are shown for
recovery should be given in the 'Remarks’ column.
(3) Objected debits. Reference to the action taken for the withdrawal of the
debit should be given in the 'Remarks' column.
(4) Invoices in connection with goods on hand or not to hand. The former, as
18.20
CHAPTER XVIII
the heading in Part I will show, are subdivided into old Invoices and current
Invoices (three months old).
(5) Invoices requiring clearance by Overcharge Sheets. Reference to the action
taken for the certification of the Overcharge Sheets should be given in the
'Remarks' column.
1848. Alternative forms of initial books and returns: Paragraphs 1849 to 1858 describe
the alternative forms of Goods Cash Books and Outwards and Inwards Books. These
forms combine the initial books with the returns and are so designed that, when written
in carbon duplicate, a return for the Accounts Office is prepared.
1849. As the alternative forms of initial books are written in carbon duplicate they
should be suitably bound to admit of carbon impressions being carried under the
correct columns and should be written in indelible ink to guard against erasures.
1850. The link between the alternative forms of initial books, returns and Balance Sheet
will be the same as outlined in paragraph 1804 except that the returns which are only
carbon copies of the initial books need not be compared with them, there being no
necessity of this comparison under the alternative procedure.
1851. These forms are interlocked with the alternative procedure of check and
accountal of Goods traffic outlined in the Pakistan Railways Code for the Accounts
Department.
1852. Alternative form of Goods Outwards Book for Local traffic: Stations can be
relieved of the preparation of Local Goods Outwards Abstracts (T.1812) and Summaries
(T. 1826) if the Goods Outwards Book for Local traffic is maintained in form No.
T.1852. The forms should be supplied in sets of two foils bound in books, one of the
foils being sent to the Accounts Office periodically or monthly as may be required and
the other retained at the station for record. Both the foils should be written from
outwards Invoices in one operation by carbon process, the entries being arranged in the
order of the issue of Invoices, i.e., in the order of the printed machine numbers of
Invoices. The totals of weight and freight should be carried forward progressively to
arrive at periodical and monthly totals.
18.21
CHAPTER XVIII
FORM T.1852
…………...............LOCAL GOODS OUTWARD BOOK OF…………..............STATION
Total weight
Receipt No. charged or Total amount of charge
measurement
Invoice Weight
Station to Remarks
No. Actual handled tax To pay
To- weight by Freight To-Pay
Paid paid if tax if
pay owner Paid freight
any any
Tonnes / kgs
1 2 3 4 5 6
Note.–The date of posting to be written at the top before commencing to write this up.
…….............……………
Station Master.
1853. Alternative form of Goods Inwards Book for Local traffics: Stations can similarly
be relieved of the preparation of Local Goods Inwards Abstracts (T.1821) if the Goods
Inwards and Delivery Book for Local traffic is maintained in form No. T. 1853. The
Form has been so designed that columns 1 to 15 can be written in carbon duplicate;
one of the foils being sent to the Accounts Office and the other retained at station for
record.
First foil for Accounts Office.
Second foil for Station Record.
FORM T.1853
INWARDS AND DELIVERY BOOK OF............STATION OF GOODS BOOKED

FROM.................STATION FOR THE MONTH OF…………..........20….
Directions and Code

Nos. will be filled up Forwarding Forwarding Receiving Receiving Route to be
Zone No
in the Accounts station direction station direction followed
Office.
Code Nos.
18.22
CHAPTER XVIII
Consignee’s receipt No.

Invoice Description or measurement when charges are made by dimensions
Date of entry
Principal commodities Other commodities Weight

No. Date charged
Code
– – – Names
Nos. Actual
of
Actual Actual Actual Actual weight
commodities
weight weight weight weight
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Tonnes / Tonnes / Tonnes / Tonnes / Tonnes / Tonnes / kgs
kgs kgs kgs kgs kgs
Out-standing at the close
Excise Duty Relating to

Total freight
Vehicles Nos. and

carrying capacity
Weight handled
Under-charges
Risk-note held
Class and rate
Over-charges
Coal Mines
the month
by owner
on charges
of
inclusive
To-pay,
of paid
Paid
Account Account Account Account Account

Code....... Code....... Code....... Code....... Code.......
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Tonnes Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees
/ kgs
train by which received
Code............
Date of delivery and
Demurrage
No. and description
Wharfage/
Account
Date of receipt of
goods and No. of
removal of goods
charge
were available
Date goods
for delivery
Marks
Consignor
Days Amount
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Rupees
18.23
CHAPTER XVIII
Progressive No. of
Receipt file Signature of the Signature of
Consignee payment entered in
reference No. delivery clerk receiver
cash book
27 28 29 30 31
…………………….
Station Master.
1854. The inwards Invoices should, after necessary check, be entered separately for
each ‘station from’. For this purpose separate pages should be set apart for the traffic
from each station, the Book being indexed before it is brought into use.
1855. The traffic from each station for each period should be totalled for purposes of
test balancing (paragraph 1834).
1856. Invoices relating to the previous month should be posted separately and their
totals carried separately in the Summary (T.1826) as a distinct item.
1857. Inwards Goods Cash Book: In like manner, stations can be relieved of the
preparation of Demurrage and Wharfage Returns (T.1830) if the Inwards Goods Cash
Book were maintained at stations in Form No. T.1857. Realizations on account of
freight on Inwards Goods, demurrage, wharfage and sundry receipts should be recorded
in this Book. Rules in regard to the supply of the form in sets of two foils to be written in
carbon duplicate and the submission of one foil to the Accounts office will be the same
as for Outwards Book (T.1852).
FORM T.1857
First foil for Accounts Office
Second foil for Station Record
INWARDS GOODS CASH BOOK OF…………………........... .STATION FOR THE
MONTH OF……………........................20…..
Date on which goods
Invoices
Station from
were
Description
No. of days
Folio Of
Progressive for which
Inwards Weight Made
Number No. of entry demurrage is
Book available
Date Received due
for
Local Foreign delivery
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Tonnes /
kgs
18.24
CHAPTER XVIII
Demurrage Amount received

requiring On account of On account of
clearance by On account of Sundry
previous month current month
overcharge receipts Remarks
Local Foreign Local Foreign Demurrage Wharfage Total
sheets Account
Account Account Account Account Account Account Account Code.....
Code..... Code..... Code..... Code..... Code..... Code..... Code.....
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees
……………………. …………………
Commercial Assistant (Goods). Station Master.
1858. Outwards Goods Cash Book: The Outwards Goods Cash Book will be
maintained in form No. T.1858 and will be printed on single forms. Only the freight
charges on outwards Paid traffic should be entered in the Outwards Cash Book.
FORM T.1858
OUTWARDS GOODS CASH BOOK OF................................... STATION FOR THE
MONTH OF………….......................20.......
Folio of Invoice
Progressive Amount
Outwards Number Station to Account Remarks
Date No. of entry Code.....
Book Local Foreign
1 2 3 4 5 6
Rupees
Note 1.——Demurrage and wharfage charges on outwards goods should be accounted for in Inwards
Goods Cash Book (T.1857).
Note 2.——The total should be carried to the Inwards Cash Book (T.1857).
1859. Submission of returns: The following returns should be submitted by stations to

the Accounts Office / Revenue, periodically or monthly as noted against each, along
with a Transmit Memo. (Form No. T.1859). These forms are printed and supplied in sets
of three foils. Two foils are submitted by the station along with the returns to the
Accounts Office, one being retained at the station for record. The Accounts Office will
return one foil as an acknowledgment of the returns received and the same should be
pasted by stations to the record foil. Returns entered in the Transmit Memo. but not
received in the Accounts Office will be pointed out by that Office through the third foil
and it will be the duty of the Station Master to send the original return if left behind or a
copy thereof to the Accounts Office.
18.25
CHAPTER XVIII
FORM T.1859
TRANSMIT MEMO
.................... Station, Out Agency / City Booking Agency.
Transit memo of returns for the period / month ending ..................... submitted to the
Financial Advisor and Chief Accounts Officer, Revenue, Pakistan Railways, Lahore.
Remarks if
Due date of Number of any by the
Name of returns
dispatch sheets Accounts
Office
Periodically
Local goods outward books (original foil) with connected invoices

Local goods outward books (original foil) with connected
Local list of refund of over charges allowed at the time of delivery along with
relevant invoices
Approximate returns
Monthly
Goods outward books along with invoices marked “Original” (Local)

Goods inward and delivery books with relevant invoices (Local)
Demurrage and Wharfage return along with supporting documents
Goods Outward out agency / city booking agency return along with relevant
invoices (Local)
Goods outward out agency booking agency return (Local) along with
connected invoices
Goods balance sheet along with outstanding lists. Overcharge sheets and
credit invoices
Approximate returns
Signature of the Accounts Official .....................................

Signature of Station Master /
Out Agent /
City Booking Agent
1860. Deleted.
1861. The periodical returns should be transmitted to the Accounts Office without fail
by the first train carrying dispatches on the day immediately following the period to
which they refer, except those for the last period of the month which should be
submitted on the 4th or 8th, as the case may be, of the succeeding month. The monthly
Returns should be submitted to the Accounts Office on the 4th or 8th of the month
following that to which the accounts refer. In the event of there being no traffic to enter
on any of the Returns (except the Goods Balance Sheet), the word Nil should be written
against the particular Return in the Transmit Memo. In the case of the Goods Balance
Sheet, if there is no transaction, a nil Form should be submitted to the Accounts Office.
18.26
CHAPTER XVIII
1862. Submission of Invoices to the Accounts Office: To permit of the checking of

Invoices being carried on in the Accounts Office regularly throughout the month,
Invoices received should be dispatched by destination stations to the Accounts Office in
batches at the close of each period of accounting. A final batch of those relating to the
previous month and received between the 1st and 7th of the following month should be
dispatched on the 8th. Invoices sent to the Accounts Office should be arranged in serial
and station order as per entries in the Abstracts. Both Local and Foreign Invoices should
be submitted to the Accounts Office, securely stitched to the Abstracts for the period.
1863. Deleted.
18.27
PAKISTAN RAILWAYS

(COMMERCIAL)

CHAPTER XIX
20 October, 2011
CHAPTER XIX
LOST PROPERTY OFFICE
C O N T ENT S
LOST OR UNCLAIMED PROPERTY 19.1 — 19.2 1901 — 1906
UNCLAIMED BOOKED CONSIGNMENTS 19.2 — 19.3 1907 — 1911
RECEIPT OF ARTICLES IN LOST PROPERTY OFFICE 19.3 1912 — 1913
ACCOUNTAL OF ‘TO PAY’ INVOICE AND WAY-BILLS 19.3 1914
PERIODICAL SALE OF LOST OR UNCLAIMED ARTICLES 19.4 1915 — 1916
STATEMENT OF CONSIGNMENTS SOLD 19.4 1917
CONSIGNMENTS CLAIMED AND DELIVERED TO OWNERS

IN THE LOST PROPERTY OFFICE 19.5 1918 — 1920
CONSIGNMENTS CLAIMED BY OWNERS AND REBOOKED

FROM LOST PROPERTY OFFICE TO OUT-STATIONS 19.6 — 19.7 1921 — 1924
REMITTANCES OF CASH 19.7 1925
LOST PROPERTY OFFICE BALANCE SHEET 19.7 — 19.11 1926 — 1929
ACCOUNTS PROCEDURE IN LOST PROPERTY OFFICE 19.11 1930
INSPECTIONS 19.11 1931
36
CHAPTER XIX
1901. Lost or unclaimed property: Station Masters should take over and grant receipts
for all articles of lost or unclaimed property other than booked consignments tendered
to them by any person, an inventory, as described in paragraph 1902, being made
when necessary and attested by the person making over the property.
1902. All lost or unbooked articles, found by or made over to station staff should be
immediately entered in the Lost Property Register (Form T.1902). Each article should be
separately entered and described as concisely as possible. If the article is locked, it
should be properly sealed and labeled. If unlocked, an inventory of the contents should
be made, and details entered in the Register. The inventory should be attested by the
police official (not below in the rank of Assistant Sub Inspector) at the station and if
there is no police, by the two senior subordinate officials. All consignments/Articles
locked are unloaded must be weighted before taking to inventory and weight recorded
in the relevant register.
FORM T.1902
REGISTER OF LOST AND UNCLAIMED ARTICLES OF……………………..STATION
Number and Weight Lost Property

Date found or Where found,
description of Office Register Lot No.
received by whom Tonnes. kgs.
articles No.
1 2 3 4 5 6
Month’s return in Remarks; how disposed of:

which reported to No. and date of Free Service
Divisional Station Master’s Account
Storage fees, etc. Invoice or Way-bill under
Superintendent initials code
which sent to Lost Property
No. Date Office
7 8 9 10 11
1903. All lost property should, if claimed in writing and identified to the satisfaction of
the Station Master, be delivered to the owner on payment by him of storage charges at
the rates given in the tariff. The storage charges recovered should be accounted for in
the Parcels, Luggage, etc. Cash Book (T.1204).
19.1
CHAPTER XIX
1904. Lost property, if not claimed, should be sent to the Lost Property Office of the
respective division under which the station is working, under a ‘free’ Invoice or Way-
bill. Lists showing description of the articles, how marked, when, where and by whom
found, actual weight and approximate value should be sent with the articles. These lists
should be prepared in duplicate, one copy being sent to the Lost Property Office, the
other being retained at the station.
1905. Where articles such as arms, ammunition, explosives, intoxicating liquors and
hemp drugs, the sale of which by unlicensed persons is prohibited by law, are left
unclaimed in the possession of Pakistan Railways, they should be made over to the
police or excise authorities for disposal under the laws affecting the articles.
1906. (a) Cash, found as lost property, should be entered in a separate Miscellaneous
Cash Note (T.1140) and accounted for in the station Balance Sheet under the head
“Miscellaneous.”
(b). Jewellery, bullion and all valuable articles should be sent at once carefully
packed, sealed to be specially booked and sent in separate packets or parcels and not
mixed with ordinary lost property articles.
(c) If booked/unhooked small consignments of perishable nature not claimed

within reasonable time should be auctioned at station, and matters of animals to be
reported to divisional office for final orders.
(d) Station Master must not transfer the consignment to Lost Property Office
before the expiry of 14 days from the date of issue of the notice to the consignee.
1907. Unclaimed booked consignments: If booked consignments remain unclaimed at

stations for 21 days, the consignor or consignee (in the case of goods booked to self)
should be served with a notice to remove the goods. If the goods are not removed
within the time specified by Railway Administration, these should be either transferred
to the Lost Property Office under a ‘free’ Invoice or Way-bill or otherwise disposed of as
directed by the Claims Office.
1908. Rules for the disposal of unclaimed booked articles of arms, ammunition will be
the same as for similar unbooked articles (paragraph 1905).
1909. The freight charges outstanding at the station from where the consignments are
booked to the Lost Property Office should be entered in the ‘to pay’ column of the ‘free’
Invoice or Way-bill, the particulars of the original booking being also shown. These
charges should be taken credit for by the rebooking station in the Station Balance Sheet
for the month in which the rebooking Invoice or Way-bill is issued.
1910. The actual weight found at the time of transfer of consignment to the Divisional
Lost Property Office should be shown on the ‘free’ Invoice or Way-bill.
19.2
CHAPTER XIX
1911. No demurrage, wharfage or storage should be taken to account by stations on

consignments transferred to the Lost Property Office. A remark should, however, be
given on the ‘free’ rebooking Invoice or Way-bill showing the dates on which the
consignment was received and made available for delivery, the amount of demurrage
or wharfage that accrued on it before its transfer to the Lost Property Office, and the
number of days on which it is calculated, so that these charges may be recovered in
addition to freight if delivery were claimed by the owner later.
1912. Receipt of articles in Lost Property Office: The staff of the Lost Property Office
should examine all packages at the time of taking them over from the station where the
Lost Property Office is located. Packages of which the outward appearance is defective
and which show signs of pilferage should be weighed and contents checked
immediately by the incharge of the Lost Property Office, the result of check being
reported to the Claims Office concerned.
1913. A Register of Lost Property should be kept in the Lost Property Office in form
T.1913. Each article, as it comes in, should be registered, a label bearing the number of
the entry in the Register being attached to each article.
FORM T.1913
REGISTER OF LOST PROPERTY RECEIVED IN THE LOST PROPERTY OFFICE

AT …………………………….
Remarks as to disposal in case of

Storage fee due at time of sale or
Invoice Particulars of sale
Number and description of
Lost Property Register No.
Date of receipt of articles
Particulars of remittance
article or package
delivery to owner
No. of item in the Sale
Station from
Amount realized
to Cash Office
delivery
Account code
Way-bill
Account
Date
No. Date
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1914. Accountal of ‘to pay’ Invoices and Way-bills: All ‘to pay’ Invoices or Way-bills
should be accounted for by the Lost Property Office in statements in Form No. T.1914.
These statements should be prepared, separately for Coaching and Goods traffic, in
duplicate by carbon process. One coy of the statement should be sent to the Accounts
19.3
CHAPTER XIX
Office to enable it to verify and allow credits claimed by ‘rebooking’ stations, the other
being retained as office record for being subsequently posted in the Lost Property Office
Balance Sheet (T.1926). Full particulars of both the ‘original’ and ‘rebooking’ Invoices
or Way-bills should be given in the statement.
FORM T.1914.
STATEMENT OF “TO PAY” INVOICES/WAY-BILLS RECEIVED AND AMOUNT

THEREOF TAKEN TO DEBIT IN THE LOST PROPERTY OFFICE GOODS/COACHING
BALANCE SHEET FOR THE MONTH OF ……………. 20……
To be filled in by
Amount of original
Original Re-booking free

Account code
Accounts Office
invoice/W Station Invoice/ Way-
Serial No.
Remarks
Month in which
Lot No.
freight
ay-bill bill
credit allowed
To
No To L. P.
Date From To No. Date claiming
. Office
station
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Rupees
1915. Periodical sale of lost or unclaimed articles: The sale of lost or unclaimed articles
by public auction should be held in the Lost Property Office on a date to be notified by
the Divisional Superintendent concerned by advertisement and public notice. Full
particulars of sale proceeds should be recorded in the Sale Account to be prepared on a
manuscript form, copy of which should be submitted to the Accounts Office.
1916. Reference to the Cash Remittance Note (T.2153), under which the amount of sale
is remitted, should be quoted in the Sale Account.
1917. Statement of consignments sold: The Lost Property Office will prepare, in respect
of all ‘to pay’ parcels or goods sold by public auction, statements in form No. T.1917
showing the original freight charges, the amount of sale proceeds and the difference
between the two. If the amount of the sale proceeds exceeds the outstanding freight
charges, the difference should be accounted for in the debit side of the Lost Property
Office Balance Sheet (T.1926). If, however, it falls short of the freight charges, the
difference should be taken credit for in the Lost Property Office Balance Sheet.
19.4
CHAPTER XIX
FORM T.1917
STATEMENTS OF CONSIGNMENTS SOLD AT THE LOST PROPERTY OFFICE

FOR THE MONTH OF……………………………20…....
which the sale proceeds is

freight and sale proceeds
Amount realized by sale
Description of contents
Remittance Note under

Difference in original
No. and date of Cash
remitted to the Cash

Invoice
Person from whom

Consignee’s name
Station
Original freight
Sender’s name
Account code
realized
Lot No.
Way-bill
Office
From To No. Date
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
1918. Consignments claimed and delivered to owners in the Lost Property Office:
When Consignments transferred to the Lost Property Office are claimed by owners and
delivery is effected in the Lost Property Office, the following charges should be
recovered from the owners:
(1) Original freight charges, if any,

(2) Wharfage and demurrage charges that may have accrued at the rebooking
station prior to the transfer of the consignment to the Lost Property Office,
(3) Freight charges from the rebooking station to the Lost Property Office, and
(4) Storage charges accrued at the Lost Property Office.
1919. The rules that should be followed by the Lost Property Office in delivering the
consignment to the rightful owner and obtaining consignee’s acknowledgment will be
the same as laid down for “stations” (Chapter XV).
1920. Particulars of all consignments delivered in the Lost Property Office should be
entered by that Office in ‘statements of consignments delivered’ (Form T.1920). These
statements should be prepared in carbon duplicate, separately for Coaching and Goods
traffic, one copy of each being submitted to the Accounts Office. The charges
mentioned in paragraph 1918(2), (3) and (4) should be accounted for on the debit side
in the Lost Property Office Balance Sheet (T.1926).
19.5
CHAPTER XIX
FORM T. 1920
STATEMENT OF CONSIGNMENTS DELIVERED AT THE LOST PROPERTY OFFICE

FOR THE MONTH OF………………………….20…….
Original
Serial Station Original freight
Invoice/Way-bill
number of Lot No. charges
Form T.1914 No. Date From To
Rupees
Lost Property Office charges, etc.

Storage Total
Wharfage due Account
in No. of days Freight to* Remarks
Month at station code
L. P. O. charged
* Here enter name of station at which the Lost Property Office is located.
1921. Consignments claimed by owners and rebooked from Lost Property Office to out-
stations.——Consignments claimed by owners at out-stations may, if required by them, be
rebooked under ‘to pay’ Invoices or Way-bills. The following charges should be shown
on the rebooking Invoice or Way-bill as ‘paid on’ charges:
(1) original freight charges, if any,

(2) wharfage and demurrage charges accrued at the rebooking stations prior to
the transfer of the consignment to the Lost Property Office,
(3) freight charges from the rebooking station to the Lost Property Office, and
(4) storage charges, accrued at the Lost Property Office.
1922. Rules that should be followed in rebooking consignments from the Lost Property
Office are the same as laid down for stations (Chapter XV).
1923. Particulars of all consignments rebooked from the Lost Property Office should be
entered by that office in statements of consignments rebooked (Form T.1923). These
statements should be prepared in carbon duplicate, separately for Coaching and Goods
traffic, one copy of the each being submitted to the Accounts Office.
19.6
CHAPTER XIX
FORM T. 1923
STATEMENT OF CONSIGNMENTS REBOOKED FROM THE LOST PROPERTY OFFICE

TO THE OTHER STATIONS FOR THE MONTH OF………………..…..20…..
(To be submitted to Accounts Office in support of special credit on account of original freight charges only.)
Serial Original
Station Original freight charges
No. of Invoice/Way-bill
Lot No.
Form
(T.1914) No. Date From To Rupees
Lost Property Office charges Other Reference to rebooking
Account code
freight Inv/PWB. from Lost Freight
Storage
Remarks
Demurrage charges Property Office Total from
Month
in Lost No. of due at to station*

Property days station station*
Office charged Station
No. Date
Rupees Rupees Rupees to Rupees Rupees
*Here enter name of station at which the Lost Property Office is located.
1924. The charges mentioned in paragraph 1921 (2), (3) and (4) should be accounted
for by the Lost Property Office on the debit side of the Lost Property Office Balance
Sheet (T.1926). The outstanding thus caused as also on account of the original freight
charges, if any, should be cleared by Lost Property Office by taking special credit in the
Lost Property Office Balance Sheet under head ‘paid on’. It will be the duty of the
Accounts Office to verify the accountal of ‘paid on’ charges by destination station and
to allow credit to the Lost Property Office.
1925. Remittances of cash: The procedure for the remittance of the cash realized at the
Lost Property Office will be the same as for stations (Chapter XXI).
1926. Lost Property Office Balance Sheet: The Lost Property Office Balance sheet
should be prepared on from T.1926, shown below.
19.7
CHAPTER XIX
FORM T.1926
COACHING/GOODS BALANCE-SHEET OF LOST PROPERTY OFFICE, FOR THE MONTH

OF………………………20……..
DEBIT SIDE
To be filled in by
To be filled
Accounts Office
Amount Particulars of Debits Amount
Rupees Rupees
To balance from last month .. .. ..
Inward To-pay traffic of transferring stations ..
Difference between freight and sale-proceeds (Form T.1917)
Special debits (See foot-note 1) .. .. ..
Freight to——————————station*, demurrage and Lost Property
Fee charged by Lost Property Office, on consignments
Delivered (statement T.1920).
Demurrage and Lost Property Fee, Freight to———————station*
and packing charges on consignments rebooked -
(Statement T.1923).
Total Goods, excluding balance (to be filled in by Accounts
Office).
Less——Refunds detailed in Statement below (to be filled in
by Accounts Office).
Net Total, excluding balance (to be filled in by Accounts
Office).
Miscellaneous. (See foot-note 2) .. .. ..
Less——Refunds as detailed in Statement below ..
Net Total Sundries .. .. .. ..
Grand Total, excluding Balance. .. .. ..
Grand Total, including Balance .. .. ..
Refunds
Particulars Earnings Sundries
Rupees Rupees
Rebooked consignments ..
Credits reversed ..
Overcharge Sheets ..
Alteration in credit notes ..
Total
(1) In this column the Lost Property Office will show the amount of sale-proceeds of unbooked
and paid parcels.
(2) Under this head should be posted value of postage stamps and current coins found as Lost
Property (vide detailed statement attached).
(3) *Here enter name of station where the Lost Property Office is located.
Lost Property Office,
Dated ………………………….20……
19.8
CHAPTER XIX
CREDIT SIDE
in by Station To be filled in by
Accounts Office
Amount Amount
Particulars of Credit Particulars
Rupees Rupees
(1) By amount of cash remitted to Cash Total Cash Remittances
Office (See detail overleaf.)
(2) By amount of cash remitted by
auctioneers.
(3) Difference between freight and sale- Vouchers .. ..
proceeds of T. 1917.
(4) Commission deducted by auctioneers.
(5) Paid on charges, (vide statement Transfers as per Dr….
T. 1923). Statement
(6) Certified Overcharge Sheets (vide Below. Cr….
detail on reverse)
(7) Special credits (vide detail on
reverse).
Total Credits .. Total Credits ..
Balance carried forward to next month Checked balance (see
detail on reverse).
Grand Total .. Grand Total ..
Miscellaneous Remittance
Balance-
Miscellane sheet
Particulars ous Goods Sundries transfers Total
earnings (Audit
Office)
Total ..
Checked by……………………………
Balance —Sheet Checker.
Dated…………………………...20…..
……….………………………………………….
Signature of Superintendent, Lost Property Office.
19.9
CHAPTER XIX
(Reverse) Form No. T1926

Total Cash
Particulars of outstanding Amount Particulars Amount
items Date Amount
Rupees Rupees
Balance outstanding in
statement for the month
ending………….20 . 1
Do. …………….20 . Detail of cash Remitted. 2
Do. …………….20 . 3
Do. …………….20 . 4
Do. …………….20 . 5
Do. …………….20 . 6
Do. …………….20 . 7
Do. …………….20 . 8
Do. …………….20 . 9
Do. …………….20 . 10
Do. …………….20 . 11
Do. …………….20 . 12
Do. …………….20 . Detail of Over-charge Sheets 13
Do. …………….20 . 14
Do. …………….20 . 15
Do. …………….20 . 16
Do. …………….20 . 17
Do. …………….20 . 18
Do. …………….20 . 19
Do. …………….20 . 20
Do. …………….20 . 21
Do. …………….20 . 22
Do. …………….20 . 23
Do. …………….20 . 24
Do. …………….20 . 25
Do. …………….20 . Detail of Special Credits. 26
Do. …………….20 . 27
Do. …………….20 . 28
Do. …………….20 . 29
Do. …………….20 . 30
Do. …………….20 . 31
Total ..
Amounts outstanding (vide
Detail on outstanding lists
Attached).
Total checked balance to be Total
carried forward to next
month.
19.10
CHAPTER XIX
1927. The principal underlying the preparation of the Lost Property Office Balance
Sheet is the same as for an ordinary station Balance Sheet (T.1236) i.e., the Lost
Property Office is debitable for all sums for which it has to account for and creditable
with all sums it pays to the cashier or for which it submits duly attested vouchers.
1928. The debit entries of the Lost Property Office Balance Sheet (T. 1926) comprise:
(1) The debit balance, if any, from the previous month’s Balance Sheet.
(2) Original ‘to pay’ freight charges in connection with consignments transferred
to the Lost Property Office.
(3) Difference between ‘to pay’ freight charges and sale proceeds of
consignments sold in the Lost Property Office in cases where the latter exceeds
the former.
(4) Sale proceeds of ‘unbooked’ and ‘paid’ consignment sold in the Lost Property
Office.
(5) Demurrage and wharfage charges and freight from the rebooking station to
the Lost Property Office and storage charges at the Lost Property Office in
connection with consignments delivered at or rebooked from the Lost Property
Office.
(6) Miscellaneous.
1929. The credit entries of a Lost Property Office Balance Sheet (T.1926) comprise:
(1) The total amount of cash or vouchers remitted to and acknowledged by the
cashier.
(2) Difference between ‘to pay’ freight charges and sale proceeds of
consignments sold in the Lost Property Office where the latter fall short of the
former.
(3) ‘Paid on’ charges in connection with consignments rebooked to out-stations.
(4) Certified Overcharge Sheets (T.1716).
(5) Special credits, if any.
(6) Balance, if any, to be carried forward to next month’s accounts.
1930. Accounts procedure in Lost Property Office: In all matters affecting accounts
procedure, the Lost Property Office should, except as otherwise stated above, be treated
like a station.
1931. Inspections: The accounts of the Lost Property Office should be inspected at least
twice a year by Travelling Inspectors of Station Accounts.
19.11
PAKISTAN RAILWAYS

(COMMERCIAL)

CHAPTER XX
20 October, 2011
CHAPTER XX
TERMINAL TAX
C O N T ENT S
TERMINAL TAX 20.1 2001
AGENCY FOR COLLECTION 20.1 2002
AGREEMENT 20.1 2003
TAX SCHEDULE 20.1 2004
METHOD OF COLLECTION 20.1 2005 — 2006
TAX RECEIPT 20.1 — 20.2 2007 — 2010
TERMINAL TAX STATEMENT 20.2 — 20.3 2011 — 2013
37
CHAPTER XX
TERMINAL TAX
2001. Terminal tax was a charge upon rail borne traffic levied for the benefit of
Provinces or of Local Authorities or both. Under the Government of India Act of 1919
Provincial Governments had full power to impose or to authorize a Local Authority to
impose, for the purpose of such Local Authority, a tax on rail-borne traffic in the
circumstances detailed in Appendix I. With the introduction of Part III of the
Government of India Act 1935, i.e., from 1st April 1937, terminal tax became a federal
subject and under Section 137 of that Act such taxes could be levied and collected only
by the Federal Government during the transitional period. At present this levy is not in
force.
2002. Agency for collection. This tax was collected by Railway Administration under
an agreement with the Local Authority. A certain percentage of the tax was retained by
the railway to meet the cost of collection. There is no objection on the part of Railway
Administrations to collect the tax but, where in any area the levy of a terminal tax
subjects railways to unfair competition with roads, the Railway Administration
concerned should refer the matter to the Railway Board, as required under the clauses 1
and 2 of section 46 of Railway Act 1890.
2003. Agreement. The terms and conditions governing the collection of the tax by
Railway Administration should be clearly specified in the agreement. It will be the duty
of the Accounts Office to scrutinise the agreement carefully to ensure that the terms of
the agreement do not contravene any of the principles laid down in Appendix I. A copy
of the agreement should be supplied to the station concerned.
2004. Tax schedule. A schedule showing the rate at which the tax is to be levied will
be appended to the agreement. No change should be made in this schedule except
with the consent of the parties to the agreement and with the prior approval of the
Federal Government where necessary.
2005. Method of collection. The tax will be collected in cash (or in Credit Notes in the
case of Government Departments only) prior to the issue of the Railway Receipt in the
case of outwards goods or parcels and at the time of delivery of the consignment in the
case of inwards goods or parcels. No entry regarding the tax should be made in the
Railway Receipts, Invoices, Way-bills, Abstracts or Summaries.
2006. The tax levied on passenger traffic will be included in the fare and collected at
the time of booking passengers.
2007. Tax Receipt. A Receipt for the amount of the tax collected should be given to the
consignor or consignee as the case may be, in form No. T.2007. Receipts should be
machine numbered and supplied in books, in sets of three foils to be written by carbon
process, one copy being made over to the consignor or consignee, as the case may be,
20.1
CHAPTER XX
TERMINAL TAX
the second submitted to the Accounts Office and the third retained at the station for
record. The Receipt Books should, on supply, be entered in the Ticket Stock Book
(T.315) in the same way as other money value forms and a regular account of their
issues kept.
FORM T.2007
No -- ...................
TERMINAL TAX RECEIPT.

………………..STATION.
Received from………………………………………………………………………Rupees (in
words).......................... ……..being terminal tax upon Good/parcels forwarded /
received under Invoice/P. W. Bill. No………….dated…………..20…….to/from
consisting of the goods noted below.
……………………………….
………………………. 20. Commercial Assistant Goods/Parcel.
Description of
Weight Rate of tax per kg Amount of tax
goods
1 2 3 4
Tonnes/kg Rupees
Total
2008. When a Receipt (T.2007) is cancelled it should be submitted to the Accounts

Office complete in all foils with the reasons of cancellation written across the form over
the signatures of the Station Master.
2009. Separate Receipt books should be set apart for Local and Foreign traffic and
where collection is made on both the imports and exports, separate Receipt Books
should be used for Local Inwards, Local Outwards, Foreign Inwards, and Foreign
Outwards traffic.
2010. Remittance of tax collection. The terminal tax collections should be remitted
daily to the cash office along with the other earnings for the day, the amount being
entered separately on the Cash Remittance Note (T. 2153) with the words “terminal tax”
written against it.
2011. Terminal Tax Statement. Terminal Tax Statements in form No. T.2011 should be
prepared from the record foils of terminal Tax Receipts (T. 2007). These statements
20.2
CHAPTER XX
TERMINAL TAX
should be prepared in duplicate separately for Local, Foreign, Parcels and Goods traffic,
one copy being submitted to the Accounts Office and the other retained at the station
for record.
FORM T. 2011
STATEMENT OF TERMINAL TAX COLLECTIONS AT………….. STATION FOR THE

MONTH OF…………20
Terminal Tax Invoice Station No. of

Description Class
Receipt Way-bill from or declaration Value
of articles
No. Date No. Date to note
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Rupees
Weight Rate percent Rate per kg Amount Daily total Remarks
8 9 10 11 12 13
Tonnes/kg Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees
2012. The Terminal Tax statements should include all tax Receipts (T.2007) issued
during the month, irrespective of the month to which the transactions relate. The total
amount should be accounted for as a special debit in the Balance Sheet (T.1236 or
T.1843).
2013. In the case of consignments rebooked to other stations, a suitable remark

showing the particulars of the rebooking Invoice or Way-bill should be given in the
Statement (T. 2011) as an explanation of the non-collection of terminal tax.
20.3
PAKISTAN RAILWAYS

(COMMERCIAL)

CHAPTER XXI
20 October, 2011
CHAPTER XXI
TRAFFIC RECEIPTS AND REMITTANCES
C O N T ENT S
STATION RECEIPTS 21.1 2101
COINS——LEGAL TENDER 21.1 2102

(2103 — 2108 Deleted)
UNCURRENT COINS 21.1 2109
CURRENCY NOTES 21.1 2110
DEFECTIVE CURRENCY NOTES 21.1 2111
OILED CURRENCY NOTES 21.1 2112
SPURIOUS CURRENCY NOTES 21.2 2113
ACCEPTANCE OF CHEQUES IN PAYMENT OF

FREIGHT 21.2 2114 — 2115
FREIGHT DEPOSIT SYSTEM 21.2 — 21.3 2116 — 2118
FREIGHT DEPOSIT RECEIPTS 21.3 — 21.4 2119 — 2121
FREIGHT DEPOSIT ACCOUNT 21.4 — 21.5 2122 — 2127
CREDIT NOTES 21.5 2128
FORMS OF CREDIT NOTES 21.5 2129
CREDIT NOTES FOR FIRMS OR INDIVIDUALS 21.5 — 21.6 2130 — 2131
CREDIT NOTE FOR MILITARY DEPARTMENT 21.7 — 21.8 2132 — 2134
CREDIT NOTE FOR CIVIL DEPARTMENTS 21.8 2135
CREDIT NOTE FOR PAKISTAN POST 21.9 2136
SIGNING OF CREDIT NOTES 21.11 2137
CORRECT ENTRY OF CHARGES IN CREDIT NOTES 21.11 2138
38
CHAPTER XXI
C O N T ENT S
USE OF A SINGLE CREDIT NOTE FOR A NUMBER

OF CONSIGNMENTS 21.11 2139
CREDIT NOTE TO BE TENDERED BEFORE

DISPATCH OR DELIVERY OF CONSIGNMENTS 21.12 2140
FULL PARTICULARS TO BE GIVEN IN CREDIT

NOTES 21.12 2141
REGISTER OF CREDIT NOTES 21.12 2142
APPROPRIATION OF TRAFFIC RECEIPTS TO

DEPARTMENTAL EXPENDITURE 21.12 2143
SUBMISSION TO CASHIER OF DAILY 21.13 — 21.14 2144 — 2151

COLLECTIONS (2152 Deleted)
CASH REMITTANCE NOTE 21.14 — 21.19 2153 — 2167
REMITTANCE OF CASH INTO TREASURIES 21.19 — 21.20 2168 — 2171
CONSOLIDATED TREASURY RECEIPT 21.21 2172
39
CHAPTER XXI
2101. Station Receipts: The services rendered by Pakistan Railways are paid for in
coin, currency notes, warrants, concession orders, cheques (parcels and goods traffic
only) and Credit Notes. Rules for the acceptance of warrants and concession orders are
given in Chapters IV and XI. Those for coins, currency notes, cheques and Credit Notes
are given in this chapter.
CASH.
2102. Coins——legal tender: One, two and five Rupee coins are legal tender, provided
that they are not defaced.
2103. Deleted.
2104. Deleted.
2105. Deleted.
2106. Deleted.
2107. Deleted.
2108. Deleted.
2109. Uncurrent coins: These may be either counterfeit or defaced or sweated and
should not be accepted.
2110. Currency notes: Currency notes of the value of Rupees 5,000 and under will be
accepted in payment of fares and freight at any station. Station Masters and all staff
receiving currency notes from the public should take the precautions indicated in
paragraphs 2111 to 2113 before accepting them in payment of fares and freight.
2111. Defective currency notes: These constitute half, mutilated, mismatched or altered
notes and should not be accepted.
2112. Oiled currency notes: Oiled currency notes which are believed to be counterfeit,
or have been mutilated, or disfigured in such a manner as to render their identification
doubtful should be refused. It should be remembered that this qualification is essential.
Mere oiling does not justify refusal. The features necessary for the identification of a
currency note are its (1) serial letter, (2) number, (3) denomination, (4) security thread,
(5) signature and (6) water mark. A refusal to accept a currency note would, therefore,
be justified only if one or more of the six principal features specified above were
disfigured or mutilated beyond possibility of recognition.
21.1
CHAPTER XXI
2113. Spurious currency notes: If the staff discover that a currency note is spurious, i.e.,
that it is forged, the note and the presenter should at once be made over to the Police
authorities. Base coins, forged and defective notes detected in the cash office will be
dealt with according to the rules in force.
CHEQUES
2114. Acceptance of cheques in payment of freight: Cheques should be accepted in

payment of freight on Parcels and Goods traffic. This concession should be extended
only to firms of good standing whose monthly freight transactions do not fall short of
the minimum fixed by the Administration and on the condition that the firm concerned
deposits with Pakistan Railways, as security, a sum equivalent to the amount of not less
than a month’s freight transactions with Pakistan Railways. The security deposit may be
made in cash or a Banker’s Guarantee Bond. The deposit should be made for each
booking or receiving point where a firm desires to pay freight by cheques.
2115. In order to guard against the cheques being accepted in excess of the amount of
the security deposit, a Register in form No. T.2115 should be maintained at the station
in respect of each firm allowed to make payment of freight charges by cheques. Station
Masters should refuse to accept cheque in excess of the security deposit.
FORM T.2115
REGISTER SHOWING THE AMOUNT OF CHEQUES ACCEPTED

FROM…………..AGAINST SECURITY OF…………PER CALENDAR MONTH/WEEK
FURNISHED BY………….
Date No. of cheque Amount (Rupees)
1 2 3
DEPOSITS
2116. Freight Deposit System: The freight deposit system is a system of grouped
payment of freight charges under which a large proportion of the traffic transactions is
carried through a Freight Deposit Account opened at the station for each firm desirous
of adopting the system. The firm asking for this concession must address the Chief
Commercial Manager.
2117. Under this arrangement the firm concerned deposits at the railway station a sum
equivalent to a fortnight or month’s transactions with Pakistan Railways. The amount so
deposited should be credited to the firm’s Deposit Account opened at the station to
21.2
CHAPTER XXI
which should be debited the freight charges in connection with bookings made or
deliveries affected.
2118. By this arrangement the payment of freight charges by cash or Credit Notes for
individual transactions is avoided thus resulting in reduction of work both at stations
and in the Accounts Office. From the merchant’s or firm’s point of view the advantage
of the system lies in avoiding the risks attendant on sending money to the railway
station for payment of individual transactions.
2119. Freight Deposit Receipts: Freight Deposit Receipts (Form No. T.2119) should be
granted to firms for the amounts deposited by them. These forms should be machine
numbered and supplied in sets of three foils bound in books to be written by carbon
process. One of the foils is intended for the firm, the second for the Accounts Office,
the third being retained at the station for the record. The forms should, on being
supplied, be entered in the Ticket Stock Book (T.315) and treated like other money
value forms in the matter of their safe custody and issue.
2119 (a). Separate Freight Deposit Account for goods and parcels should be opened for
the kind of traffic it relates to.
FORM T.2119
FREIGHT DEPOSIT RECEIPT
(Not transferable)
No. ………………………….
Dated………………..20…...
……………………………………………………..…Station. Rupees …….……………
Received from…………………………………………………………………………………………….
the sum of Rupees ……………………………...………………..as a deposit for payment of the charges due
to the Railway. The balance at the credit of the Depositor after this transaction on……………. 20 . is
Rs. …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Ledger code …………………………..
Cash Pro. No…………………………..
………………….
Station Master.
N.B.——This foil will be submitted to Accounts Office with the monthly Station Balance Sheet.
The Station balance Sheet Accountant will see that the amount deposited is correctly taken a debit in the
Monthly Station Balance Sheet.
2120. The amount of Freight Deposit Receipts should be entered in the Goods or
Parcels Cash Book (T.1805 or T.1204) and the cash remitted to the Cash Office or to
the treasury with the station earnings of the day.
21.3
CHAPTER XXI
2121. The amount represented by the Freight Deposit Receipts (T.2119) should be
accounted for as a special debit in the Station Balance Sheet for the amounts debitable
to the deposit account.
2122. Freight Deposit Account: A Ledger Account should be maintained at the station
concerned for each firm.
2123. Particulars of parcels or goods booked or taken delivery of by the firm against the
Deposit Account should be entered in a Statement (Form No. T.2123). The forms
should be printed in triplicate and supplied in bound books to be written by carbon
process. One of the foils is intended for the firm, the second for the Accounts Office,
the third being retained at the station for record.
FORM T.2123
STATEMENT SHOWING FREIGHT AND OTHER CHARGES DEBITABLE TO THE

DEPOSIT ACCOUNT OF…………..……AT………..…….STATION, FOR THE MONTH
ENDING……………….. 20………
Progressive Folio of
Progressive Invoice, Parcels Way-
Month No. of Amount Inwards or Station
No. of bill or Goods Receipt
and date Goods deposited Outwards from or to
entry
Cash Book Book No. Date
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Rupees
Amount on account of
Inwards to-pay Demurrage Outwards Sundries
Previous Current and paid
Ledger
month’s month’s wharfage Remarks
code Total
Invoices Invoices
Account Account Account Account Account
code…….. code…….. code…….. code…….. code……..
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Certified that total amount debitable, Rupees………………………………is correct and that the balance at
the depositor’s credit for the month ending………………………..…….….. 20…. Correctly amounts to
Rupees……………..……………….as under:
Rupees …………………
21.4
CHAPTER XXI
Last balance Rupees ---------------

Amount deposited during the month
—————————
Total
—————————
Deduct——Amount debitable
Balance……………………..
……………
Depositor.
………………….
Station Master.
2124. Before debiting the amount of any transaction to the Account, the firm should be
required to endorse on the Consignment Note or Railway Receipt, as the case may be,
remarks authorizing Pakistan Railways to draw upon the Account. If, however the
amount of freight charges exceeds the Freight Deposit Account, further transaction
should be stopped.
2125. In the event of the amount standing at the credit of a firm being insufficient to
cover the charges due to Pakistan Railways further transactions of the firm should be
dealt with as if the firm had no Deposit Account.
2126. At the close of the month two copies of the Statement (T. 2123) should be sent to
the firm for counter signature. One copy will be returned by the firm duly
countersigned and the same should be submitted by Stations to the Accounts Office
along with the foils of the Freight Deposit Receipts (T.2119).
2127. The outstandings for the freight charges debited to Freight Deposit Account
should be cleared by the station by taking “special credit” in the Station Balance Sheet.
CREDIT NOTES
2128. Credit Notes: The Credit Note is a composite document, the upper portion
containing full details of the goods or passengers, etc., for which conveyance is
required and the amount chargeable, and when tendered at the forwarding station,
answers the purpose of a consignment or Forwarding Note or requisition, the lower
portion being a Bill of Exchange for the amount chargeable.
2129. Forms of Credit Notes: The authorized forms of Credit Note for use by private
parties and Governments Departments are given in paragraphs 2130 to 2136.
2130. Credit Notes for Firms or Individuals: The Credit Notes for use by firms or
individuals is in form No T.2130. The Station Master signs at the foot of the upper
21.5
CHAPTER XXI
portion of the Credit Note containing the particulars of the transaction and the duly
authorized agent of the sender or consignee signs the Bill for the amount due, the said
bill being drawn on the person or firm authorized to use Credit Notes.
FORM T. 2130.
No. .….…..
CONSIGNOR’S CREDIT NOTE (FOR FIRMS OR INDIVIDUALS)

………………………STATION ……………. 20…...
Goods/Passenger Train………………….
Railway
Number
Invoice Receipt Station Station Account
Sender Consignee of Description Weight Amount
No. from to code
No. Date packages
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Tonne Rupees
/ kgs
…………………
Receiving Official
To
The………………………….
…………………………..….
………………………….…..
…….………………. 20..….
On demand pay to………………Pakistan Railways or order, the sum of Rupees…………………………..

as particularized above.
Rupees. …………………….
………………………………
Sender or Sender’s Agent.
2131. The power of authorizing firms or individuals, other than Officers of

Government, to pay freight charges by Credit Note lies with the Chief Commercial
Manager. The firms or individuals availing the facility of making payment of freight by
Credit Note should deposit with the Financial Advisor and Chief Accounts
Officer/Revenue “Security Deposit” or produce a letter of guarantee from a recognized
bank for amount equivalent to months average freight payable in a busy season.
21.6
CHAPTER XXI
2132. Credit Note for Military Department: All authorized payments for military traffic
not requisitioned by Warrants except those detailed in paragraph 2133 will be made by
Credit Notes (Form T.2132).
FORM T.2132
(Observe)
Military Credit Note
No…………………… (To be submitted to) …………………
Debitable to ….............................
Seal of Issuing office.

To
The Station Master ……………………Station………………………. Pakistan Railway
Please provide conveyance for the under mentioned military stores consigned under the Military
Tariff Rules by goods/passenger train from………………..to…………………..via………………….
Consignor (with address) …………………………………………………………………………………………
Consignee (with address) …………………………………………………………………………………………
way-bill or invoice
marks of packages
vehicles / wagons
Number and date

of railway receipt
Rate Total
capacity thereof
description and
Description or
Weight
supplied with
Charged Cost
Number of
Number of
packages
Actual Charged
Tonne kgs Tonne kgs Rupees Rupees
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Certified that the above stores are bonafide property of Government in the Ministry of Defence (Pakistan).
at the time of dispatch, and that freight is payable by the Ministry of Defence Department; also that the
above stores have not been sold nor are for sale to the public, or are being transferred to other civil
Department of the Government on sale or loan.
This form is available up to……………………………. 20…...
…………………………………………………………………….
(Issuing Officer’s Signature with rank and designation).
Station………………………
Date………………………...
(Reverse)
INSTRUCTIONS
1. Whenever a consignment is rebooked to another station, the official rebooking it will issue a
fresh credit note.
2. The actual destination will be shown when consignments are required to be conveyed over
sidings in docks or harbours (i. e., Kiamari/Port Qasim).
21.7
CHAPTER XXI
3. The weight of each package should be entered separately in column 3 & 4.
4. Columns 5, 6 and 8 to 10 will be filled in by the railway authorities, also column 7 when
complete vehicles are taken up.
5. In cases of wharfage or demurrage charges payable to railway, a separate Credit Note should
be issued.
6. Any alteration in this form will render it null and void.
7. This form will be submitted for adjustment to the Controller of Military Accounts, Railway
Claims Section Lahore.
2133. Military traffic debitable to the training grant will be paid for in cash or by
cheques. Credit Note for Military Engineering Service will be tendered in form T.2135.
2134. Military Credit Note (T.2132) should be used for the dispatch of goods which are
property of Ministry of Defence (Pakistan) at the time of dispatch and should be
tendered at the station with the consignment. Such consignments cannot be sent freight
‘to-pay’.
2135. Credit Note for Civil Departments: Credit Note for use in payment of freight
charges by the Military Engineering Service and by all Civil Departments of the
Government except the Pakistan Post is in form T.2135.
21.8
CHAPTER XXI
FORM T.2135
CREDIT NOTE FOR MILITARY ENGINEERING SERVICE AND ALL CIVIL

DEPARTMENTS OF GOVERNMENT, EXCLUDING PAKISTAN POST
To be filled in by the officer issuing the Credit Note.
1. Head of charge (Major, Minor and Detailed head, primary and secondary unit).
2. Month and year to which the charge relates.
3. Designation of accounts officer by whom adjustable.
4. Name of the province to which debitable.
5. This form is available up to………….
6. Any alteration to this form render it null and void
….………………………
Office stamp of issuer.
Consignor…………………….. Consignee………………………….
(Name and address) (Name and Address)
From………………….. To………………………. Via…………………..
By (Passenger or goods) Train. Invoice/Way-Bill No……… Date…………………
Receipt No. of Description Actual Weight Account

Marks Class Rate Amount Remarks
No. Packages of goods weight charged code
Tonne Tonne / Rupees
/ kgs kgs
CREDIT NOTE
..………………………….……
Commercial Assistant (Goods) or Station Master
To………………………
Transfer to the credit of the Pakistan Railways the sum of Rupees……………………….(in words) as
particularized above.
…………………………………. ………………….
Signature of Issuing Officer. Station Master.
……………Official Designation. ………………………..Station Stamp.
Date……………………… 20…. Date………………… 20….
2136. Credit Note for Pakistan Post: The Credit Note used by the Pakistan Post in
payment of freight charges, is in form T. 2136. As the amount to be recovered from the
Department for services rendered is calculated according to the class mentioned in
column no. (3), care should be taken by the station staff in filling correct particulars in
this column. The instructions given on the reverse of the form should be carefully
studied and acted up to.
21.9
CHAPTER XXI
FORM T.2136
(Obverse)
RAILWAY FORWARDING AND CREDIT-NOTE
(For the Pakistan Post)
1st Foil, Credit Note. Seal of Issuing Name of the Postal or R.M.S.
2nd Foil, Forwarding Note office. Circle in which the office Of
3rd Foil, Office Record. destination of this Credit
Notice is located.
………...….Circle.
To
The Station Master at…………..…Station….…. Dated…………………………. 20…..

Conveyance is required/was obtained for the under mentioned Pakistan Posts stores by
Goods/Passenger (a) train from……………………to……………………..via (b)………………………....at
Owner’s/Government/Railway risk.
(c) Railway Receipt No…………… Way-bill/Invoice No…………… Dated……….. 20...

Sender’s name, official designation and address……………………………………………………..
Consignee’s name, official designation and address (d)………………………………………………
Head to which debitable (i).
Wagons, number
Description and
Total Amount
Weight description and
Number of
packages
marks (e)
chargeable
Class (g)
capacity Account
code
Actual Charged Supplied
Required Paid To-pay
(f) (g) (g)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Tonne / Tonne / Rupees Rupees
kgs kgs
Pay to the Pakistan Railways the sum of Rupees …………...…………….as particularized above.
Note.–(1) This form should be prepared in triplicate. Indelible pencil and carbon paper may be
used for the purpose.
The three copies should be sent to the Station Master, who will complete and dispose of them as
follows:
The “Credit Note” foil will be sent to the Accounts Office by the station receiving the Credit
Note, the "forwarding note" foil will be retained at the station and the "office record" foil will be returned
to the issuing officer.
21.10
CHAPTER XXI
(2) When consignments are forwarded “To pay” the dispatching officer should cancel the Credit
Note foil and when consignments are received “To pay” the forwarding-note foil should be cancelled by
the officer issuing the Credit Note.
(a) Alternative entries to be scored through.

(b) When a consignment is despatched by other than the cheapest route, the route should be specified
and the entry initialled by the despatching officer.
(c) These entries will be made by the Railway receiving the Credit Note.
(d) Whenever a "To pay" consignment is rebooked to another station, the official rebooking it should pay
the freight charges by Credit Note, the fresh despatch being treated as an entirely new transaction.
(e) Small arm ammunition should be described as "Safety" or otherwise.
(f) Separate weight of each package carried by passenger train should be entered.
(g) These columns will be completed by the railway receiving the Credit Note.
(h) Amount to be written in words
Certified that the above stores are bona fide Government property and are dispatched for purely public
purposes.
(i) Full particulars as to number, name and division of estimate or name of office should be entered
against this line as well as the classification.
………………… ………………….……………
Station Master. Issuing Officer’s Signature.
…………Station ..…………Rank and designation.
Note.–The bill for the above should be presented at*..................for settlement by*…………....
* To be filled in by the issuing officer.
2137. Signing of Credit Notes: Rules in regard to the signing of Credit Notes by private
parties are given in paragraph 2130. In the case of Credit Notes tendered by
Government Departments the officer concerned signs the certificate of the amount due
and adds his official designation. After the Credit Note has been jointly signed, no
alteration is to be made, it being understood that the two persons signing it have
satisfied themselves on behalf of their principals that all particulars are correct.
2138. Correct entry of charges in Credit Notes: As under and overcharges of and under
one hundred Rupees in amounts paid by Credit Notes are not recovered from or
refunded to parties, firms or departments allowed the benefit of the Credit Note system,
the station staff should take particular care to see that the charges entered in the Credit
Notes are correct.
2139. Use of a single Credit Note for a number of consignments: A single Credit Note
may be used for a number of consignments of goods, or parcels, the freight on which is
payable at one time and place.
21.11
CHAPTER XXI
2140. Credit Note to be tendered before dispatch or delivery of consignments: If the

freight on goods or parcels is payable by Credit Note at the sending station, the
document should be received duly signed before dispatch of the goods or parcels ; if
payable at the receiving station, it should be forthcoming before they are delivered. In
the goods or parcels Receipts the freight is to be entered in the "Paid" column when the
Credit Note is tendered at the sending station, and in the "To Pay" column when
tendered at the receiving station.
2141. Full particulars to be given in Credit Notes: Full particulars of the Way-bill or
lnvoice should be given in the Credit Note. In the case of Credit Notes received in
payment of demurrage or wharfage charges full details, showing the date and time the
goods were available for delivery and at which actually delivered, or, in the case of
wagon loads, the date and time the wagons were placed in position for loading or
unloading and when actually released, should be given in the Credit Note.
2142. Register of Credit Notes: A Register of Credit Notes should be kept at stations in
form No. T.2142 showing the number, date, by whom tendered and full particulars of
the transaction in payment of which the Credit Note is tendered.
FORM T.2142
REGISTER OF CREDIT NOTES OF.....................................STATION FOR THE MONTH

OF.............................. 20…..
Credit Invoice,
Date when By whom Station
Note Way-bill, or Station to
tendered tendered from Account Remarks
number Ticket Amount
code
No. Date
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Rupees
2143. Appropriation of traffic receipts to Departmental expenditure: The appropriation

of traffic receipts to departmental expenditure or any other purpose is strictly
prohibited, except in the circumstances specified below:
(i) the Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue is permitted to cash
cheques issued by him in favour of the Chief Cashier and Treasurer against the drawing
account of Pakistan Railways from traffic receipts, the former being paid into the
treasury or the bank in lieu;
(ii) the Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue with the prior approval of
the Ministry of Railways (Railway Board), is empowered to employ a system under
which cash receipts at stations are utilized to a limited extent for the payment of
21.12
CHAPTER XXI
expenditure of Pakistan Railways (e.g., payment of claims for compensation of goods

lost or damaged, disbursement of pay, pension and travelling allowances with a view to
accelerate payment of such charges, payment of wages in certain specified cases under
the “Payment of Wages Act.” etc;)
(iii) in any other case, with the prior approval, general or special, of the President of
Pakistan only.
REMITTANCES
2144. Submission to Cashier of daily collections: The entire collections of the day,
whether represented by coins, cheques, currency notes, bank drafts, military Warrants,
Credit Notes of private firms or Government Departments, Pay Orders, etc. should
invariably be sent to the Chief Cashier and Treasurer, by the first train passing the
station in which a Travelling Cash Safe is conveyed, after the day's work is finished, and
no balance of cash may be retained by any Station Master without prior orders.
2145. The train by which a Travelling Cash Safe is conveyed on any section of Pakistan
Railways and by which each station on that section of the line should send its daily
collections will be specified by the Divisional Superintendent.
2146. At stations where the train conveying the Cash Safe passes after the goods
warehouse is closed for the day, and before the Coaching, etc., cash can be made up,
i.e., before 12 o'clock at night, the Goods cash, instead of being detained unnecessarily
for twenty-four hours, should be sent with the “Coaching cash” of the previous day.
2147. The Goods cash should be counted and taken over by the Station Master daily,
as soon as the goods warehouse is closed for delivery. The Goods Cash Book (T.1805)
should be initialled by the Station Master at the time, the cash / bank draft is received
by him, and he will be held responsible for its safe custody from that time until it is
placed in the Travelling Cash Safe.
2148. Severe measures will be taken if it be found that any money realised and not
accounted for, is not duly remitted and Station Master will be held personally
responsible for any loss incurred from this cause.
2149. Private funds should not be kept in Pakistan Railways cash chests, safes, or ticket
cases. If any extra cash is found on hand by the inspecting staff whether stated to be
private or otherwise, it should be remitted to the Cash Office.
2150. Stations should remit the entire collections to Pakistan Railways Cash Office. No
part of the cash should be retained without prior orders and all shortages should be
21.13
CHAPTER XXI
made good before remitting the collections. For this purpose cash includes Bank Drafts
Credit Notes, Warrants, etc., mentioned in paragraph 2144.
2151. The detailed rules defining the responsibility of the various members of the
station staff, and prescribing the procedure of remitting money, and the accounts to be
kept, should be laid down by Pakistan Railways Administration in consultation with the
Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue, who should satisfy himself that
the system is efficient and that the responsibility for the remittance of cash is imposed
on officials of sufficient status.
2152. Deleted.
2153. Cash Remittance Note: The cash should always be accompanied by a Cash
Remittance Note (Form T.2153). This form is in four foils. Three counterfoils are sent
along with the cash to the Cash Office who returns one foil, duly signed by the Cashier
and the Cash Witness, to the station as an acknowledgment, the other being passed on
to the Accounts Office. One copy is retained at Cash Office as record.
21.14
CHAPTER XXI
FORM T.2153
1st, 2nd and 3rd foil
(Obverse)
CASH REMITTANCE-NOTE
No. 1. Cash Bag No. ..….
Cash remitted to the Accounts Office, being the Traffic Receipts at…………………………………
stations as noted below:——
Date sent………………………… 20….. Rupees
Cheques
Detail
C. C. Notes Nos. as on back
Per list attached
Remarks by Cash Office as
5000 x = 3. V.I.P Travelling Coupons/Vouchers

1000 x = 4. P.O. (Account)
regards disallowance.
500 x = 5. cash
100 x =
Cash 50 x =
20 x =
10 x =
5x =
Change = ——————————
Total = Total cash
Credit-Notes of firms and private individuals (particulars on back).
Military Warrants and other Government Department Credit-Notes
(particulars on back).
Station Pay Orders (particulars on back)
Other vouchers etc, (particulars on Back)
Vouchers Stamps and Postage
Total number of vouchers
Total vouchers
Grand Total
On account
Amount
Description of receipts of
Date Cash Vouchers Total
Coaching
Goods
Total Remittance
Total Earnings
………………..
Station Master.
Any deficit or excess to be debited or credited (as the case may be) to Coaching Account only.
* Total amount received for Coaching as per Summary of Trains Cash Book, including Sundries.
21.15
CHAPTER XXI
(4th foil)
(Obverse)
CASH RECEIPT
Account Office…………………..20…. Cash Bag No………..….
The sum of Rupees…………….………………….…… …..……… has this day been

entered to the credit of………………..station, on account of earnings as follows:
Rupees Remarks by Cash Office

as regards disallowance,
Cash
etc.
Vouchers
Total
On account of Amount
Description of receipts
Date Rupees
Coaching
Goods
Total
…………………….
for Cashier.
……………………….Cash Witness.
To the Station Master.
Any deficit or excess to be debited or credited (as the case may be) to Coaching Account only.
(Reverse)
1st, 2nd and 3rd foil
Detail of currency-notes
No Circle Amount From whom received
Rupees
*Detail of Warrants and Credit-Notes

No Date Department or firm Amount Remarks
Rupees
*Details of other vouchers
No Date Department Amount Remarks
Rupees
*Detail of miscellaneous cash receipts.
No Date Department Amount Remarks
Rupees
*Coaching vouchers to be entered first and then goods vouchers, separate totals being made.
21.16
CHAPTER XXI
2154. Cash should be sent in cash bags provided for the purpose. When there is no
cash, the Remittance Note (T.2153) should still be sent in the bag with the word 'Nil'
written on it.
2155. Except as provided for in paragraph 2156, one Cash Remittance Note only
should be prepared for the remittance of all the cash received at a station in one day
from all sources.
2156. Goods Offices independent of the charge of Station Master may, with the
sanction of the Divisional Superintendent, remit Goods cash with a separate Cash
Remittance Note (T.2153).
2157. Station Masters and Commercial Superintendent should never erase or alter
figures that have been entered on a Cash Remittance Note (T.2153) or counterfoils. If
any figure is found to be incorrect, lines should be drawn through it in ink and the
correct figure entered. The person who makes the correction should sign in full against
it.
2158. Each day's collection should be put in a bag by itself. When, under any
circumstance, it is necessary to remit the collection of two days at once, each day's
cash should be packed in a parcel by itself before being placed in the bag, if there
should be only one bag in which to put the whole. On no account should one bag be
enclosed within another.
2159. The number of the bag in which the cash is forwarded should be written on the
Cash Remittance Note (T.2153) and counterfoils.
2160. Coins may conveniently be remitted in small cotton bags.
2161. Currency notes should be sent in a paper cover gummed, with the signature of
the Station Master written across the gummed part. Sealing wax should not be used for
this purpose.
2162. The Cash Remittance Note along with the receipt granted by the banks and
vouchers, such as credit-notes etc will be sent by the station masters, city booking
agents and out-agents to the cash office daily in the same manner as would be done if
earning themselves were sent in a bag. The fourth foil of the cash remittance note will
be signed by the representative of the Chief Cashier and Chief Cash Witness and
returned to the remitter.
Deleted.
21.17
CHAPTER XXI
2163. Details of 'vouchers,' (Warrants, Credit Notes, Pay Orders etc.) sent to the Cash
Office should be given by stations on reverse of the Cash Remittance Note (T.2153).
2164. It is desirable that cash bags containing the cash, vouchers, and Cash Remittance
Notes should be locked and secured with a seal but locks may be dispensed with at the
discretion of the Divisional Superintendent, precautions being taken for the security of
the cash.
2165. The Station Master should obtain a receipt in the “Register of Guard's Signature
for Cash Bags” (Form T.2165) from the Guard of the train for the number of bags placed
in the Travelling Cash Safe. The bag or bags should be placed in the safe by the Station
Master on duty in the presence of the Guard, and the Register which shows the number
on each bag should be signed then and there in the brake van.
2165-A. If the cash collecting train does not pass the station during the duty hours of
the Station Master or subsequent Assistant Station Master/ Masters/ relieve the former,
then the Station Master or Assistant Station Master on duty will hand over the cash, cash
vouchers, cheques, bank drafts etc, alongwith the prepared Cash Remittance Note with
cash bag instead of sealed cash bag to the Station Master/ Assistant Station Master, as
the case may be under the clear signatures. The Station Master or Assistant Station
Master during whose duty hours the cash collecting train passes will put the cash with
relevant documents in the cash bag duly sealed and will drop the same in the train cash
safe in the presence of Guard and will obtain Guard’s signature for the number of bags
placed in the travelling cash safe in the certificate form T.2165. On resuming charge of
the station, the Station Master will see that the Guard s certificate for the cash bag has
been obtained in Form 2165.
21.18
CHAPTER XXI
FORM T.2165
REGISTER OF GUARD'S SIGNATURE FOR CASH BAGS DEPOSITED IN THE

TRAVELLING CASH SAFE BY STATION MASTER……………… STATION, DURING
THE WEEK ENDING……….… 20….
Number Signature of Guard in

Cash bag Cash safe
Day Date Train No. of bags whose presence the bag
No. No.
deposited is deposited
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Sunday
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
2166. ‘Cash receipts' (T.2153) received from the Cashier on account of Station
Remittances (paragraph 2153) should be attached to counterfoils in Cash Remittance
Note Books immediately on receipt. If a “cash receipt” is not received back within ten
days the Station Master should immediately report its non-receipt to the Cashier and
Divisional Superintendent.
2167. The credit on account of cash and vouchers should be taken in the Station
Balance Sheet on the basis of the “cash receipts'' received from the Cashier and not on
the basis of remittances.
REMITTANCE OF CASH INTO TREASURIES

2168. In the case of railway stations or Out-agencies permitted to pay their cash
collections direct to local treasuries, (including National Bank of Pakistan or any other
authorised banks) each remittance should be sent with the book of Treasury Remittance
Notes (Form T.2168) which contains one block foil and two counterfoils. These
counterfoils and the block foil should be filled in by the Station Master or Out-agent to
show the full particulars of the remittance.
21.19
CHAPTER XXI
FORM T.2168
TREASURY REMITTANCE NOTE

No. …………...20. . . . .
To
The Officer-in-Charge,
Treasury/Bank at…………………………….……….
Sir,
Please receive the undermentioned sums as detailed (total in world).
…………………………………………………………………………….
For Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer/Station Master.
Traffic receipts Refunds Total
1 2 3 4
Cheques
Notes
Rupees
Total
(To be filled in by Treasury Officer/Bank.)
Received the above sum as detailed, viz., Rupees (in words)……………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………. 20…….
....................................
In charge of treasury/Bank.
2169. The Treasury Officer will write, in words at the foot of each form, the amount
received and will retain one of the counterfoils returning the book with the block foil
and the remaining counterfoil duly initialled and signed respectively. The counterfoil
bearing the signatures of the Treasury Officer should be sent to the Cashier along with
the Cash Remittance Note (T.2153).
2170. Stations authorized to remit their cash collections to Civil Treasuries should send
the 'vouchers' to the Cash Office duly entered in the Cash Remittance Note (T.2153).
2171. On Sundays or other holidays on which the Treasury or authorised banks are
closed, the cash should be remitted to the Cash Office along with the Cash Remittance
Note (T.2153) for which necessary arrangements will be made by the Divisional
Superintendent. In exceptional cases, however, in which arrangements for safe
conveyance cannot be made, the cash may, with the prior approval of the Divisional
21.20
CHAPTER XXI
Superintendent, be sent to the Treasury on the following day provided adequate

arrangements are made for its safe custody, while at the station.
2172. Consolidated Treasury Receipt: From the attested block foils of Treasury Receipts
(T.2168) the Station Master or Out-agent should prepare at the end of the month the
Consolidated Treasury Receipt in Form T.2172, get it signed by the Treasury Officer
and forward it to the Financial Advisor and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue.
FORM T.2172
CONSOLIDATED TREASURY RECEIPT FOR THE MONTH OF

………………........20…..
Rupees …............................. Received from .............................................................. for

credit of Pakistan Railways, as per Remittance Notes (Form T.2168) noted below, the
sum of Rupees ............................................................................................................ on
account of earnings of the Railway.
..…….………………..........................
Treasury Officer, in charge of Govt. Treasury.
…………………….20…..
Date Date
No. Amount No. Amount
C. B. T. R. C. B. T.R.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Rupees Rupees
21.21
PAKISTAN RAILWAYS

(COMMERCIAL)

CHAPTER XXII
20 October, 2011
CHAPTER XXII
ASSISTED SIDINGS
C O N T ENT S
DEFINITION 22.1 2201
AGREEMENTS 22.1 2202
LIST OF ASSISTED SIDING 22.1 2203
FREIGHT CHARGES 22.1 2204
LOADING AND UNLOADING OF GOODS IN SIDINGS 22.1 2205
SIDINGS CHARGES 22.1 2206
REGISTER OF SIDING CHARGES 22.1 — 22.3 2207 — 2209
ACCOUNTAL OF SIDING CHARGES 22.3 2210
LOADING, UNLOADING AND DELIVERY OF GOODS IN

SIDING 22.3 2211
FIRM WILL ARRANGE TO HAND SHUNT WAGONS 22.4 2212
APPLICATION OF THE GENERAL RULES AN REGULATIONS 22.4 2213
FIRM WILL BE HELD LIABLE FOR ALL DAMAGES 22.4 2214
40
CHAPTER XXII
ASSISTED SIDINGS
2201. Definition: An assisted siding is a siding constructed to serve a factory, mill or

other industrial premises other than a colliery or mining area.
2202. Agreements: Before sanction is accorded to the construction of an assisted siding

by competent authority, an agreement on the lines of the model agreement in Appendix
III is required to be executed by the applicant for the siding. A copy of the agreement
should be supplied to the station from where the siding takes off and to the Accounts
Office/Revenue and should be noted by the officials responsible for working the siding.
2203. List of assisted sidings: A list of all assisted sidings on Pakistan Railways showing
the name of the station from which the siding takes off and of the firm(s) using the
siding, should be given by Pakistan Railways in its tariff.
2204. Freight charges: Freight for all classes of goods should be charged to and from
the station wherefrom the siding takes off, Railway Receipts and Invoices being issued
to and from the station. The name of the siding should, however, be recorded on the
Wagon Label (T.1418) to facilitate the wagon being placed on the correct siding at
destination.
2205. Loading and unloading of goods in sidings: The rules which should be followed
in loading and unloading goods in assisted sidings are given in paragraphs 1412 and
1413.
2206. Sidings charges: Siding charges, at the rates laid down in the agreement, should
be recovered from the user of the siding for every wagon, whether loaded or empty,
hauled over the siding in each direction. These charges should be recovered locally
and should not be shown on the Invoices.
2207. Register of Siding Charges: A Register of Siding Charges should be maintained at

the station in form T.2207, a separate Register being kept for each siding. At the close of
each month, the copy of the Register should be submitted to the Accounts
Office/Revenue with the monthly Station Balance Sheet.
22.1
CHAPTER XXII
ASSISTED SIDINGS
FORM NO. T.2207
REGISTER OF WAGONS MADE OVER TO AND RECEIVED BACK FROM ……………

SIDING AT ………..….. STATION DURING THE MONTH ………….. 20 …..
INWARDS RECORD
Invoice Wagons Whether Received by
Receipt Station 4-wheeler, 6-
No. from Carrying wheeler or Train
No. Date No. Date
capacity bogie No.
1 2 3 4 5 6
Time of Remarks Wagon released from

Placed in siding explaining any
arrival siding
Siding Account delay in
charges * code placing the
Hrs. Mts. Date Hrs. Mts. wagon in Date. Hrs. Mts.
siding
7 8 9 10 11 12
Rupees
OUTWARDS RECORD
Rebooking Remarks
Siding Wagon Dispatched
Whether invoice regarding
charges Account* Receipt Station
loaded Departure delay if any
for code N No. to Train
or empty Date Date in dispatch
rebooking o. No. Hrs. Mts. of wagon
13 14 15 16 17 18 18 19
Rupees
Note 1.——Reference to the wagons put into or taken out of the siding (whether 4-wheeler, six-
wheeler or bogie) should be invariably given under the column provided for the purpose to admit of the
correct charges being recovered.
Note 2.——The ‘inwards’ and ‘outwards’ movements of wagons should be recorded in the
columns opposite each other.
Note 3* Not to be filled in by Station Staff.
2208. In case no wagon is placed on a siding during a month, a “Nil” Form (T.2207)
should, invariably, be sent to the Accounts Office.
22.2
CHAPTER XXII
ASSISTED SIDINGS
2209. Where a siding is used, under the sanction of the General Manager, by a
department, firm or merchant other than the one for whom it was originally
constructed, separate siding statements should be prepared for each such user, the
name of the siding being given along with the name of the person or firm using it.
2210. Accountal of Siding Charges: The siding charges should be accounted for as a
special debit in the Station Balance Sheet (T.1843). The full name of the siding, as
shown in the agreement, should be entered in the Register of Siding Charges (T.2207)
as well as in the Station Balance Sheet (T.1843). At stations, where there are two or
more sidings or where a siding is used by two or more firms the charges recovered from
each firm should be shown separately.
2211. Loading ,Unloading and delivery of goods in siding:- (a) Where a goods
Commercial Assistant / Goods is posted in a siding and his wages are paid for by the
owner thereof, the loading of goods will be supervised and tallied by the railway staff,
and railway receipts for the specific number of packages loaded will be granted. Where
no staff is posted, the consignments loaded in the siding will be booked at the station in
the same way as any other consignment but, owing to the difficulty of making an
accurate check of an already loaded wagon, a “Said to Contain” receipt will be
granted.
(b) Where a Commercial Assistant/ Goods is posted, and his wages are paid by
the user of the siding, consignments will be delivered and tallied and railways receipts
and freight collected(if not already collected at the station) at the siding. If the user
opens a freight account and executes a stamped Indemnity Bond in the specimen form
given below, freight will be recovered by drawing upon the account, and delivery can
be taken in the absence of railway receipts, which can be handed in later when
available.
SPECIMEN FORM OF THE INDEMNITY BOND
In consideration of the Pakistan Railways delivering to us, prior to the surrender of
relative railway receipts, goods contained in wagons labelled to our firm, or goods
concerning which they have received from us specific instructions for delivery to our
firm, we agree to hold the Pakistan Railways harmless and indemnified against all
claims, from whatever cause arising, in respect of such deliveries. We further agree to
hand over, to the Pakistan Railways, the Railway receipts covering all goods delivered
to us, as aforesaid, as soon as such receipts are received by us, and to pay the Pakistan
Railways on demand the full amount of any freight or other charges incurred on all
such goods.
Witness ___________________ Signature of consignee ___________________

Witness ___________________ Signature of surety ______________________
22.3
CHAPTER XXII
ASSISTED SIDINGS
2212. The firm will arrange to hand shunt wagons to and from the said point or line of
interchange with their own labour and the Railway will not be responsible for any
delay, loss or damage caused in consequence of the failure of the firm to arrange for
such hand- shunting.
2213. Application of the general rules and regulations:- The firm will be responsible for
seeing that the General Rules and Regulations of the Railway are strictly adhered to by
its employees and will be responsible for all accidents or loss or damage at the siding
that may ensue from the neglect or disobedience of such rules and regulations by its
employees. It will be the duty of the firm to obtain copies of all such rules and
regulations and to see that its employees are made acquainted with them.
2214. The firm will be held liable for all damages which wagons may sustain during the
period these remain in its charge, as also for the cost of re-railing wagons derailed while
thus under its charge, and repairs to the siding necessitated by such derailments.
22.4
PAKISTAN RAILWAYS

(COMMERCIAL)

CHAPTER XXIII
20 October, 2011
CHAPTER XXIII
OUT-AGENCIES / CITY BOOKING AGENCIES
C O N T ENT S
DEFINITION-OUT-AGENCIES/CITY BOOKING AGENCIES 23.1 2301 — 2303

(2302 Deleted)
AGREEMENT 23.1 2304 — 2306
SECURITIES 23.1 2307
BOOKING OF TRAFFIC FROM OUT-AGENCIES / CITY

BOOKING AGENCIES 23.1 — 23.2 2308 — 2310
BOOKING OF TRAFFIC TO OUT-AGENCIES / CITY

BOOKING AGENCIES 23.2 2311
CARTAGE CHARGES 23.2 2312
MAKING AND TAKING OVER CONSIGNMENTS 23.2 2313
ACCOUNTAL OF TRAFFIC BOOKED TO OR FROM OUT-

AGENCIES / CITY BOOKING AGENCIES 23.3 2314
RETURNS 23.3 2315 — 2316
RESPONSIBILITY OF OUT-AGENTS / CITY BOOKING

AGENTS FOR FARE, FREIGHT AND OTHER CHARGES 23.3 2317
REMITTANCE OF CASH AND VOUCHERS 23.3 2318

(2319 Deleted)
REFUNDS 23.3 2320
PAYMENT OF CARTAGE CHARGES AND COMMISSION 23.3 — 23.4 2321 — 2324

TO OUT-AGENTS/CITY BOOKING AGENTS (2325 Deleted)
41
CHAPTER XXIII
2301. (a). “Out-agencies” are offices opened in towns situated off the lines of Pakistan
Railways in order to facilitate the booking of traffic to or from such towns. Contractors
are appointed to work these Out-agencies and to arrange to carry traffic between the
Out-agencies and the railway station via which the Out-agency is worked.
(b). “City Booking Agencies” are auxiliary booking office to the railway stations and are
situated in the cities in order to further facilitate the booking of traffic to and from cities.
2302. Deleted.
2303. The sanctioned schedules of maximum and minimum fares and rates for
Coaching and Goods traffic mentioned in paragraph 201 apply only over Pakistan
Railways proper and do not cover carriage between a railway station and an Out-
agency / City Booking Agency, whether served by a road or any other means. Railway
Administration should, therefore, obtain independent confirmation of the
reasonableness of the rates it is proposed to charge over an Out-agency / City Booking
Agency, the local civil authorities being in the best position to give this confirmation.
2304. Agreement: Before an Out-agency / City Booking Agency is opened, an

agreement is executed with the Out-agent / City Booking Agent laying down the terms
and conditions under which the Out-agency / City Booking Agency will be worked.
2305. A standard form of the agreement is given in Appendix II A & B for out agencies
and city book agencies respectively. The terms and conditions embodied therein are
meant for guidance only and may be relaxed wholly or in part by the General Manager.
2306. A copy of the agreement will be supplied to the station via which the Out-agency
/ City Booking Agency is worked and should be noted by the staff entrusted with
making or taking over consignments to or from the Out-agent / City Booking Agent.
2307. Securities: In order to safeguard the interests of Pakistan Railways the Out-agent /
City Booking Agency is required to deposit with the Railway Administration securities
for good working and to cover the monthly outstandings. The necessity for the latter
arises out of the fact that the Out-agent / City Booking Agent is paid commission on the
basis of sale of tickets, consignments booked on way bills and its accounted for in the
returns and earnings remitted accordingly. It will be the duty of the Accounts Office to
see that the outstandings against an Out-agent / City Booking Agent, at any one time,
do not exceed the amount of security deposited for the purpose.
2308. Booking of traffic from Out-agencies / City Booking Agencies: Contractors should
arrange to book direct all goods and parcels traffic offered for dispatch at the Out-
agencies / City Booking Agencies subject to the conditions and exceptions laid down in
the tariffs. The bookings should be made from the Out-agencies / City Booking
Agencies to all stations and Out-agencies / City Booking Agencies open for such traffic
except to the station via which the Out-agency / City Booking Agency is worked.
23.1
CHAPTER XXIII
2309. The forms prescribed for railway stations, should be used by Out-agencies / City
Booking Agencies and all the rules regulating the issue, custody or use of the forms that
are applicable to stations apply equally to Out-agencies / City Booking Agencies.
2310. The booking of passenger and luggage/parcel traffic from Out-agencies / City
Booking Agencies should be carried out as if the Out-agency / City Booking Agency
constituted a station, in strict accordance with the rules laid down by the Railway
Administration in the books, circulars, notices and other publications, a copy of each of
which will be supplied to the Out-agent / City Booking Agent.
2311. Booking of traffic to Out-agencies / City Booking Agencies: The booking of traffic
from railway stations to Out-agencies / City Booking Agencies should be done in the
same away as traffic from Out-agencies / City Booking Agencies, vide previous
paragraph.
2312. Cartage Charges.——The cartage charges levied for the carriage of goods or parcels
to or from the Out-agency / City Booking Agency at the rates given in the contract
should be shown separately on the Invoices and Parcels Way-bills and in the Initial
Books and Returns.
2313. Making and taking over consignments: Consignments booked to or from an Out-
agency / City Booking Agency should, on arrival at the station via which the Out-
agency / City Booking Agency is worked, be entered in Registers (Form T. 2313 to be
maintained separately by the station and the Out-agency / City Booking Agency). The
party taking over the consignments should sign in the column provided for the purpose.
The condition of the packages, if defective, should be noted under the signature of both
the parties.
FORM T. 2313
REGISTER OF GOODS/PARCELS MADE OVER TO OR RECEIVED FROM
……………..…. OUT-AGENT / CITY BOOKING AGENT AT …………………….
STATION FOR …………….. 20……
Invoice or Way- Signature

Station Number of
bill Via Description of person Remarks
packages
Date No. From To taking over
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
23.2
CHAPTER XXIII
2314. Accountal of traffic booked to or from Out-agencies / City Booking Agencies:

The traffic booked to or from Out-agencies / City Booking Agencies should be
accounted for by the Out-agents / City Booking Agents in the forms and books
prescribed and in the manner laid down for railway stations.
2315. Returns: The contractors will arrange to submit to the Accounts Office, complete
Returns relating to traffic dealt with at the Out-agencies / City Booking Agencies
showing separately cartage charges of the agencies and Pakistan Railways freight.
2316. Separate returns in respect of traffic forwarded from or received at railway

stations to and from Out-agencies / City Booking Agencies should be rendered by
stations to the Accounts Office concerned and separate totals of such traffic shown in
the Station Balance Sheet to facilitate the apportionment of cartage charges to the Out-
agents / City Booking Agents.
2317. Responsibility of Out-agents / City Booking Agents for fare, freight and other
charges: The Out-agent / City Booking Agencies will be responsible for all freight and
undercharges on passenger, luggage and parcels traffic in accordance with the rules
applicable for similar traffic at railway stations.
2318. Remittance of cash and vouchers: The entire collections of the day should be
remitted by the Out-agent / City Booking Agent in accordance with the terms of the
agreement.
2319. Deleted.
2320. Refunds: The Out-agents / City Booking Agents should not make refunds of
freight except those allowed to the railway station staff (paragraph 1705). All other
claims should be forwarded to and dealt with in the Claims Office concerned.
2321. Payment of cartage charges and commission to Out-agents/City Booking

Agents.——The payment of cartage charges and commission due to Out-agents/City
Booking Agents will be arranged by the Accounts office.
2322. Where the agreement requires the submission by the Out-agent/City Booking
Agents of bills of cartage charges and commission, these should be prepared in
triplicate on form T. 2322.
23.3
CHAPTER XXIII
FORM T.2322
BILLS FOR CARTAGE CHARGES
Bill No……….... Dated…………….20…….
To………………………………………………………..
(Here give name of Out-agent/City Booking Agent)
for charges for carting and handling Inwards / Outwards Goods/Parcels booked to / from …………………
Out-agency during the month of ………….…………..…20….. as per details given below:
Invoice Way-bill
Station Station Amount Amount
Weight Rate Remarks
from to claimed Disallowed
Date No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2323. Separate bills should be prepared for ‘forwarded’ and ‘received’ traffic.
2324. Two copies of the bill should be submitted to the Accounts Office Revenue, one
being retained at the Out-agency / City Booking Agency for record. The Accounts
Office will return one copy to the Out-agent / City Booking Agent showing the amount
passed for payment, the other being retained for future reference.
2325. Deleted.
23.4
PAKISTAN RAILWAYS

(COMMERCIAL)

CHAPTER XXIV
20 October, 2011
CHAPTER XXIV
STATION OUTSTANDINGS
C O N T ENT S
STATION OUTSTANDINGS 24.1 2401
LIST OF OUTSTANDINGS 24.1 2402
PREPARATION OF LIST OF OUTSTANDINGS 24.1 — 24.2 2403 — 2404
DEBIT BY THE ACCOUNTS OFFICE AND DISALLOWANCES

BY CASHIER 24.2 2405 — 2409
ADMITTED DEBITS 24.3 — 24.4 2410 — 2413
OBJECTED DEBITS 24.4 2414
EMPLOYEE LEAVING THE SERVICE 24.4 2414A — 2415
FREIGHT OUTSTANDINGS ON GOODS/PARCELS ON HAND 24.4 2416
FREIGHT OUTSTANDINGS ON GOODS/PARCELS NOT TO

HAND 24.5 2417 — 2418
42
CHAPTER XXIV
2401. The station outstandings mainly consist of (i) debits raised by the Accounts Office
and disallowances made by the Cashier whether admitted or objected, and (ii) freight
on goods/parcels on hand or not on hand. (iii) short accountal and short remittance (iv)
undercharges raised by station on goods/ parcel on hand or not on hand.
2402. Lists of Outstandings.——The details of all outstanding items except those for
Invoices/Way-bills for the month to which the Station Balance Sheet relate should be
entered by stations in the Lists of Outstandings (Form No. T.2402). The form is printed
on the reverse of the Station Balance Sheet for use by small stations. For large stations
the form is printed on separate sheets to accompany the Station Balance Sheet (T.1236
or T.1843).
FORM T. 2402
LIST OF OUTSTANDINGS WORKING UP TO THE CLOSING BALANCE OF

COACHING/GOODS STATION BALANCE SHEET FOR………………….20 ….
Error Sheet/
Invoices/Wa
Particulars (Station
Invoice/ Goods/Parcels on hand
outstanding, and
correspondence
y-bills
Reasons why
reference to
Way-Bill
requiring
from)
Admitted Objected
clearance Old Current Total
debits debits
by Invoices/ Invoice/Way
Date
No.
Overcharge Way- -bills (three

Sheets Bills months old).
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
* Note.——(1) In cases of admitted debits names of the persons responsible and reference to the deduction
list in which the same is shown for recovery, should be given in this column.
(2) In cases of objected debits, references to correspondence with the Chief Commercial Manager or with
Accounts Office should be quoted.
2403. Preparation of List of Outstandings.——The List of Outstandings (which forms Part I

of the Station Balance Sheet) should be prepared either on the reverse of the Station
Balance Sheet or in separate continuation sheets in duplicate by the carbon process,
one copy being retained for station use. Full explanation of the steps taken for the
clearance of outstandings and reference to the correspondence with the Divisional
Superintendent or with the Accounts Office should be given against each item. In the
case of admitted debits the name of the official responsible together with the reference
to the Deduction List (T.2411) in which the item is shown for recovery from the Pay Bill
should be given.
24.1
CHAPTER XXIV
2404. The station copy should be kept up to date during the succeeding month, and
postings made as the outstandings are adjusted.
2405. Debit by the Accounts Office and Disallowances by Cashier.——Debits raised by

the Accounts Office will be advised to stations through Error Sheets (see Pakistan
Railways Code for the Accounts Department) showing full particulars of the debit.
Disallowances by the Cash Office will be advised through the forth foil of the Cash
Remittance Note (T.2153). The Accounts Office will also advise all debits and
disallowances against a station through a monthly Advice of Internal Check.
2406. The Advice of Internal Check should, on receipt at station, be compared by the
Station Master with the connected Station Balance Sheet and all debits and
disallowances advised therein should be taken to account, if not already done, in the
Station Balance Sheet next to be closed irrespective of whether the Error Sheet has been
received or not. Copies of missing Error Sheets should be called for from the Accounts
Office Revenue. When a credit balance arising from errors and overpayments is shown
by the Accounts Office in the Advice of Internal Check, Station Masters are not entitled
to deduct it. The Inspector of Coaching and Goods / Accounts, however, have authority
to order such deduction, entering it on the Station Balance Sheet next for issue and
initialing the entry.
2407. Every debit or disallowance against a station by the Accounts or Cash Office
whether arising from error in charging fare or freight, short remittance of cash, base
coins, or other cause, is payable by the person through whose fault it has been
incurred. It is therefore, the duty of a Station Master, or other responsible Station Staff,
on receiving an Advice of Internal Check, Error Sheet or other advice of debit, to
ascertain by whom the amount is payable and see that the rules in the following
paragraphs are observed.
2408. Immediately on receipt of an Error Sheet or other advice of debit it should be

checked and the debit, whether admitted or not, taken to account in the first Station
Balance Sheet under preparation.
2409. The third foil of the Error Sheet should be filled up by the Station Master. If the
debit is admitted the name, designation, etc., of the staff responsible should be noted on
the trefoil. If the debit is objected, the grounds of objection with other necessary details
should be clearly stated on the trefoil which should be returned, the day after receipt, to
the Outstanding Section who will communicate with the Accounts Office and inform
the Station Master whether the debit should be paid or not.
24.2
CHAPTER XXIV
2410. Admitted debits.——The debit, if admitted, should be paid in within seven days.
Disallowances on account of base coins, etc., returned by Cash Office and short
remittances of cash, should be made good at once.
2411. Admitted debits not paid in by the staff responsible should within seven days be
recovered from their Pay-Bills. For this purpose, stations should prepare Deduction Lists
in form No. T. 2411. These lists should be prepared in quadruplicate. All the four
copies of the list should be submitted by stations to the Divisional Office which will
return one copy to the station with amount recovered noted thereon to enable it to take
credit in the Station Balance Sheet. Of the remaining three copies one will be kept for
record in the Divisional Office and one copy each will be sent to the Accounts Office/
Revenue and the Chief Commercial Manager’s Office.
FORM T. 2411
LIST OF DEDUCTIONS FROM THE PAY-BILL OF …………………..……….. STATION

FOR THE MONTH OF …………………………… 20…..
To be submitted by the Divisional Superintendent with salary bill of station staff.
Name (if On *Amount

transferred, enter Station at Error-sheet Coaching entered
Designation Amount
name of station in which due or Goods for
Remarks column). Number Date Account recovery
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Rupees
* Special recoveries to
How dealt with in the Accounts Office **
credit of Traffic earnings
* Total Initials of
recoveries Coaching Goods Station Remarks
Particulars Amount made Balance Balance Balance
Sheet Sheet Sheet
Checker
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Rupees Rupees
* These will be filled in by the Divisional Superintendent.

** To be filled in by Accounts Office.
………………… ……………………………
Station Master. Divisional Superintendent.
24.3
CHAPTER XXIV
2412. When recoveries of debits are affected in installments the credit in the Station
Balance Sheet (T.1236 or T.1843) should be taken for the amount actually recovered as
intimated by the Divisional Superintendent Office and not for the full amount shown in
the Deduction List for recovery.
2413. In the case of “admitted debits” outstanding in the Coaching or Goods Accounts
the names of the persons responsible with their signatures in token of acceptance of the
debit should be furnished to the Accounts Office. It will be the duty of the latter to
recover the debits and allow credit to the station.
2414. Objected debits.——In the case of “objected debits”, if the objection by the station
to the debit is admitted by the Accounts Office /Revenue, the debit will be withdrawn
and a Credit Advice Note sent to the Station by the Accounts Office as an authority for
taking special credit in the Station Balance Sheet; until then, the amount should remain
at debit in station accounts.
2414. A. Employee leaving the Service:- Commercial Superintendent (Booking, Parcel

and Goods) or the Station Masters, as the case may be, will be held personally
responsible for checking tickets, invoices, weigh bills, Etc., from the date of last
accounts up to dated of handing over and all debits discovered against an employee
leaving the service, must at once be reported to the Divisional Superintendent and
Divisional Accounts Officer concerned for necessary action and recovery.
2414. B. Heavy amounts kept outstanding at certain stations in connection with the
consignments delivered without collection of demurrage, wharfage and other charges
due from government departments/trading community cause a great deal of
correspondence. These consignments must not be delivered without recovering charges
due, unless orders are first obtained from the Chief Commercial Manager or the
concerned Divisional Superintendent.
2415. Neglect to deal with the Error Sheets, and Cashier’s advices of short remittances
and base coins, etc., in the manner stated in the previous paragraphs will render the
person at fault liable to disciplinary action in addition to the amount being recovered
from his pay without further reference.
2416. Freight outstandings on goods/parcels on hand.——These outstandings are cleared

when the goods/parcels are delivered or, if unclaimed, when they are transferred to the
Lost Property Office (paragraph 1907) or otherwise disposed of under instructions of the
competent authority. At the close of each period the Station Master or Commercial
Supervisor (Goods) should take an inventory of all goods/parcels on hand and take
necessary action for their clearance.
24.4
CHAPTER XXIV
2417. Freight outstandings on goods/parcels not to hand.——These should be adjusted in

accordance with the merits of the each case. If the outstandings are caused by errors in
invoicing goods/parcels (other than those representing under and overcharges in freight)
or on account of consignments having been withdrawn, diverted, over carried, etc.,
these should be cleared by Overcharge Sheets (T. 1716), certified by the station against
whom the debit does not lie. If, however, the consignments are lost, the outstanding on
account of freight will be cleared by Overcharge sheets certified by the competent
Commercial Officer.
2418. Station Masters and Commercial Supervisor (Booking) / (Parcels) / (Goods) should
take interest in the clearance of outstandings in their books. At the end of each month
they should check the List of Outstandings (T. 2402) with the Inwards Books and send a
report of outstandings of one month and over to the Chief Commercial Manager’s
Office where suitable action should be taken for their early clearance.
24.5
APPENDIX I
PRINCIPLES GOVERNING THE IMPOSITION AND COLLECTION OF TERMINAL TAX
(SEE PARAGRAPH 2003)
1. Terminal tax will not be introduced on Pakistan Railways except with the sanction of
the Federal Government, who will be required to be satisfied as to its necessity and to
be furnished with reasons by Provincial Governments for its introduction.
2. Once a decision has been made by the Federal Government to introduce Terminal
Tax for implementation on Pakistan Railways, the Provincial Governments must consult
the Railway Administration before taking steps for the imposition of terminal taxes. The
Provincial Governments will also guard against the undue exploitation of Pakistan
Railways for the purpose of increasing municipal revenues.
3. Provided that the Provincial Government is satisfied as to the necessity of the tax on
grounds such as those mentioned in paragraph 2, it is competent, with the concurrence
of the Pakistan Railways, to extend the system, to specified departments.
4. Refunds in case of introduction of Terminal Tax in the usual sense of the term will
not be allowed. The duties and liabilities of Pakistan Railway in respect of the
assessment will be decided by arrangement between Pakistan Railway and any other
government department, but ordinarily the work will be checked by the Railway
Accounts Department subject to such further checks as any other government
department may desire to provide at its own expense. The rectification of errors will be
carried out in consultation with any other government department, the railway
employees being free from liability on account of bona fide mistakes. All complaints
and questions of refunds will be dealt with by the concerned departments of the
Provincial governments and no responsibility shall lie on Pakistan Railway in these
matters.
5. The rate of remuneration for the collection of the tax will be a matter for negotiation
between the concerned government and Pakistan Railways.
6. The articles to be taxed should, as far as possible, be adapted to the Pakistan

Railways classification of goods.
7. The tax will be on the weight but will vary with the class of goods. In the case of
goods carried in bulk at wagon rates, the tax should be levied on the “weight for
charge” as shown in the Invoice or Way-bill.
8. The following articles, along with any other articles which the Provincial
Governments and any other government department concerned may specify, will be
exempted from the tax :–
Page 1 of 2
APPENDIX I
PRINCIPLES GOVERNING THE IMPOSITION AND COLLECTION OF TERMINAL TAX
(a) railway stores and materials which are required for use on railways,
whether in constructing, maintaining or working' the same and which are not
removed outside the railway land boundaries, but not stores imported into
municipal limits for purchase and consumption by railway employees nor stores
with which the Railway Co-operative Stores are stocked for sale to members; and
(b) bona fide personal luggage of passengers and household effects of railway
servants transferred on duty from one station to another.
9. No-tax on passengers arriving or departing by rail will be allowed except for

altogether special reasons; and that too only after consultation with the Pakistan
Railways and with the sanction of the Federal Government.
10. The above-mentioned clauses provide a general guideline for the imposition of
Terminal Tax. Any addition/deletion can be made by Pakistan Railways in consultation
with the Provincial Governments.
Page 2 of 2
APPENDIX II
(A) SKELETON FORM OF OUT-AGENCY AGREEMENT
(See Paragraph 2305)
This Agreement, made this ………………………. day of …………………………..

between the President of Islamic Republic of Pakistan, acting through the Pakistan
Railways Administration (hereinafter called the "Railway Administration"); of the one
part and Mr./Messrs………………………………….Acting through ………………………
S/O …………………….. , R/O ……………………………….. (hereinafter called the
Contractors) of the other part in respect of the Out-agency at …………………………….
via ……………….. Railway Station.
WHEREAS the Railway Administration, has established an Out-agency at

……………………… via ………………………………….. Railway Station via
………………… for the purpose of booking of parcels and goods of all kinds
(except……………………………) between the said Authorized out agency and all
stations on Pakistan Railways, have booking arrangements, and conveyance of parcels
and goods booked to and from the said out-agency between the out-agency and
………………… Railway Station, and whereas the Contractor has agreed with the
Railway Administration to book, carry and convey the parcels and goods as aforesaid in
connection with the said out-agency upon the terms and conditions here in after
contained in this Agreement:
NOW, THEREFORE, the Railway Administration and the Contractors do hereby jointly
and severally covenant and agree in the manner following, that is to say:
Mutual (General) Stipulations.
I. In this agreement, unless a different intention appears from the subject or context, the
expression:
(a) " The President of Islamic Republic of Pakistan" includes his successors and assigns;
(b) “Railway Administration” means and includes beside the President of Islamic
Republic of Pakistan, his successors and assigns, the General Manager of Pakistan
Railways and his successors and assigns; the Chief Commercial Manager, Pakistan
Railways and such other officers of the said railway who may be duly authorized by the
aforesaid authority.
(c) "Contractors" includes the legal representatives of the Contractors;
(d) "Out-agency" means the out-agency established at …………………….. via

……………… Railway Station for the purpose of booking of parcels and goods between
the said out-agency and all stations, on city booking and out agencies on Pakistan
Railways.
Page 1 of 18
APPENDIX II
(e) Delete.
(f) Delete.
(g) "Parcels" means all such articles and small packages and the like as are ordinarily
booked for conveyance by Pakistan Railways at parcels rates of freight and are usually
carried by mail or other trains carrying passengers.
(h) "Goods" means and includes all articles and packages other than "parcels" as are
ordinarily booked for conveyance by the Pakistan Railways at goods rates of freight and
are usually carried in goods vehicles by goods or mixed trains.
II. The Contractor shall be deemed to be the agent of the Railway Administration and
shall be subject to the legal liabilities as such, as are laid down or defined in the law
relating to agents in force in Pakistan for the booking and conveyance of parcels and
goods from and to the said out-agency.
III. All parcels and goods shall be booked to and from ……………… out-agency and
from and to all stations, city booking and out-agencies of Pakistan Railways.
IV. (a) The Contractors shall maintain an efficient transport service to the satisfaction of
the Railway Administration and shall arrange to have a sufficient number of vehicles in
good working order at ………………………….. Railway Station and the said out-
agency for carrying such parcels and goods traffic, at the timings mutually agreed upon
by the parties. No vehicle shall be in use for service by the Contractors which is in a
dilapidated condition.
(b) Should the Contractor’s service fail at any time in respect of booking of parcels and
goods or receipt and delivery of parcels and goods and conveyance of parcels and
goods as referred to in the preamble of this Agreement, the Railway Administration shall
be entitled to inflict a penalty to the extent of Rs. …………………… in each case, on
the Contractor in addition to any other liability to which the Contractor may be liable
under the provisions of this Agreement.
V. The Contractor shall carry parcels and goods at his own safe risk and responsibility
and notwithstanding anything said or contained in Clause II hereof, the Contractor shall
be responsible for and will make good and will save harmless and indemnify the
Railway Administration for and in respect of any claims, demands, suits, losses,
damages, costs, charges and expenses what-so-ever on account of any injury, damage
or loss, etc., caused to any person or property resulting directly or indirectly from any
act or omission on the part of the Contractor or his servants or employees.
Page 2 of 18
APPENDIX II
VI. The Contractor shall pay full cost of any publicity given by the Railway
Administration to the service worked by him. The amount to be debited to the
Contractor shall depend on the discretion of the Railway Administration.
VII. The Contractor shall supply a sufficient number of waterproof sheets necessary to
protect from rain, etc., all parcels and goods booked to and from the out-agency while
in transit.
VIII. All inward parcels and goods shall be considered to be in the Contractor’s
possession and in his care and custody and at his risk and responsibility from the
moment that such parcels and goods shall have been delivered to and signed for by the
Contractor or by a person authorized to act on his behalf or shall have been loaded in
conveyances belonging to or provided by him for the purpose. All outward parcels and
goods shall be considered to remain and be in the Contractor’s possession and in his
care and custody, and at his risk and responsibility, until the same shall have been
received and signed for by a railway staff, for the time being in the service of the
Railway Administration at the railway station.
IX. (1) The Contractor shall carry on the business of the Out-agency strictly in
accordance with the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and will
forthwith deposit with the Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue of ,a
sum of rupees …………………….. as security for the due fulfilment of each and all of
the said terms and conditions to be observed by him. The said sum of rupees
……………………….. is hereinafter called the “Security deposit".
The Contractor shall further deposit with the Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts
Officer/Revenue of a sum Rupees …………………… as security to cover the average
monthly outstanding such as unaccounted for or undelivered consignments. The
Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue, will further be empowered to
retain from the current month’s dues of the Contractor any sum or sums outstanding
against him over and above an amount equal to the security plus two months cartage
charges in any one month. The amount so retained will be adjusted monthly with
reference to the transaction of the month subsequent to that in which the deduction is
made.
(2) The Railway Administration shall have full power and authority at all times to apply
the whole or any part of the security deposit and any other money at any time due by it
to or held by it for and on behalf of the Contractor in and towards the satisfaction and
discharge of any sums at any time due by the Contractor to the Railway Administration,
or of any claims on, or loss or damage suffered by the Railway Administration in
consequence of any default, misconduct, negligence or omission on the part of the
Contractor or his servants or other persons acting for or under the authority or with the
Page 3 of 18
APPENDIX II
permission of the Contractor in the conduct of the business of the out-agency, in

accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, or in any matter arising
out of or connected with, or relating to any such default, misconduct, negligence or
omission as aforesaid.
Provided further that in the event of any loss or damage to the Railway Administration
due to fraud, negligence or any other action (direct or contributory) on the part of the
Contractor or his servants of employees or non-fulfilment by him of any of the terms or
conditions of this Agreement, the Railway Administration shall be entitled to forfeit the
said security deposit and the Contractor shall be liable to deposit a fresh security within
the time fixed by the Railway Administration. Failure to deposit the fresh security within
the time fixed by the Railway Administration will be deemed a breach of the terms and
conditions of this Agreement.
(3) In the event of any portion of the security deposit being so applied by the Railway
Administration during the continuance of this Agreement, the Contractor shall, on being
informed by the Railway Administration of the amount so applied forthwith deposit
with the Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue of , a sum equal to the
amount so applied so as to keep up the amount of the security deposit to the full sum of
rupees …………………… and failing this, the Railway Administration may make up the
amount of the security deposit accordingly from any sum thereafter accruing due to the
Contractor.
(4) Upon the expiry of contract the Contractor shall be entitled to the refund of the
security deposit, or portion thereof then standing to his credit, after fully discharging
and satisfying all sums (if any) due to the Railway Administration from the Contractor
under this Agreement, including claims for which the Railway Administration may be
liable on account of the Contractor and all losses suffered and expenses incurred by the
Railway Administration in consequence of the default, misconduct, negligence,
omission or any other wrongful act of the Contractor, his servants or other persons
acting on his behalf.
Provided that the Railway Administration shall not be obliged to refund the security
deposit or any portion thereof unless and until the Contractor shall first deliver to it a
certificate in writing, certifying that the Contractor has no outstanding claims or
demand under or arising out of, or in any way connected with or relating to the
Agreement, against the Railway Administration.
(5) Nothing contained in this clause shall be deemed in any way to limit or affect any
other lawful right, remedy or relief to which the Railway Administration may at any
time be entitled under this Agreement, or any law for the time being in force in respect
of any breach by the Contractor of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement,
Page 4 of 18
APPENDIX II
or any criminal or unlawful act of the Contractor, his servants or other persons acting
on his behalf, or in respect of anything discovered by the Railway Administration after
the return of the security deposit or portion thereof; or in respect of any sums due to the
Railway Administration by reason that the security deposit and other sums belonging to
the Contractor coming into the hands of the Railway Administration are insufficient to
satisfy and discharge the entire liability of the Contractor to the Railway Administration.
X. The books and accounts of the out-agency shall, at all proper times and places be
opened to the inspection and audit of the Pakistan Railways Accounts and Audit
Establishment in the same manner as is customary in the case of the books and
accounts maintained at railway stations on Pakistan Railways.
XI. In the event of any loss or damage, however caused, arising or occurring to or in
respect of any parcels and goods or any consignment in connection with the out-
agency and of the Railway Administration being unable clearly to fix the responsibility
for such loss or damage or to specify the precise extent of the liability of the Contractor
in respect thereof then and in every such case, such loss or damage shall ordinarily
divided between, and borne by the Contractor and the Railway Administration
respectively in proportion to the freight earned by each from the parcels and goods in
respect of which such loss or damage is caused.
Provided that the decision of the Railway Administration as to the extent of the liability
of the Contractor for any such loss or damage shall, in every case, be final and
conclusive.
XII. No claim on account of overcharge or undercharge in connection with freight or

apportionment of freight and being Rupees …………………. in the case of parcels and
Rupees …………….. in the case ………………………of goods or less in the case of any
consignment shall be made by the Contractor against the Railway Administration or by
the Railway Administration against the contractor.
Provided, however, that if it is noticed that undue advantage is being taken by the
Contractor of the provisions of this clause the Railway Administration shall be entitled
to modify or revise or delete this clause as it may deem proper.
XIII. Save as herein otherwise provided no claim on account of freight or other charges
on traffic interchanged between the out-agency and Pakistan Railways or on account of
apportionment thereof, the Contractor may prefer against the Railway Administration or
the Railway Administration may prefer against the Contractor shall be entertained by
the Railway Administration or the Contractor, respectively, unless the same has been
made within six months from the end of the week or the month, as the case may be, in
Page 5 of 18
APPENDIX II
which the entry giving rise to such claim has been accounted for in the returns to be
submitted hereunder. If the parties do not prefer their claims against each other within
the aforesaid period of six months they shall be deemed to have waived their rights in
respect thereof and shall not be entitled to any payment on account thereof.
XIV. The Contractor shall not sublet, assign or in any manner transfer to any other
person the whole or any part of the rights or obligations conferred or imposed upon him
by this Agreement or any of this business connected with the Out-agency hereby
constituted.
XV. In case the Contractor shall at any time fail to supply a sufficient number of
conveyances and labour required in connection with this Agreement, it shall be
optional for the Railway Administration to engage such conveyance at the expense of
the Contractor. All such conveyance and labour as may from time to time be required
and to recover all expenses thus incurred from any sums that may be due by the
Railway Administration to the Contractor under this AGREEMENT or from the security
deposit hereinafter mentioned.
XVI. (1) In the event of any breach of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement
by the Contractor, his servants, or any persons acting for and on his behalf or under his
authority or with his permission, or of the Contractor at any time failing to perform all or
any of the services required of him by this Agreement within a time deemed reasonable
by or in a manner satisfactory to the Railway Administration, the Railway
Administration may, without prejudice to any other right, remedy or relief to which it
may otherwise be entitled under this Agreement or any law for the time being in force
suspend the working forthwith or revoke and determine this Agreement, after the expiry
of one week's notice in writing to be given to the Contractor of it’s intention of doing
so.
(2) Either party to this Agreement may determine the same upon the expiry of three
months notice in writing given to the other of his intention of doing so.
XVII. The Contractor shall pay such penalty as the Railway Administration may impose
for any complaints against the Contractor which are bonafide and substantiated or for
failure of the Contractor to fulfil any of the terms and conditions of this agreement.
In the event of the Contractor’s failure to pay the penalty so imposed within the time
fixed by the Railway Administration in each case, it shall be lawful for the Railway
Administration to deduct the amount of such penalty from the security deposit and the
Contractor shall forthwith deposit a sum equal to the amount so applied in accordance
with the terms of sub para (3) of clause IX of this Agreement.
Page 6 of 18
APPENDIX II
XVII. Any notice, letter or other communication which shall be sent by the Railway
Administration by registered post addressed to the Contractor at his Head Office at
……………………… shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Contractor.
XIX. This Agreement shall be deemed to have come into force on and from ……………
for period of …………….. years.
Special Stipulations to be observed by the Contractors in carrying on the business of the

Out-agency.
XX. The Contractor shall comply with and observe each and all of the terms and
conditions hereinafter set forth and provide for carrying on the business of the Out-
agency, that is to say:
(1) The Contractor shall maintain proper books and accounts to the satisfaction of the
Railway Administration of the entire out-agency business carried on under this
Agreement, and will duly account to the concerned officers of the Railway
Administration for all parcels and goods and moneys received on account thereof or in
connection therewith; such books and accounts shall be, at all times and proper places,
open to inspection and audit by the Railway Administration or any officers deputed by
them in the same manner as is customary in the case of the books and accounts
maintained at railway stations on Pakistan Railways.
(2) The Contractor shall convey with reasonable diligence and speed to the satisfaction
of the Railway Administration all parcels and goods received for transmission between
the out Agency and …………………… Railway Station on Pakistan Railways in either
direction, according to the true purport and intent of this Agreement and of the out
agency's business carried on thereunder.
(3)The Contractor shall, at all times, keep up such number of conveyances as may, in
the opinion of the Railway Administration, be sufficient for the purpose of efficiently
carrying on the business of out agency and will at all times maintain the conveyances
so kept up in good and serviceable condition to the satisfaction of the Railway
Administration.
(4) The Contractor will be responsible to comply with the provisions of the Employment
of Children Act, 1991 or any statutory modifications thereof and the rules framed under
the said Act and shall not employ or permit any child who has not completed his
fourteen year of age to work under him. He shall further, before employing any person,
have his age verified as laid down in the rules framed under the said Act.
Page 7 of 18
APPENDIX II
(5) The Contractor shall arrange to carry between ………….Railway Station and the Out
agency parcels and goods traffic by Motor Lorries in any case of emergency or rush or
abnormal the Contractor shall arrange to continue to fulfil the terms and conditions of
this Agreement by employing at his own risk, responsibility and expense, such
additional transport as may be necessary to cope with the traffic offering and at the
same time indemnify the Railway Administration under the terms of this agreement
against any loss, damage,, injury etc, in the same manner as if this traffic was being
conveyed in his own transport duly covered by insurance.
(6) (a) The Contractor shall appoint, and at all times maintain, competent staff to the
satisfaction of the Railway Administration at the out agency and also at
………………………. Railway Station to conduct the business of the out agency at his
own sole risk and on his responsibility and will provide good and suitable office and
storage accommodation, furniture, fittings and other equipment at these places, to the
satisfaction of the Railway Administration.
(b) The contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance at his own cost of fire
fighting equipment in the Out agency to the entire satisfaction of the Railway
Administration with a view to protect the Railway property in his possession in case of
out break of a fire.
(c) In case the staff appointed by the contractor for the working of Out agency is found
to be inefficient in the knowledge of Railway rules to conduct the business of the
agency to the satisfaction of the Railway Administration, the aforesaid staff will be put
through refresher course at the Walton Academy Lahore Cantt and the cost of such
training shall be borne by the contractor.
(7) The Contractor shall observe and comply with the instructions for the working of the
out agency contained in Appendix "A" (signed by the parties) and annexed hereto, and
the said Appendix "A" shall be read with, and taken as part of this Agreement.
(8) The Contractor shall be responsible for all errors, oversights and undercharges made
by the staff maintained by him at the out-agency or elsewhere.
(9) The Contractor will be responsible for the collection of all freight and other charges
on consignments of parcels and goods booked Inwards “To-pay” and Outwards "Paid"
and remitting the total earnings daily in full to the Chief Cashier and Treasurer, Pakistan
Railways Lahore in a sealed bag through the Station Master of …………… Railway
Station or the representative of National Bank of Pakistan authorized by the Railway
Administration and will detain a receipt for the same. The Out Agent will be
responsible for the safe custody of and carriage of cash between the Out agency and
Page 8 of 18
APPENDIX II
the Railway Station for deposit. He will also be responsible for any shortage of cash and
other irregularities in connection there with discovered at the time of opening of the
sealed cash bags in the Cash Office at Lahore
(10) The Contractor will be responsible for and shall make good and save harmless and
indemnify the Railway Administration for and in respect of all loss, damage or injury of
whatever kind and from whatsoever cause arising which may occur to or in respect of
any parcels and goods consignments while in his possession, care or custody as
provided in Clause (VIII) and will refund to the Railway Administration all payments
which the said Railway Administration may lawfully make to any persons in respect of
any such loss or damage as aforesaid failing which necessary recovery will be made
from the security deposit or other dues of the Contractor.
(11) The Contractor shall charge the public using the out agency and will receive
payment from the Railway Administration for performing the services hereby agreed
upon in connection with the said out agency according to the scale of rates and charges
prescribed in Appendix "B" (signed by the parties) annexed hereto or such other rates
and charges as may from time to time hereafter be mutually agreed upon between the
parties in place thereof. If the Contractor will at any time charge any person a higher
rate other than that prescribed in Appendix "B" or for the time being in force in place
thereof, he shall without prejudice to any other penalty, prosecution or proceeding to
which he may be liable under this Agreement or any law for the time being in force, be
deemed to have committed a breach of the Agreement. The rates and charges for the
time being in force under this Agreement will be duly notified from time to time, by the
Railway Administration in the tariffs and departmental circulars of Pakistan Railways
and all alterations in such rates and charges shall take effect and come into force from
such date as is notified in such tariffs and circulars and not before.
(12) The Contractor will make no charges of any kind whatsoever to the consignor or
consignee for the booking or conveyance of any parcels, and goods or for any duty
which he should perform in pursuance of this Agreement, or of the Out agency's
business carried on thereunder beyond the ordinary freight, wharfage or demurrage
charges prescribed in the aforesaid Appendix "B" or for the time being in force as
hereinbefore provided.
(13) The Contractor shall provide all officers and subordinates of Pakistan Railways
entrusted with the duty of inspecting the out-agency or visiting it in connection with
any enquiry, a free conveyance to and from the out agency and ………………. Railway
Station whenever required by the Railway Administration.
Page 9 of 18
APPENDIX II
(14) All or any of the powers and functions reserved to the Railway Administration by,
and provided for, in sub-clauses (3), (6) and (13) of this clause of this Agreement, may
from time to time be discharged by the Divisional Superintendent. Similarly, the
Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer/’Revenue , for the time being of the
………………. Division Pakistan Railways or any officer deputed by him, is empowered
by the Railway Administration to carry out the inspection and audit of the books and
accounts referred to in the last sentence in sub-clause (1) of this clause of the
Agreement.
(15) The Contractor shall at all times indemnify the Railway Administration against all
claims which may be made under the Workmen's Compensation Act, 1923, or any
statutory modifications thereof or otherwise for or in respect of any accident or injury
sustained by any workman, labour or other person in the employment of the Contractor
and shall take all risk of accidents or damage which may cause a failure of the
performance of the works from whatever cause arising and the entire responsibility for
the sufficiency of all the means used by him for the fulfilment of the contract.
(16) The Contractor shall not compete with the Railway Administration in any way,
whatsoever, whether directly or indirectly by carrying parcels and goods over any
section of road that is an alternative route to any portion of the rail route.
(17) The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with provisions of the Payment
of Wages Act and the rules made thereunder in respect of the staff employed by him in
connection with the business of the out agency.
(18) The Contractor shall appoint Agents at his own cost to canvass for and collect
parcels and goods from merchants’ godowns and premises for booking by rails.
(19) Loading and unloading into and from wagons at ………………..Railway Station of
all consignments booked from and to the out agency, which are required to be loaded
and unloaded by the consignors or consignees under the Railway rules in force for the
time being shall be done by the contractor on behalf of and at the expense of the
consignors or consignees as the case may be and the Railway Administration shall not
be responsible for any payment whatsoever to the Contractor for the services performed
by him in this connection. The Contractor shall further be responsible for any make
good any breakage, damage, shortage, loss, destruction or deterioration caused by any
improper loading, unloading or handling of such goods by his servants or any persons
acting for or on his behalf or under his authority.
(20) The Contractor shall not employ any person previously in the employment of the
Railway Administration without the express sanction of the Railway Administration.
Page 10 of 18
APPENDIX II
(21) The Contractor shall allow carriage of railway publicity material free of charge
between the said out agency and ………………..Railway Station whenever required by
the Railway Administration.
(22) The Contractor shall get his character, and the character of the staff, employed by
him in connection with performance of this contract verified through the police in
accordance with the instructions issued by the Railway Administration.
Stipulations by the Railway Administration
XXI. For and in consideration of the terms and conditions of this Agreement to be
observed and performed by the Contractor, the Railway Administration will pay to the
Contractor for the booking, delivery and carriage of parcels and goods traffic between
the out agency and ……………… railway station, in either direction, the rates specified
in the aforesaid Appendix “B,” or such other rates as may for the time being be in force,
in place of those contained in Appendix "B" under sub-clause (11) of Clause XX of this
Agreement. The wharfage charges accruing on consignments while in the custody of
the Contractor shall also be credited to the Contractor.
XXII. The Railway Administration will supply at the cost of the Contractor moveable
boards marked "Pakistan Railways" to be hung on all vehicles carrying the out agency's
parcels and goods traffic.
XXIII. All payments to be made to the Contractor shall ordinarily be made monthly and
as soon as convenience and possible on presentation of bills by the 10th of the month
following that to which it relates in triplicate in the prescribed forms to the Financial
Advisor and Chief Accounts Officer/(Revnue).
XXIV. The Railway Administration will supply a weighing machine, and such number of
leather cash bags as may be considered necessary for the out agency. These articles will
remain the property of the Railway Administration and the weighing machine will be
maintained by the Railway Administration. The Contractor shall, however, be
responsible for the safety of these articles and shall be liable for any damages caused
thereto by the neglect of the Contractor or of his employees or servants.
XXV. Except as otherwise provided a verbal or written arrangement, abandoning,

varying or supplementing this contract or any of the terms thereof shall be deemed
conditional and shall not be binding on the Railway Administration unless and until the
same is endorsed on this agreement or is incorporated in a formal instrument and
signed by the parties hereto and till then the Railway Administration shall have the right
to repudiate such arrangement.
Page 11 of 18
APPENDIX II
XXVI. In the event of any difference of opinion between the Railway Administration and
the Contractor, as to the respective rights and obligations of the parties hereunder or as
to the true intent and meaning of these presents or any articles or conditions thereof
such difference of opinion shall be referred to the sole arbitration of the General
Manager, Pakistan Railways, for the time being whose decision shall be final,
conclusive and binding on the parties.
XXVII. In the event of termination of the contract under clause XVI (1) or (2) the Railway
Administration, shall, if so desire, be at liberty to take over any building, land or halting
place used by the Contractor to facilitate the work of his successor.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have hereunto subscribed their names at the
places and on the dates hereinafter mentioned, respectively.
Signed for and on behalf of the President of Islamic Republic of Deputy Chief Commercial
Pakistan by Deputy Chief Commercial Manager of the Pakistan Manager Pakistan Railways
Railways Lahore on this …………….. Lahore.
Day of ………………
Signed by Contractor at on Contractors.
,in the presence of——

Countersigned.
Witness---- Divisional Superintendent,

(1) ……………………… Pakistan Railways…………
Dated ………………..
(2) ……………………..
Page 12 of 18
APPENDIX II
APPENDIX A.
RULES FOR THE WORKING OF THE OUT AGENCY
1. Booking, Conveyance and Dispatch of outward parcels and goods: (a) The
Contractor shall arrange to book direct or convey all parcels and goods traffic, offered
for at the Out Agency, subject to the conditions and exceptions provided for in
Appendix B, with the least possible delay.
The booking of parcels and goods will be done direct from the Out agency to all
stations, city booking and out agencies on Pakistan Railways except to the stations via
which the Out agency is worked. The booking will be done on the forms prescribed for
railway stations, i.e., parcel way-bills and invoices and in strict accordance with the
rules laid down by the Railway Administration in the reference books, circulars, notices
and other publications referred to in para 4.
(b) The accounting of Parcel Way Bills and Goods Invoices will be done at the Out
agency and sent to the Accounts Office, in the forms and books prescribed for railway
stations.
(c) All such parcels and goods on arrival from the Out-agency at the station via which
the Out agency is worked will be carefully compared by the railway staff with the
connected Parcel way bills and goods invoices as the case may be and entries relating
thereto made in the Transhipment Register ………………. The railway staff will sign in
the column headed "Signature" and record in the column "Remarks" any defective
conditions etc., of the packages,. These forms will, however, be prepared in duplicate,
i.e., one to be kept by the Contractor and the other to be made over to the staff taking
over the goods at the railway station for future reference.
2. Receipt and Disposal of Inward Parcels and Goods: (a) All parcels and goods booked
to the Out Agency on arrival at the junction station with the Out Agency will be entered
in the Transhipment Register ……………… , and made over along with the connected
way-bills and invoices (see paragraph (b) below) to the Contractor’s representative who
will sign for the same in the Transhipment Register in the column headed "Signature,"
and record in the column "Remarks" any defective conditions, etc., of the packages.
These forms will be prepared in duplicate i.e., one to be kept by the railway staff and
the other to be made over to the Contractor for future reference.
(b) The Contractor’s representative will, however, receive any consignment marked for
the Out agency even where the connected Parcel way bill and Goods Invoice has not
been received. A copy of the way bill or invoice will be prepared from the railway
Receipt and taken to account subject to any undercharge being recovered on receipt of
Page 13 of 18
APPENDIX II
the original or a certified copy thereof from the forwarding station. This should be
called for when not received.
(c) On arrival of Parcels or Goods at the Out Agency, the Parcel Way Bills and Invoices
will be taken into account, and the traffic and documents dealt with in strict
accordance with the rules laid down by the Railway Administration in the books,
circulars, notices and other publications referred to in para 4.
(d) Inward Parcel Way Bills or Invoices must be taken to account immediately upon
receipt in the accounts then in hand, even when the consignment has not been
received, and the amount being shown outstanding until the Parcels and Goods have
been delivered or orders received for the outstanding to be cleared otherwise.
3. Responsibility of the Contractor for freight and other charges: The Contractor shall be
responsible for all undercharges and collection of freight charges on parcels and goods
traffic in accordance with the rules applicable for similar traffic on Pakistan Railways
stations.
4. Books and forms: The Contractor shall maintain all such books and forms as may be
required from time to time by the Railway Administration, for the proper booking and
accounting for all traffic booked to and from the out agency in accordance with the
rules appearing in Pakistan Railways Commercial Manual, Pakistan Railways Codes,
Manual of Instructions for the Monthly System of Accounts. Coaching and Goods tariffs
and similar other publications, also such other instructions as may be issued from time
to time by the General Manager or The Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts
Officer/Revenue of the Pakistan Railways. One copy of each such book, etc., as are
required to be maintained, will be supplied free of charge by the Railway
Administration, on the Contractor indenting for them on the Divisional Superintendent.
Books, etc., required to replace those lost or otherwise destroyed or in addition to those
supplied free of charge, will be supplied only at the expense of the Contractor.
5. Returns: The Contractor shall arrange to submit complete returns relating to Parcels
and Goods Traffic dealt with at the Out agency to the Financial Advisor and Chief
Accounts Officer/Revenue, showing separately the agency and the railway proportions,
also balance-sheet, in connection therewith, in the manner prescribed in the books
referred to above, and in any supplemental, general or special instructions, issued by
the Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue, or the General Manager
Pakistan Railways.
Page 14 of 18
APPENDIX II
6. Refunds: Under no circumstances shall the Contractor allow a refund of freight or

any other charges on consignments booked to and from the Out-agency, and all such
claims shall be forwarded to the General Manager, Pakistan Railways, Overcharges due
to errors in classification or computation of freight discovered prior to the delivery of
“To-Pay” consignment will, however be refunded by the Contractor at the time of
delivery, the consignee being asked to acknowledge the refund on Refund List. The
form bearing the acknowledgment will be sent to Financial Advisor and Chief Accounts
Officer/Revenue, Pakistan Railways, along with the connected station balance sheet.
7. Remittance of cash: The entire collections of the day whether represented by coins,
cheques, currency notes, military warrants, credit-notes or pay orders, etc., duly entered
in Cash Remittance-Note will be sent to the Chief Cashier and Treasurer, Pakistan
Railways, Lahore through the Station Master of the connected Railway Station, daily as
laid down in clause XX (9) of the agreement. One Cash Remittance-Note only for each
day’s remittance of cash and voucher will be prepared and if there be no cash
collection on any day a “Nil” cash remittance-note will be prepared and submitted to
the Chief Cashier and Treasurer. The earnings on account of coaching and goods will
also be shown separately on the cash remittance notes.
for and behalf of

Deputy Chief Commercial Manager
Pakistan Railways, Lahore.
Contractor.
Dated.____________________ Dated______________________
Page 15 of 18
APPENDIX II
APPENDIX B
OUT AGENCY AT_______VIA________RAILWAY STATION.
General conditions applicable to the Out Agency.
1. The Railway Administration will not undertake any liability on behalf of the
Contractor under the Common Carriers Act, III of 1865.
2. Coal, offensive goods, explosives, dangerous goods, goods in bulk or loose, arms and
ammunition, will not be booked. Small consignments of safety cartridges and
ammunition for private individuals, however, may be accepted and will be carried over
the Out-agency’s portion at owner's risk under risk-note form C. Perishables shall be
accepted at owner’s risk.
3. All packages liable to damage by rain must be protected in transit by waterproof

sheets to be supplied by the Contractor.
4. All Packages carried over the railway at owner's risk will be carried over the Out-
agency’s portion also at owner's risk.
5. (a) The maximum weight of any single package will not exceed 190 kilograms in
case of parcels and except when special arrangements have been made.
(b) The maximum length of any single package of Parcel should not exceed 2.5 meter x
1.5 meter x 1.25 meter in out side measurement except when special arrangements
have been made.
(c) Heavy or bulky single article as parcel exceeding 40 kilograms in weight or 20

cubic decimeters in measurement will be booked only if accommodation will allow.
6. Actual weight will be taken as the basis for the calculation of charges, except where
otherwise specified. The rule as to fractions of weight and charges obtaining on
Pakistan Railways will also apply.
7. Parcels charged by measurement on the Pakistan Railways shall be similarly charged

over the Out-agency.
8. Wharfage will be charged under the rules and at the rates applicable over the
Pakistan Railways.
Page 16 of 18
APPENDIX II
09. The increase percentage on the declared value of Parcel, Goods will be levied over
the out-agency in addition to the increase percentage charge over the railway subject to
maximum of one percent under the rules and rates given in Railway Coaching Tariff
and should be shown separately on Way-Bill/Invoice.
10. Rates for Luggage, Parcel and Goods Traffic between ……………… Railway Station
and Out agency.
Description of Traffic Cartage charges between the Agency and

the connected Railway Station
Rate of 50 Kilogram of part of 50

Kilograms
Parcel Rupees …………..
Goods Rupees …………..
Contractor
Dated Deputy Chief Commercial Manager,

Pakistan Railways,
Lahore.
Page 17 of 18
APPENDIX II
APPENDIX C
Bill No… Dated……….……
To
(Here give name) …………………………………………….

Out-Agency Contractors (s)
……………………..for charges for carting and handling Inward/Outward Goods

Parcels booked to/from……..Out-Agency during the month………as per details given
below:——
Station Out-agency
Date No. of invoice/way-bill Weight Rate Remarks
From To charges due
Kgs Rupees
……..……………….
Place………. Name of Contractor (s).
N.B.——Bills will be prepared in duplicate and sent to the Financial Advisor and Chief Accounts
Officer/Revenue, showing the total amount.
Page 18 of 18
APPENDIX II
This Agreement made this day ........... of ............................ between the President of
Islamic Republic of Pakistan acting through the Pakistan Railways Administration
(hereinafter called the “Railway Administration”) of the one part and M/S
................................................................................ (hereinafter called the “Contractor”)
of the other part in respect of the City Booking Agency of the Pakistan Railways at
............................................ .
Whereas the Railway Administration has established a City Booking Agency at

…………………… for the purpose of outward booking of passengers, and their luggage
from and also for booking and conveyance of parcels and goods (except live stock, coal
and goods in bulk or loose, dangerous and explosive goods and arms and ammunition)
between the said booking agency and all Stations on the Pakistan Railways and other
connected railways and city booking and out agencies with which the Pakistan
Railways has or may hereafter have booking arrangements, and conveyance of luggage,
parcels and goods booked to and from the said city booking agency between the city
booking agency and ……………………… Railway Station, and whereas the Contractor
has agreed with the Railway Administration to book passengers only and book, carry
and convey luggage, parcels and goods as aforesaid in connection with the said city
booking agency upon the terms and conditions hereinafter contained in this Agreement.
NOW THEREFORE, the Railway Administration and the Contractor do hereby

jointly and severally covenant and agree in the manner following, that is to say:
MUTUAL (GENERAL STIPULATIONS).
I. In this Agreement, unless a different intention appears from the subject or

context, the expression:-
(a) “The President of Islamic Republic of Pakistan” includes his successors and
assigns.
(b) “Railway Administration” means and includes besides the President of Islamic
Republic of Pakistan and his successors and assigns the General Manager of the
(c) Pakistan Railways and his successors and assigns; the Chief Commercial
Manager P.R., and such other Officers of the Railways who may be duly
authorized by the aforesaid authority.
(d) “Contractor” includes the legal representative of the Contractor.
(e) “City Booking Agency” means the City Booking Agency established at
Page 1 of 18
APPENDIX II
…………………for the purpose of outward booking of passengers and their

luggage and conveyance of luggage from the city booking agency, and also for
the booking and conveyance of parcels and goods between the said city
booking agency and all stations on the Pakistan Railways and city booking and
out agencies.
(f) “Passengers” means all persons as are ordinarily booked for conveyance at
Railway fares and are usually carried by trains carrying passengers.
(g) “Luggage” means and includes all articles and packages booked for carriage by
rail in the brake van or with the passengers in connection with tickets issued
from or to the said city booing agency.
(h) “Parcels” means all such articles and small packages and the like as are
ordinarily booked for conveyance by the Pakistan Railways at parcel rates of
freight and are usually carried by trains carrying passengers.
(i) “Goods” means and includes all articles and packages other than parcels as are
ordinarily booked for conveyance by the Pakistan Railways at goods rates of
freight and are usually carried in goods vehicles by goods or mixed trains.
II. The Contractor shall be deemed to be the Agent of the Railway Administration
and shall be subject to the legal liabilities such as are laid down or defined in the law
relating to Agents in force in Pakistan for the booking of passengers and their luggage
and conveyance of luggage from and also for the booking and conveyance of parcels
and goods booking from and to the said city booking agency.
III. All passengers and their luggage shall be booked from and all parcels and goods
shall be booked to and from, ………………… city booking agency and to all stations
on the Pakistan Railways.
IV. (a). The Contractor shall maintain an efficient transport service to the satisfaction of
the railway administration and shall arrange to have a sufficient number of vehicles in
good working order at ……………………… railway station and the said city booking
agency for carrying such luggage, parcels and goods traffic, at the timings mutually
agreed upon by the parties. No vehicles shall be in use for service by the Contractor
which is in a dilapidated condition.
(b). Should the Contractor's Service fail at any time in respect of booking of passengers,
their luggage parcels or goods or receipt and delivery of parcels and goods as referred
to in the preamble of this Agreement the Railway Administration shall be entitled to
Page 2 of 18
APPENDIX II
inflict a penalty to the extent of Rupees…………………. in each case, on the Contractor

in addition to any other liabilities to which the Contractor may be liable under the
provision of this Agreement.
V. The Contractor shall carry luggage parcels and goods at his own sole risk and
responsibility and notwithstanding anything said or contained in Clause II here of the
Contractor shall be responsible for and will make good and will save harmless and
indemnify the Railway Administration for and in respect of any claims, demands, suits,
losses, damages, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever on account of any injury,
damage or loss, etc., caused to any person or property resulting directly or indirectly
from any act or omission on the part of the Contractor or his servants or employees.
VI. The Contractor shall pay part cost of any publicity given by the Railway
Administration to the service worked by him. The amount to be debited to the
Contractor shall depend on the discretion of Railway Administration.
VII. The Contractor shall supply a sufficient number of waterproof sheets necessary
to protect from rain, etc., all luggage’s, parcels and goods booked to and from the city
booking agency while in transit.
VIII. All inward parcels and goods shall be considered to be in the Contractor’s
possession and in his care and custody and at his risk and responsibility from the
moment that such parcels and goods shall have been delivered to and signed for by the
Contractor or by a person authorized to act on his behalf or shall have been loaded in
conveyance belonging to or provided by him for the purpose. All outward luggage,
parcels and goods shall be considered to remain and be in the Contractor’s possession
and in his care and custody and at his risk and responsibility until the same shall have
been received and signed for by railway staff for the time being in the service of the
Railway Administration at the Railway station.
IX. (i) The Contractor shall carry on the business of the city booking agency in strict
accordance with the terms and conditions contained in this agreement and will
forthwith deposit with the Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue, a
sum of rupees……………… as security for the due fulfilment of each and all of the said
terms and conditions to be observed by him. The said sum of rupees …………… is
herein after called the “Security deposit”.
The Contractor shall further deposit with the Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts
Officer/’Revenue, a sum of rupees……………….as security to cover the average
monthly outstanding such as unaccounted for or undelivered consignments. The
Page 3 of 18
APPENDIX II
Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue, will further be empowered to

retain from the current month’s dues of the Contractor any sum or sums outstanding
against him over and above an amount equal to the security plus two months cartage
charges in any one month.
The amount so retained will be adjusted monthly with reference to the transaction of
the month subsequent to that in which deduction is made.
(2) The Railway Administration shall have full powers and authority of all times to apply
the whole or any part of security deposit, and any other money at any time due by it to
or held by it for and on behalf of the Contractor in and towards the satisfaction and
discharge of any sums at any time due by the contractor to the Railway Administration
or of any claims on or loss or damage suffered by the Railway Administration in
consequence of any default, misconduct, negligence or omission on the part of the
Contractor or his servants or other persons acting for or under the authority or with the
permission of the Contractor in the conduct of the business of the city booking agency
in accordance with the Terms & Conditions of this Agreement, or in any matter arising
out of or connected with or relating to any such default, misconduct, negligence or
omission as aforesaid.
Provided further that in the event of any loss or damage to the Railway
Administration due to fraud, negligence or any other action (direct or contributory) on
the part of the Contractor or his servants or employees or non-fulfilment by him of any
of the Terms & Conditions of this Agreement the Railway Administration shall be
entitled to forfeit the said security deposit and the Contractor shall be liable to deposit a
fresh security within the time fixed by the Railway Administration. Failure to deposit the
fresh security within the time fixed by the Railway Administration will be deemed a
breach of the terms and conditions of this agreement.
(3) In the event of any portion of the security deposit being so applied by the Railway
Administration during the continuance of this agreement, the Contractor shall, on being
informed by the Railway Administration of the amount so applied forthwith deposit
with the Financial Adviser and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue, sum equal to the
amount so applied so as to keep up the amount of security deposit to the full sum of
rupees…………….. and failing this, the Railway Administration may make up the
amount of the security deposit accordingly from any sum thereafter accruing due to the
Contractor.
(4) Upon the expiry of one year next after the date of which this agreement is in any
manner determined, the Contractor shall be entitled to the refund of the security deposit
or portion thereof then standing to his credit, after fully discharging and satisfying all
Page 4 of 18
APPENDIX II
sums (if any) due to the Railway Administration from the Contractor under this
agreement, including claims for which the Railway Administration may be liable on
account of the Contractor and all losses suffered and expenses incurred by the Railway
Administration in consequence of the default misconduct, negligence, omission or any
other wrongful act of the Contractor, his servants or other persons acting on his behalf.
Provided that the Railway Administration shall not be obliged to refund the
security deposit or any portion thereof unless and until the Contractor shall first deliver
to it a certificate in writing certifying that the Contractor has no outstanding claims or
demands under or arising out of, or in any way connected with or relating to this
agreement, against the Railway Administration.
(5) Nothing contained in this Clause shall be deemed in any way to limit or affect any
other lawful right, remedy or relief to which the Railway Administration may at any
time be entitled under this Agreement, or any law for the time being in force in respect
of any breach by the Contractor of any of the Terms & Conditions of this Agreement, or
any criminal or unlawful act of the Contractor, his servants or other persons acting on
his behalf or in respect of anything discovered by the Railway Administration after the
return of the security deposit or portion thereof or in respect of any sums due to the
Railway Administration by reason that the security deposit and other sums belonging to
the Contractor coming into the hands of the Railway Administration are insufficient to
satisfy and discharge the entire liability of the Contractor to the Railway Administration.
X. The Books and Accounts of the city booking agency, shall at all proper times
and places be open to the inspection and audit of Pakistan Railways Accounts and
Audit Establishment in the same manner as is customary in the case of the Books and
Accounts maintained at Railway Stations of Pakistan Railways.
XI. In the event of any loss or damage, however caused, arising or occurring to or in
respect of any luggage, parcels or goods or any consignment in connection with the
city booking agency and of the Railway Administration being unable clearly to fix the
responsibility for such loss or damage or to specify the precise extent of the liability of
the Contractor in respect thereof, then and in every such case, such loss or damage
shall ordinarily be divided between and borne by the Contractor and the Railway
Administration respectively in proportion to the freight earned by each from the
luggage, parcels and goods in respect of which such loss or damage is caused.
Provided that the decision of the Railway Administration as to the extent of the liability
of the contractor for any such loss or damage shall, in every case be final and
conclusive.
Page 5 of 18
APPENDIX II
XII. No claim on account of overcharge and undercharge in connection with freight

or apportionment of freight and being Rupees ………………… in the case of luggage
and parcels and Rupees ……………………. in the case of goods or less in the case of
any consignment shall be made by the Contractors against the Railway Administration
or by the Railway Administration against the Contractors.
Provided, however, that if it is noticed that undue advantage is being taken by the
Contractor of the provisions of this clause the Railway Administration shall be entitled
to modify or revise or delete this clause as it may deem proper.
XIII. Save as herein otherwise provided no claim on account of freight or other

charges on traffic interchanged between the city booking agency and the Pakistan
Railways or on account of Apportionment thereof which the Contractor may prefer
against the Railway Administration or the Railway Administration may prefer against the
Contractor shall be entertained by the Railway Administration or the Contractor,
respectively unless the same has been made within six months from the end of the
week or the month, as the case may be in which the entry giving rise to such claim has
been accounted for in the return to be submitted hereunder. If the parties do not prefer
their claims against each other within the aforesaid period of six months they shall be
deemed to have waived their rights in respect thereof and shall not be entitled to any
payment on account thereof.
XIV. The Contractor shall not sub-let, assign or in any manner transfer to any other
person the whole or any part of the rights or obligations conferred or imposed upon him
by this agreement or any of the business connected with the city booking agency
hereby constituted.
XV. In case the Contractor shall at any time fail to supply a sufficient number of
conveyance and labour required in connection with this agreement, it shall be optional
for the Railway Administration to engage at the expense of the Contractor, all such
conveyance and labour as may from time to time be required and to recover all
expenses thus incurred from any sums that may be due by the Railway Administration
to the Contractor under this agreement or from the security deposit herein before
mentioned.
XVI. (1) In the event of any breach of any of the Terms and Conditions of this
Agreement by the Contractor or his servants or any persons acting for and
on his behalf or under his authority or with his permission, or of the
Contractor at any time failing to perform all or any of the services required
of him by this Agreement within a time deemed reasonable by or in a
manner satisfactory to the Railway Administration, the Railway
Page 6 of 18
APPENDIX II
Administration may, without prejudice to any other right, remedy or relief

to which it may otherwise be entitled under this Agreement or any law for
the time being in force, suspend the working forthwith or revoke and
determine this Agreement, after the expiry of one week Notice in writing to
be given to the Contractor of its intention of doing so.
(2) Either party to this Agreement may determine the same upon the expiry of
three month's Notice in writing given to the other of its intention of doing
so.
XVII. The Contractor shall pay such penalty as the Railway Administration may inflict
for any complaints against the Contractor, which are bona-fide and substantiated or for
failure of the Contractor to fulfil any of the Terms & Conditions of this Agreement.
In the event of the Contractor's failure to pay the penalty so imposed within the time
fixed by the Railway Administration in each case, it shall be lawful for the Railway
Administration to deduct the amount of such penalty from the security deposit and the
Contractor shall forthwith deposit a sum equal to the amount so applied in accordance
with the terms of sub para (3) of clause IX of this agreement.
XVIII. Any Notice, letter or other communication which shall be sent by the Railway
Administration by registered post addressed to the Contractor at his Head Office at
…………… shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Contractor.
XIX. This Agreement shall be deemed to have come into force on and from ………….
for a period of ………… years.
XX. The cost of the stamp on this Agreement shall be borne by the Railway
Administration.
SPECIAL STIPULATIONS TO BE OBSERVED BY THE CONTRACTOR IN CARRYING

OUT THE BUSINESS OF THE CITY BOOKING AGENCY.
XXI. The Contractor shall comply with and observe each and all of the Terms &
Conditions hereinafter set forth and provided for carrying on the business of the city
booking agency that is to say:
(1) The Contractor shall maintain proper Books and Accounts to the satisfaction of
the Railway Administration of the entire city booking agency’s business carried on
under this Agreement, and will duly account to the proper Officers of the Railway
Administration for all passengers, their luggage, parcels and goods and money received
Page 7 of 18
APPENDIX II
on account thereof or in connection therewith; such Books and Accounts shall be at all
times at proper places, open to inspection and audit by the Railway Administration or
any Officer deputed by them in the same manner as is customary in the case of the
Books and Accounts maintained at Railway Stations on the Pakistan Railways.
(2) The Contractor shall convey with reasonable diligence and speed to the
satisfaction of the Railway Administration all luggage parcels and goods received for
transmission between the city booking agency and ........................ railway station on
the Pakistan Railways in either direction, according to the true purport and intent of this
agreement and of the city booking agency’s business carried on thereunder.
(3) The Contractor shall at all times keep up such number of conveyances as may,
in the opinion of the Railway Administration, be sufficient for the purpose of efficiently
carrying on the business of the city booking agency and will at all times maintain the
conveyance so kept up in good and serviceable condition to the satisfaction of the
Railway Administration.
(4) The Contractor shall be responsible to comply with the provisions of the
employment of Children Act,1991 or any statutory modifications there of and the rules
framed under the said Act and shall not employ or permit any child who has not
completed his fourteen year of age to work under him. He shall further, before
employing any person, have his age verified as laid down in the rules framed under the
said Act.
(5) The Contractor shall arrange to carry between ……………… railway station and
the city booking agency luggage, parcels and goods traffic by adequate transport in any
case of emergency or rush of abnormal traffic, the Contractor shall arrange to continue
to fulfil the terms and conditions of this agreement by employing at this own risk,
responsibility and expense, such transport as may be necessary to cope with the traffic
offering and at the same time indemnify the Railway Administration under the terms of
this agreement against any loss, damage, injury, etc, in the same manner as if this traffic
was being conveyed in his own transport duly covered by insurance.
(6) The Contractor shall appoint and at all times maintain, competent staff to the
satisfaction of the Railway Administration at the city booking agency and also at
……………… railway station to conduct the business of the city booking agency at his
own sole risk, and on his responsibility and will provide good and suitable office and
storage accommodation, furniture, fittings and other equipment at these places, to the
satisfaction of the Railway Administration.
(7) The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance at his own cost of fire
fighting equipment in the city booking agency to the entire satisfaction of the Railway
Page 8 of 18
APPENDIX II
Administration with a view to protect the Railway property in his possession in case of
out break of a fire.
(8) In case the staff appointed by the Contractor for the working of city booking
agency is found to be inefficient in the knowledge of Railway Rules to conduct the
business of the Agency to the satisfaction of the Railway Administration, the aforesaid
staff will be put through a refresher course at Pakistan Railways Academy, Lahore Cantt
and the cost of such training shall be borne by the Contractor.
(9) The Contractor shall observe and comply with the instructions for the working of
the city booking agency contained in Appendix “A” (signed by the parties) and annexed
hereto, and the said Appendix A shall be read with and taken as part of this agreement.
(10) The Contractor shall be responsible for all errors, oversights and undercharge
made by the staff maintained by him at the city booking agency or elsewhere.
(11) The Contractor shall be responsible for the collection of fares and charges from
passengers booked from the city booking agency and of freight and other charges on
luggage, parcels and goods booked inward “To-Pay” and outward “Paid” and remitting
the total earnings daily in full to the Chief Cashier & Treasurer, Pakistan Railways,
Lahore in a sealed bag through the Station Master ………………. Railway Station or the
representative of the National Bank of Pakistan authorized by the Railways
Administration and will obtain a receipt for the same. The City Booking agent will be
responsible for the safe custody and carriage of cash between the City Booking
agencies and the Railway Station for deposit. He will also be responsible for any
shortage of cash and other irregularities in connection therewith discovered at the time
of opening the sealed cash bags in the Cash Office at Lahore.
(12) The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall make good and save harmless
and indemnify the Railway Administration for and in respect of all loss, damage or
injury of whatever kind and from whatsoever cause arising which may occur to, or in
respect of any luggage, parcels and goods while in his possession, care or custody as
provided for in Clause VIII and will refund to the Railway Administration all payments
which the said Railway Administration may lawfully make to any person in respect of
any such loss or damage as aforesaid, failing which necessary recovery will be made
from the security deposit or other dues of the Contractor.
(13) In the event of loss of any tickets irrespective of the fact whether proof of the
tickets having been used is forthcoming or not, the Contractor shall be responsible for
and liable to pay to the Railway Administration sum equal to the total fare of the tickets
found to have been lost. In case of Excess Fare Tickets the fares will be calculated as if
the tickets were issued for the highest class and to the farthest destination stations but in
case of Blank Paper Tickets to the farthest destination Stations.
Page 9 of 18
APPENDIX II
(14) The Contractor shall charge the public using the city booking agency and will
receive payment from the Railway Administration for performing the services hereby
agreed upon in connection with the said city booking agency according to the scale of
fares, rates and charges prescribed in Appendix B (signed by the parties) annexed
hereto or such other fares, rates and charges as may from time to time hereafter
mutually agreed upon between the parties in place thereof. If the contractor shall at any
time charge any person as higher fare or rate than that prescribed in Appendix B or for
the time being in force in place thereof, he shall without prejudice to any other penalty,
prosecution or proceeding to which he may be liable under this Agreement or any law
for the time being in force, be deemed to have committed a breach of the Agreement.
The fares, rates and charges for the time being in force under this Agreement will be
duly notified, from time to time by the Railway Administration in the tariffs and
departmental circulars of the Pakistan Railway Administration and all alterations in such
rates and charges shall take effect and come into force from such date as is notified in
such tariffs and circulars and not before.
(15) The Contractor shall make no charges of any kind whatsoever to the passenger
or parcels and goods consignor or consignee for booking passenger or conveyance of
any luggage or for any duty which he should perform in pursuance of this Agreement or
of the city booking agency’s business carried on there under beyond the ordinary fares,
freight, wharfage, or demurrage charges prescribed in the aforesaid Appendix B or for
the time being in force as hereinbefore provided.
(16) The Contractor shall allow all Officers and Subordinates of the Pakistan Railways
entrusted with the duty of inspecting the city booking agency or visiting it in connection
with any enquiry, a free conveyance to and from the city booking agency and
…………….. Railway Station whenever required by the Railway Administration or he
will pay an allowance of Rupees …………….. per day to the officer/ inspectorate staff
inspecting city Booking Agency.
(17) All or any of the powers and functions reserved to the Railway Administration by
and provided for, in Sub-Clauses (3), (6) and (16) of this Clause of this Agreement may
from time to time to discharge by the Divisional Superintendent for the time being of
the ………………… Division of the Pakistan Railways. Similarly the Financial Advisor
& Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue and Director General Audit Railways, Lahore, or any
Officer deputed by them is empowered by the Railway Administration to carry out the
inspection and audit of the Books and Accounts referred to in the last sentence in Sub-
Clause (1) of this Clause of the Agreement.
(18) The Contractor shall at all times indemnify the Railway Administration against all
claims which may be made under the Workmen's Compensation Act, 1923, or may
statutory modifications thereof or otherwise for or in respect of any accident or injury
sustained by any workman, labourer, or other person in the employment of the
Page 10 of 18
APPENDIX II
Contractor and shall take all risk of accidents or damages which may cause a failure of
the performance of the works from whatever cause arising and the entire responsibility
for the sufficiency of all the means used by him for the fulfilment of the Contract.
(19) The Contractor shall not compete with the Railway Administration in any way,
whatsoever, whether directly or indirectly by carrying passengers, luggage, parcels and
goods over any section of road that is an alternative route to any portion of the rail
route.
(20) The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with the provisions of the
Payment of Wages Act and the rules made thereunder in respect of the staff employed
by him in connection with the business of the City booking agency.
(21) The Contractor shall appoint Agents at his own costs to canvass for luggage,
parcels and goods and collect parcels and goods from the merchant’s godowns and
premises for booking by rail.
(22) Loading and unloading into and from wagons at …………….. Railway Station of
all consignments booked from and to the city booking agency which are required to be
loaded and unloaded by consignors or consignees under the railway rules in force for
the time being shall be done by the Contractor on behalf of and at the expense of the
consignors and consignees as the case may be and the Railway Administration shall not
be responsible for any payment whatsoever to the Contractor for the services performed
by him in this connection. The Contractor shall further be responsible for and make
good any breakage, damage, shortage, loss, destruction or deterioration caused by an
improper loading, unloading or handling of such goods by his servants or any person
acting for or on his behalf or under his authority.
(23) (a) The Contractor shall not employ any persons previously in the employment
of the Railway Administration without the express sanction of the Railway
Administration.
(b) The contractor shall allow carriage of railway publicity material free of
charge between railway station and City Booking Agency.
(24) The Contractor shall get his character and of his staff employed by him in
connection with the performance of this contact, verified through the Police in
accordance with the instructions issued by the Railway Administration.
Page 11 of 18
APPENDIX II
STIPULATIONS BY THE RAILWAY ADMINISTRATION.

XXII. For and in consideration of the terms & conditions of this Agreement to be
observed and performed by the Contractor, the Railway Administration will pay to the
Contractor for the booking of passengers and for the booking and conveyance of
luggage, parcels and goods between the city booking agency and Railway Station
…………….., in either direction the rates specified in the aforesaid Appendix B or such
other rates as may for the time being be in force, in place of those contained in
Appendix B under sub-clause (14) of Clause XXI of this Agreement.
XXIII. The Railway Administration shall pay the Contractor ............... % Commission of
the total amount of booking of Passenger earnings at the city booking agency.
XXIV. The Railway Administration shall not pay to the Contractor any rent for the
premises used exclusively for the city booking agency and Sub-Offices business.
Provided, however, that the building taken on lease by the Contractor in connection
with the business of the city booking agency shall be inspected and approved by an
Officer deputed by the Railway Administration.
The wharfage charges accruing on consignments while in the custody of the Contractor
shall be credited to the Railway Administration.
“Provided further that in the case of consignments transferred to the lost property office,
the contractors claim for wharfage accrued, shall be payable only if the sale proceeds
of such consignments are sufficient to cover the same after satisfying all dues of the
Railway Administration in respect thereof.
XXV. The Railway Administration will supply at the cost of the contractor movable
boards marked Pakistan Railways to be hung on all vehicles carrying the city booking
agency’s luggage, parcels and goods.
XXV. All payments to be made to the Contractor shall ordinarily be made monthly and
as soon as convenient and possible on presentation of bills by the 10th of the month
following that to which they relate in triplicate in the abstract forms adopted by the
Railway Administration from time to time to the Financial Advisor and Chief Accounts
Officer/Revenue.
XXVI. The Railway Administration will supply a weighing machine, ticket-tube, a

dating machine, a ticket nipper and such number of leather Cash Bags as may be
considered necessary for the city booking agency. These Articles will remain the
property of the Railway Administration and the weighing machine will also be
maintained by the Railway Administration. The Contractor shall, however, be
responsible for the safety of these Articles and shall be liable for any damages caused
there to by the neglect of the Contractor or of his employees or servants.
Page 12 of 18
APPENDIX II
XXVII. Except as otherwise provided a verbal or written Arrangement, abandoning

varying or supplementing this Contract or any of the terms hereof shall be deemed
conditional and shall not be binding on the Railway Administration unless and until the
same is endorsed on this Agreement or is incorporated in a formal instrument and
signed by the parties hereto and till then Railway Administration shall have the right to
repudiate such arrangement.
XXIV. In the event of any difference of opinion between the Railway Administration
and the Contractor, as to the respective rights and obligations of the parties here under
or as to the true intent and meaning of those presents or any Articles or conditions there
of such difference of opinion shall be referred to the sole arbitration of the General
Manager, Pakistan Railways, for the time being whose decision shall be final,
conclusive and binding on the parties.
XXX. In the event of termination of the Contract under Clause XVI(l) or (2), the
Railway Administration shall, if so desired, be at liberty to take over any building, land
or halting place used by the Contractor to facilitate the work of his successor.
XXXI. Relatives of Contractor.
Should the Contractor have a relative employed in any Branch of the Pakistan Railways,
he must inform the Divisional Superintendent or the Head of the Department
concerned of the fact when applying for registration as an approved contractor or when
submitting his first tender, failing which the Contractor will render himself liable to be
black-listed and his Contract liable to termination without any claim for damages if the
fact subsequently to light.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF THE parties here to have hereunto subscribed their names at
the places and on the date hereinafter mentioned, respectively.
Signed for and on behalf of the President of Deputy Chief Commercial Manager, Pakistan
Islamic Republic of Pakistan by Railways, Lahore.
_____________, Dy: Chief Commercial
Manager/Passengers, Pakistan Railways, at
Lahore on this ____ day of 20…..
Signed by _______________________, for and For and on behalf of Contractor.

on behalf of Contractor at ------ on this
_____day of 20….. in presence of:-
Witnesses:- Countersigned
1. ……………………..
……………………….
2. …………………….. Divisional Superintendent,

……………………….. Pakistan Railways, ………
Page 13 of 18
APPENDIX II
APPENDIX-A.
RULES FOR THE WORKING OF THE CITY BOOKING AGENCY.
1. BOOKING OF PASSENGERS AND ALSO BOOKING AND DESPATCH OF

OUTWARD LUGGAGE, PARCELS AND GOODS
1. The Contractor shall arrange to book direct all outward passengers and book and
convey luggage, parcels and goods traffic, offered for dispatch at the city booking
agency, subject to the conditions and exceptions provided for in Appendix B with the
least possible delay.
a) The booking of passengers and their luggage will be done direct from the city
booking agency to all Stations on the Pakistan Railways except to …………… station
via which the city booking agency is worked. The booking will be done on the Forms
prescribed for Railway Stations, i.e. tickets, luggage tickets, parcel way-bills and
invoices and in strict accordance with the rules laid down by the Railway
Administration in the reference Books, Circulars, Notices and other publications
referred to Para-4.
(b) The accounting of passenger tickets, parcels way-bills and invoices will be done
at the city booking agency and sent to the Accounts Officer/Revenue, in the forms and
books prescribed for Railway Stations.
(c) All such luggage, parcels and goods on arrival from the city booking agency at
the station via which the city booking agency is worked will be carefully compared by
the railway staff with the connected luggage tickets, parcel way-bills and invoices as
the case may be and entries relating thereto made in the transhipment register the
railway staff will sign in the column “Signature” and record in the column “Remarks”
any defective conditions etc of the packages. These forms will however be prepared in
duplicate, i.e. one to be kept by the Contractor and the other to be made over to the
staff taking over the goods at the railway station for future reference. The relevant
junction invoice luggage ticket and parcel way-bills should also be made over to the
station staff along with the luggage, parcels and goods and signatures obtained
separately for them.
(2) (a) RECEIPT AND DISPOSAL OF INWARD PARCELS AND GOODS (a) All parcels
and goods booked to the city booking agency on arrival at the junction station with the
city booking agency will be entered in the transhipment register and made over along
with the connected way bills and invoices ( see para (b) below) to the Contractor’s
representative who will sign for the same in the transhipment register in the column
headed “Signature” and record in the column “Remarks” and defective conditions, etc,
of the packages. These forms will be prepared in duplicate, i.e. one to be kept by the
railway staff and the other to be made over to the Contractor for future reference.
Page 14 of 18
APPENDIX II
(b) The Contractor’s representative will, however, receive any consignments marked
for the city booking agency even where the connected way bills or invoices have not
been received. A copy of the way bill or invoice will be prepared from the railway
receipt and taken to account subject to the undercharge being recovered on receipt of
the original or a certified copy thereof from the forwarding station. This should be
called for when not received.
(c) On arrival of parcels and goods at the city booking agency the parcel way bill or
invoice will be taken into account, and the traffic and documents dealt with in strict
accordance with the rules laid down by the railway administration in the books,
circulars, notices and other publications referred to in para 4.
(d) Inward parcel way bills or invoices must be taken to account immediately upon
receipt, in the accounts then in hand, even when the consignment has not been
received and the amount shown as outstanding until the parcel and goods delivered or
orders received for the outstanding to be cleared otherwise.
(e) The Railway Administration shall bear the cost of the postage in respect of
notices served on the consignors and consignees or persons appearing entitled thereto,
for the disposal of unclaimed goods and parcels as prescribed in section 56, sub-section
(1) of the Railways Act, 1890.
(3) RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR FOR FARES, FREIGHT AND OTHER

CHARGES.
The Contractor shall be responsible for all undercharges and collection of fares
of passengers, freight charges on luggage, parcels and goods traffic in accordance with
the Rules applicable for similar traffic on Pakistan Railway Stations.
(4) BOOKS AND FORMS.

The Contractor shall maintain all such Books and Forms as may be required
from time to time by the Railway Administration, for the proper booking and
accounting of all traffic booked to and from the city booking agency in accordance
with rules appearing in the Pakistan Railways Commercial Manual, Pakistan Railways
Codes, Manuals of instructions for the monthly system of Accounts, Coaching and
Goods Tariffs and similar other publication, also such other instructions as may be
issued from time to time by the General Manager, and Financial Advisor & Chief
Accounts Officer/Revenue. One copy of each such Books etc. as it required to be
maintained, will be supplied free of charge by the Railway Administration, on the
Contractor indenting for them on the Divisional Superintendent. Books required to be
replaced if lost or otherwise destroyed or In addition to those supplied free of charge,
will be supplied only at the expense of the Contractor.
Page 15 of 18
APPENDIX II
(5) Returns.
The Contractor shall arrange to submit complete Returns relating to passengers,
luggage, parcels and goods traffic dealt with at the city booking agency to the Financial
Advisor and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue, showing separately the agency and the
railway proportions, also balance sheet in connection therewith, in the manner
prescribed in the books referred to above, and in any supplemental, general or special
instructions issued by the Financial Advisor & Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue or the
General Manager, Pakistan Railways.
(6) Refund.
Passengers who can not commence their journey should apply to the CBA who
will refund the fare, provided the ticket is given within 2 hours after the departure of the
train, less a charge of Rupees Five for service. Under no circumstances shall the
Contractor allow a refund of freight on consignments booked to and from the city
booking agency and all such claims shall be forwarded to the Chief Commercial
Manager, Pakistan Railways, overcharges due to errors in classification or computation
of freight discovered prior to the delivery of “To Pay” consignment will, however, be
refunded by the Contractor at the time of delivery, the consignee being asked to
acknowledge the refund on Refund List. The form bearing the acknowledgement will be
sent to the Financial Advisor and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue alongwith the
connected balance sheet.
(7) Remittance of cash.
The entire of collection of the day whether representing by coins, cheques,
currency note, military warrants, credit-notes or pay orders, etc. duly entered in cash
remittance-note will be sent to the Chief Cashier & Treasurer, Pakistan Railways, Lahore
in a sealed cash bag through the Station Master of connected Railway Station, or to
representative of National Bank of Pakistan authorized by the Railway Administration.
As laid down in clause XXI (11) of the Agreement. One cash remittance note only for
each day’s remittance of cash and vouchers will be prepared and if there be no cash
collection on any day a “Nil” cash remittance note will be prepared and submitted to
the Chief Cashier & Treasurer. The earnings on account of coaching and goods will also
be shown separately on the cash remittance notes.
............................................. …………………………………………………..
Contractor Deputy Chief Commercial Manager,
Pakistan Railways, Lahore.
Dated................................. Dated …………………….
Page 16 of 18
APPENDIX II
APPENDIX B.
THE CITY BOOKING AGENCY AT _________VIA_________RAILWAY STATION
General Conditions applicable to the city booking agency.
(1) The Railway Administration will not undertake any liability on behalf of the
Contractor under the Common Carriers Act, III of 1865.
(2) Coal contraband, offensive goods, inflammable explosives, dangerous goods,

goods in bulk or loose, arms and ammunition, will not be booked. Small
consignments of safety cartridges and ammunition for private individuals,
however, may be accepted and will be carried over the city booking agency’s
portion at owner's risk under risk-note form C. Perishables shall be accepted at
owner’s risk.
(3) All packages liable to damage by rain must be protected in transit by waterproof
sheets to be supplied by the Contractor.
(4) All Packages carried over the railway at owner's risk will be carried over the city
booking agency’s portion also at owner's risk.
(5) (a) The maximum weight of any single package shall not exceed 190 Kilograms
in case of parcels except when special arrangements have been made.
(b) The maximum length of any single package of Parcels should not exceed 2.5
metre x 1.5 metre x 1.25 metre in outside measurement, except when special
arrangements have been made.
(c) Heavy or bulky singles articles as parcel exceeding 40 Kilograms in weight or

280 cubic decimetres in measurement will be booked only if accommodation
will allow.
(6) Actual weight will be taken as the basis for the calculation of charges, except
where otherwise specified. The rule as to fractions of weight and charges
obtaining on the Pakistan Railway will also apply.
(7) Parcels charged by measurement on the Pakistan Railway shall be similarly

charged over the city booking agency.
(8) Wharfage will be charged under the rules and at the rates applicable at the
connected Railway Station over the Pakistan Railways.
Page 17 of 18
APPENDIX II
(9) Increased Percentage Charge on declared value of parcel, luggage etc. will be
levied over the city booking agency in addition to the increased percentage
charge over the railway, respectively subject to a maximum of one percent
under the rules and rates railway Coaching Tariff and should be shown
separately on the way bill.
(10) Rates for luggage, parcels and goods traffic between Railway Station and the city
booking agency.
Description of Traffic Rate per 50 Kg or part of 50 Kg
Luggage (in excess of free Rupees ………………..

allowance admissible under
the rules.
Parcels Rupees ………………..
Goods Rupees ………………..
Contractor .………………..
Dated ..………………
Deputy Chief Commercial Manager,

Pakistan Railways,
Rupees ………………...
Page 18 of 18
APPENDIX III
MODEL AGREEMENT FOR ASSISTED SIDING
An Agreement dated the ……………. day of …………………, between the President of

Islamic Republic of Pakistan, acting through the Pakistan Railways Administration
(hereinafter called the "Railway Administration") of the one part; and Messrs.
………………., Proprietors of ……………….. (hereinafter called the "Firm"/”Company”)
of the other part ; as to the provision of a siding to their ……………………………
WHEREAS the said Firm is desirous of having a siding laid by the Pakistan railways from
the ……………. Station yard of the ………………..Railway as shown in Plan No.
………………… hereto annexed for the purpose of carrying on the Firm's business in
the Firm's premises there situated:
AND WHEREAS Pakistan Railways is willing to lay the said siding for the said Firm
upon and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth:
NOW, THEREFORE, this Agreement witnesseth as follows that is to say:
Clause 1.–In this Agreement unless a different intention appears from the subject or
context the expression–
(a) "Railway Administration" means and includes besides the President of Islamic
Republic of Pakistan and his successors, the General Manager and the Divisional
Superintendents, Pakistan Railways.
(b) "Firm" means the Firm of Messrs……………………………..
(c) "Siding" means and includes the lines of rails, platforms, embankments, ballast,
sleepers and all other appurtenant conveniences constructed and provided for the use
of the Firm and between the line of the Pakistan Railways and the said premises and
within such premises.
(d) The entire siding will be inspected in routine by the personnel of the Railway
Administration ensuring safety of track.
(e) Any maintenance work on the siding will be in the premises of the Firm/Company
shall be initiated with prior intimation to and approval of the Project Director of the firm
and so shall the conclusion of the said work be intimated to the Project Director.
(f) Expenses incurred in respect of maintenance, labour engaged for the maintenance
of the sidings shall be paid by the Firm/Company.
Page 1 of 10
APPENDIX III
Clause 2.–Any land required for the siding outside railway boundary and up to the
Firm's premises shall be acquired by the Railway Administration under the Land
Acquisition Act. Land so acquired shall vest absolutely in the Railway Administration,
and the Firm shall have no right or claim thereto, except such compensation as is
expressly provided for under Clause 9(b).
Clause 3.–The incidence of cost of the siding as between the Railway Administration
and the Firm shall be in accordance with the following general principles:
(a) Outside the Firm's premises the cost of all works which would have to be
abandoned in the event of the siding being closed shall be paid for by the Firm, and the
cost of all works which would be removed by the Railway Administration in the event
of the siding being closed shall be paid for by the Railway Administration.
(b) If any portion of the siding falls inside the Firm's premises the entire cost of such
portion of the siding, together with the cost of all works in connection therewith, shall
be paid for by the Firm.
(c) If any land has to be acquired for the siding in terms of Clause 2 the entire cost of
such acquisition shall be paid for by the Firm.
(d) In accordance with the general principle laid down in Clause 3(a) outside the Firm’s
premises the cost of works such as earthwork, bridges (exclusive of girder work)
culverts, ballast, buildings, etc., shall be borne by the Firm ; and the cost of works such
as permanent way (that is sleeper, rails, fastenings, points and crossings), girder work of
bridges, fencing, signalling and interlocking appliances, and machinery of any kind,
shall be borne by the Railway Administration.
(e) In the case of electrified portions of the Pakistan Railways the cost of overhead
electric traction equipment shall be paid for by the Railway Administration whether on
railway land or on private land and shall remain the property of the Railway
Administration.
Clause 4.–The estimated cost of works to be paid for by the Firm as defined in Clause
3 (exclusive of acquisition of land) shall be based on rates of labour, material and stores
current for the time being on the railway and approved as such by the Railway
Administration, and that of acquisition of any land that may be required shall be based
on rates intimated by the Revenue Department of the Provincial Government
concerned. To the amount thus arrived at (including the cost of land) a surcharge of
.............. percent thereof shall be added for supervision during construction.
Page 2 of 10
APPENDIX III
The renewal of the siding which may hereafter be required whether outside or inside
the Firms premises shall be carried out by the Railway Administration and the incidence
of cost thereof shall follow that of the original capital expenditure of the siding.
Clause 5.——On receipt of statement showing that the total estimated amount to be paid
for by it, as arrived at in Clause 4, the Firm shall deposit the said total amount with the
Railway Administration through the Financial Advisor and Chief Accounts
Officer/Revenue of Pakistan Railways and the Railway Administration will thereupon
sanction the plans and estimates for the siding and proceed to the acquisition of any
land that may be required and to the construction of the siding.
Clause 6.–The construction, as well as the maintenance of the whole of the siding and
of all works in connection therewith, whether outside or inside the Firm's premises, will
be carried out by the Railway Administration.
The Firm may, however, provide at its own cost a wagon weigh-bridge if necessary
provided it is made by an approved manufacturer to the satisfaction of the Railway
Administration and the Railway Weigh-Bridge Inspector has access to it at all times to
check its accuracy and for supervision of the maintenance which will be carried out by
the Firm to the satisfaction of the Railway Administration.
A card will be kept by the Firm testifying to its accuracy and giving date of test as in the
case of all railway weigh-bridges.
Clause 7.–If the amount actually expended by the Railway Administration (including
supervision charges specified in Clause 4) for the purposes mentioned in the statement
referred to in Clause 5 shall be in excess of the total estimated amount provided in the
said statement, such excess shall be paid, on demand, by the Firm to the Railway
Administration ; and if the aforesaid amount actually expended shall be less than the
aforesaid total estimated amount deposited by the Firm under Clause 5 the balance
shall be refunded by the Railway Administration to the Firm.
Clause 8.–The Firm shall pay the Railway Administration through the Financial
Advisor and Chief Accounts Officer/Revenue of the Railway annually in advance the
following interest and maintenance charges for the siding:
(a)*...................... per cent on the actual outlay incurred by the Railway

Administration in the construction of the siding for the purposes mentioned in Clause 3
(a) and (d) to cover interest charges from the date when the construction of the siding is
taken in hand.
Page 3 of 10
APPENDIX III
(b)*...................... per cent on the total actual outlay incurred by the Railway
Administration on its own behalf and on behalf of the Firm for all purposes (including
cost of acquisition of land) in the construction of the whole siding and all works in
connexion therewith to cover maintenance charges from the date on which the siding is
opened for traffic.
Clause 9.–(a) In the event of the Firm wishing to abandon the use of the siding, or in
the event of the traffic to and from the siding being at any time in the opinion of the
Railway Administration insufficient to justify the continuance of the siding, this
Agreement will be determined by the Firm, or the Railway Administration, as the case
may be, giving the other party 30 days' notice and after the expiry of such notice the
Railway Administration will be at liberty to remove from the siding the permanent way,
girder work, machinery and materials of all kinds provided by the Railway
Administration under Clause 3 (a) and (b) ; and the cost of such removal shall be paid
by the Firm, on demand, to the Railway Administration. In the event of such
determination of this Agreement the Railway Administration shall be at liberty to use
the land acquired for the siding for such purposes as it shall think fit or to sell or dispose
of the same for its own benefit.
(b) In the event of it being considered necessary by the Railway Administration in the
interest of the public that the siding should be closed, or of the Railway Administration
desiring to acquire the siding for the purpose of working it for public traffic as part of
the railway system (of which opinion or desire and sanction, as the case may be, the
notice hereinafter mentioned shall be conclusive evidence), the Railway Administration
shall have the right to terminate this Agreement on giving six months' notice in writing
to the Firm to that effect; provided that the Railway Administration shall construct at the
cost of the Railway for the use of the Firm a suitable siding in lieu of that closed or
acquired or otherwise furnish them with facilities equivalent to those supplied by such
siding. If, however, this should be found to be impracticable (of which a certificate
under the hand of the General Manager of Pakistan Railways shall be conclusive) the
Railway Administration shall refund to the Firm any actual outlay which has been
incurred by the Firm under Clause 3. Thereafter the siding so closed or acquired shall
become part of the Railway system without any compensation to the Firm other than
that hereinbefore mentioned.
Clause 10.– Railway Administration may at any time construct, or permit the
construction of, any branch or extension of the siding, and may work traffic over the
siding to and from such branch or extension. Railway Administration may sanction the
use of the siding for the traffic of persons, other than the Firm, on payment to the Firm
of remuneration for such use, the amount of such remuneration to be determined by the
Railway Administration. The working of such branch and extension, and the use of the
Page 4 of 10
APPENDIX III
siding by persons other than the Firm, shall be so conducted as to interfere as little as
possible with the free use of the siding by the Firm whose traffic shall have precedence.
Railway Administration further reserves the right to use the siding for any other purpose
that may be considered necessary without remuneration to the Firm.
Clause 11.–(a) In the event of its being necessary, subsequent to the original
construction of the siding, to make any alterations or additions thereto, or to any works
in connection therewith, such alterations and additions shall be made subject to the
conditions governing the original construction or modified as may be mutually agreed
to at the time that such alterations or additions are agreed upon.
(b) No alterations or additions shall be made by the Firm to the siding or to any of the
works provided in connection therewith, under this Agreement.
(c) Without the sanction of Railway Administration, no temporary or permanent
structures shall be erected by the Firm in such proximity to the siding as to affect in any
way the working of trains over the siding. All structures thus sanctioned shall be made
or erected by the Firm in all respects in compliance with the Railway Administration's
regulations in force for the time being.
Clause 12.–All sums which under the foregoing conditions shall be payable by the
Firm, on demand, shall, if not so paid, bear interest at*...........per cent per mensem from
the date on which payment was demanded or due.
Clause 13.–Freight for all classes of goods will be charged up to and from ...............
Station. Railway receipts and invoices shall be issued to and from the station only and
in accordance with the rates from time to time published in the Goods Tariff books of
the Railway Administration. In addition to such freight Railway Administration will
make the following charges in each direction for every wagon loaded or empty, placed
in or removed from the lines A and B mentioned in Clause 15 below:
(i) Per 4-wheeled wagon .. .. Rupees...............

(in words).
(ii) Per 6-wheeled wagon .. ,. Rupees................
(in words).
(iii) Per 8-wheeled wagon .. ,. Rupees................
(in words).
Clause 14.–Wagons containing full loads only, i.e., not less than such minimum
weight per wagon as may be prescribed by the Railway Administration from time to
time, will be carried over the siding.
Page 5 of 10
APPENDIX III
Clause 15.–(a) Unless a Commercial Assistant (Goods) is employed at the siding,

wagons will not be placed in the siding until freight delivery is effected at the station. In
the event of the firm failing to effect freight delivery within 24 hours of the arrival of
wagons at the said station, the usual demurrage charges shall begin to accrue on such
wagons thereafter. Wagons which cannot be placed in the siding on account of it being
not available owing to wagons already standing there, not having been released, shall
similarly be subject to payment of demurrage charges after expiry of 24 hours from the
time of their arrival at the said station.
(b) Wagons will be made over to the Firm and returned by the Firm in the form of
certificate shown in Annexure "A."
(c) Wagons will be hauled by Railway to and from the lines marked A and B in Plan
No.................... hereinbefore referred to or such other point or length as may hereafter
be fixed upon by mutual consent of the Firm and the Railway Administration in writing.
(d) As soon as wagons are placed at the line A referred to, the Station Master will fill in
columns 1, 2 and 3 of both foils of Annexure "A", and obtain the Firm's signature in
column 4 of the inner foil and make over the outer foil to the Firm.
When this has been done, the wagon will be considered as made over to the Firm, and
the free time permissible under the rules will then commence. Similarly wagons will be
considered as returned to the railway by the Firm as soon as they are placed at the line
B referred to, and the Station Master has been advised by the Firm.
This will be done by presentation of the outer foil with column 4 filled in.
The Station Master will then initial in column 5 of the outer foil and fill in columns 5, 6,
7 and 8 of the inner foil and columns 6, 7 and 8 of the outer foil and recover the
demurrage due.
Note.–(1) The free time referred to above will be calculated in accordance with the rules in
force from time to time as published in the Goods Tariff books of the Railway Administration,
and wagons detained by the Firm over and above such free time shall be subject to payment of
the demurrage charges laid down in such tariffs.
(2) The Firm will arrange to hand shunt wagons to and from the said length A with their own
labour and the Railway Administration will not be responsible for any delay, loss or damage
caused in consequence of the failure of the Firm to arrange for such hand shunting.
Clause 16.–The Firm will be responsible for seeing that the General Rules and
Regulations of Railway are strictly adhered to by its employees and will be responsible
Page 6 of 10
APPENDIX III
for all accidents or loss or damage that may ensue from the neglect or disobedience of
such rules and regulations by its employees. It will be the duty of the Firm to obtain
copies of all such rules and regulations and to see that its employees are made
acquainted with it.
Clause 17.–Railway Administration will not be responsible for the contents of wagons,
booked at either owner's or railway risk, hauled over the siding during the time such
wagons are in transit between the line A and the Firm's premises. The Firm will,
however, be at liberty to put their private locks on all such wagons for so long as they
are at the Firm's risk. The procedure for booking outward wagons and delivery of
inward wagons shall be in accordance with the rules in force in the Goods Tariff,
subject to such modifications as may be considered necessary by the Railway
Administration.
Clause 18.—— The Firm will be held liable for all damages which wagons may sustain
during the period they remain in its charge under Clause 15 ; as also for the cost of re-
railing wagons derailed while thus under its charge and for repairs to the siding
necessitated by such derailments.
Clause 19.–Delete
Clause 20.–No traffic in commodities other than such as can reasonably be regarded
as necessary for the working or requirements of the mill, factory or industry of the Firm
shall, except with the written permission of the General Manager Railway, be at any
time taken or sent by the Firm over the siding. No consideration or remuneration of any
nature, except such as may be contained in a written permission of the General
Manager, shall be received or taken by the Firm in respect of traffic over the siding.
Clause 21 .–The Firm shall not assign or sub-let the siding without the written
permission of the General Manager of the railway, and in the event of the latter
according permission, the Firm shall remain responsible to the Railway Administration
and their assignees or sub-lessees shall also become responsible for all charges and
obligations in this Agreement.
Clause 22.–The Firm shall maintain an office at which the Railway Administration will
deliver all letters, notices, demands and other communications addressed to the Firm
and intended for it, and every such letter, notice, demand or other communication
which shall be delivered at such office shall, for all legal purposes whatsoever, be
deemed to have been validly and effectually delivered to the Firm.
Page 7 of 10
APPENDIX III
Clause 23.–Notwithstanding anything laid down in the foregoing clauses of this

Agreement, it shall be open to the Railway Administration, on giving six months' notice
of such intent, to revise the charges laid down in Clauses 8, 12 and 13 of this
Agreement.
Clause 24.–In the event of the Firm failing to pay any sum due under the foregoing
clauses within one month of a written demand from the Railway Administration or in
the event of any breach by the Firm of any of the conditions of Clauses 11 (b) and (c),
20 or 21, then this Agreement may be determined without further notice by the Railway
Administration, and the Railway Administration will be at liberty to dispose of the land
in any way it may deem fit and to remove from the siding the permanent way, girder
work, machinery and materials of all kinds provided by the Railway Administration
under Clause 3 (a) and (d), and the cost of such removal shall be recovered from the
Firm by the Railway Administration.
Clause 25.–The siding to which the above terms and conditions relate will be deemed
to have come into use on and from the date the said siding is completed and from that
date onwards all charges payable to the Railway Administration under the terms and
conditions of this Agreement shall be paid.
Clause 26.–All expenses in drawing up the Agreement and the cost of the stamp shall
be borne by the Railway Administration.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties to these presents have hereunto set and subscribed
their hands and seals at the places and on the dates hereinafter mentioned, respectively.
Page 8 of 10
APPENDIX III
General Manager,
Signed , sealed and delivered for and on behalf of the Pakistan Railways,
President of Islamic Republic of Pakistan by——————————————— Dated——————————————
——————, General Manager,—————————————
—————————————————————————————————,
on—————————day of—————————20
Signed and delivered by—————————————

——————————————————————————————————at——————————————
on——————————day of ———————————, in the presence of——--
(1)————————————————————————————————
Address———————————————————
—————————————————————————— —————————————————
Dated—————————————————.20
Dated——————————————
Witness
(2)————————————————————————————————
Address———————————————————
——————————————————————————
Dated—————————————————20
Annexure A
Part I. Office foil (Inner File) Demurrage due
Returned
Signature of
Placed at the
Wagon No.
Time allowed
applicants
for hours
Arrived line A
(Clause 15) Amount
Loaded Empty
free
Date Time Date Time Date Time Date Time

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Rupees
............ .…………
Station Master
(Name of Station)
Page 9 of 10
APPENDIX III
Part II. Firm’s foil (Outer File)
Demurrage due
Placed at
Station Master
Time allowed
Returned
Arrived the line B
Wagon No.
Initials of
(Clause 15) Amount
for hours
Loaded Empty
free
Date Time Date Time Date Time Date Time
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Rupees
............. ..........
Station Master (Name of Station)
Page 10 of 10

Railway of Pakistan

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Railway of Pakistan

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS CODE FOR THE TRAFFIC DEPARTMENT

Riaz Ahmad & Company

4. In case, Chief Commercial Managers or any other concerned Principal Officers

5. Contributions made by Messrs Saeed Akhtar, General Manager Operations,

Islamabad, Arif Azim

1. Index Letters for Codes

S for the Stores Department.

RAILWAY RATES AND CHARGES II

BOOKING OF PASSENGERS —— PUBLIC TRAFFIC III

BOOKING OF PASSENGERS, WARRANTS, CONCESSION ORDERS AND

INITIAL ACCOUNTS AND RETURNS FOR PASSENGER TRAFFIC V

CHECK AND COLLECTION OF PASSENGER TICKETS VI

BOOKING AND DELIVERY OF PASSENGERS’ LUGGAGE VII

BOOKING BY PASSENGER TRAINS OF ANIMALS, BIRDS AND CARRIAGES VIII

BOOKING AND DELIVERY OF PARCELS TRAFFIC IX

BOOKING OF EXCEPTED ARTICLES X

INITIAL ‘COACHING’ BOOKS AND RETURNS XII

BOOKING OF GOODS TRAFFIC XIII

LOADING OF GOODS XIV

UNLOADING AND DELIVERY OF GOODS XV

BOOKING AND DELIVERY OF RAILWAY MATERIALS XVI

CLAIMS AND REFUNDS XVII

INITIAL BOOKS AND RETURNS IN CONNECTION WITH GOODS TRAFFIC XVIII

LOST PROPERTY OFFICE XIX

TRAFFIC RECEIPTS AND REMITTANCES XXI

ASSISTED SIDINGS XXII

OUT-AGENCIES / CITY BOOKING AGENCIES XXIII

STATION OUTSTANDINGS XXIV

PRINCIPLES GOVERNING THE IMPOSITION AND COLLECTION OF

(A) SKELETON FORM OF OUT-AGENCY AGREEMENT II

(B) SKELTON FORM OF CITY BOOKING AGENCY AGREEMENT

MODEL AGREEMENT FOR ASSISTED SIDING III

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS CODE FOR THE TRAFFIC DEPARTMENT

Riaz Ahmad & Company

DESCRIPTION PAGE NO. PARA NO.

COMMERCIAL BRANCH 1.1 101 (102 — 105 Deleted)

STAFF 1.2 — 1.3 106 — 107

STATISTICS 1.3 108

MANUAL 1.3 109

DEFINITIONS 1.3 110

POWERS OF CHIEF COMMERCIAL MANAGER 1.5 111

• Claims and refunds

• Compensation Claims Section

• Ticket Checking Section

• Statistical Commercial Section

responsibility of the Chief Commercial Manager. Such direction and control is

(1) “Booking Railway“ means the railway on which traffic originates.

(3) “Day”: The railway “day“ commences and ends at midnight.

(4) “Demurrage Charges“are charges levied by Pakistan Railways for detention to

(5) “Destination Railway“ means the railway on which traffic terminates.

(7) “Invoice“ is a document showing full particulars of consignments booked by

(10) “Memo. Invoice“ is an invoice prepared (from the particulars available on

(14) “Terminals“ includes charges in respect of stations, sidings, wharves, depots,

To award, terminate and accept agreements in respect of the following:

Financial powers exercised by the Chief Commercial Manager are:

Sr. no. Description Rupees

(a) Waiver / Write Off:

(c) Refund of:

PAKISTAN RAILWAYS CODE FOR THE TRAFFIC DEPARTMENT

Riaz Ahmad & Company

RAILWAY RATES AND CHARGES

DESCRIPTION PAGE NO. PARA NO.